20-F

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2005

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.

Form 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO

SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

Commission file number 1-14926

KT Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

The Republic of Korea

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

206 Jungja-dong

Bundang-ku, Sungnam

Gyunggi-do

463-711 Korea

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of Each Class		Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one-half of one share of Common Stock		New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
	Common Stock, par value Won 5,000 per share	New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

$150,000,000 7¹/2% Notes due 2006

$200,000,000 7⁵/8% Notes due 2007

$94,950,000 0.25% Convertible Notes due 2007

(Title of Class)

      Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

      210,758,982 shares of Common Stock, par value Won 5,000 per share

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     þ Yes          No o

      Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.     o Item 17          þ Item 18

      (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.      o Yes          o No

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
PART I				1
ITEM 1.	IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGERS AND ADVISORS			1
	Item 1.A.	Directors and Senior Management		1
	Item 1.B.	Advisers		1
	Item 1.C.	Auditors		1
ITEM 2.	OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE			1
ITEM 3.	KEY INFORMATION			1
	Item 3.A.	Selected Financial Data		1
	Item 3.B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness		5
	Item 3.C.	Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds		5
	Item 3.D.	Risk Factors		5
ITEM 4.	INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY			13
	Item 4.A.	History and Development of the Company		13
	Item 4.B.	Business Overview		13
	Item 4.C.	Organizational Structure		39
	Item 4.D.	Property, Plants and Equipment		39
ITEM 5.	OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS			41
	Item 5.A.	Operating Results		41
	Item 5.B.	Liquidity and Capital Resources		55
	Item 5.C.	Research and Development, Patents, Licenses, Etc.		60
	Item 5.D.	Trend Information		61
	Item 5.E.	Off-balance Sheet Arrangements		61
	Item 5.F.	Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations		61
ITEM 6.	DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES			61
	Item 6.A.	Directors and Senior Management		61
	Item 6.B.	Compensation		65
	Item 6.C.	Board Practices		65
	Item 6.D.	Employees		68
	Item 6.E.	Share Ownership		69
ITEM 7.	MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			70
	Item 7.A.	Major Shareholders		70
	Item 7.B.	Related Party Transactions		70
	Item 7.C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel		71
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION			71
	Item 8.A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information		71
	Item 8.B.	Significant Changes		74

i

			Page
ITEM 9.	THE OFFER AND LISTING			74
	Item 9.A.	Offer and Listing Details		74
	Item 9.B.	Plan of Distribution		76
	Item 9.C.	Markets		76
	Item 9.D.	Selling Shareholders		81
	Item 9.E.	Dilution		81
	Item 9.F.	Expenses of the Issuer		81
ITEM 10.	ADDITIONAL INFORMATION			81
	Item 10.A.	Share Capital		81
	Item 10.B.	Memorandum and Articles of Association		81
	Item 10.C.	Material Contracts		87
	Item 10.D.	Exchange Controls		87
	Item 10.E.	Taxation		90
	Item 10.F.	Dividends and Paying Agents		99
	Item 10.G.	Statements by Experts		100
	Item 10.H.	Documents on Display		100
ITEM 11.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK			100
ITEM 12.	DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES			103
PART II				112
ITEM 13.	DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES			112
ITEM 14.	MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS			112
ITEM 15.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES			112
ITEM 16.A.	AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT			112
ITEM 16.B.	CODE OF ETHICS			112
ITEM 16.C.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES			113
ITEM 16.D.	EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES			113
ITEM 16.E.	PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS			114
PART III				115
ITEM 17.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			115
ITEM 18.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			115
ITEM 19.	EXHIBITS			116

ii

GLOSSARY

      All references to “Korea” or the “Republic” contained in this annual report mean the Republic of Korea. All references to the “Government” mean the government of the Republic of Korea. All references to “we”, “us” or the “Company” mean KT Corporation and, as the context may require, its subsidiaries.

      Any discrepancies in any table between totals and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

      All references to “Won” or “W” in this annual report are to the currency of the Republic and all references to “Dollars”, “$”, “US$” or “U.S. dollars” are to the currency of the United States of America.

      Unless otherwise indicated, translations of Won amounts into Dollars in this annual report were made at the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in Won per US$1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Won into Dollars were made at the noon buying rate in effect on December 31, 2004, which was Won 1,035.1 to US$1.00.

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Managers and Advisors

Item 1.A. Directors and Senior Management

      Not applicable.

Item 1.B. Advisers

      Not applicable.

Item 1.C. Auditors

      Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

      Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

Item 3.A. Selected Financial Data

      You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and the report of independent registered public accounting firm on these statements included herein. The selected consolidated financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

      Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). See Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the nature and the effect of such differences.

1

Income Statement Data

	Year Ended December 31,
	2000		2001		2002		2003		2004			2004
	(In billions of Won and millions of Dollars, except per share data)
Korean GAAP(1):
Operating revenues	W	13,538	W	15,978	W	16,437	W	16,068	W	17,068		US$	16,490
Operating expenses		12,487		14,002		14,056		14,245		14,588			14,093
Operating income		1,051		1,976		2,382		1,822		2,481			2,396
Donations and contribution payments(2)		145		157		145		182		147			142
Gain (loss) on disposition of available-for-sale securities(3)		941		628		1,177		772		(15	)		(15	)
Income taxes(4)		551		421		741		524		578			588
Net earnings		986		1,113		1,947		822		1,282			1,239
Basic earnings per share(5)		3,165		3,576		7,504		3,802		6,084			5.88
Diluted earnings per share(6)		3,165		3,576		6,601		3,313		5,697			5.50
Dividends per share(7)		511		720		860		2,000		3,000			2.90
U.S. GAAP(8):
Operating revenues	W	10,512	W	11,588	W	11,508	W	11,776	W	12,240		US$	11,825
Operating income		613		1,146		1,860		1,167		1,944			1,878
Income taxes		181		250		520		218		387			374
Net earnings		701		1,106		1,556		395		1,405			1,357
Basic earnings per share(5)		2,251		3,233		5,997		1,830		6,663			6.44
Basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of accounting change(5)		2,966		3,233		5,997		1,830		6,663			6.44
Diluted earnings per share(6)		2,251		3,233		4,972		1,655		6,215			6.00
Diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of accounting change(6)		2,966		3,233		4,972		1,655		6,215			6.00

Balance Sheet Data

	Year Ended December 31,
	2000			2001			2002		2003			2004			2004
	(In billions of Won and millions of Dollars)
Korean GAAP(1):
Working capital(9)	W	(3,252	)	W	(331	)	W	499	W	(1,184	)	W	(1,526	)	US$	(1,474	)
Net property, plants and equipment		17,435			17,139			16,853		16,374			15,721			15,188
Total assets		28,393			30,012			29,050		25,557			26,473			25,576
Long-term debt, excluding current portion		5,319			6,513			9,877		9,050			6,985			6,748
Refundable deposits for telephone installation(10)		3,040			2,349			1,534		1,227			1,087			1,050
Total stockholders’ equity		12,370			13,759			9,833		8,397			9,026			8,720
U.S. GAAP(8):
Working capital(9)	W	(1,985	)	W	(666	)	W	678	W	(99	)	W	(763	)	US$	(737	)
Net property, plants and equipment		13,600			12,804			11,995		11,515			10,846			10,479
Total assets		23,066			22,856			21,737		19,532			20,384			19,693
Total stockholders’ equity		10,637			11,189			7,270		5,890			6,660			6,434

2

Operating Data

	As of December 31,
	2000		2001		2002		2003		2004
	(Unaudited)
Lines installed (thousands)(11)		24,383		24,854		25,062		25,202		25,577
Lines in service (thousands)(11)		21,525		21,898		22,327		21,841		21,091
Lines in service per 100 inhabitants(12)		44.1		44.9		46.8		45.6		43.1
Lines in service per employee(11)(13)		473		497		511		580		559
PCS subscribers (thousands)(14)		8,416		9,591		10,333		10,442		11,729
Broadband Internet subscribers (thousands)		1,729		3,858		4,922		5,589		6,078

Other Financial Data

	Year Ended December 31,
	2000			2001			2002			2003			2004			2004
	(In billions of Won and millions of Dollars)
Korean GAAP(1):
Net cash provided by operating activities	W	2,651		W	3,629		W	4,827		W	3,190		W	4,719		US$	4,559
Net cash used in investing activities		(5,486	)		(3,916	)		(4,065	)		(1,481	)		(3,618	)		(3,459	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		2,842			755			(844	)		(2,065	)		(106	)		(103	)
U.S. GAAP(8):
Net cash provided by operating activities	W	2,196		W	2,317		W	2,973		W	2,174		W	3,613		US$	3,491
Net cash used in investing activities		(4,651	)		(2,443	)		(2,639	)		(1,654	)		(2,607	)		(2,519	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		2,450			299			(254	)		(691	)		(19	)		(19	)

(1)	Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted Statements of Korea Accounting Standards (“SKAS”) No. 2 through No. 9. In accordance with these standards, the cumulative effects on prior years were adjusted to the beginning balance of retained earnings. In addition, certain accounts of the prior year consolidated financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. See Note 2(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)	Includes donations and contributions to the Government’s Information and Telecommunication Improvement Fund, the Korea Electronic Telecommunication Research Institute and other institutes supporting science and technology research. See Note 32 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3)	Includes a gain of Won 921 billion in 2000 as a result of our disposition of 2,943,627 shares of SK Telecom to the major shareholders of Hansol M.com in connection with our acquisition of a 47.9% interest in Hansol M.com, a gain of Won 616 billion in 2001 as a result of our disposition of 2,674,580 shares of SK Telecom, a gain of Won 1,154 billion in 2002 as a result of our disposition of 5,457,635 shares of SK Telecom and a gain of Won 776 billion in 2003 as a result of our disposition of 3,809,288 shares of SK Telecom. See Note 8(b) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4)	Includes deferred tax expense of Won 233 billion in 2000 related to the write-off of deferred income tax assets of KT M.com due to KT M.com’s conclusion in December 2000 that it was not likely that KT M.com would be able to realize the tax benefit of KT M.com’s loss carryforward. Includes impairment of deferred tax asset of Won 134 billion in 2003 and Won 170 billion in 2004 due to our conclusion in 2003 that we would not be able to realize the tax benefit of our equity in losses of affiliates. See Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3

(5)	Basic earnings per share under Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP is calculated by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period was 259,450 thousand for 2002, 216,106 thousand for 2003 and 210,759 thousand for 2004.
(6)	Diluted earnings per share are calculated based on the effect of dilutive securities that were outstanding during the period. The denominator of the diluted earnings per share computation is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive securities had been converted into common stock. In addition, the numerator is adjusted to include the after-tax amount of interest recognized associated with convertible notes. The weighted average number of shares outstanding was 300,097 thousand for 2002, 263,556 thousand for 2003 and 233,270 thousand for 2004 (Under U.S. GAAP, 300,097 thousand for 2002, 241,291 thousand for 2003 and 233,270 thousand for 2004).
(7)	Dividends paid on a per share basis for shares owned by the Government differ from dividends paid on a per share basis to all the other shareholders. The Government completed the disposition of its ownership interest in us in May 2002. The calculation of dividends per share represents the weighted average dividends paid per share.
(8)	See Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.
(9)	“Working capital” means current assets minus current liabilities.

(10)	See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Item 5.A. Operating Results — Non-refundable Service Installation Fee,” “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services — Local Telephone Service” and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of changes in the telephone installation charge system.
(11)	Including public telephones.
(12)	Excluding public telephones.
(13)	Excluding employees of our subsidiaries.
(14)	Includes subscribers of KTF and resale subscribers of KT Corporation and as of December 31, 2000, subscribers of KT M.com. In June and October 2000, we acquired a 47.9% interest in KT M.com. KT M.com merged into KTF on May 1, 2001. As of December 31, 2002, KTF had approximately 8.9 million subscribers and KT Corporation had approximately 1.4 million resale subscribers. As of December 31, 2003, KTF had approximately 8.9 million subscribers and KT Corporation had approximately 1.6 million resale subscribers. As of December 31, 2004, KTF had approximately 9.5 million subscribers and KT Corporation had approximately 2.2 million resale subscribers.

4

Exchange Rate Information

      The following table sets out information concerning the noon buying rate for the periods and dates indicated.

		At End		Average
Period		of Period		Rate(1)		High		Low
		(Won per US$1.00)
2000			1,267.0		1,140.0		1,267.0		1,105.5
2001			1,313.5		1,293.4		1,369.0		1,234.0
2002			1,186.3		1,242.0		1,332.0		1,160.6
2003			1,192.0		1,183.0		1,262.0		1,146.0
2004			1,035.1		1,139.3		1,195.1		1,035.1
2005 (through June 24)			1,013.5		1,009.8		1,058.0		997.0
	January		1,026.9		1,038.0		1,058.0		1,024.0
	February		1,000.9		1,023.1		1,044.0		1,000.9
	March		1,015.4		1,007.8		1,023.9		997.5
	April		997.0		1,010.1		1,019.0		997.0
	May		1,005.0		1,001.8		1,009.0		997.0
	June (through June 24)		1,013.5		1,009.6		1,016.0		1,003.0

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

(1)  The average rate for each full year is calculated as the average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the relevant year. The average rate for a full month is calculated as the average of the noon buying rates on each business day during the relevant month (or portion thereof).

      We have translated the Won amounts into Dollars in this annual report solely for your convenience. We make no representation that the Won or Dollar amounts contained in this annual report could have been or could be converted into Dollar or Won, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all.

Item 3.B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

      Not applicable.

Item 3.C. Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds

      Not applicable.

Item 3.D. Risk Factors

      You should carefully consider the following factors.

Increased competition in Korea has had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition

      The telecommunications sector in Korea is rapidly evolving. We face increasing competition from new entrants to the telecommunications market. We expect the number and the identity of service providers in the market to continue to change. Future business combinations and alliances in the telecommunications industry may create significant new competitors. In addition, advances in technology as well as changes in the regulatory environment are also occurring. Any significant changes in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications sector and our inability to adapt to such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

5

Fixed-line Telephone Services

      Before December 1991, we were the sole provider of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services in Korea. Since then, various competitors have entered the local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service markets in Korea, which have eroded our market shares. DACOM Corporation and Hanaro Telecom, Inc. currently provide local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services. In addition, Onse Telecom Corp. and SK Telink, Inc. currently provide domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services. Starting in 1998, specific service providers, such as Internet phone service providers, voice resellers and call-back service providers, also began offering international long-distance service in Korea. The entry of these and other potential competitors into the local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service markets has had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability from these businesses. We had a market share in the local telephone service of 93.8% as of March 31, 2005 in terms of number of subscribers published by the Ministry of Information and Communication, a market share in the domestic long-distance service of 83.2% in March 2005 in terms of revenues estimated by us, and a market share in the international long-distance service of 45.6% in March 2005 in terms of revenues estimated by us. We cannot give assurance that we will be able to maintain our share of these businesses at or above current levels.

      In recent years, the Ministry of Information and Communication implemented local number portability allowing local fixed-line telephone service subscribers to choose a competing local telephone service provider while retaining the same phone number. The gradual implementation of local number portability began in March 2003 and was completed in August 2004. As of March 31, 2005, approximately 215 thousand of our subscribers switched to our competitors and approximately 18 thousand subscribers of our competitors switched to us. Local number portability may enable Hanaro and DACOM to compete more effectively for our existing customers and may have a material adverse effect on our number of subscribers and on our results of operations.

PCS Service

      KTF, our consolidated subsidiary in which we currently own a 48.7% interest, provides PCS service, a type of mobile telecommunications service based on Code Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) technology. Competitors in the mobile telecommunications service industry are cellular service provider SK Telecom and PCS service provider LG Telecom. KTF (including resale subscribers of KT Corporation) had a market share of 32.5% as of March 31, 2005 based on the total number of mobile service subscribers in Korea, making KTF the second largest service provider. SK Telecom had a market share of 51.2% as of March 31, 2005.

      Starting in January 2004 for SK Telecom subscribers, July 2004 for KTF subscribers and January 2005 for LG Telecom subscribers, mobile subscribers have been allowed to switch their service provider while retaining the same mobile phone number. In addition, all new subscribers of mobile services and existing subscribers who elect to receive a new mobile number are given the uniform mobile code of “010” as the first three digits of their mobile numbers without regard to the mobile service provider. The Ministry of Information and Communication has announced that it will implement the uniform mobile code to all mobile numbers in 2007 and 2008 once the total number of subscribers using the uniform mobile code reaches 80% to 90% of the total mobile subscribers in Korea. Mobile number portability and uniform mobile code may allow SK Telecom and LG Telecom to compete more effectively for KTF’s existing and future customers and may have a material adverse effect on the number of subscribers of KTF and on our results of operations.

      On March 6, 2003, KT ICOM, a company created by a consortium of companies including KT Corporation and KTF to offer W-CDMA-based IMT-2000 services, merged into KTF in a stock-for-stock transaction. IMT-2000 is a third-generation, high-capacity wireless communications technology, which when implemented, is expected to allow operators to provide to their customers significantly more bandwidth capacity. Although we expect that our competitors will face similar challenges that we expect to face in implementing third-generation technology, we cannot assure you that KTF will be able to successfully compete with other third generation service providers. KTF’s inability to compete effectively with third-

6

generation service providers could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. See “— Implementation of the IMT-2000 technology poses challenges and risks to us.”

Internet Services

      The Korean broadband Internet access service market has experienced significant growth since Korea Thrunet first introduced its Hybrid Fiber Coaxial (or HFC) based service in 1998. Hanaro Telecom entered the broadband market in 1999 offering both HFC and Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (or ADSL) services. We also began offering broadband Internet access service in 1999, followed by Dreamline, Onse and DACOM. In recent years, numerous cable television operators have also begun HFC-based services at rates lower than ours. We had a market share of 50.7% as of March 31, 2005 based on the number of subscribers in Korea. As a result of having to compete with a number of competitors and the maturing of the Internet access service market, we currently encounter and we expect to encounter pressure to increase marketing expenses in the future. In addition, we expect industry consolidation among our competitors in the near future, and smaller competitors in the broadband market today may become larger competitors. For example, it has been reported that Hanaro has entered into a memorandum of understanding to merge with Korea Thrunet and is currently waiting for a court order ending the court receivership of Korea Thrunet in order to finalize the merger. Our inability to compete effectively with our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

      The market for Internet-related services in Korea is very competitive. We anticipate that competition will continue to intensify as the usage and popularity of the Internet grows and as new domestic and international competitors enter the Internet industry in Korea. The substantial growth and potential size of the Internet industry in Korea have drawn many competitors and as a result may lead to increasing price competition to provide Internet-related services. Increased competition in the Internet industry could have a material adverse effect on the number of subscribers of our broadband Internet access service and on our results of operations.

WTO Agreement

      Under the multilateral agreement on basic telecommunications services among the members of the World Trade Organization effective November 1997 (the “WTO Agreement”), the Government of Korea has agreed to gradually reduce the restrictions on foreign and individual shareholdings in KT Corporation and other network service providers in Korea. The relevant Korean law was amended to give effect to the provisions of the WTO Agreement. While the WTO Agreement enables us to seek foreign investors and strategic partners and to more easily take advantage of opportunities for investments in overseas telecommunications projects, it may also benefit our competitors and further intensify competition in the domestic market.

Implementation of the IMT-2000 technology poses challenges and risks to us

      We acquired the right to purchase one of three licenses to provide IMT-2000 services on December 15, 2000, as a member of a consortium of companies including KT Corporation and KTF. In March 2001, KT ICOM, a company created by the consortium, paid half of the Won 1.3 trillion license fee payable to the Ministry of Information and Communication. KTF, which subsequently merged with KT ICOM, is currently obligated to pay the remaining Won 650 billion over a period of five years starting in 2007 as follows: Won 90 billion in 2007, Won 110 billion in 2008, Won 130 billion in 2009, Won 150 billion in 2010 and Won 170 billion in 2011. The Ministry of Information and Communication also charges interest rates of three-year Government bonds minus 0.75% on these amounts until they are paid, which are currently accruing.

      IMT-2000 presents risks and challenges to our business, any or all of which, if realized or not addressed, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We expect KTF to leverage its existing PCS network and 2.5-generation technology to minimize its capital expenditures and other costs related to developing IMT-2000 services. However, we believe KTF will still require significant amounts of research and development and capital expenditures to build out its IMT-2000 network. No assurance can be given that the content, solutions and network will be developed in a timely and efficient manner by us or third parties, or if developed will gain market acceptance such that KTF will be able to derive revenues from IMT-2000 services to justify the license fee, capital expenditures and other investments

7

required for such service. KTF began trial service of its IMT-2000 services in metropolitan Seoul and parts of Gyunggi Province in December 2003. Although KTF is planning to offer IMT-2000 services in 45 cities by December 2006, KTF and its competitors may delay the nationwide roll-out of third-generation services if there are unfavorable market conditions and weak service demand.

Disputes with our labor union may disrupt our business operations

      In the past, we have experienced opposition from our labor union for our strategy of restructuring to improve our efficiency and profitability by disposing of non-core businesses and reducing our employee base. Although we have not experienced any significant labor disputes and unrests during the past three years, there can be no assurance that we will not experience in the future labor disputes and unrests, including expanded protests and strikes, which could disrupt our business operations and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

      We also negotiate wage agreements with our labor union on an annual basis. Although we have been able to reach wage agreements with our labor union in recent years, there can be no assurance that we will not experience in the future labor disputes and unrests resulting from disagreement in our annual wage negotiation with the labor union.

The Korean telecommunications industry has been subject to the Government’s regulation and change in Government policy relating to the industry could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition

      The Government, primarily through the Ministry of Information and Communication, has authority to regulate the telecommunications industry. The Ministry of Information and Communication’s policy is to promote competition in the Korean telecommunications markets through measures designed to prevent the dominant service provider in any such market from exercising its market power in such a way as to prevent the emergence and development of viable competitors. The Ministry of Information and Communication, in consultation with the Ministry of Finance and Economy, currently approves local service rates charged by us and mobile service rates charged by SK Telecom. Under current Government regulations, if a network service provider has the largest market share for a specified type of service and its revenue from that service for the previous year exceeds a specific revenue amount set by the Ministry of Information and Communication, it must obtain prior approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication for the rates and the general terms for that service. Each year the Ministry of Information and Communication designates service providers the rates and the general terms of which must be approved by the Ministry of Information and Communication. In recent years, the Ministry of Information and Communication has so designated us for local telephone service and SK Telecom for mobile service. In June 2005, the Ministry of Information and Communication announced that it plans to designate us for broadband Internet access service. Starting in the third quarter of 2005, we expect the rates we charge and the general terms of our broadband Internet access service to become subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication. The inability to freely set our local telephone service and broadband Internet access rates may hurt the profit from that business and impede our ability to compete effectively against our competitors. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Regulation — Rates.” The form of our standard agreement for providing local network service and each agreement for interconnection with other service providers are also subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication. The Ministry of Information and Communication currently does not regulate our domestic long-distance, international long-distance and mobile service rates.

      Government policies and regulations relating to the above as well as other regulations involving the telecommunications industry (including implementation of fixed-line phone number portability, mobile phone number portability and uniform mobile code) may change, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Regulation” and “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Relationship with the Government.”

8

We are subject to various regulations under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act

      The Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act provides for various regulations and restrictions on large business groups enforced by the Fair Trade Commission. Previously, we were not regulated as a large business group under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act due to the Government’s ownership (including Government invested enterprises and The Korea Development Bank) of greater than 30.0% of our issued shares. The Fair Trade Commission initially designated us as a large business group under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act on April 1, 2002, which subjects us to regulations limiting, among other things, the gross amount of investments, anti-competitive behaviors, cross guarantees of debt and cross shareholdings by members of a business group.

      In July 2004, the Fair Trade Commission began an antitrust investigation into alleged unfair collaborative practices of us, Hanaro, DACOM and Onse in local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service markets, as well as in broadband Internet access and Internet leased line service markets. On May 25, 2005, the Fair Trade Commission imposed fines of Won 116 billion on us, Won 2 billion on Hanaro and Won 1 billion on DACOM, claiming that we and these other companies engaged in unfair collaborative practices in local telephone and Internet leased line service markets. We believe that we were following administrative guidelines from the Ministry of Information and Communication, which had advised that we, as a dominant service provider in the local telephone service market, assist late market entrants in order to promote a more competitive local telephone service market in Korea. We plan to file for judicial review of administrative action, but we cannot give any assurance that the ultimate outcome of the lawsuit or related future actions will be favorable to us or reduce the amount of fine imposed on us. As a result of the ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, we have recorded Won 116 billion as taxes and dues under operating expenses in the second quarter of 2005.

      There is a possibility that we may also face class action or individual lawsuits from some of our customers stemming from the May 2005 ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, and we cannot provide any assurance that the ultimate outcome of any such lawsuits will be favorable to us or that they will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Korea is our most important market, and our current business and future growth could be materially and adversely affected if economic conditions in Korea deteriorate

      We are incorporated in Korea, and substantially all of our operations and assets are located in Korea. As a result, we are subject to political, economic, legal and regulatory risks specific to Korea.

      From early 1997 until 1999, Korea experienced a significant financial and economic downturn, from which it is widely believed the country has now recovered to a significant extent. However, the economic indicators in the past three years have shown mixed signs of recovery and uncertainty, and future recovery or growth of the economy is subject to many factors beyond our control. Events related to the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001, recent developments in the Middle East including the war in Iraq, higher oil prices, the general weakness of the global economy and the outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, in Asia and other parts of the world have increased the uncertainty of global economic prospects and may continue to adversely affect the Korean economy. Any future deterioration of the Korean and global economy could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

      Developments that could have an adverse impact on Korea’s economy include:

•  financial problems or lack of progress in restructuring of chaebols, or Korean conglomerates, other large troubled companies, their suppliers or the financial sector, including credit card companies;

•  loss of investor confidence arising from corporate accounting irregularities and corporate governance issues of certain chaebols;

•  a slowdown in consumer spending;

•  adverse changes or volatility in foreign currency reserve levels, commodity prices, exchange rates, interest rates or stock markets;

9

•  adverse developments in the economies of countries that are important export markets for Korea, such as the United States, Japan and China, or in emerging market economies in Asia or elsewhere;

•  the continued emergence of the Chinese economy, to the extent its benefits (such as increased exports to China) are outweighed by its costs (such as competition in export markets or for foreign investment and the relocation of manufacturing base from Korea to China);

•  social and labor unrest;

•  a decrease in tax revenues and a substantial increase in the Korean government’s expenditures for unemployment compensation and other social programs that, together, would lead to an increased government budget deficit;

•  geo-political uncertainty and risk of further attacks by terrorist groups around the world;

•  the recurrence of SARS or avian flu in Asia and other parts of the world;

•  deterioration in economic or diplomatic relations between Korea and its trading partners or allies, including deterioration resulting from trade disputes or disagreements in foreign policy;

•  political uncertainty or increasing strife among or within political parties in Korea;

•  hostilities involving oil producing countries in the Middle East and any material disruption in the supply of oil or increase in the price of oil; and

•  an increase in the level of tension or an outbreak of hostilities between North Korea and Korea or the United States.

Escalations in tension with North Korea could have an adverse effect on us and the market value of our Notes

      Relations between Korea and North Korea have been tense throughout Korea’s modern history. The level of tension between the two Koreas has fluctuated and may increase abruptly as a result of current and future events. In recent years, there have been heightened security concerns stemming from North Korea’s nuclear weapons program and increased uncertainty regarding North Korea’s actions and possible responses from the international community. In addition, the United States proposed plans in June 2004 to withdraw approximately one-third of the 37,500 troops currently stationed in Korea by the end of 2005. Specific details regarding the timing and other aspects of the proposed reduction in U.S. troops have not been finalized and talks between the governments of the United States and Korea are ongoing.

      In December 2002, North Korea removed the seals and surveillance equipment from its Yongbyon nuclear power plant and evicted inspectors from the United Nations International Atomic Energy Agency. In January 2003, North Korea renounced its obligations under the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. In August 2003, representatives of Korea, the United States, North Korea, China, Japan and Russia held six party multi-lateral talks in an effort to resolve issues relating to North Korea’s nuclear weapons program. Two more rounds of multi-lateral talks were held in February 2004 and June 2004 without any resolution, and the parties agreed to hold further talks. In February 2005, North Korea pulled out of the six-party disarmament talks and announced that it possesses nuclear weapons. In June 2005, North Korea indicated that it would return to the six-party talks, but it remains uncertain whether the discussion will resume.

      There can be no assurance that the level of tension will not escalate. Any further increase in tension on the Korean peninsula, including break down of high-level contacts between Korea and North Korea or occurrence of military hostilities, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and the market value of our Notes.

10

Depreciation of the value of the Won against the Dollar and other major foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations and on the prices of our securities

      Substantially all of our revenues are denominated in Won. Depreciation of the Won may materially affect the results of our operations because, among other things, it causes an increase in the amount of Won required by us to make interest and principal payments on our foreign-currency-denominated debt, the costs of equipment that we purchase from overseas sources, net settlement payments to foreign carriers and administrations and certain payments related to our derivative instruments entered into for foreign exchange risk hedging purposes. Of the Won 11,731 billion total long-term debt (including current portion) outstanding as of December 31, 2004, Won 3,315 billion was denominated in foreign currencies with interest rates ranging from 0.25% to 7.63%. See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Item 5.B. — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

      Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Won and the Dollar will affect the Dollar equivalent of the Won price of the shares of our common stock on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. These fluctuations also will affect the amounts a holder of ADSs will receive from the depositary bank in respect of:

•  dividends, which will be paid in Won to the depositary bank and converted by the depositary bank into Dollars;

•  the Dollar value of the proceeds which a holder will receive upon sale in Korea of the shares; and

•  the secondary market price of the ADSs.

      See “Item 3. Key Information — Item 3.A. Selected Financial Data — Exchange Rate Information.”

If an investor surrenders his ADSs to withdraw the underlying shares, he may not be allowed to deposit the shares again to obtain ADSs.

      Korean law currently limits foreign ownership of the ADSs and our shares. In addition, under our deposit agreement, the depositary bank cannot accept deposits of shares and deliver ADSs representing those shares unless (1) we have consented to such deposit or (2) Korean counsel has advised the depositary bank that the consent required under (1) is no longer required under Korean laws and regulations. Under current Korean laws and regulations, the depositary bank is required to obtain our prior consent for the number of shares to be deposited in any given proposed deposit which exceeds the difference between (1) the aggregate number of shares deposited by us or with our consent for the issuance of ADSs (including deposits in connection with the initial and all subsequent offerings of ADSs and stock dividends or other distributions related to these ADSs) and (2) the number of shares on deposit with the depositary bank at the time of such proposed deposit. The depositary bank has informed us that, at a time it considers to be appropriate, the depositary bank plans to start accepting deposits of shares without our consent and deliver ADSs representing those shares up to the amount allowed under current Korean laws and regulations. Until such time, however, the depositary bank will continue to obtain our consent for such deposits of shares and delivery of ADSs, which we may not provide. Consequently, if an investor surrenders his ADSs to withdraw the underlying shares, he may not be allowed to deposit the shares again to obtain ADSs. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.D. Exchange Controls.”

Limitations on foreign ownership may have an adverse effect on the conversion of our convertible notes.

      The Telecommunications Business Law limits the aggregate foreign ownership of our shares with voting rights to 49.0% of our total issued shares with voting rights. Such 49.0% foreign ownership limitation under the Telecommunications Business Law may have an adverse effect on the conversion of our convertible notes issued in January 2002. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Limitation on Shareholding.” If conversion by a foreigner results in the violation of the 49.0% foreign ownership limitation under the Telecommunications Business Law, such conversion may be effectively prohibited. In such an event, we will be required under the terms of the convertible notes to pay cash in U.S. Dollars the aggregate market value of our common shares deliverable upon conversion of convertible

11

notes to the relevant holder to satisfy the conversion right. As of December 31, 2004, 49.0% of our common shares were owned by foreign investors.

A foreign investor may not be able to exercise voting rights with respect to common shares exceeding the number of common shares held by our largest domestic shareholder.

      Under the Telecommunications Business Law, a foreign shareholder who holds 5.0% or more of our total shares is prohibited from becoming our largest shareholder. However, any foreign shareholder who held 5.0% or more of our total shares and was our largest shareholder on or prior to May 9, 2004 is exempt from the regulations, provided that such foreign shareholder may not acquire any more of our shares. Under the Telecommunications Business Law, the Ministry of Information and Communication may, if it deems it necessary to preserve substantial public interests, prohibit a foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder. In addition, the Foreign Investment Promotion Act prohibits any foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder if such shareholder owns 5.0% or more of our shares with voting rights. In the event that any foreigner or foreign government acquires our shares in violation of the above provisions, such foreign shareholder may not be able to exercise voting rights with respect to common shares exceeding such threshold. The Ministry of Information and Communication may also order us or the foreign shareholder to take corrective measures in respect of the excess shares within a specified period of six months or less.

Holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise dissenter’s rights unless they have withdrawn the underlying common stock and become our direct shareholders.

      In some limited circumstances, including the transfer of the whole or any significant part of our business and our merger or consolidation with another company, dissenting shareholders have the right to require us to purchase their shares under Korean law. A holder of ADSs will not be able to exercise dissenter’s rights unless he has withdrawn the underlying common stock and become our direct shareholder. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

An investor may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional shares and may suffer dilution of his equity interest in us.

      The Commercial Code of Korea and our articles of incorporation require us, with some exceptions, to offer shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their existing ownership percentage whenever new shares are issued. If we offer any rights to subscribe for additional shares of our common stock or any rights of any other nature, the depositary bank, after consultation with us, may make the rights available to an ADS holder or use reasonable efforts to dispose of the rights on behalf of the ADS holder and make the net proceeds available to the ADS holder. The depositary bank, however, is not required to make available to an ADS holder any rights to purchase any additional shares unless it deems that doing so is lawful and feasible and:

•  a registration statement filed by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is in effect with respect to those shares; or

•  the offering and sale of those shares is exempt from or is not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

      We are under no obligation to file any registration statement. If a registration statement is required for an ADS holder to exercise preemptive rights but is not filed by us, the ADS holder will not be able to exercise his preemptive rights for additional shares. As a result, the ADS holder may suffer dilution of his equity interest in us.

You may not be able to find trading markets for your bonds.

      The bonds are securities with no established trading market. We cannot provide any assurance as to the liquidity of, or the trading markets for, these bonds.

12

Forward-looking statements may prove to be inaccurate

      This annual report contains “forward-looking statements” that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our company and our industry. The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “should,” and similar expressions. Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital resources. We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and uncertainties, and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be incorrect. The uncertainties in this regard include, but are not limited to, those identified in the risk factors discussed above. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans and objectives or projected financial results referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. We do not undertake to release the results of any revisions of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.

Item 4. Information on the Company

Item 4.A. History and Development of the Company

      In 1981, the Government established us under the Korea Telecom Act to operate the telecommunications services business that it previously directly operated. Under the Korea Telecom Act and the Government-Invested Enterprises Management Basic Act the Government had a greater control over our business and affairs. Effective October 1, 1997, the Korea Telecom Act was repealed and the Government-Invested Enterprises Management Basic Act became inapplicable to us. As a result, we became a corporation under the Commercial Code, and our corporate organization and shareholders’ rights were governed by the Privatization Law and the Commercial Code. Among other things, we began to exercise greater autonomy in setting our annual budget and making investments within the telecommunications industry, and our directors, who used to be appointed by the Government under the Korea Telecom Act, are now elected by our shareholders.

      Until 1993, the Government owned all of the issued shares of our common stock. From 1993 through May 2002 the Government disposed of all of its equity interest in us. With the completion of disposition of the Government’s ownership interest in us in May 2002, the Privatization Law ceased to apply to us in August 2002. We amended our legal name from Korea Telecom Corp. to KT Corporation in March 2002.

      Before December 1991, we were the sole provider of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services in Korea. The Government began to introduce competition in the telecommunications services market in the early 1990’s. As a result, including ourselves, there are currently five international long-distance carriers, five domestic long-distance carriers and three local telephone service providers in Korea. In addition, the Government has also awarded licenses to several new service providers to enhance the competition in other telecommunications business areas such as mobile telephone services and data network services. See “Item 4.B. Business Overview — Competition.”

Item 4.B. Business Overview

      We are the leading telecommunications service provider in Korea and one of the largest and most advanced in Asia. As an integrated telecommunications service provider, our principal services include:

•  telephone services, including local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance fixed-line telephone services and interconnection services to other telecommunications companies;

•  broadband Internet access service and other Internet-related services;

•  PCS mobile telecommunications service; and

13

•  various other services, including leased line service and other data communication service, satellite service and system and network integration service.

      We own substantially all of the domestic public exchanges, the nationwide network of local telephone lines, the principal public long-distance telephone transmission facilities and the principal data communications network in Korea, as well as two satellites in operation. In addition, through KTF, we operate a nationwide PCS network.

      Historically, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenues from fixed-line telephone services. However, as our traditional businesses have matured and new technologies have become available, we have successfully leveraged our nationwide network, strong brand name and established customer base in Korea to pursue new growth opportunities. These growth businesses include broadband Internet access service and other Internet-related services and mobile telecommunications service. As a result, revenues from these businesses have grown rapidly in recent years and now account for a substantial portion of our total revenues, having risen from 37.2% of our total operating revenues in 2002 to 43.4% in 2004.

      We are focusing on building upon our strong position in each of our principal lines of business:

•  We are currently the dominant provider of fixed-line telephone services in Korea with approximately 25.5 million installed lines, of which 21.0 million lines were in service as of March 31, 2005. As of March 31, 2005, our market share of the local market was 93.8% based on the number of local fixed-line subscribers in Korea. Based on revenues in March 2005 estimated by us, our market share of the domestic long-distance market was 83.2% and our market share of the international long-distance market was 45.6%;

•  We are one of the world’s largest broadband Internet access providers and Korea’s largest provider in terms of subscribers, with 6.1 million subscribers as of March 31, 2005, representing a market share of 50.7%;

•  We are Korea’s second largest mobile telecommunications service provider. KTF, our consolidated subsidiary, had approximately 12.0 million subscribers (including our resale subscribers) as of March 31, 2005, representing a market share of 32.5% of the total mobile service market in Korea based on the number of mobile subscribers; and

•  We are also the leading provider of data communication service in Korea, with a market share of 67.5% of the domestic leased line market in March 2005 based on revenues estimated by us.

      For the year ended December 31, 2004, under Korean GAAP our consolidated operating revenues were Won 17,068 billion (US$16,490 million), our consolidated net earnings were Won 1,282 billion (US$1,239 million) and our basic earnings per share was Won 6,084 (US$5.88). As of December 31, 2004, our total stockholders’ equity was Won 9,026 billion (US$8,720 million).

The Telecommunications Industry in Korea

      The Korean telecommunications industry is one of the most developed in Asia in terms of broadband Internet and mobile penetration rates. As of March 31, 2005, the broadband Internet penetration rate, which is calculated by dividing the number of broadband Internet access service subscribers by the number of households in Korea, was 76.6%, and the mobile penetration rate, which is calculated by dividing the number of mobile subscribers by the population of Korea, was 76.8%. According to the Ministry of Information and Communication, the number of broadband Internet access subscribers totaled 12.1 million as of March 31, 2005 and the number of mobile subscribers totaled 37.1 million as of such date.

      The Ministry of Information and Communication has the primary responsibility for regulating the telecommunications industry in Korea. See “— Regulation.”

14

Broadband Internet Access Market

      With advancement of broadband technology, the Korean broadband Internet access market has experienced significant growth in recent years. Broadband Internet connection can be achieved through satellite, terrestrial wireless and fiber optic-based solutions. However, the principal technologies used in the provision of high speed Internet access are xDSL and HFC. xDSL refers to various types of digital subscriber lines, including ADSL and VDSL. xDSL offers an access solution over existing telephone lines using a specialized modem while HFC service involves the use of two-way cable networks. These two technologies are more widely used than the other available technologies because of their relative reliability, ease of provisioning and cost effectiveness. In case of Korea, we believe that xDSL enjoys an advantage over HFC because two-way cable networks are much less widespread than the local telephone network. In addition, since the subscribers of two-way cable networks share a limited bandwidth, the downstream speed tends to slow down as the number of subscribers increases, thereby decreasing the quality of HFC-based service. While xDSL technology was commercially introduced after HFC technology, it has surpassed HFC to become the prevalent broadband access platform in Korea.

      In December 2004, VDSL technology with speeds of up to 50 Mbps became commercialized and the broadband Internet service providers introduced wireless LAN service with speed of up to 54 Mbps, which is designed to integrate fixed-line and wireless services by offering high speed wireless Internet access to laptops or PDAs in hot-spot zones and at home.

Mobile Telecommunications Service Market

      The Korean cellular market was formally established in 1984 when SK Telecom, formerly Korea Mobile Telecom, became the first mobile telephone operator in Korea. SK Telecom remained the only cellular operator in Korea throughout the 1980s and the early 1990s. Competition was later introduced to the market when Shinsegi Telecomm began service in 1994. In order to encourage further market growth and competition, the Ministry of Information and Communication awarded three PCS licenses in June 1996. Our mobile subsidiary, KTF, was awarded a license alongside LG Telecom and Hansol M.com. Commercial PCS service was launched in October 1997.

      Since the introduction of three new operators in 1997, the Korean mobile market has undergone consolidation and significant growth. Following SK Telecom’s purchase of a controlling stake in Shinsegi, we acquired a 47.9% interest in Hansol M.com in 2000 and renamed the company KT M.com. KT M.com merged into KTF on May 1, 2001 and Shinsegi merged into SK Telecom in January 2002. The table below gives the subscription and penetration information of the mobile telecommunications industry for the periods indicated:

	As of December 31,
	2000			2001			2002			2003			2004
Total Korean Population(1)		47,008			47,343			47,640			47,925			48,199
Mobile Subscribers(2)		26,817			29,046			32,342			33,592			36,586
PCS(2)		12,364			13,867			15,122			15,279			17,803
Cellular(2)		14,453			15,179			17,220			18,313			18,783
Mobile Subscriber Growth Rate		14.4	%		8.3	%		11.3	%		3.9	%		8.9	%
Mobile Penetration(3)		57.0	%		61.4	%		67.9	%		70.1	%		75.9	%

(1)	In thousands, based on population trend estimates by the National Statistical Office of Korea.
(2)	In thousands, based on information compiled by the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3)	Penetration is determined by dividing mobile subscribers by total Korean population.

      Korea’s highly developed mobile market also extends into an advanced mobile data market. Mobile Internet service in Korea has grown rapidly since its introduction in 2001. All the mobile operators have developed extensive mobile data and Internet service portals. Korean operators have also invested in networks

15

compatible with EV-DO handsets which allow subscribers to enjoy 2.5 generation high speed wireless data services. They are also working to commercialize a third-generation, high-capacity wireless Internet and video multimedia communications technology which allows an operator to provide to its subscribers significantly greater bandwidth capacity.

Competitive Strengths

We are the only fully integrated telecommunications service provider in Korea

      We are the largest and only fully integrated telecommunications service provider in Korea. We are Korea’s dominant provider of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services, broadband Internet access service and data communication service, as well as a leader in PCS service. We own substantially all of the domestic public exchanges, the nationwide network of local telephone lines, the principal public long-distance telephone transmission facilities and the principal data communications network in Korea, as well as two satellites in operation. We also operate a nationwide PCS network through KTF and a satellite broadcasting network through Korea Digital Satellite Broadcasting Company.

      As a result, we possess the requisite capabilities to offer convergence services that integrate the different services in our current portfolio of products and service offerings. For example, we have the advantage that approximately 98% of potential subscribers are located within a four kilometer radius of our existing telephone offices to receive xDSL service over existing lines, allowing us to provide connection at a lower cost than our competitors. In addition, in February 2002, we launched our wireless LAN service under the brand name “NESPOT,” which is designed to integrate fixed-line and wireless services by offering high speed wireless Internet access to laptops or PDAs in hot-spot zones and at home. We extended this service further in February 2003 through the launch of “NESPOT Swing” which allows users with PDA phones to connect to the Internet even outside the NESPOT hotspots through KTF’s PDA-only wireless data service. We also launched “Home N” service in May 2004 and the “One Phone” service in August 2004, both of which are services that converge the different products and services that we currently offer. For additional information of Home N and One Phone, see “— Our Services — Internet Services — Broadband Internet Access Service” and “— Business Strategy — Focus on high-growth, high-margin businesses.”

We have a large customer base, dominant market position and strong brand recognition

      We have a large customer base. As of March 31, 2005, we had approximately 21.1 million fixed-line telephone service subscribers and 6.1 million broadband service subscribers, and KTF had 12.0 million mobile subscribers (including resale subscribers of KT Corporation). We have a dominant market position in each of the fixed-line telephone service markets as well as the broadband Internet access market in Korea, as shown in the following table:

	Year Competition		KT Corporation
Service	Introduced		Market Share
Local(1)		1999		93.8	%
Domestic long distance(2)		1996		83.2	%
International long distance(2)		1991		45.6	%
Broadband Internet access(1)		1998		50.7	%

(1)	In terms of subscribers as of March 31, 2005 announced by the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(2)	In terms of revenues in March 2005 estimated by us.

      We also believe that KT Corporation and KTF enjoy wide brand recognition in Korea with a reputation for quality and reliability.

16

We have achieved critical mass in the mobile telecommunications service market

      We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of the attractive growth potential in the mobile service market, which we expect will grow with the increasing demand for mobile data communications services and the implementation of nationwide IMT-2000 services. SK Telecom, as the dominant service provider with the largest market share, is subject to approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication for the rates and the general terms of its service. KTF is not subject to such restrictions. KTF had a total of approximately 12.0 million subscribers (including resale subscribers of KT Corporation) as of March 31, 2005, representing 32.5% of the mobile service market.

We have a proven track record of improving our efficiency and profitability

      We have successfully executed our plans to improve our efficiency and profitability in recent years. We have closed unprofitable businesses and divested numerous non-core investments over the past several years to enhance overall profitability. In addition, we have streamlined our workforce to increase efficiency. Under our voluntary early retirement programs, we laid off 6,279 employees in 2003 and 346 employees in 2004. We had a total of 43,218 employees as of December 31, 2004 compared to 48,624 employees as of December 31, 2002. We have also been successful in containing increases in employee costs through agreements on wages and retirement programs with the union.

Business Strategy

      We believe the telecommunications market in Korea will continue to expand due to Korea’s growing economy, consumers’ willingness to adopt new technologies, relatively high income and a relatively large middle class. We also believe that the convergence of communications technologies will provide a competitive advantage to incumbent telecommunications service providers with existing infrastructure, which are able to design and construct sophisticated and nationwide networks capable of serving as a common platform for a broad range of services and enhance value for our customers.

      Our slogan, “The Value Networking Company,” reflects our vision to become a global leading company by maximizing shareholder value, pursuing corporate growth through customized services, maintaining our leading position as an integrated telecommunications service provider in all of the market segments we serve and expanding our leadership position in high-growth markets, such as Internet and mobile telecommunications services.

      Consistent with our strategic objectives, we have developed the following business strategies.

Focus on high-growth, high-margin businesses

      We plan to focus our resources on services that have potential for significant growth and high margins. In line with our strategy to place greater emphasis on businesses that have potential for significant growth and higher margins, we plan to increase the proportion of capital expenditures in these areas. We are devoting a substantial part of our resources toward the construction of infrastructure for Internet services and PCS service, and the portion of our planned capital expenditures devoted to these services is approximately 51.9% in 2005.

      Internet Services. We plan to use our advanced network to provide high quality transmission and value-added services with competitive pricing. We launched in December 2004 our VDSL services, which currently allow broadband Internet access speed of up to 50 Mbps. Through continued emphasis on improving the technology of our broadband Internet access service and offering additional value-added services such as Home N, we plan to remain as the dominant player in this market segment.

      PCS Service. KTF will continue to focus its research efforts on introducing next-generation mobile telecommunications services, as well as offering additional value-added services to enhance PCS experience for it subscribers. In May 2001, KTF began offering 2.5 generation high speed wireless data services which allow voice, data and video transmission to EV-DO handsets. KTF also began trial service of its IMT-2000 services with W-CDMA technology in metropolitan Seoul and parts of Gyunggi Province in December 2003,

17

and KTF plans to offer services in 45 cities by December 2006, subject to market conditions and service demand.

      New Businesses. We will continue to develop and introduce additional services that can take advantage of our competitive strengths, complement our traditional fixed-line telephone services and capture the growth potential that new businesses offer. For example, we launched One Phone in August 2004, a service which enables specially designed handsets to act as cordless phones within the transmission range of a user’s base transmitter, and to act as PCS mobile phones outside such areas. When used as a cordless phone within the designated area, One Phone applies fixed-line telephone services fee. In addition, the handsets can receive data transmissions without being charged for airtime usage within the designated area if the homes or businesses subscribe to one of our fixed-line broadband services. The handsets can also be used as walkie-talkies and to exchange data between One Phone phones within short distance.

      We also launched KT Ann service in November 2004, a service that provides subscribers with specially designed cordless phones with mobile handset functions such as text-messaging, address book and portal service. We bundle KT Ann service with our other value-added services such as customized ring tone service and caller identification service.

      We will also continue to develop our wireless broadband Internet access service called KT WiBro that will enable broadband Internet access to portable computers, mobile phones and other portable devices at a speed of up to 1Mbps. The Ministry of Information and Communication granted SK Telecom, Hanaro and us the right to purchase licenses to provide wireless broadband Internet access service in Korea. We paid license fee of Won 126 billion in March 2005, and we expect SK Telecom to compete with us in this market. We plan to test service KT WiBro at the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation meetings scheduled to be held in Busan in November 2005. We expect to begin commercial service of KT WiBro in metropolitan Seoul in April 2006 and to gradually expand our wireless broadband Internet access service nationwide by 2008, subject to market conditions. We will explore combining KT WiBro with our existing services, including Megapass and Nespot services.

Leverage dominant market positions to maximize profitability

      We will continue to seek ways to capitalize on our position as the leading telecommunications services provider in Korea with dominant position in each of the fixed-line telephone service markets, as well as the broadband Internet market.

      The breadth of our network and our ownership of the so called “last one mile” infrastructure, which is comprised of the connection between the local telephone service provider’s switching centers to the end-users’ buildings or homes, provides us with low-cost access to existing and potential customers and creates a platform for expanding our services. For example, we have been able to greatly expand our broadband Internet access customer base by utilizing such existing infrastructure. Also, we believe that we can capitalize on our large and well-established customer base, as well as our well-known brand name, to cross-sell our service offerings and expand into other service areas in a cost-efficient manner.

Promote synergies within the KT Corporation group

      We plan to actively promote synergies within the KT Corporation group to take advantage of economies of scale in various areas and to prepare for increasing demand for mobile data communications and integrated fixed-line and wireless telecommunications services. We also plan to use our extensive customer relationships and market knowledge to expand our revenue bases by bundling and cross-selling our products and services. For example:

•  we have been successful in reselling PCS services through KT Corporation, with approximately 2.5 million resale subscribers as of March 31, 2005;

•  our Nespot Swing service and KTF’s mobile service integrate wireless and fixed-line services by enabling subscribers with PDA phones access to high speed Internet in hot-spot zones, Megapass service in fixed-line environments and KTF’s wireless data service outside the hot-spot zones;

18

•  our One Phone service integrates our fixed-line services and KTF’s wireless service by enabling specially designed handsets to act as cordless phones within the transmission range of a user’s base transmitter, and to act as PCS mobile phones outside such areas; and

•  our enhanced video-on-demand services allow subscribers of both our Megapass broadband Internet access service and SkyLife satellite broadcasting service to experience higher-quality video and audio offerings on demand through an integrated set-top box.

Continue to improve operational efficiencies through company-wide process innovation

      We will continue to seek to improve our operational efficiencies in order to enhance customer service, increase profitability and maximize shareholder value. In June 2003, we began implementing our first round of six-sigma innovation program as part of our company-wide process innovation. We are the first telecommunications services provider in Korea to implement six-sigma programs, the objectives of which are to maximize customer satisfaction and operating revenues through greater efficiency in cost and enhancement in employee performance. We will continue to seek new opportunities to implement our company-wide process innovation, promote cost-effectiveness and instill six-sigma programs as part of our corporate culture. In addition, we are investing in information technology and management information systems, thereby improving management efficiency and internal communications.

Our Services

Telephone Services

      Fixed-line Telephone Services. We utilize our extensive nationwide telephone network to provide fixed-line telephone services, which consist of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance services. These fixed-line telephone services accounted for 24.9% of our operating revenues in 2004. Our telephone network includes exchanges, long-distance transmission equipment and fiber optic and copper cables. The following table gives some basic measures of the development of our telephone system:

	As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2000		2001		2002		2003		2004
Lines installed (thousands)(1)		24,383		24,854		25,104		25,202		25,577
Lines in service (thousands)(1)		21,525		21,898		22,327		21,841		21,091
Lines in service per 100 inhabitants(2)		44.1		44.9		46.8		45.6		43.1
Percentage of lines connected to digital exchanges		79.7		87.5		92.4		100.0		100.0
Lines in service per employee(3)		473		497		511		580		559
Fiber optic cable (kilometers)		111,728		118,815		122,243		128,478		133,181
Number of public telephones installed (thousands)		539		500		446		374		317
Domestic long-distance call minutes (millions)(4)		21,563		19,632		17,133		17,007		15,024
Local call pulses (millions)(5)		34,691		30,968		26,859		23,597		20,585

(1)	Including lines used for public telephones, which were 538,983 lines, 499,566 lines, 446,367 lines, 374,000 lines and 317,000 lines, respectively, for the years presented.
(2)	Source: KT Corporation. Excluding public telephones.
(3)	Excluding employees of our subsidiaries and including lines used for public telephones.
(4)	Including calls placed from public telephones.
(5)	Including calls placed from public telephones.

      Our domestic long-distance cable network is entirely made up of fiber optic cable and can carry both voice and data transmissions. Compared to conventional materials such as coaxial cable, fiber optic cable

19

provides significantly greater transmission capacity with less signal fading, thus requiring less frequent amplification. In recent years, we have also increased the proportion of our lines that are connected to exchanges capable of handling digital signal technology. A principal limitation of the older analog technology is that applications other than voice communications, such as the transmission of text and computer data, require either separate networks or conversion equipment. Digital systems permit a range of voice, text and data applications to be transmitted simultaneously on the same network. All lines installed since 1992 have been connected to digital exchanges and we completed connection of all installed lines to digital exchanges on June 9, 2003.

      The following table shows the number of minutes of international long-distance calls recorded by us in each specified category for each year in the five-year period ended December 31, 2004:

		Year Ended December 31,
		2000		2001		2002		2003		2004
		(In millions of billed minutes)
Incoming international long-distance calls			460.1		515.8		544.0		528.8		569.8
Outgoing international long-distance calls			552.1		552.9		572.3		524.7		527.4
	Total		1,012.2		1,068.7		1,116.3		1,053.5		1,097.2

      United States (27.5%) Japan (16.7%) and China (14.3%) accounted for the greatest percentage of our international long-distance call traffic measured in minutes in 2004. The volume of our outgoing calls exceeded the volume of our incoming calls in 2000, 2001 and 2002. Starting in 2003, the volume of our incoming calls exceeded the volume of our outgoing calls. The agreed settlement rate is applied to the call minutes to determine the applicable net settlement payment. We receive the largest net settlement payment from U.S. carriers. Because the volume of incoming calls from the United States is larger than that of outgoing calls to the United States, amounts payable by the U.S. carriers to us in respect of calls billed by U.S. carriers have historically exceeded amounts payable by us to U.S. carriers in respect of calls billed by us.

      We also provide Internet phone service for international long-distance calls. Despite the inconvenience of having to dial many numbers to access the Internet phone service, the volume of international long-distance calls made on Internet phone services, measured in terms of call minutes, has significantly increased since Internet phone service was first introduced in Korea in March 1998. Our Internet phone service also competes with international long-distance services provided by voice resellers.

      Interconnection. Under the Telecommunications Business Law, we are required to permit other service providers to interconnect to our fixed-line network. Currently, the principal users of this interconnection capacity include Hanaro and DACOM (offering local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance services), Onse (offering international and domestic long-distance services), SK Telecom (transmitting calls to and from its cellular network) and KTF and LG Telecom (transmitting calls to and from their PCS networks). We expect that an increasing number of new service providers will commence operations and require interconnection services in the future. Accordingly, we expect that interconnection revenues and payments will remain important for our results of operations. In recent years, revenues from a landline user for a call initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber (land-to-mobile interconnection) have become a significant portion of our results of operations, accounting for 10.9% of our operating revenues in 2004. We recognize as land-to-mobile interconnection revenue the entire amount of the usage charge collected from the landline user and recognize as an expense the amount of interconnection charge paid to the mobile service provider.

Internet Services

      Broadband Internet Access Service. Leveraging on our nationwide network of more than 25.6 million installed lines and 133 thousand kilometers of fiber optic cable network, we have achieved a leading market position in the broadband Internet access market in Korea. We believe we have a competitive advantage over other broadband Internet access service providers because, unlike our competitors, we can utilize our existing

20

networks nationwide to provide broadband Internet access service. Our principal Internet access services include:

•  xDSL services under the “Megapass” brand name;

•  fiber-optic cable-based service under the “Ntopia” brand name; and

•  wireless LAN service under the “Nespot” brand name, which is designed to integrate fixed-line and wireless services by offering high speed wireless Internet access to laptops and PDAs in hot-spot zones and Megapass service in fixed-line environments.

      We had 6.1 million fixed-line broadband Internet subscribers as of March 31, 2005, of which 5.6 million subscribed to the xDSL service and 0.6 million subscribed to the Ntopia service. xDSL refers to various types of digital subscriber lines, including ADSL and VDSL. We also had 0.5 million Nespot service subscribers as of March 31, 2005. Our broadband Internet access service accounted for 12.5% of our operating revenues in 2004.

      ADSL is a modern technology that converts existing copper twisted-pair telephone lines into access paths for multimedia and high-speed data communications. In essence, ADSL transforms the existing public information network from one limited to voice, text and low-resolution graphics to a system capable of bringing multimedia to subscriber premises without new cabling. The asymmetric design optimizes the bandwidth by maximizing the downstream speed for downloading information from the Internet. The traditional telephone service channel is split off from the digital information channels by filters, thus guaranteeing uninterrupted telephone service even when broadband connection fails. While ADSL technology was commercially introduced after HFC-based technology, it has surpassed HFC to become the prevalent access platform in Korea. VDSL, ADSL-based technology with enhanced downstream speed, became commercialized in July 2002.

      The high-speed downstream rates can reach up to 8 Mbps for ADSL and 50 Mbps for VDSL. Downstream rates depend on a number of factors. For a constant wire gauge, the data rate decreases as the length of the copper wire increases. Generally, if the separation between the telephone office and the subscriber is greater than four kilometers, line attenuation is so severe that broadband speeds can no longer be achieved. Approximately 95% of the households subscribing to our basic local telephone service are located within a four kilometer radius of our telephone offices, making our Megapass service available to most of the Korean population.

      Our Ntopia service connects fiber-optic cables to apartment complexes and buildings with LAN capabilities. This technology allows data transmission speed up to 100 Mbps. Because the service is UTP cable-based, a subscriber is automatically connected to the Internet whenever his or her personal computer is in operation. We began offering our Ntopia service in September 2001.

      In February 2002, we launched a wireless LAN service called Nespot, which provides laptops and PDAs wireless access to high speed Internet in hot-spot zones and Megapass service in fixed-line environments. Nespot enables subscribers to access the Internet at up to 54 Mbps. We sponsored approximately 14,000 hot-spot zones nationwide for wireless connection as of March 31, 2005. We extended the Nespot service in 2003 through the launch of Nespot Swing, which allows users with PDA phones to connect to the Internet even outside the Nespot hotspots through KTF’s wireless data service specifically designed for PDAs.

      Responding to the increasing demand for value-added services, we plan to continue to develop and introduce additional services to take advantage of the growth potential of the broadband market. In May 2004, we began offering Home N, a home networking service available to our broadband subscribers for additional installation and monthly fees. The service allows subscribers to connect multiple computers in their homes, order streaming videos on demand, monitor homes remotely through security cameras mounted on computers that can be accessed through mobile phones, and receive enhanced traffic, weather and stock market information through a computer or a television set. As home appliances compatible with our Home N service develop, we expect our subscribers to be able to remotely control these appliances through their mobile phones We also introduced Home N Sky service, a value-added service developed in conjunction with SkyLife, our

21

satellite broadcasting service provider, that enables our broadband subscribers to view on television streaming video contents delivered through broadband network.

      Miscellaneous Internet-related Services. Our Internet-related services focus primarily on providing infrastructure and solutions for business enterprises. These services accounted for 2.8% of our operating revenues in 2004.

      We provide dedicated and secure broadband Internet connection service to institutional customers under the “Kornet” brand name. We provide high-speed connection ranging from 56 Kbps to 2.5Gbps, as well as rent to our customers and install necessary routers to ensure reliable Internet connection and enhanced security. We provide discount rates to qualified customers, including small- and medium-sized enterprises, businesses engaging in Internet access services and government agencies.

      We operate eleven Internet data centers located throughout Korea and provide website hosting services to companies which need servers, routers and leased lines. Internet data centers are facilities used to house, protect and maintain network server computers that store and deliver Internet and other network content, such as web pages, applications and data. Our Internet data centers are professionally designed to meet international standards, and are equipped with temperature control systems, regulated and reliable power supplies, fire detection and suppression equipment, security monitoring and high-bandwidth connections to the Internet. Internet data centers allow corporations or Internet service providers to outsource their application and server hardware management. Services offered include shared application hosting, dedicated hosting, co-location and managed hosting. Shared application hosting is the storage and delivery of applications over the Internet via a shared server. Dedicated hosting is application hosting using a dedicated server. Co-location is the installation of the customer’s network equipment at the Internet data centers. Managed hosting refers to additional premium hosting services for which customers are charged separately, such as network availability monitoring, remote power supply, bandwidth utilization monitoring and data backup and recovery.

      We also offer a service called bizmeka.com to develop and commercialize business-to-business solutions targeting small- and medium-sized business enterprises in Korea. Bizmeka.com is an applied application service provider which provides industry-specific business solutions, including customer database management and electronic data interchange.

PCS Service

      KTF, one of our consolidated subsidiaries in which we currently own a 48.7% interest, obtained one of the three licenses to provide nationwide PCS service in June 1996 and began offering PCS service in all major population centers in Korea in October 1997. PCS service is a digital wireless telephone and data transmission system that uses portable handsets with long battery life to communicate via low-power antennae. KTF’s PCS service uses CDMA technology and utilizes 20 MHz of bandwidth in the 1800 MHz frequency. In May 2001, KTF launched its 2.5 generation high speed wireless data services which currently has a population coverage of 87%. Subscribers who have EV-DO-compatible handsets are able to enjoy high speed multimedia services including voice, data and video transmission. KTF also began offering its trial service of IMT-2000 services in metropolitan Seoul and parts of Gyunggi Province in December 2003, and KTF plans to offer service in 45 cities by December 2006, subject to market conditions and service demand. IMT-2000 is a third-generation, high-capacity wireless Internet and video multimedia communications technology which allows an operator to provide to its subscribers significant more bandwidth capacity.

      We entered into an air-time reselling arrangement with KTF in July 1999, under the brand name “Let’s 010,” through which we use our extensive marketing network and strong brand name to attract subscribers who can utilize the PCS networks of KTF. We bill directly to our resale subscribers for their usage of KTF’s PCS networks and collect all fees and charges relating to such usage, including initial subscription fees, monthly access fees and usage charges for outgoing calls, wireless data communications and value-added monthly services. We had approximately 2.5 million resale subscribers who utilized KTF’s network as of March 31, 2005.

22

      PCS service accounted for 28.1% of our operating revenues in 2004. The following table shows selected information concerning the usage of KTF’s network during the periods indicated and the number of KTF’s subscribers as of the end of such periods:

	As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2002		2003		2004
Outgoing Minutes (in thousands)		16,130,211		16,035,117		19,950,143
Average Monthly Outgoing Minutes per Subscriber(1)		153		159		181
Average Monthly Revenue per Subscriber(2)		W38,694		W38,539		W39,890
Number of Subscribers (in thousands)(3)		10,333		10,442		11,729

(1)	The average monthly outgoing minutes per subscriber is computed by dividing the total minutes of usage for the period by the weighted average number of subscribers for the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. The weighted average number of subscribers is the sum of the total number of subscribers at the end of each month divided by the number of months in the period.
(2)	The average monthly revenue per subscriber is computed by dividing total monthly access fees, usage charges, interconnection fees and value-added service fees for the period by the weighted average number of subscribers and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period.
(3)	Includes resale subscribers of KT Corporation who utilized KTF’s network. KT Corporation had approximately 2.2 million resale subscribers as of December 31, 2004.

      KTF competes not only with another PCS service provider, LG Telecom, which began its service at around the same time, but also with SK Telecom, a cellular service provider that has a longer operating history. As of March 31, 2005, KTF had approximately 12.0 million subscribers (including resale subscribers of KT Corporation), which was second largest among the three mobile service providers. As of March 31, 2005, in terms of number of subscribers published by the Ministry of Information and Communication, KTF had a market share of 32.5% of the mobile service market.

      KTF’s increase in subscribers since January 2004 is partially attributable to the implementation of mobile phone number portability. Starting in January 2004 for SK Telecom subscribers, July 2004 for KTF subscribers and January 2005 for LG Telecom subscribers, mobile subscribers have been allowed to switch their service provider while retaining the same mobile phone number. Although KTF has lost some of its subscribers to competitors since July 2004, more subscribers of SK Telecom and LG Telecom have switched to KTF since the implementation of mobile phone number portability.

      All new subscribers of mobile services and existing subscribers who elect to receive a new mobile number are given the uniform mobile code of “010” as the first three digits of their mobile numbers without regard to the mobile service provider. The Ministry of Information and Communication has announced that it will implement the uniform mobile code to all mobile numbers in 2007 or 2008 once the total number of subscribers using the uniform mobile code reaches 80% to 90% of the total mobile subscribers in Korea.

      KTF markets its services through two channels: (1) exclusive dealers and (2) the marketing network of KT Corporation pursuant to air-time reselling arrangements with us. The primary distribution channels of KTF are its approximately 1,550 independent exclusive dealers located throughout Korea. In addition to assisting new subscribers to activate PCS service and purchase handsets, authorized dealers are connected to the database of KTF and are able to assist customers with account information. Although most of these dealers sell exclusively products and services of KTF, sub-dealers hired by exclusive dealers may sell products and services offered by other mobile telecommunications service providers. Authorized dealers are entitled to a commission of Won 22,000 for each new subscriber registered, as well as ongoing commissions for the first five years based primarily on the subscriber’s monthly access fee, usage charges and length of subscription. The handsets sold by KTF to the dealers cannot be returned to KTF unless they are defective. If a handset is defective, it may be exchanged for a new one within 14 days from the date of purchase.

23

      KTF does not require its subscribers to make facility deposits or take out facility insurance policies with the Korea Guarantee Insurance Company, unless a subscriber purchased his or her handset through the installment payment plan. In such a situation, facility insurance is required and the subscriber usually pays a one-time, non-refundable insurance fee ranging from Won 10,000 to Won 30,000. KTF conducts the screening process for new subscribers with great caution. A potential subscriber must meet all internal credit criteria before receiving PCS service. The procedure includes checking the history of non-payment and credit information from banks and credit agencies such as the National Information and Credit Evaluation Corporation. Applicants who do not meet the minimum criteria can only subscribe to the PCS service by using a pre-paid card.

Data Communication Service

      Our data communication service involves offering exclusive lines that allow point-to-point connection for voice and data traffic between two or more geographically separate points. As of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, we leased 598,872 lines, 454,281 lines and 426,633 lines to domestic businesses. We also had 110 international leased lines on December 31, 2004. The data communication service accounted for 5.6% of our operating revenues in 2004.

Satellite Services

      We currently have two telecommunications satellites in operation, Koreasat 2 and Koreasat 3. The satellite service accounted for 0.7% of our operating revenues in 2004. In January 1996, we launched Koreasat 2, a telecommunications satellite with 15 transponders. Koreasat 2 is due to reach the end of its operational life in 2006.

      We launched Koreasat 3 in September 1999. Koreasat 3 carries 33 transponders. Among the transponders reserved for telecommunications, nine are reserved for direct-to-home satellite broadcasting, 15 are used for telecommunication operations and six are used for broadcasting. The remaining three transponders are used for ultra-high-speed communications pilot projects for sparsely populated areas. The six broadcast transponders of Koreasat 3 are used to replace the operations of the older satellite. All six broadcast transponders are currently utilized by Korea Digital Satellite Broadcasting Inc. The expected useful life of Koreasat 3 is approximately 15 years.

      We are planning to launch Koreasat 5 in the summer of 2006 to replace Koreasat 2. Koreasat 5 will be a telecommunication satellite with 24 transponders and an expected useful life of approximately 15 years.

Miscellaneous Services

      We provide various services that extend beyond telephone services and data communications services, including:

•  system and network integration service;

•  services provided by KTH; and

•  real estate-related service.

      Our miscellaneous services accounted for 3.7% of our operating revenues for 2004.

      System and Network Integration Service. We offer a wide range of system and network integration services to our clients. Our range of services includes consulting services that provide solutions to specific system or network issues in designing, building and maintaining communications networks which satisfy the individual needs of our clients. Typically, it takes between six months to one year to complete a project.

      KTH. KTH is a consolidated subsidiary in which we own a 65.9% interest, and its services include providing on-line content subscription services under the “Hitel” brand name and developing on-line contents for paran.com (formerly hanmir.com) portal site and our Megapass and Nespot services. In December 2003, we also transferred hanmir.com portal site to KTH. Hitel subscribers can access a variety of content from

24

various third-party content providers, including news articles and information on business, entertainment, sports and other areas. Hitel subscribers also incur local telephone charges when they access the Hitel service using a dial-up modem. KTH’s communication services include e-mail services, instant messenger services, web storage services and exchanges of electronic files.

Revenues and Rates

      The table below shows the percentage of our revenues derived from each category of services for each of the years from 2002 through 2004:

				Year Ended December 31,
				2002			2003			2004
Telephone services:
	Local service				17.6	%		18.8	%		17.4	%
	Non-refundable service installation fees				1.5			0.8			0.5
	Domestic long-distance service				6.5			5.8			5.0
	International long-distance service				3.3			2.8			2.5
	Land-to-mobile interconnection				13.1			12.9			10.9
		Sub-total			42.0			41.1			36.3
Internet services:
	Broadband Internet access service				9.6			11.8			12.5
	Miscellaneous Internet-related services(1)				2.5			3.0			2.8
		Sub-total			12.1			14.8			15.3
PCS service					25.1			25.9			28.1
Sales of goods(2)					8.3			7.2			10.3
Other services:
	Data communications service				7.7			6.7			5.6
	Satellite service				0.8			0.8			0.7
	Miscellaneous(3)				4.1			3.5			3.7
		Sub-total			12.5			11.0			10.0
			Total operating revenues		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

(1)	Includes revenues from Kornet Internet connection service and services provided by our Internet data centers and bizmeka.com.
(2)	Includes PCS handset sales.
(3)	Includes revenues from system and network integration services, KTH and real estate related service.

Telephone Services

      Local Telephone Service. Our revenues from local telephone service consist primarily of:

•  installation fees for new lines;

•  monthly basic charges; and

•  monthly usage charges based on the number of call pulses.

      All calls are currently measured by call pulses. Each pulse is determined by the duration of the call and the time of the day at which the call is made. For instance, during regular service hours, a call pulse is triggered at the beginning of each local telephone call and every three minutes thereafter.

25

      The rates we charge for local calls are currently subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication after consultation with the Ministry of Finance and Economy. The rates are identical for residential and commercial customers. The following table summarizes our local usage rates as of each date on which rates were revised:

		May 1,		Feb. 10,		Aug. 1,		Dec. 1,		Sept. 1,		April 15,		Nov. 1,
		1991		1993		1994		1996		1997		2001		2001
Local Usage Charges (per pulse)(1)
	Regular service		W25		W30		W40		W41.6		W45		W39		W39
	Public telephone		20		30		40		40		50		50		70

(1)  Since January 1, 1990, usage charges for local service in those metropolitan areas subject to measured service have been based on the number of pulses, which are a function of the duration and number of calls, and per pulse rates. Before January 1, 1993, in areas not subject to measured service, a pulse was triggered once for each local telephone call, regardless of the length of the call. Commencing January 1, 1993, measured service applies to all lines in service. A pulse is triggered at the beginning of each local call and every three minutes thereafter from 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. on weekdays and every 258 seconds thereafter on holidays and from 9:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. on weekdays.

      Before September 1998, in addition to a non-refundable installation fee of Won 8,000 and a monthly basic charge, a customer was required to pay at the time of a telephone installation a non-interest-bearing refundable deposit. The deposit ranged from Won 122,000 to Won 242,000 depending on the size of the local calling area in which the phone was installed. In September 1998, we implemented an alternative telephone installation charge system that allowed our customers to choose between the original service plan and a second service plan. The charges under each plan were as follows:

Rates from September 1998 to April 14, 2001	Original Plan	Second Plan
Installation Deposit (refunded upon termination of service)	Between Won 122,000 to Won 242,000, depending on location	None
Non-refundable Installation Fee	Won 8,000	Won 100,000
Monthly Basic Charge	Between Won 1,500 to Won 2,500, depending on location	Between Won 2,000 to Won 4,000, depending on location

      Through April 14, 2001, approximately 7.1 million customers switched to or enrolled under the second plan. To each of our customers switching plans, we refunded between Won 30,000 and Won 150,000 of their telephone installation deposits while keeping Won 92,000, reflecting the Won 100,000 non-refundable telephone installation fee under the second plan minus the Won 8,000 non-refundable installation fee paid under the original plan.

      Starting on April 15, 2001, we implemented a new telephone installation charge system. The changes are as follows:

Rates Starting April 15, 2001	New Plan
Installation Deposit (refunded upon termination of service)	None
Non-refundable Installation Fee	Won 60,000 (including value added tax)
Monthly Basic Charge	Between Won 3,000 to Won 5,200, depending on location

      All new customers subscribing to our local service on or after April 15, 2001 are enrolled under the new plan. Our existing customers who are enrolled in the original plan may switch to the new plan and receive their

26

installation deposit back (less Won 52,000, reflecting the Won 60,000 non-refundable installation fee paid under the new plan minus the Won 8,000 non-refundable installation fee paid under the original plan). Our existing customers who switched to or enrolled under the second plan cannot switch to the new plan.

      As of December 31, 2004, we had Won 1,087 billion of refundable installation deposits outstanding and 4.9 million subscribers who are enrolled under the original plan and eligible to switch to the new plan and receive their installation deposit back (less Won 52,000 as described above). The total refund amount (excluding the non-refundable telephone installation fees retained by us) to approximately 358 thousand customers choosing to switch to the new plan amounted to Won 142 billion in 2004. As of December 31, 2004, we also had 0.4 million subscribers who are enrolled under the second plan and 15.8 million subscribers who are enrolled under the new plan.

      Domestic Long-distance Telephone Service. Our revenues from domestic long-distance service consist of charges for calls placed, charged for the duration, time of day and day of the week a call is placed, and the distance covered by the call. Since January 1998, we have been setting our own rates for domestic long-distance service without approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication.

      The following table summarizes our domestic long-distance rates as of each date on which rates were revised. These charges do not reflect discounts applicable to calls made during off-peak hours or holidays.

		Date of Rate Change(1)
		May 1,		Feb. 10,		Aug. 1,		Dec. 1,		Sept. 1,		Dec. 1,		April 15,		Nov. 1,
		1991		1993		1994		1996		1997		2000		2001		2001
Domestic Long-Distance Charges (per three minutes)(1)(2)
	Up to 30 km	W	100	W	100	W	40	W	41.6	W	45	W	45	W	39	W	39
	Up to 100 km		400		360		200		183		172		192		192		261
	100 km or longer		900		675		313		277		245		252		252		261

(1)

Domestic long-distance calls of up to 30 kilometers are billed on the same basis as local calls. Before April 15, 2001, for domestic long-distance calls in excess of 30 kilometers, a pulse was triggered at the beginning of each call and every 47 seconds for calls up to 100 kilometers or every 33 seconds for calls in excess of 100 kilometers. Commencing April 15, 2001, a pulse was triggered at the beginning of each call and every 30 seconds thereafter. Commencing November 1, 2001, a pulse is triggered at the beginning of each call and every 10 seconds thereafter.

(2)

Rates for domestic long-distance calls in excess of 30 kilometers are currently discounted (by an adjustment in the period between pulses) by 10% on holidays and from 6:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. on weekdays, and by 30% from midnight to 6:00 a.m. everyday.

      From September 10, 2002 to December 9, 2002, with the approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication, we also offered an optional flat rate plan for our fixed-line telephone service subscribers who had been our customers since August 1, 2001. Under the optional plan, a subscriber who elected to pay the monthly average of local and domestic long-distance usage amounts previously paid by such subscriber from August 1, 2001 to July 31, 2002 plus an extra charge of Won 1,000 to Won 5,000 each month (depending on average usage amount) is able to make unlimited minutes of local and domestic long-distance calls for up to 12 months from the election date. We obtained an approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication to extend the optional flat rate plan for those subscribers who had previously elected to participate.

      International Long-distance Service. Our revenues from international long-distance service consist of:

•  amounts we bill to customers for outgoing calls made to foreign countries (including customers who make calls to Korea from foreign countries under our home country direct-dial service);

27

•  amounts we bill to foreign telecommunications carriers and administrations for connection to the Korean telephone network in respect of incoming calls (including calls placed in Korea by customers of the foreign carriers for home country direct-dial service); and

•  other revenues, including revenues from international calls placed from public telephones.

      We bill outgoing calls made by customers in Korea (and calls made to Korea from foreign countries under our home country direct-dial service) in accordance with our international long-distance rate schedule for the country called. These rates vary depending on the time of day at which a call is placed. We bill outgoing international calls on the basis of one-second increments. Since January 1998, we have been setting our own rates for international long-distance service without approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication.

      We bill outgoing calls (and calls made from Korea through a home country direct-dial service) to the relevant foreign carrier or administration at the applicable settlement rate specified under the agreement with the foreign entity. We have entered into numerous bilateral agreements with foreign carriers and administrations. We negotiate the settlement rates under these agreements with each foreign carrier, subject to Ministry of Information and Communication approval. It is the practice among international carriers for the carrier in the country in which the call is billed to collect payments due in respect of the use of overseas networks. Although we record the gross amounts due to and from us in our consolidated financial statements, we make settlements with most carriers quarterly on a net basis.

      In recent years, we changed the rate structure of our international long-distance telephone service to compete more effectively in the international long-distance market, as well as in the Internet phone service market. We lowered our international long-distance rates applicable to most countries while decreasing discount hours. In addition, we began offering various optional plans at additional monthly fees, including a plan that provides special discounts for calls to pre-designated phone numbers. Our competitors have made comparable adjustments to their international long-distance rates.

      Interconnection. We provide other telecommunications service providers, including mobile operators and other fixed-line operators, interconnection to our fixed-line network.

      Land-to-mobile Interconnection. For a call initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber, we collect from the landline user the land-to-mobile usage charge and remit to the mobile service provider a land-to-mobile interconnection charge. The Ministry of Information and Communication periodically issues orders setting the interconnection charge calculation method applicable to interconnections with mobile service providers.

      For 2000, our payments to cellular and PCS service providers were calculated by taking the actual costs of carrying a call (“Imputed Costs”) of SK Telecom in 1998 and adjusting for several factors including the call volume of mobile service providers. For 2001, our payments were calculated by reducing the per-minute amount applicable to cellular service providers in 2000 by 7.76% and the per-minute amount applicable to PCS service providers in 2000 by 10.75%. In 2002 and 2003, in addition to taking the actual Imputed Costs of SK Telecom, the Ministry of Information and Communication took into consideration additional factors including the call volume of each mobile service provider in determining interconnection charges. Starting in 2004, the Ministry of Information and Communication determines the land-to-mobile interconnection charge by calculating the long-run incremental cost of mobile service providers, taking into consideration technology development and future expected costs.

28

      The following table shows the interconnection charges we paid per minute (exclusive of value-added taxes) to cellular and PCS operators for landline to mobile calls:

	Effective Starting
	May 1,		July 1,		July 1,		January 1,
	2002		2003		2004		2005
SK Telecom	W	on 45.7	W	on 41.0	W	on 31.8	W	on 31.2
KTF(1)	W	on 53.5	W	on 48.0	W	on 47.7	W	on 46.7
LG Telecom	W	on 59.0	W	on 52.9	W	on 58.5	W	on 55.0

(1)  Eliminated in consolidation of financial statements.

      The following table shows the usage charge per minute collected from a landline user for a call initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber:

	Effective Starting
	May 1,		July 1,		September 1,
	2002		2003		2004
Weekday	W	on 93.8	W	on 89.0	W	on 87.0
Weekend	W	on 88.9	W	on 84.0	W	on 82.0
Evening(1)	W	on 83.9	W	on 79.2	W	on 77.2

(1)  Evening rates are applicable from 12:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. everyday.

      The charges above have been agreed among the parties involved and confirmed by the Ministry of Information and Communication. In order to compensate for the lack of corresponding decrease in the base usage charge per ten seconds in 2001 and the first four months of 2002 which remained at Won 19.0, we agreed with the Ministry of Information and Communication to offer to landline users ten minutes of free calls per month from May 2002 to December 2002 for calls initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber. In addition, in order to compensate for the lack of corresponding decrease in the base usage charge in the first half of 2003, we agreed with the Ministry of Information and Communication to offer to landline users six minutes of free calls per month from July 2003 to December 2003 for calls initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber. Landline users are offered five minutes of free calls per month from September 2004 to November 2005 for calls initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber in order to compensate for the lack of corresponding decrease in the base usage charge from January 2004 to August 2004.

      We recognize as land-to-mobile interconnection revenue the entire amount of the usage charge collected from the landline user and recognize as expense the amount of interconnection charge paid to the mobile service provider.

      Land-to-land and Mobile-to-land Interconnection. For a call initiated by a landline subscriber of our competitor to our fixed-line user, the landline service provider collects from its subscriber its normal rate and remits to us a land-to-land interconnection charge. In addition, for a call initiated by a mobile service subscriber to our landline user, the mobile service provider collects from its subscriber its normal rate and remits to us a mobile-to-land interconnection charge.

      The following table shows the interconnection charge per minute collected for a call initiated by a landline subscriber of our competitor to a landline user, as well as the interconnection charge per minute

29

collected for a call initiated by a mobile service subscriber to a landline user, as determined by the Ministry of Information and Communication:

	Effective Starting
	July 1,		January 1,		January 1,		January 1,
	2002		2003		2004		2005
Local land-to-land and mobile-to-land interconnection	W	on 12.7	W	on 11.3	W	on 16.2	W	on 16.5
Long-distance land-to-land and mobile-to-land interconnection(1)	W	on 16.2	W	on 14.9	W	on 17.8	W	on 18.1
Long-distance land-to-land and mobile-to-land interconnection(2)	W	on 20.3	W	on 19.0	W	on 20.5	W	on 20.8

Source: The Ministry of Information and Communication.

(1)	Interconnection between local switching centers and between local switching centers and domestic long-distance switching centers located within 30 kilometers.
(2)	Interconnection involving domestic long-distance switching centers located greater than 30 kilometers away.

Internet Services

      Broadband Internet Access Service. We offer broadband Internet access service that primarily uses existing telephone lines to provide both voice and data transmission. We charge customers of broadband Internet service on a monthly fixed charges. In addition, we charge customers a one time installation fee per site of Won 30,000 and modem rental fee ranging from Won 3,000 to Won 8,000 on a monthly fixed basis. Starting in the third quarter of 2005, we expect the rates we charge for broadband Internet access service to become subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication. The following table summarizes our charges for various broadband Internet services as of March 31, 2005:

	Maximum Speed		Monthly Fee(1)
Megapass Special II		50 Mbps	W	on 45,000
Megapass Special I		20 Mbps	W	on 42,000
Megapass Premium		8/13 Mbps	W	on 40,000
Megapass Lite		4 Mbps	W	on 30,000

(1)  We provide discounts of up to 20.0% for mandatory subscription periods ranging from one to three years.

PCS Service and PCS Handset Sales

      Our operating revenues from PCS service and PCS handset sales are generated through our consolidated subsidiary KTF and our PCS resale service. We derive revenues from PCS service principally from:

•  initial subscription fees;

•  monthly access fees;

•  usage charges for outgoing calls;

•  usage charges for wireless data transmission; and

•  value-added monthly service fees.

      KTF may set these fees and charges, including any promotional rates, without approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication. Like all Korean mobile service providers, KTF does not charge its customers for incoming calls. Instead, KTF receives interconnection charges from us for calls initiated from our fixed-line network to its PCS network (which are eliminated in consolidation) and interconnection charges from other mobile and fixed-line service operators for calls initiated by their subscribers.

30

      Although KTF provides various rate plans, 22.4% of its subscribers are enrolled in the standard rate plan as of December 31, 2004. Under the standard rate plan, KTF charges an initial subscription fee of Won 30,000, monthly access fee of Won 13,000 and usage charges of Won 18 per ten seconds. KTF’s other rate plans include those that offer a specified number of free airtime minutes per month in return for a higher monthly access fee and those that are geared toward business customers. Our competitors also offer similar plans.

      In order to promote its PCS services, KTF acquires PCS handsets in bulk for resale to its subscribers. KTF and its competitors are restricted from selling handsets to subscribers at prices below the prices at which they purchased the handsets from manufacturers, except in cases of certain PDA phones and W-CDMA phones where the government allows wireless service providers to provide subsidies to subscribers for purchases of handsets.

Data Communication Service

      We charge customers of domestic leased-lines on a monthly fixed-cost basis based on the distance of the leased line, the capacity of the line measured in bits per second (“bps”), the type of line provided and whether the service site is local or long-distance. In addition, we charge customers a one-time installation fee per site ranging from Won 56,000 to Won 1,940,000, depending on the capacity of the line.

Competition

      Under the Telecommunications Basic Law and the Telecommunications Business Law, telecommunications service providers in Korea are currently classified into network service providers, value-added service providers and specific service providers. See “— Regulation.”

Network Service Providers

      All network service providers in Korea are permitted to set the rates for international or domestic long-distance services on their own without Ministry of Information and Communication approval. Many of our competitors have set their rates lower than ours. Currently, we can compete freely with other providers on the basis of rates in all services except for local rates which require advance approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication. Starting in the third quarter of 2005, we expect the rates we charge for broadband Internet access service to become subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication. See “— Regulation.” In all service areas, we compete by endeavoring to provide superior customer service and superior technical quality, taking advantage of our broad customer base and our ability to provide integrated telecommunication services.

      We and SK Telecom qualify as market-dominating business entities in the respective markets under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act. Under this Act, a market-dominating business entity may not engage in any act of abuse, such as unreasonably interfering with business activities of other business entities, hindering unfairly the entry of newcomers or substantially restricting competition to the detriment of the interests of consumers. The Ministry of Information and Communication has also issued guidelines on fair competition of the telecommunications companies under the Telecommunications Business Law. If any telecommunications service provider breaches the guidelines, the Ministry of Information and Communication may take necessary corrective measures against it after a hearing at which the service provider may defend its action.

      Local Telephone Service. We compete with Hanaro and DACOM in the local telephone service business. Hanaro began providing local telephone service in 1999, followed by DACOM in 2004. In addition, the mobile services provided by SK Telecom and the PCS service providers have had a material adverse effect on KT Corporation in terms of our revenues from fixed-line telephone services. We expect this trend to continue. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Item 5.A. Operating Results — Telephone Service Revenues.”

31

      In recent years, the Ministry of Information and Communication has completed nationwide implementation of local number portability allowing local fixed-line telephone service subscribers to choose a competing local telephone service provider while retaining the same phone number. The gradual implementation of local number portability began in March 2003 and was completed in August 2004. Local number portability may enable Hanaro and DACOM to compete more effectively for our existing customers. As of March 31, 2005, approximately 215 thousand of our subscribers switched to our competitors, and approximately 18 thousand subscribers of our competitors switched to us.

      The following table shows the market share in the local telephone service market in terms of number of subscribers published by the Ministry of Information and Communication as of the dates indicated:

	Market Share (%)
	KT Corporation		Hanaro
December 31, 2002		96.0		4.0
December 31, 2003		95.8		4.2
December 31, 2004		93.8		6.2

Source: The Ministry of Information and Communication.

      Although the local usage charge of our competitors and us is the same at Won 39 per pulse (generally three minutes), our competitors’ non-refundable telephone installation charge and basic monthly charge are lower than ours. Our customers pay a non-refundable telephone installation charge of Won 60,000 and basic monthly charge of up to Won 5,200, depending on location. On the other hand, customers of our competitors pay a non-refundable telephone installation charge of Won 30,000 and a basic monthly charge of up to Won 4,500 depending on location.

      Domestic Long-distance Telephone Service. We compete with DACOM, Onse, Hanaro and SK Telink in the domestic long-distance market. DACOM began offering domestic long-distance service in 1996, followed by Onse in 1999 and Hanaro and SK Telink in 2004.

      The following table shows the market shares in the domestic long-distance market in terms of revenues estimated by us for the years indicated:

	Market Share (%)
	KT Corporation		DACOM		Onse		Hanaro
2002		85.0		10.6		4.4		—
2003		84.3		11.5		4.2		—
2004		84.4		11.0		3.8		0.8

Source: KT Corporation.

      Our competitors and we charge Won 39 per three minutes for domestic long-distance calls up to 30 kilometers. For domestic long-distance calls greater than 30 kilometers, our competitors charge between 2.7% to 5.0% less than us. The following table is a comparison of our standard long-distance usage charges per three minutes with the standard rates of our competitors as of March 31, 2005:

	Market Share (%)
	KT Corporation		DACOM		Onse		Hanaro		SK Telink
Up to 30 kilometers	W	39	W	39	W	39	W	39	W	39
30 kilometers or longer		261		250		254		248		248

Source: KT Corporation.

      International Long-Distance Telephone Service. Three companies, DACOM, Onse and Hanaro, directly compete with us in the international long-distance market. DACOM began offering international long-distance service in 1991, followed by Onse in 1997 and Hanaro in 2004. SK Telink, which only provides

32

Internet phone service, entered the international long-distance market in 2003 and offers its services at rates lower than those of network-based international long-distance telephone services. The entry of Internet phone service providers and other telecommunications service providers, such as voice resellers, that can offer telecommunications services at rates lower than ours has increased competition in the international long-distance market and adversely affected our revenues and profitability from international long-distance services. See “— Specific Service Providers.”

      The following table shows market shares in the international long-distance market in terms of revenue estimated by us for the years indicated:

	Market Share (%)
	KT Corporation		DACOM		SK Telink		Onse
2002		66.5		22.1		—		11.4
2003		64.4		24.0		1.0		10.6
2004		53.7		23.1		14.7		8.5

Source: KT Corporation.

      Our competitors generally charge less than us for international long-distance calls. The following table is a comparison of our standard long-distance usage charges per one minute with the standard rates of our competitors as of March 31, 2005:

	KT Corporation		DACOM		Onse		Hanaro
United States	W	288	W	288	W	276	W	276
Japan		690		678		672		672
China		996		996		984		984
Australia		1,092		1,086		1,044		1,044
Great Britain		1,008		996		966		966
Germany		948		942		912		912

Source: KT Corporation.

      Broadband Internet Access Service. The Korean broadband Internet access market has experienced significant growth since Korea Thrunet first introduced its HFC-based service in 1998. Hanaro Telecom entered the broadband market in 1999 offering both HFC and ADSL services, and we entered the market with our ADSL services in 1999, followed by Dreamline, Onse and DACOM. In addition, the entry of cable television providers that offer HFC-based broadband Internet access services at rates lower than ours has increased competition in the broadband Internet access market. We expect industry consolidation among our competitors in the near future, and smaller competitors in the broadband market today may become larger competitors. For example, it has been reported that Hanaro has entered into a memorandum of understanding to merge with Korea Thrunet and is currently waiting for a court order ending the court receivership of Korea Thrunet in order to finalize the merger.

      The following table shows the market share in the broadband Internet access market in terms of number of subscribers published by the Ministry of Information and Communication as of the dates indicated:

	Market Share (%)
	KT Corporation		Hanaro		Korea Thrunet		Cable Providers		Others
December 31, 2002		47.3		27.6		12.6		5.2		7.4
December 31, 2003		50.0		24.4		11.6		7.1		6.9
December 31, 2004		51.0		23.1		10.8		9.0		6.1

Source: The Ministry of Information and Communication.

33

      Our competitors generally charge less than us for broadband Internet access service. The following table is a comparison of fees for our Megapass Lite service with three year mandatory subscription period with fees of our competitors for comparable services as of March 31, 2005:

	KT Corporation		Hanaro		Korea Thrunet		Cable Providers(1)
Monthly subscription fee	W	25,500	W	24,920	W	23,800	W	16,800
Monthly modem rental fee		3,000		3,000		3,000		1,000
Initial installation fee		30,000		30,000		30,000		55,000
Additional installation fee upon moving		10,000		10,000		18,000		55,000

Source: KT Corporation.

(1)  These are fees typically charged by cable providers.

      PCS Service. Competition in the mobile telecommunications industry in Korea is intense among cellular service provider SK Telecom and PCS service providers KTF and LG Telecom. In January 2003, the Ministry of Information and Communication announced its plan to implement mobile number portability, which enables mobile subscribers to switch their service provider while retaining the same mobile phone number. Under the plan, mobile subscribers have been allowed to switch starting in January 2004 for SK Telecom subscribers, July 2004 for KTF subscribers and January 2005 for LG Telecom subscribers. Although KTF has lost some of its subscribers to competitors since July 2004, more subscribers of SK Telecom and LG Telecom have switched to KTF since the implementation of mobile phone number portability. However, this implementation may enable SK Telecom and LG Telecom to compete more effectively for KTF’s existing customers in the future.

      The following table shows the market share in the mobile telecommunications market in terms of number of subscribers as published by the Ministry of Information and Communication as of the dates indicated:

	Market Share (%)
	KTF		SK Telecom		LG Telecom
December 31, 2002		32.0		53.2		14.8
December 31, 2003		31.1		54.5		14.4
December 31, 2004		32.1		51.3		16.6
March 31, 2005		32.5		51.2		16.3

Source: The Ministry of Information and Communication.

      The following table is a comparison of the standard rate plan of KTF with the standard rate plans of its competitors as of March 31, 2005:

	KTF		SK Telecom		LG Telecom
Type of service		PCS		Cellular		PCS
Initial subscription fee	W	30,000	W	55,000	W	30,000
Monthly access fee		13,000		13,000		12,000
Usage charge per 10 seconds		18		20		18

Source: KTF.

      Data Communication Service. We had a monopoly in domestic data communication service until 1994, when DACOM was authorized to provide the leased-line service. In 2004, we estimate that we had a market share of 67.6% in the domestic leased-line market based on revenues, as well as a market share of 54.1% in the international leased-line market in Korea.

34

Value-Added Service Providers

      Value-added service providers may commence operations following filing of a report to the Ministry of Information and Communication. The scope of business of a value-added service provider includes specific value-added telecommunications activities (other than services reserved for network service providers), such as data communications utilizing telecommunications facilities leased from network service providers.

Specific Service Providers

      Specific service providers, such as Internet phone service providers and voice resellers, started operations in Korea in 1998. We began providing Internet phone service for international long-distance calls in May 1998. Our Internet phone service also competes with international long-distance services provided by voice resellers who have also seen sharp increases in demand for their services.

Foreign Competition

      Under the multilateral agreement on basic telecommunications services among the members of the WTO, effective November 27, 1997, the Government of Korea agreed to gradually reduce the restrictions on foreign and individual shareholdings in KT Corporation and other network service providers in Korea. Currently, the Telecommunications Business Law limits aggregate ownership of shares with voting rights (including equivalent securities with voting rights, such as depository certificates and certain other equity interests, and all references to “shares with voting rights” include such equivalent securities) in network service providers (including us) by foreign shareholders to 49.0% of issued shares with voting rights. In addition, the Telecommunications Business Law and the Foreign Investment Promotion Act prohibit a foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder if such shareholder holds 5.0% or more of our shares. See “— Regulation — Foreign Investment.” While the WTO Agreement enables us to seek foreign investors and strategic partners and to more easily take advantage of opportunities for investments in overseas telecommunications projects, it may also benefit our competitors and further intensify competition in the domestic market.

Regulation

      Under the Telecommunications Basic Law and the Telecommunications Business Law, telecommunications service providers are currently classified into three categories:

•  network service providers, such as us, which typically provide telecommunications services with their own telecommunications networks and related facilities. Their services may include local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services, mobile communications service, paging service and trunked radio system service;

•  value-added service providers, which provide telecommunications services other than those services specified for network service providers, such as data communications using telecommunications facilities leased from network service providers; and

•  specific service providers, which may occupy a middle ground between network service providers and value-added service providers and are broadly defined by law as telecommunications service providers that provide network services using the telecommunications network facilities or services of network service providers.

      Under the Telecommunications Basic Law and the Telecommunications Business Law, the Ministry of Information and Communication has comprehensive regulatory authority over the telecommunications industry and all network service providers. The Ministry of Information and Communication’s policy is to promote competition in the Korean telecommunications markets through measures designed to prevent the dominant service provider in any such market from exercising its market power in such a way as to prevent the emergence and development of viable competitors. A network service provider must be licensed by the Ministry of Information and Communication. Our license as a network service provider permits us to engage in a wide range of telecommunications services.

35

Rates

      Under current regulations implementing the Telecommunications Business Law, a network service provider may set its rates at its discretion, although it must report to the Ministry of Information and Communication the rates and the general terms and conditions for each type of network service provided by it. There is, however, one exception to this general rule: if a network service provider has the largest market share for a specified type of service and its revenue from that service for the previous year exceeds a specific revenue amount set by the Ministry of Information and Communication, it must obtain prior approval from the Ministry of Information and Communication for the rates and the general terms for that service. Each year the Ministry of Information and Communication designates the service providers and the types of services for which the rates and the general terms must be approved by the Ministry of Information and Communication. In 2004, the Ministry of Information and Communication designated us for local telephone service and SK Telecom for cellular service. In June 2005, the Ministry of Information and Communication announced that it plans to designate us for broadband Internet access service. Starting in the third quarter of 2005, we expect the rates we charge and the general terms of our broadband Internet access service to become subject to approval by the Ministry of Information and Communication. The Ministry of Information and Communication, in consultation with the Ministry of Finance and Economy, is required to approve the rates proposed by a network service provider if (1) the proposed rates are appropriate, fair and reasonable and (2) the calculation method for the rates are appropriate and transparent.

Other Activities

      A network service provider, such as us, must obtain the permission of the Ministry of Information and Communication in order to:

•  engage in businesses other than certain businesses specified in the Presidential Decree under the Telecommunications Business Law such as telecommunications equipment manufacturing business and telecommunications network construction business;

•  change the conditions for its licenses;

•  transfer, terminate, suspend or spin off all or a part of the business for which it is licensed;

•  acquire all or a part of the business of another network service provider; or

•  enter into a merger with another network service provider.

      A telephone service provider may provide some network services using the equipment it currently has by submitting a report to the Ministry of Information and Communication. The Ministry of Information and Communication can revoke our licenses or order the suspension of any of our businesses if we do not comply with the regulations of the Ministry of Information and Communication under the Telecommunications Business Law.

      The Ministry of Information and Communication’s responsibilities also include:

•  formulating the basic plan for the telecommunications industry;

•  preparing periodic reports to the National Assembly of Korea regarding developments in the telecommunications industry;

•  setting technical standards for all service providers; and

•  promoting technological development and technological standardization.

      The Ministry of Information and Communication may also recommend to network service providers that they invest a percentage of their total annual revenues in research and development or that they contribute to telecommunications research institutes in Korea. In addition, since January 2000, all network service providers (other than regional paging service providers) are obligated to contribute toward the supply of “universal” telecommunications services in Korea. Telecommunications service providers designated as “universal service providers” by the Ministry of Information and Communication are required to provide universal telecommuni-

36

cations services such as local services, local public telephone services, discount services for persons with disabilities and for certain low-income persons, telecommunications services for remote islands and wireless communication services for ships. We have been designated as a universal service provider. The costs and losses recognized by universal service providers in connection with providing these universal telecommunications services will be shared on an annual basis by all network service providers (other than regional paging service providers), including us, on a pro rata basis based on their respective net annual revenue calculated pursuant to a formula set by the Ministry of Information and Communication.

      Due to the amendment of the Telecommunication Business Law, effective April 9, 2001, a network service provider must permit other network service providers to co-use wirelines connecting the switching equipment to end-users, upon the request of such other telecommunication service providers. In addition, a network service provider may permit other network service providers to co-use its wireless communication systems upon the request of any of such other network service providers. The compensation method for the co-use must be determined by the Ministry of Information and Communication and be settled, by fair and proper methods.

      In addition, starting April 2002, we are required to lease to other companies our fixed-lines that connect subscribers to our network. This system, which is called local loop unbundling, is intended to prevent excessive investment in local loops. This system requires us to lease the portion of our copper lines that represent our excess capacity to other companies upon their request at rates that are determined by the Ministry of Information and Communication based on our cost, and taking into consideration an appropriate rate of return, to enable them to provide voice and broadband services. Revenues from local loop unbundling is recognized as revenues from miscellaneous services.

Korea Communications Commission

      In accordance with the Telecommunications Basic Law, the Korea Communications Commission was established within the Ministry of Information and Communication to:

•  promote fair competition in the telecommunications industry;

•  protect the rights of telecommunications services users; and

•  settle disputes between telecommunications service providers.

      The Korea Communications Commission is composed of up to nine commissioners recommended by the Minister of Information and Communications and appointed by the President of Korea. The Ministry of Information and Communication has established a working bureau in the Korea Communications Commission to support the work of the Korea Communications Commission and intends to make the Korea Communications Commission more independent. We expect that the Korea Communications Commission will become more active in investigating and settling the above mentioned matters.

Foreign Investment

      The Telecommunications Business Law restricts the ownership and control of network service providers by foreign shareholders. Foreigners, foreign governments and “foreign invested companies” may not own more than 49.0% of the issued shares with voting rights of a network service provider, including us, and a foreign shareholder may not become our largest shareholder if such shareholder holds 5.0% or more of our shares. For purposes of the Telecommunications Business Law, the term “foreign invested company” means a company in which foreigners and foreign governments hold 15.0% or more shares with voting rights in the aggregate and a foreigner or a foreign government is the largest shareholder, provided, however, that such company will not be counted as a foreign shareholder for the purposes of the above-referenced 49.0% limit if it holds less than 1.0% of our total issued and outstanding shares with voting rights. As of December 31, 2004, 49.0% of our common shares were owned by foreign investors. In the event that a network service provider violates the shareholding restrictions, its shareholders cannot exercise voting rights for their shares in excess of such limitation, and the Ministry of Information and Communication may require corrective measures be taken to comply with the

37

ownership restrictions. There is no restriction on foreign ownership for specific service providers and value-added service providers.

Individual Shareholding Limit

      The Privatization Law ceased to apply to us in August 2002, and ceiling on individual shareholding specified in the articles of incorporation has been eliminated.

      Under the Telecommunications Business Law, a foreign shareholder who holds 5.0% or more of our total shares is prohibited from becoming our largest shareholder. However, any foreign shareholder who held 5.0% or more of our total shares and was our largest shareholder on or prior to May 9, 2004 is exempt from the regulations, provided that such foreign shareholder may not acquire any more of our shares. In addition, under the Telecommunications Business Law, the Ministry of Information and Communication may, if it deems it necessary to preserve substantial public interests, prohibit a foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder. In addition, the Foreign Investment Promotion Act prohibits any foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder, if such shareholder owns 5.0% or more of our Shares with voting rights. In the event that any foreigner or foreign government acquires our shares in violation of the above provisions, the Telecommunications Business Law restricts such foreign shareholder from exercising his or her voting rights with respect to common shares exceeding such threshold. The Ministry of Information and Communication may also order us or the foreign shareholder to take corrective measures in respect of the excess shares within a specified period of six months or less.

Relationship with the Government

Government as Shareholder

      Before 1993, the Government owned all of our shares. Since 1993, the Government has gradually reduced its ownership and completed the disposition of its ownership interest in us in May 2002.

Government as Regulator

      Under Korean law, the Government, primarily through the Ministry of Information and Communication, has authority to regulate all aspects of our activities. Currently, our telecommunications rates for local telephone service are subject to Ministry of Information and Communication’s approval. See “— Regulation.” The form of our standard agreement for providing local network service and each of our agreements for interconnection with other service providers are also subject to the Ministry of Information and Communication’s approval. In addition, we are required to furnish reports relating to our business and affairs to the Ministry of Information and Communication and from time to time consult with Ministry of Information and Communication officials on these matters. See “— Regulation.”

Government as Customer

      The Government purchases services from us on an arm’s-length basis. The rates charged to the Government for our services are the same as those charged to the public.

Contributions to Government

      We make contributions to the Ministry of Information and Communication, primarily to its Information and Telecommunication Improvement Fund. Our contributions amounted to Won 69 billion in 2002, Won 63 billion in 2003 and Won 74 billion in 2004. See Note 32 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Customers and Customer Billing

      We charge residential subscribers and business subscribers the same rates for services provided. We bill all of our customers on a monthly basis. Our customers may make payment at either payment points such as local post offices, banks or our service offices, through a direct-debit service that automatically deducts the monthly payment from a subscriber’s designated bank account, or through a direct-charge service that

38

automatically charges the monthly payment to a subscriber’s designated credit card account. In Seoul, approximately 65.0% of our subscribers pay through the direct-debit service. Subscribers who incur charges in an amount greater than the amount deposited at initial installation receive a notice of payment from us and if such charges are not paid after the notice, we cease to provide outgoing service to such subscribers after a period of time determined by, among other things, their credit history. If charges are still not paid after outgoing service is cut off, we cease all services to such subscribers after a period of time determined by the head of our relevant regional office. After service is ceased, we transfer the account to a collection agency and the overdue charges that are not collected by the collection agency are written off.

      To support business subscribers and meet their increasing demand for data communications services, we have initiated an on-site service system. Under this system, business subscribers have access to an account manager who has the capability to market new products and services tailored to the needs of the business subscribers and provide systems management consulting and technical assistance.

Insurance

      We carry insurance against loss or damage to all significant buildings and automobiles. Except for our insurance coverage of our satellites and Internet data centers, we do not carry insurance covering losses to outside plant or to equipment because we believe the cost of such insurance is excessive and the risk of material loss or damage is insignificant. We do not have any provisions or reserves against such loss or damage.

      We provide co-location and a variety of value-added services including web- and server-hosting and application-hosting services to a number of corporations whose business largely depends on critical data operated on our servers or on their servers located at our data centers. Any disruptions, interruptions, physical or electronic data loss, delays or slow down in communication connections could expose us to potential liabilities for losses relating to the disrupted businesses of our customers relying on our services.

Item 4.C. Organizational Structure

      These matters are discussed under Item 4.B. where relevant.

Item 4.D. Property, Plants and Equipment

      Our principal fixed asset is our integrated telecommunications network that consists of exchanges and transmission equipment, access lines, backbone network, and PCS network of KTF. In addition, we own buildings and real estate throughout Korea.

      Our fixed-line equipment vendors include well-known international and local suppliers such as Samsung Electronics, Cisco, LG Electronics and Lucent Technologies. Our major mobile equipment suppliers are Samsung Electronics, LG Electronics and Lucent Technologies.

Exchanges and Transmission Equipment

      Exchanges include local exchanges and “toll” exchanges that connect local exchanges to long-distance transmission facilities.

      All of our exchanges are fully automatic. We completed replacement of all electromechanical analog exchanges with digital exchanges on June 9, 2003 in order to provide higher speed and larger volume services. We had 25.6 million lines connected to local exchanges and 2.1 million lines connected to toll exchanges as of December 31, 2004.

Access Lines

      As of December 31, 2004, we had 25.6 million access lines installed, which allow us to reach virtually all homes and businesses in Korea. As part of our broadband deployment strategy, we have upgraded many of our access lines by equipping them with broadband capability using xDSL technology. As of December 31, 2004,

39

we had approximately 6.1 million broadband lines that enable us to deliver high-speed Internet access and multimedia content to our customers.

Domestic Backbone

      Our domestic fiber network consisted of 133 thousand kilometers of fiber as of December 31, 2004. Our network is based on a synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) architecture, which allows for instantaneous re-routing and reduced failure in the event of a fiber cut. In addition, SDH offers better reliability and performance for optical fiber transmission at a lower operating cost. In certain parts of our SDH network we have installed dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) equipment. DWDM technology allows the combination of data from multiple signals on an optical fiber by carrying each signal on a separate wavelength, and substantially improving bandwidth efficiency.

      Our extensive domestic long-distance network is supplemented by our fully digital domestic microwave network, which consists of 56 relay sites and 6 satellite earth stations.

International Long-Distance Network

      Our international long-distance network infrastructure consists of both submarine cables and satellite transmission systems, which link our national network directly to 114 telecommunications service providers in 74 international destinations.

      International calls are routed between Korea and international destinations through our four international switching centers, two of which are located in Seoul, while the other two are located in Daejeon and Busan. Each center had four international gateway switches with a combined simultaneous call capacity of approximately 25,000 calls per second as of December 31, 2004.

      In order to supplement the capacity of our cable and microwave networks and enhance our domestic long-distance and broadcasting services, we operate two telecommunications satellites, Koreasat 2 and 3, launched in 1996 and 1999, respectively. The two satellites are due to reach the end of their normal operational lives in 2006 and 2014, respectively. We are planning to launch Koreasat 5 in the summer of 2006 to replace Koreasat 2. Koreasat 5 will be a telecommunication satellite with 24 transponders and an expected useful life of approximately 15 years. See “— Item 4.B. Business Overview — Our Services — Satellite Services” and “— International Submarine Cable Networks.”

PCS Networks

      PCS network architecture of KTF includes the following components:

•  cell sites, which are physical locations equipped with base transceiver stations consisting of transmitters, receivers and other equipment used to communicate through radio channels with subscribers’ mobile telephone handsets within the range of a cell;

•  base station controllers, which connect to and control, the base transceiver stations;

•  mobile switching centers, which in turn control the base station controllers and the routing of telephone calls; and

•  transmission lines, which connect the mobile switching centers, base station controllers, base transceiver stations and the public switched telephone network.

40

      The following table lists selected information regarding PCS networks of KTF as of December 31, 2004:

Mobile switching centers	28
Base station controllers	518
Base transceiver stations	13,627
Indoor and outdoor repeaters	157,580
Population coverage of 2.0 generation network	98	%
Population coverage of 2.5 generation network	87	%
Population coverage of 3.0 generation (W-CDMA) network	27	%

      Through our consolidated subsidiary KTF, we have 20 MHz of bandwidth in the 1,800 MHz spectrum to provide PCS services based on CDMA wireless network standards and another 20 MHz of bandwidth in the 2,000 MHz spectrum to provide IMT-2000 services based on W-CDMA wireless network standards. We have also installed an intelligent network on our mobile network infrastructure to enable us to provide a wide range of advanced call features and value-added services.

      We have been upgrading our digital networks to provide 2.5 generation and IMT-2000 multimedia services. Toward this effort, we have installed 3,086 IS-95C and 2,899 EV-DO base transceiver stations as of December 31, 2004. We expect to install an additional 130 EV-DO base transceiver stations in 2005.

International Submarine Cable Networks

      International long-distance traffic is handled by telecommunications satellites and submarine cables. Because of the high cost of laying a submarine cable, the usual practice is for multiple carriers to jointly commission a new cable and share the costs and the capacity.

      We own interests in several international fiber optic submarine cable networks, including:

•  a 20.9% interest in the 1,762-kilometer R-J-K fiber optic submarine cable network connecting Korea, Japan and Russia, completed in January 1995;

•  a 2.3% interest in the 12,083-kilometer Asia Pacific Cable Network connecting Korea, Japan and Hong Kong with six Southeast Asian countries and Australia, completed in January 1997;

•  a 1.4% interest in the 29,000-kilometer Fiber Optic Link Around the Globe network connecting Korea, Southeast Asia, the Middle East and Europe, completed in April 1997;

•  a 2.0% interest in the 39,000-kilometer Southeast Asia-Middle East-Western Europe 3 Cable Network linking 34 countries, completed in December 1999;

•  a 6.7% interest in the 30,444-kilometer China-U.S. Cable Network linking Korea, China, Japan, Taiwan and the United States, completed in January 2000;

•  a 3.8% interest in the 19,000-kilometer Asia Pacific Cable Network 2 connecting Korea, China, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Philippines, Singapore and Malaysia, to be completed in September 2001; and

•  a 20.0% interest in the 500-kilometer Korea-Japan Cable Network linking Korea and Japan, completed in March 2002.

      We have also invested in 17 other international fiber optic submarine cables around the world.

Item 5.     Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Item 5.A. Operating Results

Overview

      We are an integrated provider of telecommunications services. Our principal services include fixed-line telephone services, Internet services including broadband Internet access service, PCS service through our consolidated subsidiary and data communication service. The principal factors affecting our revenues from

41

these services have been our rates for, and the volume of usage of, these services, as well as the number of subscribers. For information on rates we charge for telephone services, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services.”

      Historically, our revenues were derived principally from telephone services which consist of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance services and land-to-mobile interconnection service. In recent years we have been deriving an increasing portion of our operating revenues from Internet services, PCS service and other telecommunications services.

      The following table shows, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, our operating revenues, expenses and operating income determined in accordance with Korean GAAP, and each amount as a percentage of total operating revenues.

				Year Ended December 31,
				2002					2003					2004
						(Percentage					(Percentage					(Percentage
				(In		of total			(In		of total			(In		of total
				billions of		operating			billions of		operating			billions of		operating
				Won)		revenues)			Won)		revenues)			Won)		revenues)
Operating revenues:
Telephone services:
	Local service			W	2,897		17.6	%	W	3,026		18.8	%	W	2,975		17.4	%
	Non-refundable service installation fees				251		1.5			125		0.8			79		0.5
	Domestic long-distance service				1,061		6.5			932		5.8			854		5.0
	International long-distance service				534		3.3			451		2.8			420		2.5
	Land-to-mobile interconnection				2,152		13.1			2,075		12.9			1,861		10.9
		Sub-total			6,895		42.0			6,611		41.1			6,189		36.3
Internet services:
	Broadband Internet access service				1,572		9.6			1,885		11.8			2,135		12.5
	Miscellaneous Internet-related services				418		2.5			485		3.0			472		2.8
		Sub-total			1,990		12.1			2,370		14.8			2,607		15.3
PCS service					4,127		25.1			4,164		25.9			4,800		28.1
Sale of goods					1,367		8.3			1,154		7.2			1,755		10.3
Others:
	Data communication service				1,262		7.7			1,084		6.7			963		5.6
	Satellite service				124		0.8			120		0.8			119		0.7
	Miscellaneous(1)				673		4.1			566		3.5			636		3.7
		Sub-total			2,059		12.5			1,769		11.0			1,718		10.0
			Total operating revenues		16,437		100.0			16,068		100.0			17,068		100.0
Operating expenses:
Salaries and related costs					3,089		18.8			3,710		23.1			2,737		16.0
Depreciation and amortization					3,797		23.1			3,757		23.4			3,797		22.2
Other operating and maintenance(2)					7,170		43.6			6,778		42.2			8,054		47.2
	Total operating expenses				14,056		85.5			14,245		88.7			14,588		85.5
Operating income					2,381		14.5			1,823		11.3			2,481		14.5

42

(1)	Includes revenues from system and network integration services, KTH and real estate-related service.
(2)	For a breakdown of other operating and maintenance expenses, see “— Item 5.A. Operating Results — Other Operating and Maintenance Expenses.”

      We have two reportable operating segments — a wireline communications segment and a PCS services segment. Wireline communications include all services provided to fixed-line customers, including local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service, interconnection service, Internet services and data communication service. The revenues for the PCS services segment include sales of PCS handsets. Our operations such as submarine cable construction and group telephone management that are provided by some of our consolidated subsidiaries are included in the “Miscellaneous” segment. The revenues from the “Miscellaneous” segment are included in “Miscellaneous” in the above table.

      One of the major factors contributing to our historical performance was the growth of the Korean economy, and our future performance will depend at least in part on Korea’s general economic growth and prospects. For a description of recent developments that have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, see “Item 3. Key Information — Item 3.D. Risk Factors — Korea is our most important market, and our current business and future growth could be materially and adversely affected if economic conditions in Korea deteriorate.” A number of other developments have had a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition and capital expenditures. These developments include:

•  developing and implementing IMT-2000 services;

•  stock swap transactions with SK Telecom;

•  employee reductions and payment of severance and retirement benefits;

•  changes in the rate structure for interconnection;

•  changes in the rate structure for local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone services; and

•  fines imposed by the Fair Trade Commission.

      As a result of these factors, our financial results in the past may not be indicative of future results or trends in those results.

Developing and Implementing IMT-2000 Services

      We acquired the right to purchase one of three licenses to provide IMT-2000 services on December 15, 2000, as a member of a consortium of companies including KT Corporation and KTF. In March 2001, KT ICOM, a company created by the consortium to offer IMT-2000 services, paid half of the Won 1.3 trillion license fee payable to the Ministry of Information and Communication. KTF, which subsequently merged with KT ICOM, is currently obligated to pay the remaining Won 650 billion over a period of five years starting in 2007 as follows: Won 90 billion in 2007, Won 110 billion in 2008, Won 130 billion in 2009, Won 150 billion in 2010 and Won 170 billion in 2011. The Ministry of Information and Communication also charges interest rates of three-year Government bonds minus 0.75% on these amounts until they are paid, which are currently accruing.

      IMT-2000 presents risks and challenges to our business, any or all of which if realized or not addressed may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We expect KTF to leverage its existing PCS network and 2.5-generation technology to minimize its capital expenditures and other costs related to developing IMT-2000 services. However, we believe KTF will still require significant amounts of research and development and capital expenditures to build out its IMT-2000 network. KTF began trial service of its IMT-2000 services in metropolitan Seoul and parts of Gyunggi Province in December 2003, and KTF is planning to offer IMT-2000 services in 45 cities by December 2006. KTF and its

43

competitors may, however, delay the nationwide roll-out of third-generation services if there are unfavorable market conditions and weak service demand.

Stock Swap Transactions with SK Telecom

      SK Telecom and we agreed to an equity swap on December 20, 2002, under which each company agreed to sell to the other all of the equity ownership in the other. Accordingly, on December 30, 2002 and January 10, 2003, we exchanged an aggregate of 8,266,923 shares of SK Telecom, or a 9.3% interest in SK Telecom, for an aggregate of 29,808,333 of our shares previously owned by SK Telecom plus Won 335 billion in cash. We recognized a gain on the disposition of the shares of SK Telecom in the amount of Won 908 billion in 2002 and Won 775 billion in 2003. As a result of the stock swap transactions with SK Telecom, we no longer own any interest in SK Telecom.

Employee Reductions and Payment of Severance and Retirement Benefits

      We paid interim settlement of retirement and severance benefits of Won 1,741 billion in 2000 and Won 745 billion in 2001 to our employees for all accrued retirement and severance benefits as of June 20, 1999. Starting July 1, 1999, we record a lump-sum retirement and severance benefit to employees who have been employed by us for more than one year when they leave, in which employees receive one month’s salary and wages for each year of service. From time to time, we also sponsor voluntary early retirement programs where we provide additional financial incentives for our employees to retire early, as part of our efforts to improve operational efficiencies. In 2002, a total of 166 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan. The aggregate amount of retirement and severance benefits paid in 2002 was Won 43 billion. In 2003, a total of 6,279 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan, including 5,497 employees under a special program in September 2003. The aggregate amount of retirement and severance benefits paid in 2003 was Won 1,021 billion. In 2004, another 346 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan. The aggregate amount of retirement and severance benefits paid in 2004 was Won 94 billion. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Item 6.D. Employees — The Voluntary Early Retirement Programs” and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

A Change in the Rate Structure for Interconnection

      On December 12, 2002, the Ministry of Information and Communication issued an order revising the interconnection charge calculation method applicable beginning January 2002. In particular, the Ministry of Information and Communication lowered the base usage charge collected from a landline user for a call initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber. As a result, the base usage charge per minute collected from a landline user for a call initiated by a landline user to a mobile service subscriber on a weekday decreased from Won 93.8 as of May 1, 2002 to Won 89.0 as of July 1, 2003 and Won 87.0 as of September 1, 2004. We expect these changes in the rate structure to have a negative impact on our land-to-mobile interconnection revenues. Revenues from land-to-mobile interconnection accounted for 10.9% of our operating revenues in 2004, compared to 12.9% in 2003. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services — Interconnection.”

Changes in the Rate Structure for Local, Domestic Long-distance and International Long-distance Telephone Services

      Periodically, we change our rate structure for fixed-line telephone services. In recent years, we have lowered usage charges of local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance calls while increasing the basic monthly charges, as well as offered an optional flat rate plan for our fixed-line subscribers. Such adjustments in the rate structure have had a positive effect on our financial condition by increasing the portion of fixed income and stabilizing our cash flow. In addition, because the growing use of mobile telecommunications services has decreased the usage of our fixed-line telephone services, we believe we are able to maximize our revenues from fixed-line telephone services by adjusting the rate structure so as to increase our basic monthly charges. For a discussion of adjustments in our rate structure, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services.”

44

Fines for Unfair Collaborative Practices Imposed by the Fair Trade Commission

      In July 2004, the Fair Trade Commission began an antitrust investigation into alleged unfair collaborative practices of us, Hanaro, DACOM and Onse in local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service markets, as well as in broadband Internet access and Internet leased line service markets. On May 25, 2005, the Fair Trade Commission imposed fine of Won 116 billion on us, claiming that we engaged in unfair collaborative practices in local telephone and Internet leased line service markets. We plan to file for judicial review of administrative action, but we cannot give any assurance that the ultimate outcome of the lawsuit or related future actions will be favorable to us or reduce the amount of fine imposed on us. As a result of the ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, we have recorded Won 116 billion as taxes and dues under operating expenses in the second quarter of 2005. There is a possibility that we may also face class action or individual lawsuits from some of our customers stemming from the May 2005 ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, and we cannot provide any assurance that the ultimate outcome of any such lawsuits will be favorable to us or that they will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Item 8.A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.”

Critical Accounting Estimates

      The following discussion and analysis is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP. Korean GAAP varies in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have summarized these differences and their effect on our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the results of our operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, in Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Korean GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the years reported. We based our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

      The fundamental objective of financial reporting is to provide useful information that allows a reader to comprehend our business activities. To aid in that understanding, our management has identified “critical accounting estimates.” These estimates have the potential to have a more significant impact on our financial statements, either because of the significance of the financial statement item to which they relate, or because they require judgment and estimation due to the uncertainty involved in measuring, at a specific point in time, events which are continuous in nature.

      These critical accounting estimates include:

•  allowances for doubtful accounts;

•  useful lives of property, plant and equipment;

•  impairment of long-lived assets including the IMT-2000 frequency usage right;

•  impairment of investment securities; and

•  income taxes

Allowances for doubtful accounts

      Allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing notes and accounts receivable. We determine the allowance for doubtful notes and accounts

45

receivable based on an analysis of portfolio quality and historical write-off experience. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Our past experience shows that the possibility of collection is remote after three years of collection effort.

      Changes in the allowances for doubtful accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

	2002			2003			2004
	(In millions of Won)
Balance at beginning of year	W	330,345		W	430,066		W	646,273
Increase due to the changes of consolidated subsidiaries		483			65			—
Provision		194,288			363,774			287,073
Write-offs		(95,050	)		(147,632	)		(230,711	)
Balance at end of year	W	430,066		W	646,273		W	702,635

      If economic or specific industry trends change, we would adjust our allowances for doubtful accounts by recording additional expense or benefit. Our study shows that a 5.0% decrease or increase in the historical write-off experience would increase or decrease the provision for doubtful accounts by approximately Won 66 billion.

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are depreciated based on the useful lives disclosed in Note 2(h) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Generally, the useful lives are estimated at the time the asset is acquired and are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as taking into account anticipated technological or other changes. In certain cases and as permitted under Korean GAAP, those useful lives used for accounting purpose are different from the estimated economic lives of the related asset. In addition, the estimated lives of certain other assets, including underground access to cable tunnels, and concrete and steel telephone poles are based on rates established by a ruling by the Korean National Tax Service (which is also applicable under Korean GAAP). If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated or in a different form than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may need to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation expense in future periods. For example, effective January 1, 2005, we reduced the useful life of certain assets related to broadband Internet access and Nespot services from six years to three years as a result of rapid technology development. Such adjustment is expected to increase our depreciation expense by approximately Won 44 billion in 2005. A decrease in useful life by one year of our property, plant and equipment would result in an increase of depreciation expense of approximately Won 405 billion.

Impairment of long-lived assets including the IMT-2000 frequency usage right

      Long-lived assets generally consist of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In addition, we evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment each year as part of our annual forecasting process. An impairment loss would be considered when estimated undiscounted future net cash flow expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

      Our intangible assets include the IMT-2000 frequency usage right, which has a contractual life of 15 years and is amortized from the date commercial service is initiated through the end of its contractual life. We started to amortize this frequency usage right on December 1, 2003. Because IMT-2000 presents risks and challenges to our business, any or all of which, if realized or not properly addressed, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, we review the IMT-2000 frequency usage

46

right for impairment on an annual basis. In connection with our review, we utilize the estimated long-term revenue and cash flow forecasts developed as part of our planning process and assumptions on terminal value. The use of different assumptions within our cash flow model could result in different amounts for the IMT-2000 frequency usage right. The results of our review using the testing method described above did not indicate any need to impair the IMT-2000 frequency usage right for 2004.

Impairment of investment securities

      For investments in companies, whether or not publicly held, that are not controlled, but under our significant influence, we utilize the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, our initial investment is recorded at cost and is subsequently increased to reflect our share of the investee income and reduced to reflect our share of the investee losses or dividends received. Any excess in our acquisition cost over our share of the investee’s identifiable net assets is generally recorded as investor-level goodwill or other intangibles and amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. The amortization of goodwill is recorded against the equity income (losses) of affiliates.

      Under U.S. GAAP, when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an investment may not be recoverable, we review the investment for other-than-temporary impairment. As part of this review, the investee’s operating results, net asset value and future performance forecasts as well as general market conditions are taken into consideration. If we believe, based on this review, that the market value of our investment may realistically be expected to recover, the loss will continue to be classified as temporary. If economic or specific industry trends worsen beyond our estimates, valuation losses previously determined to be recoverable may need to be charged as a valuation loss in equity income (losses) of affiliates.

      Significant management judgment is involved in the evaluation of declines in value of individual investments. The estimates and assumptions used by management to evaluate declines in value can be impacted by many factors, such as the financial condition, earnings capacity and near-term prospects of the company in which we have invested and, for publicly-traded securities, the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than cost. The evaluation of these investments is also subject to the overall condition of the economy and its impact on the capital markets.

      We currently own 48.7% of KTF. Under Korean GAAP, an entity is required to be consolidated with the holding entity if the holding entity is the largest shareholder of the entity and owns more than 30.0% of the entity’s equity. Accordingly, we consolidate KTF under Korean GAAP. However, under U.S. GAAP, KTF is accounted for as an investment under the equity method of accounting.

      KTF is a publicly held company which trades on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange in Korea. Using the testing method described above, in considering whether our investment in KTF is other-than-temporarily impaired, we compare the closing price of the KTF shares with our carrying value.

      For the year ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, we recognized an impairment loss amounting to Won 663 billion and Won 790 billion, respectively, relating to KTF under U.S. GAAP, principally due to our conclusion that the decline of the KTF stock price merited such an impairment. If the quoted market value of KTF continues to decline, we may be required to record additional impairment losses. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we did not recognize any impairment loss in connection with KTF as the quoted market value of KTF exceeded the carrying value.

Income Taxes

      We are required to estimate the amount of tax payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in our financial statements or tax returns. This process requires management to make assessments regarding the timing and probability of the tax impact. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or unpredicted results from the final determination of each year’s liability by taxing authorities.

47

      We believe that the accounting estimate related to establishing tax valuation allowances is a “critical accounting estimate” because: (1) it requires management to make assessments about the timing of future events, including the probability of expected future taxable income and available tax planning opportunities, and (2) the impact that changes in actual performance versus these estimates could have on the realization of tax benefits as reported in our results of operations could be material. Management’s assumptions require significant judgment because actual performance has fluctuated in the past and may continue to do so.

      In 2001, KT M.com merged with and into KTF. As a result of KT M.com’s operating performance in 2001 as well as a change in tax regulations, KTF was able to utilize KT M.com’s loss carryforward as a benefit to income tax expense in the amount of Won 45 billion in 2002, Won 40 billion in 2003 and Won 34 billion in 2004. In addition, KTF further reduced its valuation allowance by Won 13 billion as of December 31, 2004 for the portion of the net operating loss that KTF estimates it will utilize in 2005. As of December 31, 2004, KTF’s remaining loss carryforwards were Won 132 billion, all of which will expire in 2005.

      Having concluded that it is not probable that we would be able to realize the tax benefit of our equity in losses of affiliates within the near future, mainly from KTF’s goodwill amortization expense, we wrote off the related deferred income tax assets in the amount of Won 134 billion in 2003 and Won 170 billion in 2004 by taking a charge to deferred income tax expense under Korean GAAP. However, under U.S. GAAP, we did not recognize valuation allowance. For an investment in an equity method investee, there is no prescribed time limit with respect to the realization of a deferred tax asset, provided that the tax basis exceeds its book basis under U.S. GAAP.

Operating Results

Telephone Service Revenues

      Local Service Revenues. Local service revenues include basic monthly charges and monthly usage charges from local telephone service and revenues from other value-added services, including local telephone directory assistance, call waiting and caller identification services. In addition, we charge interconnection fees to fixed-line competitors and mobile service providers whenever fixed-line competitors and mobile service providers use our local network in providing their services. Basic monthly charges vary depending on the location of the customer and the telephone installation charge system selected by the customer, and monthly usage charges are based on the number of call pulses. Service revenues from local service vary principally depending on the number of lines in service, the number of new lines placed in service, rates and the volume of calls. All lines in service are subject to measured service under which call pulses are a function of the number of calls made, each call’s duration and the time of day at which each call is made. Revenues from local calls placed from public telephones are also included in local service revenues.

      In 2003, we had local service revenues of Won 3,026 billion, representing an increase of 4.5% compared to 2002 local service revenues of Won 2,897 billion. The increase in local service revenues in 2003 was due principally to the implementation of our optional flat rate plan, which more than offset a 12.1% decrease in the number of local call pulses in 2003 compared to 2002 attributable principally to the continued increase in usage of mobile telephone services and the Internet. See “— Overview — Changes in the Rate Structure for Local, Domestic Long-distance and International Long-distance Telephone Services.”

      In 2004, we had local service revenues of Won 2,975 billion, representing a decrease of 1.7% compared to 2003 local service revenues. The decrease in local service revenues in 2004 was due principally to a 12.8% decrease in the number of local call pulses in 2004 compared to 2003, which was attributable to the continued increase in usage of mobile telephone services and the Internet. Effects from such decrease were partially mitigated by our optional flat rate plan.

      Non-refundable Service Installation Fee. We implemented a new telephone installation charge system on April 15, 2001, pursuant to which new customers who did not previously subscribe to our local service must pay a Won 60,000 non-refundable installation fee. We also recognize such non-refundable installation fee as revenue. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and

48

Rates — Telephone Services — Local Telephone Service.” We recognized as revenue Won 251 billion in non-refundable service installation fees in 2002, Won 125 billion in 2003 and Won 79 billion in 2004.

      Domestic Long-distance Revenues. Service revenues from domestic long-distance service depend on rates, the number of call minutes, and the distance and the time of day each call is made. In addition, we charge interconnection fees to fixed-line competitors, mobile service providers and voice resellers whenever they use our domestic long-distance network in providing their services. Domestic long-distance revenues include revenues from domestic long-distance calls placed from public telephones. Revenues from domestic long-distance service have decreased in recent years and are accounting for a smaller portion of our total operating revenues, decreasing from 6.5% of our total operating revenues in 2002 to 5.0% in 2004.

      In 2003, we had domestic long-distance revenues of Won 932 billion, representing a decrease of 12.2% from 2002 domestic long-distance revenues. The decrease in domestic long-distance revenues in 2003 was due principally to a reduction in interconnection fees we charge to others for utilizing our domestic long-distance network in providing their services, and, to a lesser extent, a 0.7% decrease in the number of domestic long-distance call minutes in 2003 compared to 2002. The decrease in call minutes was due principally to the substitution effect of increased mobile telephone and Internet usage.

      In 2004, we had domestic long-distance revenues of Won 854 billion, representing a decrease of 8.4% from 2003 domestic long-distance revenues. The decrease in domestic long-distance revenues in 2004 was due principally to a 11.7% decrease in the number of domestic long-distance call minutes in 2004 compared to 2003. The decrease in call minutes was due principally to the substitution effect from increase in usage of mobile telephone services and the Internet.

      International Long-distance Revenues. Service revenues from international long-distance service consist of:

•  amounts we bill to our customers for outgoing calls made to foreign countries (including customers who make calls to Korea from foreign countries under our home country direct-dial service);

•  amounts we bill to foreign telecommunications carriers and administrations for connection to the Korean telephone network in respect of incoming calls;

•  amounts we charge to fixed-line competitors, mobile service providers and voice resellers as interconnection fees for using our international network in providing their services; and

•  other revenues, including revenues from international calls placed from public telephones and international leased lines.

      Outgoing calls made by customers in Korea (and by customers from foreign countries under our home country direct service) are billed in accordance with our rate schedule for the country called, which rates vary depending on the time of day when a call is placed. Incoming calls are billed by us to the relevant foreign carrier or administration at the applicable settlement rate specified under the relevant agreement with the foreign entity. International long-distance calls to and from the United States, Japan and China in the aggregate accounted for approximately 58.5% of our total international long-distance call minutes in 2004. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Our Services — Telephone Services — Fixed-line Telephone Services.”

      In 2003, we had international long-distance revenues of Won 451 billion, representing a decrease of 15.5% compared to 2002 international long-distance revenues. Our international long-distance revenues decreased in 2003 due principally to the implementation of our lower rates in March 2003 and a 5.6% decrease in the number of international long-distance call minutes to and from Korea in 2003 compared to 2002.

      In 2004, we had international long-distance revenues of Won 420 billion, representing a decrease of 6.9% compared to 2003 international long-distance revenues. Our international long-distance revenues decreased in 2004 primarily due to lower rates resulting from increased competition in 2004, which more than offset effects from a 4.1% increase in the number of international long-distance call minutes in 2004 compared to 2003.

49

      Land-to-mobile Interconnection Revenues. When a landline user initiates a call to a mobile subscriber, we record the entire amount of the usage charges for these calls in land-to-mobile interconnection revenues and pay an interconnection charge to the relevant mobile service provider. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services — Interconnection.”

      In 2003, we had land-to-mobile interconnection revenues of Won 2,075 billion, representing a decrease of 3.6% from 2002 interconnection revenues, primarily due to lower land-to-mobile interconnection rates in 2003 compared to 2002, as well as increased volume of calls between mobile subscribers which had the effect of lowering call volume from landline users to mobile subscribers.

      In 2004, we had land-to-mobile interconnection revenues of Won 1,861 billion, representing a decrease of 10.3% from 2003 interconnection revenues, primarily due to a decrease in the usage charge which are collected by us as land-to-mobile interconnection fees, as well as increased volume of calls between mobile subscribers which had the effect of lowering call volume from landline users to mobile subscribers.

Internet Service Revenues

      Broadband Internet access service is accounting for an increasing portion of our total operating revenues since we began offering the service in June 1999. Broadband Internet access service accounted for 79.0% of our Internet service revenues in 2002, 79.5% in 2003 and 81.9% in 2004. Miscellaneous Internet-related services include broadband Internet connection service to institutional customers under the “Kornet” brand name and services provided by our Internet data centers and bizmeka.com.

      Broadband Internet Access Service Revenues. Broadband Internet access service revenues include basic monthly charges for fixed-line broadband service and wireless LAN service, as well as applicable one-time installation fees. We do not charge usage fees to our subscribers of broadband Internet access service.

      Broadband Internet access service revenues increased by 19.9% to Won 1,885 billion in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily due to continued increase in our broadband Internet access subscribers, as well as subscribers of our wireless LAN service.

      Broadband Internet access service revenues increased by 13.3% to Won 2,135 billion in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to continued increase in our broadband Internet access subscribers and subscribers of our wireless LAN service.

      Miscellaneous Internet-related Service Revenues. Miscellaneous Internet-related service revenues increased by 16.0% to Won 485 billion in 2003 compared to 2002, primarily due to increased revenues from bizmeka.com and our other Internet-related value added services.

      Miscellaneous Internet-related service revenues decreased by 2.7% to Won 472 billion in 2004 compared to 2003.

PCS Revenues

      Our revenues from PCS service are generated through our consolidated subsidiary KTF and our PCS resale service. We derive revenues principally from:

•  initial subscription fees;

•  monthly access fees;

•  usage charges for outgoing calls;

•  usage charges for wireless data transmission; and

•  value-added monthly service fees.

      PCS service revenues increased by 0.9% to Won 4,164 billion in 2003 compared to 2002, primarily due to a 1.1% increase in the number of subscribers, including the resale subscribers of KT Corporation, to

50

10.4 million subscribers as of December 31, 2003 compared to 10.3 million as of December 31, 2002. The average monthly revenue per subscriber of KTF decreased to Won 38,539 in 2003 from Won 38,694 in 2002.

      PCS service revenues increased by 15.3% to Won 4,800 billion in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to a 12.3% increase in the number of subscribers, including the resale subscribers of KT Corporation, to 11.7 million subscribers as of December 31, 2004 compared to 10.4 million as of December 31, 2003. The average monthly revenue per subscriber of KTF increased to Won 39,890 in 2004 from Won 38,539 in 2003.

Sale of Goods

      Our revenues from sale of goods are generated primarily through sale of PCS handsets through our consolidated subsidiary KTF and our PCS resale service and sale of specially designed handsets.

      Revenues from sale of goods decreased by 15.6% to Won 1,154 billion in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily due to a decrease in the number of handsets purchased by PCS service subscribers.

      Revenues from sale of goods increased by 52.1% to Won 1,755 billion in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to an increase in the number of PCS handsets purchased by former SK Telecom subscribers who switched to KTF.

Other Revenues

      Other revenues consist primarily of revenues from data communications service, satellite service, and our miscellaneous services such as system and network integration service, services provided by KTH and real estate-related service.

      Revenues from data communications service include basic monthly charges of leased lines based on their distance, the capacity of the line and the type of line provided, as well as applicable one-time installation fees. Data communications service revenues decreased by 14.2% in 2003 to Won 1,083 billion, primarily due to a decrease in demand from Internet service providers utilizing connections other than through leased-lines. Such revenues decreased further by 11.1% in 2004 to Won 963 billion as a result of continued decrease in demand for leased-lines from Internet service providers who elect to utilize connections other than through leased-lines.

      Our satellite service revenues remained relatively stable during the past three years, and amounted to Won 124 billion in 2002, Won 120 billion in 2003 and Won 119 billion in 2004.

      Revenues from miscellaneous services decreased by 15.9% in 2003 to Won 566 billion, primarily due to a decrease in revenues from system and network integration service. Such revenues increased by 12.3% in 2004 to Won 636 billion primarily due to an increase in revenues from system and network integration service and real estate-related service.

Salaries and Related Costs

      The principal components of salaries and related costs are salaries and wages, provisions for retirement and severance benefits and employee benefits. Employee benefits include meal subsidies and commuting subsidies. The retirement and severance benefit is a lump-sum amount paid to employees who have been employed by us for more than one year when they leave.

      In 2003, salaries and related costs were Won 3,710 billion, representing a 20.1% increase from 2002, primarily as a result of an increase in provision for retirement and severance benefits resulting from our latest round of voluntary early retirement program. In September 2003, 5,497 of our employees retired pursuant to a special round of voluntary early retirement program and we recognized costs of Won 832 billion related to this program. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

      In 2004, salaries and related costs were Won 2,737 billion, representing a 26.2% decrease from 2003, primarily as a result of a decrease in early retirement payments in 2004 compared to 2003, as well as a

51

decrease in the number of employees. The aggregate amount of retirement and severance benefits paid in 2004 was Won 94 billion compared to Won 1,021 billion in 2003.

      Wireline Communications. In 2003, salaries and related costs increased by 22.8% to Won 3,385 billion, primarily as a result of an increase in provision for retirement and severance benefits of the latest round of voluntary early retirement program. In 2004, salaries and related costs decreased by 31.3% to Won 2,324 billion for the reasons described above.

      PCS Service. In 2003, salaries and related costs decreased by 1.5% to Won 192 billion primarily as a result of a decrease in the number of employees at KTF by 2.3% to 2,446 as of December 31, 2003 compared to 2,505 as of December 31, 2002. In 2004, salaries and related costs increased by 14.0% to Won 212 billion primarily as a result of special incentive payments to employees of KTF who successfully recruited PCS subscribers in 2004. The number of employees at KTF decreased by 0.2% to 2,441 as of December 31, 2004 compared to 2,446 as of December 31, 2003.

Depreciation and Amortization

      Depreciation and amortization remained relatively stable in recent years. In 2003, depreciation and amortization expense decreased by 1.1% to Won 3,757 billion. In 2004, depreciation and amortization expense increased by 1.1% to Won 3,797 billion.

      Wireline Communications. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by 7.3% in 2003 to Won 2,514 billion and by an additional 6.1% in 2004 to Won 2,361 billion due primarily to a decrease in capital expenditures on property and equipment in recent years as a result of a more efficient utilization of our facilities.

      PCS Service. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 16.5% in 2003 to Won 849 billion and by an additional 28.5% in 2004 to Won 1,091 billion due primarily to increases in capital expenditures at KTF to enhance and expand its mobile network.

Other Operating and Maintenance Expenses

      The largest components of other operating and maintenance expenses are commissions and cost of services, cost of PCS handsets, interconnection payments for landline to mobile calls, and repairs and maintenance costs. The following table shows other operating and maintenance expenses broken down by major components and the percentage changes in these expenses for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004:

		Year Ended December 31,						Year-Ended December 31,
		2002		2003		2004		2002/2003			2003/2004
		(In billions of Won)
Commissions and cost of services and settlement payments		W	2,344	W	2,117	W	2,616		(9.7	) %		23.6	%
Cost of goods sold			1,346		1,131		1,782		16.0			57.5
Interconnection charge			1,188		1,077		973		(9.3	)		(9.6	)
Repairs and maintenance			421		451		488		7.1			8.2
Miscellaneous expenses			1,871		2,002		2,195		7.0			9.6
	Total	W	7,170	W	6,778	W	8,054		(5.5	) %		18.8	%

      Commissions, cost of services and settlement payments consist principally of payments to foreign carriers and administrations for provision of international long-distance service pursuant to service agreements, commissions related to PCS handset sales and system and network integration services and production of prepaid phone cards. In 2003, our commissions, cost of services and settlement payments decreased by 9.7% to Won 2,117 billion, primarily as a result of a 28.3% decrease in commissions for system integration service and other miscellaneous services to Won 532 billion, as well as a 10.5% decrease in commissions to PCS sales

52

agents to Won 565 billion. In 2004, our commissions, cost of services and settlement payments increased by 23.6% to Won 2,616 billion, primarily as a result of a 66.4% increase in commissions to PCS sales agents to Won 940 billion.

      Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of PCS handsets sold through our consolidated subsidiary KTF and our PCS resale service. Cost of goods sold decreased by 16.0% to Won 1,131 billion in 2003 primarily due to a decrease in the number of handsets purchased by PCS service subscribers. In 2004, our cost of goods sold increased by 57.6% to Won 1,782 billion primarily due to an increase in the number of PCS handsets purchased by subscribers who switched from competitors.

      We recognize as an expense the interconnection payments to mobile service providers for calls from landline users to mobile service subscribers. We paid interconnection charges of Won 1,188 billion in 2002, Won 1,077 billion in 2003 and Won 973 billion in 2004. For a discussion of the interconnection payment calculation methodology, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Revenues and Rates — Telephone Services — Interconnection.”

      Our repair and maintenance expenses increased by 7.1% in 2003 to Won 451 billion and by 8.2% in 2004 to Won 488 billion primarily due to expansion and maintenance of our broadband network.

      Wireline Communications. The largest components of other operating and maintenance expenses are commissions and settlement payments, interconnection payments for landline to mobile calls and repair and maintenance expenses. In 2003, other operating and maintenance expenses decreased by 0.2% to Won 4,432 billion. In 2004, other operating and maintenance expenses increased by 13.7% to Won 5,039 billion, primarily as a result of an increase in commissions, settlement payments and repair and maintenance expenses, which more than offset a decrease in interconnection payments for landline to mobile calls.

      PCS Service. The largest components of other operating and maintenance expenses are cost of goods sold, sales promotion and advertisement costs, interconnection payments and commissions (including commissions related to PCS handset sales). In 2003, other operating and maintenance expenses decreased by 8.9% to Won 3,254 billion, primarily as a result of a decrease in cost of goods sold and advertisement costs. In 2004, other operating and maintenance expenses increased by 22.9% to Won 3,999 billion, primarily as a result of an increase in cost of goods sold and advertisement costs, as well as an increase in interconnection payments and commissions related to PCS handset sales.

Operating Income

      Operating income decreased by 23.4% in 2003 to Won 1,823 billion as a result of an increase in expenses described above, as well as a decrease in operating revenues. Our operating margin decreased from 14.5% in 2002 to 11.3% in 2003. In particular, our operating income in 2003 was negatively affected by an increase in provision for retirement and severance benefits resulting from our latest round of voluntary early retirement program.

      Operating income increased by 36.1% in 2004 to Won 2,481 billion, as the increase in operating revenues more than offset the increase in expenses described above. Accordingly, our operating margin also increased to 14.5% in 2004.

      Wireline Communications. In 2003, operating income decreased by 32.1% to Won 1,243 billion due to an increase in operating expenses as described above, as well as a decrease in operating revenues. Operating margin decreased from 15.6% in 2002 to 10.7% in 2003. In 2004, operating income increased by 71.1% to Won 2,127 billion, as an increase in operating revenues more than offset an increase in operating expenses described above. Operating margin increased to 17.9% in 2004.

      PCS Service. In 2003, operating income decreased by 1.4% to Won 778 billion as a decrease in operating revenues more than offset a decrease in operating expenses. Operating margin, however, increased from 14.7% in 2002 to 15.3% in 2003. In 2004, operating income decreased by 30.7% to Won 539 billion as an

53

increase in operating expenses described above more than offset an increase in operating revenues. Operating margin decreased to 9.2% in 2004.

Income Taxes

      In 2003, our income tax expense was Won 524 billion and our effective tax rate was 33.1%. We recognized investment tax credit of Won 175 billion but also recognized impairment of deferred tax asset of Won 134 billion in 2003 resulting from our conclusion that it was not probable for us to be able to realize the tax benefit of our equity in losses of affiliates. In 2004, our income tax expense was Won 578 billion and our effective tax rate was 28.8%. We recognized investment tax credit of Won 206 billion but also recognized impairment of deferred tax asset of Won 174 billion in 2004 resulting from our conclusion that it was not probable for us to be able to realize the tax benefit of our equity in losses of affiliates.

      We had net deferred income tax assets of Won 374 billion outstanding as of December 31, 2004.

      Wireline Communications. Income tax expense of the Wireline communications segment increased by 18.4% from Won 460 billion in 2003 to Won 544 billion in 2004, primarily due to an increase in earnings before income taxes from Won 1,290 billion in 2003 to Won 1,800 billion in 2004.

      PCS Services. Income tax expense of the PCS service segment decreased by 51.9% from Won 52 billion in 2003 to Won 25 billion in 2004, primarily due to a decrease in earnings before income taxes from Won 463 billion in 2003 to Won 309 billion in 2004.

Net Earnings

      In 2003, our net earnings decreased by 57.8% to Won 822 billion primarily as a result of a 23.6% decrease in our operating income discussed above, a 34.3% decrease in our net gain on disposition of investment securities to Won 773 billion, a net foreign currency transaction and translation loss of Won 27 billion in 2003 compared to a net foreign currency transaction and translation gain of Won 100 billion in 2002, and a 74.9% decrease in contributions received for losses on universal telecommunication services to Won 29 billion. Our net gain on disposition of investment securities decreased in 2003 primarily as a result of a large net gain on disposition of shares of SK Telecom in 2002 which was greater than the net gain on our disposition of additional shares of SK Telecom in 2003. On January 10, 2003, we exchanged an additional 3,809,288 shares of SK Telecom, or a 4.5% interest in SK Telecom, for 14,353,674 of our shares previously owned by SK Telecom plus Won 123 billion in cash. We recognized a gain on disposition of investment securities in the amount of Won 775 billion in this stock swap transaction. We recorded net foreign currency translation loss of Won 27 billion in 2003 primarily as a result of the depreciation of the Won against the Dollar. Contributions received for losses on universal telecommunication services decreased in 2003 as losses resulting from local universal telecommunication services were offset by adjustments in contributions resulting from a decrease in investments in fixed-line telephone services. We also recognized additional payment of prior year’s tax of Won 54 billion in 2003 resulting from tax audit by Korea National Tax Service, compared to prior year’s income tax refund of Won 6 billion in 2002. In addition, we recognized impairment loss on available-for-sale securities of Won 44 billion in 2003, primarily as a result of impairment of equity-linked securities resulting from a decrease of the market value of SK Telecom shares. See Note 8(b) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

      In 2004, our net earnings increased by 56.0% to Won 1,282 billion primarily as a result of a 36.1% increase in our operating income in 2004 discussed above and a 36.8% decrease in minority interest in losses of consolidated subsidiaries in 2004 to Won 149 billion from Won 236 billion in 2003, which more than offset a 95.4% increase in other expenses in 2004 to Won 471 billion from Won 241 billion in 2003. Other expenses increased in 2004 primarily as a result of a net loss on disposition of available-for-sale securities of Won 15 billion in 2004 compared to a net gain of Won 773 billion in 2003 resulting primarily from our disposition of shares of SK Telecom in January 2003, as well as an increase in net loss from derivative transaction and valuation of Won 147 billion in 2004 from Won 151 million in 2003 resulting primarily from appreciation of the Won against the Dollar, which more than offset a net foreign currency transaction and translation gain of Won 543 billion in 2004 compared to net foreign currency transaction and translation loss of

54

Won 27 billion in 2003. We recorded a significant net foreign currency translation gain in 2004 primarily as a result of the appreciation of the Won against the Dollar, in which a significant portion of our debt is denominated. In terms of the average noon buying rate, the Won appreciated against the Dollar from a high in 2002 of Won 1,332.0 to US$1 to Won 1,035.1 to US$1 as of December 31, 2004.

      Wireline Communications. Net earnings decreased by 57.7% in 2003 to Won 830 billion and increased by 51.3% in 2004 to Won 1,256 billion, primarily as a result of the reasons discussed above.

      PCS Service. In 2003, net earnings decreased by 22.6% to Won 411 billion despite a 1.4% decrease in operating income in 2003 discussed above, primarily as a result of an increase in net interest expense by 50.6% to Won 238 billion, as well as an increase in net other expenses by three fold to Won 77 billion in 2003. In 2004, net earnings decreased by 30.9% to Won 284 billion primarily as a result of a 30.7% decrease in operating income in 2004 discussed above.

Inflation

      We do not consider that inflation in Korea has had a material impact on our results of operations in recent years. Inflation in Korea was 2.7% in 2002, 3.6% in 2003 and 3.6% in 2004. See “Item 3. Key Information — Item 3.D. Risk Factors — Korea is our most important market, and our current business and future growth could be materially and adversely affected if economic conditions in Korea deteriorate.”

Item 5.B.      Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The following table sets forth the summary of our cash flows determined in accordance with Korean GAAP for the periods indicated:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2002			2003			2004
	(In billions of Won)
Net cash provided by operating activities	W	4,827		W	3,190		W	4,719
Net cash used in investing activities		4,065			1,481			3,618
Net cash used in financing activities		844			2,065			106
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		1,169			1,087			761
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		1,087			761			1,756
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(82	)		(326	)		995

Capital Requirements

      Historically, uses of cash consisted principally of purchases of property, plant and equipment and other assets and payments of long-term debt. In recent years, we have also used cash for acquisition of treasury shares and payment of retirement and severance benefits for early retirement programs. From time to time, we may also require capital for investments involving acquisitions and strategic relationships.

      Net cash used in investing activities was Won 4,065 billion in 2002, Won 1,481 billion in 2003 and Won 3,618 billion in 2004, including additions to property, plants and equipment of Won 3,232 billion in 2002, Won 3,209 billion in 2003 and Won 2,971 billion in 2004. We recorded net acquisition of short-term financial instruments of Won 126 billion in 2002, net sale of short-term financial instruments of Won 759 billion in 2003 and net acquisition of short-term financial instruments of Won 923 billion in 2004.

      In our financing activities, we used cash of Won 2,065 billion in 2002, Won 1,989 billion in 2003 and Won 2,178 billion in 2004 for principal repayment of outstanding long-term debt. Repayment of long-term debt in 2002 included our repurchase and retirement of US$108 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25% convertible notes due 2007 and Won 74 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.00% convertible notes due 2005. Repayment of long-term debt in 2003 included our repurchase and retirement of US$84 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25% convertible notes issued due 2007. In November 2004, substantially all of the holders of convertible notes due 2007 elected to exercise their option to redeem the notes, and we repaid

55

the principal amount of US$1.1 billion on January 4, 2005. On the same day, we also spent US$500 million to repay the principal amount of bonds issued to Microsoft Corporation. In addition, we spent Won 1,401 billion on May 25, 2005 to repay the outstanding principal of and accrued interest on convertible bonds issued to domestic investors in May 2002.

      From time to time, we have also required capital needs for acquisition of treasury shares and payment of retirement and severance benefits for early retirement programs. In 2002, we spent Won 3,234 billion to purchase 60,294,575 of our shares from the Government as treasury shares as a part of our privatization plan and an additional Won 167 billion to purchase 3,122,000 of our shares on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for cancellation. In 2003, we spent Won 412 billion to purchase an additional 8,773,600 of our shares on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for retirement. In 2003, we also spent Won 1,021 billion as payment of retirement and severance benefits, primarily resulting from a special round of voluntary early retirement program in September 2003 in which 5,497 employees elected to retire.

      Payments of cash dividends amounted to Won 225 billion in 2002, Won 213 billion in 2003 and Won 683 billion in 2004.

      We anticipate that capital expenditures, and, to a lesser extent, repayment of outstanding contractual obligations and commitments will represent the most significant use of funds for the next several years. We may also require capital for investments involving acquisitions and strategic relationships, as well as the purchase of additional treasury shares on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange from the market.

      We compete in the telecommunications sector in Korea, which is rapidly evolving. We also face increasing competition from new entrants to the market. We may need to incur additional capital expenditures to keep up with unexpected developments in rapidly evolving telecommunications technology. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure funds on satisfactory terms from financial institutions or other sources that are sufficient for our unanticipated needs.

      Payments of contractual obligations and commitments will also require considerable resources. In our ordinary course of business, we routinely enter into commercial commitments for various aspects of our operations, including repair and maintenance. As of December 31, 2004, we had various contractual obligations and commitments which are more fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

      The following table sets forth selected information regarding our contractual obligations to make future payments as of December 31, 2004:

		Payments Due by Period
				Less than		1-3		4-5		After 5
Contractual Obligations(1)		Total		1 Year		Years		Years		Years
		(In billions of Won)
Long-term debt obligations (including current portion of long-term debt)(2)		W	11,731	W	4,714	W	2,543	W	1,852	W	2,622
Capital lease obligations			22		5		10		7		—
Operating lease obligations			184		68		73		12		31
Other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet			704		54		90		240		320
	Total	W	12,641	W	4,841	W	2,716	W	2,111	W	2,973

(1)	Contractual obligations represent on-balance sheet contractual liabilities as of the consolidated balance sheet date excluding refundable deposits for telephone installation and payments for customer call bonus points, which do not have definitive payment schedules.
(2)	Includes: (1) the then outstanding amount of Won 1,179 billion of convertible notes due 2007, of which Won 1,164 billion was repaid on January 4, 2005 upon election by noteholders to exercise their option to redeem the notes, (2) the then outstanding amount of Won 522 billion of bonds due 2005 issued to

56

Microsoft Corporation, which we repaid on January 4, 2005 upon maturity, and (3) the then outstanding amount of Won 1,323 billion of convertible bonds due 2005 issued to domestic investors, which we repaid, together with accrued interest, on May 25, 2005 upon maturity.

Capital Resources

      We have traditionally met our working capital and other capital requirements principally from cash provided by operations, while raising the remainder of our requirements primarily through debt financing. Our major sources of cash have been net earnings before depreciation and amortization and proceeds of long-term debt and other long-term liabilities, and we expect that these sources will continue to be our principal sources of cash in the future. Net income was Won 1,947 billion in 2002, Won 822 billion in 2003 and Won 1,282 billion in 2004, depreciation and amortization were Won 3,797 billion in 2002, Won 3,757 billion in 2003 and Won 3,797 billion in 2004, and aggregate cash proceeds from long-term debt were Won 5,559 billion in 2002, Won 1,286 billion in 2003 and Won 3,236 billion in 2004.

      In recent years, KTF has also begun to utilize off-balance financing arrangements to supplement the primary sources of financing discussed above. For example, on November 4, 2003, KTF transferred PCS handset installment receivables of Won 340 billion and guarantee insurance and other related rights to KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd. and received cash of Won 312 billion and subordinated debt securities of Won 19 billion. In addition, on December 19, 2003, KTF transferred PCS service receivables of Won 253 billion and future trade receivables until February 2007 to Shinhan Bank Trust and received cash of Won 200 billion and beneficiary certificate of Won 53 billion. Under this program, KTF sells receivables on a monthly basis, and the uncollected trade receivables under the program were Won 343 billion as of December 31, 2004.

      We believe that we have sufficient working capital available to us for our current requirements and that we have a variety of alternatives available to us to satisfy our financial requirements to the extent that they are not met by funds generated by operations, including the issuance of debt securities and bank borrowings denominated in Won and various foreign currencies. However, our ability to rely on some of these alternatives could be affected by factors such as the liquidity of the Korean and other financial markets, prevailing interest rates, our credit rating and the Government’s policies regarding Won currency and foreign currency borrowings. Other factors which could materially affect our liquidity in the future include unanticipated increase in capital expenditures and decrease in cash provided by operations resulting from a significant decrease in demand for our services. We may also need to raise additional capital sooner than we expect in order to fund unanticipated investments and acquisitions.

      Our total shareholders’ equity decreased from W9,833 billion at December 31, 2002 to W9,026 billion at December 31, 2004, primarily as a result of our acquisition of treasury shares.

Liquidity

      We had a working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) surplus of Won 499 billion as of December 31, 2002 and deficits of Won 1,184 billion as of December 31, 2003 and Won 1,526 billion as of

57

December 31, 2004. The following table sets forth the summary of our significant current assets for the periods indicated:

	As of December 31,
	2002		2003		2004
	(In billions of Won)
Cash and cash equivalents	W	1,087	W	761	W	1,756
Short-term financial instruments		820		61		984
Current portion of available-for-sale securities		853		287		258
Notes and accounts receivable — trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts		2,983		2,647		2,793
Accounts receivable — other		513		323		365
Inventories		244		365		374

      Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term financial instruments maturing within one year totaled Won 1,907 billion as of December 31, 2002, Won 822 billion as of December 31, 2003 and Won 2,740 billion as of December 31, 2004. Under Korean GAAP, bank deposits and all highly liquid temporary cash instruments within maturities of three months are considered as cash equivalents. Short-term financial instruments primarily consist of time and trust deposits with maturities between four to twelve months. The decrease in cash, cash equivalents and short-term financial instruments in 2003 resulted primarily from our net sale of short-term financial instruments of Won 759 billion in 2003 to raise capital for payment of retirement and severance benefits of our latest round of voluntary early retirement program and repayment of short-term borrowing and long-term debt. The level of cash and cash equivalents increased by additional borrowings and accumulation of earnings at the end of 2004 to repay in January 2005 the principal amount of US$1.1 billion of convertible bonds due 2007 and the principal amount of US$500 million of bonds due 2005.

      The following table sets forth the summary of our significant current liabilities for the periods indicated:

	As of December 31,
	2002		2003		2004
	(In billions of Won)
Notes and accounts payable — trade	W	1,167	W	1,023	W	853
Short-term borrowings		1,116		632		439
Current portion of long-term debt		1,846		2,173		4,756
Accounts payable — other		1,485		1,233		1,123

      As of December 31, 2004, we had unused credit lines of approximately Won 1,383 billion out of total available credit lines of Won 2,118 billion. These credit lines permit drawings at interest rates ranging from 4.45% to 4.63%. We have not had, and do not believe that we will have, difficulty gaining access to short-term financing sufficient to meet our current requirements. We had issued guarantees in favor of our consolidated companies of Won 73 billion as of December 31, 2004.

Capital Expenditures

      Capital expenditures on property, plants and equipment in 2004 totaled Won 2,971 billion compared to Won 3,209 billion in 2003 and Won 3,232 billion in 2002.

      Our current capital expenditure plan (including expenditures on property, plants and equipment and other investments) calls for the expenditure of approximately Won 3,084 billion in 2005 (including approximately Won 959 billion by KTF). The principal components of our capital investment plans are:

•  expansion and modernization of our networks, which are expected to account for approximately 29.6% of all capital expenditures in 2005;

•  capital investments for our Internet services, which are expected to account for approximately 20.8% of all capital expenditures in 2005;

58

•  capital investments in PCS and IMT-2000 mobile telecommunications services made by KTF, which are expected to account for approximately 31.1% of all capital expenditures in 2005;

•  capital investments in data communications and related services (including investments for leased line service and other data communications services but excluding broadband), which are expected to account for approximately 8.9% of all capital expenditures in 2005;

•  capital investments in our fixed-line voice services, which are expected to account for approximately 3.6% of all capital expenditures in 2005; and

•  miscellaneous investment expenses which are expected to account for approximately 6.0% of all capital expenditures in 2005.

      We expect that KTF will obtain the necessary capital for its investments from financial institutions. There can be no assurance, however, that KTF will be able to secure sufficient funds on satisfactory terms from these or other sources, and KTF’s failure to secure funds for its capital expenditures and ongoing operating costs may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. We are not under any obligation to fund capital expenditures of KTF or any other consolidated subsidiary if these consolidated subsidiaries are unable to obtain necessary capital through operations or from financial institutions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Korean GAAP Not Yet Adopted

      The Korean Accounting Standards Board has published a series of Statements of Korean Accounting Standards (“SKAS”), which will gradually replace the existing financial accounting standards established by the Korea Financial Supervisory Board. SKAS No. 10, No. 12 and No. 13 were adopted by us on January 1, 2004. In addition, SKAS No. 15 “Equity Method Accounting,” No. 16 “Income Taxes,” and No. 17 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” became effective for us on January 1, 2005. We do not expect the adoption of these standards to have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

U.S. GAAP Reconciliation

      In 2002, we recorded net earnings of Won 1,556 billion under U.S. GAAP compared to net earnings of Won 1,947 billion under Korean GAAP, primarily because of impairment loss relating to equity method investments, foreign currency translation of convertible notes and deferred tax effects of U.S. GAAP adjustments. In 2003, we recorded net earnings of Won 395 billion under U.S. GAAP compared to net earnings of Won 822 billion under Korean GAAP, primarily because of impairment loss relating to equity method investments, deferred income tax effects of U.S. GAAP adjustments and depreciation. In 2004, we recorded net earning of Won 1,405 billion under U.S. GAAP compared to net earnings of Won 1,282 billion under Korean GAAP, primarily because of difference in the treatment of deferred income tax under U.S. GAAP, foreign currency translation of convertible notes and reversal of goodwill amortization relating to equity method investments.

      Stockholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP is lower than under Korean GAAP by Won 2,506 billion and Won 2,366 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, primarily as a result of:

•  the difference in the treatment of minority interests;

•  the difference in the treatment of impairment loss relating to equity method;

•  the difference in the treatment of deferred service installation fees; and

•  the difference in the treatment of depreciation,

which more than offset the effect of:

•  other differences in the treatment of equity method affiliates; and

•  the aggregate effect of deferred income taxes recognized under U.S. GAAP.

59

      In addition, under U.S. GAAP, certain subsidiaries, including KTF, would be accounted for under the equity method and would not be consolidated.

      For further discussion of the principal differences between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they relate to us, see Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements in U.S. GAAP Not Yet Adopted

      In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” which clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling cost, and wasted material (spoilage). Under this statement, such items will be recognized as current-period charges. In addition, the statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This statement will be effective for us for inventory costs incurred on or after January 1, 2006. We believe that the adoption of this statement will not have significant impact on our financial position or operating results.

      In December 2003, the FASB Statement No. 132 (revised), “Employer’s Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” was issued. Statement 132 (revised) prescribes employers’ disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans; it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. The statement retains and revises the disclosure requirements contained in the original Statement 132. It also requires additional disclosure about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The new annual disclosure requirements became effective for us as of the year ended December 31, 2004. See Note 36(x) to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the requirements of Statement 132 (revised).

      In March 2005, FASB issued FIN No. 47 (“FIN 47) “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143.” FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. FIN 47 requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. Based on its preliminary assessment, we do not believe that the adoption of FIN 47 will have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

Item 5.C.      Research and Development, Patents, Licenses, Etc.

      In order to conduct our research and develop applications of new technology for the Korean telecommunications system, we operate:

•  a marketing and technology laboratory;

•  a convergence laboratory;

•  a telecommunications network laboratory;

•  an operations support system laboratory; and

•  a new business planning group that organizes all of our research and development activities.

      At December 31, 2004, these research centers employed a total of 944 researchers and employees, of whom 115 had doctoral degrees and 696 had master’s degrees. Total expenditures on research and development (excluding the contributions referred to below) were Won 246 billion in 2002, Won 245 billion in 2003 and Won 265 billion in 2004.

      A substantial part of our research and development budget is for contributions to unaffiliated educational foundations and institutes conducting research. Under the Telecommunications Business Law, network service providers and specific service providers are obligated to contribute 0.75% and 0.5% of their total annual revenues, respectively, to the Institute of Information Technology Assessment, which uses the fund to promote research and development in information technology. Our contributions as a network service provider amounted to Won 69 billion in 2002, Won 63 billion in 2003 and Won 74 billion in 2004. See Note 32 to the

60

Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2004, we had 4,558 registered patents and 2,470 patents pending domestically and had 574 registered patents and 275 patents pending internationally.

      In recent years, we have focused our research and development efforts in the following areas:

•  integrated operations support system;

•  enhanced Internet phone service;

•  home network and application services;

•  next generation telecommunication network construction and engineering, including broadband convergence network;

•  Internet protocol infrastructure and access network engineering;

•  development of technology for installation of optical fiber to a subscriber’s home;

•  integration of wireless LAN and third generation services;

•  wireless broadband Internet access service; and

•  various new products and services, including One Phone, Ann and dial-tone services.

Item 5.D. Trend Information

      These matters are discussed under Item 5.A. above where relevant.

Item 5.E. Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

      These matters are discussed under Item 5.B. above where relevant.

Item 5.F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

      These matters are discussed under Item 5.B. above where relevant.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Item 6.A. Directors and Senior Management

Directors

      Our board of directors has the ultimate responsibility for the administration of our affairs. Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors consisting of:

•  up to four standing directors, including the President; and

•  up to eight outside directors.

      All of our directors are elected at the annual general meeting of shareholders. If the total assets of a company listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange as of the end of the preceding year exceeds Won 2,000 billion, which is the case with us, the Securities and Exchange Act requires such company to have more than three outside directors with at least half of its total directors being outside directors. Our articles of incorporation provide that the board of directors consists of up to four standing directors and up to eight outside directors. The term of office for all directors is three years, but the term is extended to the close of the annual general meeting of shareholders convened with respect to the last fiscal year of the term.

      Under the Securities and Exchange Act, we must establish a committee to recommend candidates for outside directors within the board of directors, and outside directors must make up not less than half of the total members of the outside director candidate nominating committee. According to our articles of incorporation, such committee must consist of one standing director and four outside directors. Our outside director candidate nominating committee recommends outside director candidates for appointment at the general shareholders’ meeting.

61

      One-third of the outside directors must be up for election in any given year. Upon the request of any director, a meeting of the board of directors will be assembled. The chairman of the board of directors is elected from among the outside directors by a resolution of the board of directors. The term of office of the chairman is one year.

      Our current directors are as follows:

						Expiration
		Years as				of Term
Name	Position	Director		Age		of Office
Standing Directors(1)
Yong-Kyung Lee	President and Chief Executive Officer(2)		3		61		2005
Woo-Sik Kim	Executive Vice President		3		51		2006
Sang-Hoon Lee	Executive Vice President		3		50		2006
Jeong-Soo Suh	Senior Vice President		1		47		2006
Outside Directors(1)
Sung-Deuk Park	President of The Electronic Times		5		65		2007
Kook-Hyun Moon	Chief Executive Officer of Yuhan-Kimberly Corporation		3		56		2005
Stuart B. Solomon	Chief Executive Officer of Metropolitan Life Insurance (Korea)		4		55		2008
Jong-Sang Kim	Chief Executive Officer of Seil Tax-Accounting Service		3		58		2006
Do-Hwan Kim	Professor, Sejong University		3		46		2006
Jeong-Ro Yoon	Professor, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology		2		50		2007
Kon-Sik Kim	Professor, Seoul National University		2		50		2007
Thae-Surn Khwarg	Chief Executive Officer of SEI Asset Korea		1		46		2008

(1)	All of our standing and outside directors beneficially own less than one percent of the issued shares of KT Corporation in the aggregate.
(2)	On June 18, 2005, the president recommendation committee announced the decision to recommend Joong Soo Nam as our next president and chief executive officer. Mr. Nam is currently the president and chief executive officer of KTF. Mr. Nam is expected to succeed Mr. Lee in August 2005, subject to approval by the shareholders.

      For the purposes of the Commercial Code, our President is deemed to be the “representative director” who is authorized to perform all judicial and extra-judicial acts relating to our business. Our shareholders elect the President in accordance with the provisions of the Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation. A candidate for President is recommended by a committee formed for that purpose. The president recommendation committee consists of:

•  three outside directors who are elected from among our outside directors;

•  one person who is designated by the board of directors from among the ex-presidents or the current president (provided, however, that the incumbent president is prohibited from participation if seeking reelection); and

•  one civilian designated by the board of directors, other than the President, standing directors, former and present officers and employees of any telecommunications business operator and any of their related persons as defined in the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act, as well as our officers and employees.

      Under our articles of incorporation, the president recommendation committee must submit a draft management contract between the company and the candidate covering the management objectives of the

62

company, including management goals during the tenure of the president, to the general meeting of shareholders at the time of recommendation of the candidate to the meeting. When the draft management contract has been approved at the shareholders’ meeting, the company enters into such management contract with the candidate for president. In such case, the chairman of the president recommendation committee, as representative of the company, signs the management contract.

      The board of directors may conduct performance review discussions to determine if the new President performed his or her duties under the management contract, or hire a professional evaluation agency for such purpose. If the board of directors determines, based on the results of the performance review, that the new President has failed to achieve the management goals, it may propose to dismiss the president at a shareholders’ meeting.

Senior Management

      Our executive officers consist of Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents. The executive officers other than the standing directors are appointed by the President and may serve up to three years. Our Chief Financial Officer is Haing Min Kwon, Senior Vice President of the Financial Management Office.

      The current executive officers are as follows:

		Current		Years
		Position		with the
Name(1)	Title and Responsibilities	Held Since		Company		Age
Hi-Chang Roh	Senior Vice President, Management Strategy Office		2004		34		52
Jong-Lok Yoon	Executive Vice President, New Business Planning Group		2003		25		47
Won-Pyo Hong	Senior Vice President, Portable Internet Business Group		2004		10		45
Byoung-Kon Shin	Senior Vice President, Metropolitan North Business Group		2003		18		48
Tae-Poong Kang	Vice President, Quality Management Office		2004		25		50
Han-Suk Kim	Senior Vice President, Global Business Center		2004		14		49
Soo-Ho Maeng	Senior Vice President, Corporate Relations Office		2004		15		45
Dong-Hoon Kim	Vice President, Jeonbuk Regional Business Group		2003		34		54
Kyung-Choon Shin	Vice President, Voice Business Center		2004		24		50
Yo-Dong Kim	Senior Vice President, Chungnam Regional Business Group		2003		30		49
Gwang-Ju Seo	Senior Vice President, Metropolitan South Business Group		2004		24		48
Deok-Rae Lim	Vice President, SI Business Center		2003		24		50
Tae-Soek Ro	Executive Vice President, Customer Service Group		2005		25		50
Dong-Hoon Han	Vice President, Gangwon Regional Business Group		2004		23		45
Sung-Man Kim	Vice President, Network Service Group		2004		22		48
Ok-Kie Lee	Vice President, Convergence Business Center		2004		21		46
Deok-Kyum Kim	Vice President, Daegu Regional Business Group		2003		22		47
Young-Whan Kim	Vice President, Special Business Center		2004		22		47
Jong-Soo Lee	Senior Vice President, Chungbuk Regional Business Group		2003		24		50
Ki-Yeoul Kim	Senior Vice President, Management Research Laboratory		2004		25		48
Hee-Kyun Park	Senior Vice President, Human Resource Office		2004		20		49

63

		Current		Years
		Position		with the
Name(1)	Title and Responsibilities	Held Since		Company		Age
Byung-Woo Lee	Senior Vice President, Public Relations Office		2003		18		48
Haing Min Kwon	Senior Vice President, Financial Management Office		2004		21		46
In-Sung Jun	Senior Vice President, U-City Strategy Planning Center		2004		25		46
In-Kyu Park	Vice President, Purchasing Strategy Office		2004		20		49
Seong-Beom Kim	Vice President, Network Management & Support Center		2004		21		48
Sun-Cheol Gweon	Vice President, Network Engineering Center		2004		14		43
Suk-Joon Park	Vice President, Information Security Center		2004		24		47
Kil-Ho Song	Vice President, Operation Support System Laboratory		2004		13		52
Young-Gwun Kim	Vice President, Jeonnam Regional Business Group		2004		30		49
Sang-Heon Song	Vice President, Construction Center		2003		25		46
Jeong-Tae Park	Vice President, New Business Development Center		2003		21		45
Yu-Yeol Seo	Vice President, Business Market Sales Center		2004		26		48
Sang-Ho Lee	Senior Vice President, Human Resource Development Center		2003		22		53
Sang-Hong Lee	Vice President, Convergence Laboratory		2004		21		49
Won-Joong Song	Vice President, Ethics Management Office		2004		29		49
Tae-Il Park	Vice President, Telecommunication Network Laboratory		2004		27		49
Yoon-Hak Bang	Vice President(2)		2004		21		47
Heon-Chul Shin	Senior Vice President, Metropolitan West Business Group		2003		24		46
Man-Doo Kim	Vice President, Busan Regional Business Group		2003		33		54
Yeong-Geun Ryou	Vice President, Jeju Regional Business Group		2003		22		49
Sang-Eun Woo	Vice President, Chungnam Business Center		2005		30		49
Eun-Hee Kwon	Vice President(2)		2005		19		46
Sung-Ho Myung	Vice President(2)		2005		21		47
Dong-Myun Lee	Vice President(2)		2005		13		42
Hae-Jong Yun	Vice President, U-City Planning Department		2005		22		47
Ki-Heon Yu	Vice President, Seoul Joongbu Business Center		2005		22		48
Sang-Gyun Han	Vice President, Incheon Business Center		2005		21		51
Yong-Seok Yoon	Vice President, Business Strategy Team		2005		12		48
Byoung-Seon Jeon	Vice President, CEO Support Team		2005		5		44
Kie-You Song	Vice President, Financial Planning Team		2005		15		45
Gil-Joo Lee	Vice President, Media Relations Team		2005		29		49
Jong-Jin Chae	Vice President, Bizmeka Team		2005		19		43

(1)	All of our executive officers beneficially own less than one percent of the issued shares of KT Corporation in the aggregate.
(2)	Currently on sabbatical.

64

Item 6.B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the total amount of salaries, bonuses and allowances paid and accrued to all standing directors and executive officers of KT Corporation for services in all capacities was approximately Won 14 billion. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued by us to provide person and retirement benefits to such persons was Won 2 billion in 2004. Outside directors do not receive salaries, fees for attending meetings or retirement and severance benefits, but their actual expenses required for the execution of their duties are reimbursed.

      In August 2002, the chairman of the president recommendation committee entered into an employment agreement on our behalf with our current President. The employment agreement sets certain management targets to be achieved by the President, including a target for the amount of “economic value added” to be achieved in each year. Economic value added is defined as net operating profits after tax minus the cost of capital. Failure to achieve certain thresholds below the targets will allow the board of directors to take actions with respect to the President’s employment, including proposing to the general meeting of shareholders an early termination of his employment. In addition, the head of each of our functional departments, the president of each of our subsidiaries and the heads of each regional head office have entered into employment agreements with the President that provides for similar management targets to be achieved by each of our departments, subsidiaries and regional head offices.

Item 6.C. Board Practices

      As of December 31, 2004, none of our standing or outside directors maintained directors’ service contracts with us or with any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

Outside Director Candidate Nominating Committee

      The Outside Director Candidate Nominating Committee is currently comprised of four outside directors, Jong-Sang Kim, Do-Hwan Kim, Jeong-Ro Yoon and Kon-Sik Kim, and one standing director, Hi-Chang Roh. The committee’s duties include reviewing the qualifications of potential candidates and proposing nominees to serve as outside directors on our board of directors. The committee The committee members are appointed on an ad hoc basis when recommendations are required in connection with the appointment of new outside directors. The committee members’ terms expire immediately after the adjournment of the ordinary general meeting of shareholders at which the committee’s formal recommendations are made.

Evaluation and Compensation Committee

      The Evaluation and Compensation Committee is currently comprised of five outside directors, Sung-Deuk Park, Jong-Sang Kim, Do-Hwan Kim, Jeong-Ro Yoon and Stuart B. Solomon. The committee’s duties include the appointment of an outside management evaluation consulting firm, prior review of the President’s management goals, terms and conditions proposed for inclusion in the employment contract of the President, including, but not limited to, determining whether the President has achieved the management goals, and the determination of compensation of the President and the standing directors. The committee members’ term is for one year, to terminate immediately after the ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Business Strategy Committee

      The Business Strategy Committee is currently comprised of three standing directors, Yong-Kyung Lee, Sang-Hoon Lee and Jeong-Soo Suh, and three outside directors, Kook-Hyun Moon, Sung-Deuk Park and Thae-Surn Khwarg. The committee’s duties include the oversight of medium and long-term business strategies, the annual management plans and budget proposals. The committee members’ term is for one year, to terminate immediately after the ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

65

Executive Committee

      The Executive Committee is currently comprised of all of the standing directors. The committee’s duties include the establishment and management of branch offices, the acquisition and disposal of real estate having market value between Won 10 billion to Won 30 billion, making investments and providing guarantees up to Won 10 billion, the disposal and sale of stocks of our subsidiaries, which stocks have a market value of between Won 10 billion and Won 30 billion, provided that no change of control with respect to such subsidiary occurs as a result of such disposal or sale, the authorization of charitable contributions between Won 100 million to Won 1 billion and the issuance of certain debt securities.

Insider Trading Committee

      The Insider Trading Committee is currently comprised of four outside directors, Stuart B. Solomon, Kon-Sik Kim, Kook-Hyun Moon and Thae-Surn Khwarg. This committee reviews internal transactions and ensures compliance with applicable insider trading rules and regulations. The committee members’ term is for one year, to terminate immediately after the ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Audit Committee

      Under the Securities and Exchange Act of Korea, we are required to establish an audit committee comprised of three or more outside directors. Audit Committee members must also meet the applicable independence criteria set forth under the rules and regulations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The committee is currently comprised of Jong-Sang Kim, Do-Hwan Kim, Jeong-Ro Yoon and Kon-Sik Kim. Members of the committee are elected by our shareholders at the annual shareholder’s meeting. Our internal and external auditors report directly to the committee.

      The duties of the committee include:

•  engaging independent auditors;

•  evaluating performance of independent auditors;

•  approving services to be provided by the independent auditors;

•  reviewing annual financial statements;

•  reviewing audit results and reports;

•  reviewing and evaluating our system of controls and policies; and

•  examining improprieties or suspected improprieties.

      In addition, in connection with the ordinary general meeting of shareholders, the committee examines the agenda for, and financial statement and other reports to be submitted by, the board of directors at each ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Differences in Corporate Governance Practices

      Pursuant to the rules of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers like us that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are required to disclose significant differences between the

66

New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance standards and those that we follow under Korean law and in accordance with our own internal procedures. The following is a summary of such significant differences.

NYSE Corporate Governance Standards	KT Corporation’s Corporate Governance Practice
Director independence Independent directors must comprise a majority of the board.	The Securities and Exchange Act of Korea requires that our board of directors must comprise no less than a majority of outside directors. Our outside directors must meet the criteria for outside directorship set forth under the Securities and Exchange Act of Korea. The majority of our board of directors is independent (as defined in accordance with the New York Stock Exchange’s standards), and 8 out of 12 directors are outside directors.
Nomination/ Corporate Governance Committee Listed companies must have a nomination/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors.	We have not established a separate nomination/corporate governance committee. However, we maintain an Outside Director Recommendation Committee composed of four outside directors and one standing director.
Compensation Committee Listed companies must have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.	We maintain an Evaluation and Compensation Committee composed of five outside directors.
Executive Session Listed companies must hold meetings solely attended by non-management directors to more effectively check and balance management directors.	Our outside directors hold meetings solely attended by outside directors in accordance with operation guidelines of our board of directors.
Audit Committee Listed companies must have an audit committee that is composed of more than three directors and satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.	We maintain an Audit Committee comprised of four outside directors who meet the applicable independence criteria set forth under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plan Listed companies must allow its shareholders to exercise their voting rights with respect to any material revision to the company’s equity compensation plan.	We currently have two equity compensation plans: one providing for the grant of stock options to officers and directors; and an Employee Stock Ownership Program. All material matters related to the granting stock options are provided in our articles of incorporation, and any amendments to the articles of incorporation are subject to shareholders’ approval. Matters related to the Employee Stock Ownership Program are not subject to shareholders’ approval under Korean law.
Corporate Governance Guidelines Listed companies must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.	We currently do not have a corporate governance guideline setting forth our practices with respect to relevant corporate governance matters.

67

NYSE Corporate Governance Standards	KT Corporation’s Corporate Governance Practice
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for or executive officers.	We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all directors, officers and employees. A copy of our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.kt.co.kr.

Item 6.D.      Employees

      On a consolidated basis, we had 43,218 employees as of December 31, 2004, compared to 43,068 employees as of December 31, 2003 and 48,624 employees as of December 31, 2002. KTF had 2,441 employees as of December 31, 2004.

      Our efficiency, as measured by lines in service per employee (excluding employees of our subsidiaries), has improved from 473 as of December 31, 2000 to 559 as of December 31, 2004. This improvement has been achieved through the construction of new lines, the continuing modernization of our facilities and the voluntary early retirement programs described below.

The Voluntary Early Retirement Programs

      We sponsor voluntary early retirement programs where we provide additional financial incentives for our employees to retire early, as part of our efforts to improve operational efficiencies. In 2002, a total of 166 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan. In 2003, a total of 6,279 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan, including 5,497 employees under a special program in September 2003. In 2004, another 346 employees retired under our voluntary early retirement plan.

Labor Relations

      We consider our current relations with our work force to be good. However, in recent years, our strategy of restructuring to improve our efficiency and profitability by disposing of non-core businesses and reducing our employee base have met with opposition from our labor union. In December 2000, certain members of the KT Trade Union carried out work stoppages, demanding changes in Government policies to prevent widespread layoffs and seeking negotiations with management regarding the scope of our restructuring. In May 2001, certain members of our labor union held protests in our headquarters opposing our strategy of restructuring unprofitable businesses, including 114 phone directory services, and the expected layoffs resulting from such strategy.

      Under Korean labor law, our employees are permitted to strike. However, because the maintenance of our network is in the public interest, the Government has the authority to mediate or arbitrate any strike, as well as any disagreement involving the collective bargaining process. Criminal proceedings may be brought against any party refusing Government mediation or arbitration. The current collective bargaining agreement provides that even in the event of a strike, the minimum number of employees necessary to operate the telecommunications business must continue to work.

      As of December 31, 2004, about 82.6% of all employees of KT Corporation were members of the KT Trade Union. On behalf of its members, the Union negotiates with us a collective bargaining agreement every two years and an annual agreement on wages. Our collective bargaining agreement expires on August 7, 2005. Under the Act of the Promotion of Worker’s Participation and Cooperation, our Employee-Employer Cooperation Committees, which are composed of representatives of management and labor for each business unit and regional office, meet quarterly to discuss employee grievances, working conditions and potential employee-initiated improvements in service or management.

68

Employee Stock Ownership and Benefits

      We have an employee stock ownership association, which may purchase on behalf of its members up to 20.0% of any of our shares offered publicly in Korea. The employee stock ownership association owned 5.7% of our issued shares as of December 31, 2004.

      We maintain a retirement and severance plan, as required by Korean labor law. Employees terminating their employment after one year or more of service are entitled to receive a lump-sum payment based upon the length of their service and their wage rates, with adjustments, at the time of termination. We make provision for our obligations under the retirement plan. In addition, we provide a wide range of fringe benefits to our employees, including physical education grants, meal allowances, housing, housing loans, medical examinations and training and resort centers. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Item 5.A. Operating Results — Salaries and Related Costs.”

Employee Training

      We operate a central training and learning center in Daejeon and three regional training centers in Wonju, Gimhae and Najoo, offering courses in subjects such as management, six-sigma process innovation and new telecommunication technologies. In 2004, our employees participated in such courses at our central and regional training centers, with new employees receiving training in technology and service and those in managerial positions receiving additional training to enhance their management and leadership skills. We also send selected employees to the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology for training and to universities in Korea and abroad.

Item 6.E. Share Ownership

Common Stock

      The persons who are currently our directors held, as a group, 11,716 common shares as of December 31, 2004, the most recent date for which this information is available. This represented less than 0.01% of our outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2004. The table below shows the ownership of our common shares by directors.

	Number of
	Common Shares
Shareholders	Owned
Yong-Kyung Lee		6,195
Woo-Sik Kim		500
Sang-Hoon Lee		1,731
Jeong-Soo Suh		3,040
Thae-Surn Khwarg		250

Stock Options

      The following table sets forth information regarding the stock options we have granted to our directors and executive officers as of March 31, 2005. With respect to all of the options granted, we may elect either to issue shares of common stock or pay in cash the difference between the exercise and the market price at the

69

date of exercise. All of the stock options listed below relate to our common shares. See Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Exercise Period

Number of

Number of

Number of

Exercise

Granted

Exercised

Exercisable

Directors

Grant Date

From

To

Price

Options

Options

Options

Yong-Kyung Lee

December 26, 2002

12/27/2004

12/26/2009

W

70,000

300,000

0

300,000

Sung-Deuk Park

September 19, 2003

9/17/2005

9/16/2010

W

57,000

5,200

0

5,200

Kook-Hyun Moon

September 19, 2003

9/17/2005

9/16/2010

W

57,000

5,200

0

5,200

Stuart B. Solomon

September 19, 2003

9/17/2005

9/16/2010

W

57,000

5,200

0

5,200

Do-Hwan Kim

September 19, 2003

9/17/2005

9/16/2010

W

57,000

5,200

0

5,200

Jong-Sang Kim

September 19, 2003

9/17/2005

9/16/2010

W

57,000

5,200

0

5,200

Sang-Hoon Lee

December 12, 2003

12/13/2005

12/12/2010

W

65,000

60,000

0

60,000

Woo-Sik Kim

December 12, 2003

12/13/2005

12/12/2010

W

65,000

60,000

0

60,000

Jeong-Ro Yoon

February 4, 2005

2/5/2007

2/4/2012

W

54,600

5,400

0

5,400

Kon-Sik Kim

February 4, 2005

2/5/2007

2/4/2012

W

54,600

5,400

0

5,400

Hi-Chang Roh

February 4, 2005

2/5/2007

2/4/2012

W

54,600

60,000

0

60,000

Jeong-Soo Suh

April 28, 2005

4/29/2007

4/28/2012

W

50,400

60,000

0

60,000

Thae-Surn Khwarg

April 28, 2005

4/29/2007

4/28/2012

W

50,400

5,700

0

5,700

Item 7.     Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Item 7.A.     Major Shareholders

      The following table sets forth certain information relating to the shareholders of our common stock as of December 31, 2004:

		Number of		Percent
Shareholders		Shares		of Class
Employee stock ownership association			16,173,934		5.68	%
National Pension Corporation			10,654,638		3.74
Directors as a group			11,716		0.00	(3)
Public			183,918,694		64.57
KT Corporation (held in the form of treasury stock)(1)(2)			74,090,418		26.01
	Total issued shares		284,849,400		100.00	%

(1)	Includes 1,259,170 shares of treasury stock owned by our treasury stock fund.
(2)	Includes shares of treasury stock reserved for delivery upon conversion of the convertible bonds issued in January 2002 and May 2002.
(3)	Less than 0.01%.

      Before 1993, the Government owned all of our shares. Since 1993, the Government has gradually reduced its ownership and completed the disposition of its ownership interest in us in May 2002.

      For a discussion of our relationship with the Government, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Relationship with the Government.” For a discussion of the Government’s dispositions and plans for future dispositions of shares, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.C. Organizational Structure.”

Item 7.B.     Related Party Transactions

      On November 29, 2002 and December 13, 2002, we sold all of our 46.6% interest in KT ICOM to KTF for Won 540 billion in cash and Won 309 billion in 3-month short term notes. We also purchased Won 336 billion of convertible bonds issued by KTF on November 29, 2002. These convertible bonds have a

70

maturity of three years and are convertible into shares of KTF after one year from the issuance date at an exercise price of Won 37,200 per share.

      We have issued guarantees of Won 81 billion as of December 31, 2002, Won 70 billion as of December 31, 2003 and Won 73 billion as of December 31, 2004, in favor of our consolidated subsidiaries. We have also engaged in various transactions with our subsidiaries and affiliated companies. See Note 2(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7.C.     Interests of Experts and Counsel

      Not applicable.

Item 8.     Financial Information

Item 8.A.     Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

      See “Item 18 — Financial Statements” and pages F-1 through A-36.

Legal Proceedings

Investigation by the Fair Trade Commission

      In July 2004, the Fair Trade Commission began an antitrust investigation into alleged unfair collaborative practices of us, Hanaro, DACOM and Onse in local, domestic long-distance and international long-distance telephone service markets, as well as in broadband Internet access and Internet leased line service markets. On May 25, 2005, the Fair Trade Commission imposed fines of Won 116 billion on us, Won 2 billion on Hanaro and Won 1 billion on DACOM, claiming that we and these other companies engaged in unfair collaborative practices in local telephone and Internet leased line service markets. We believe that we were following administrative guidelines from the Ministry of Information and Communication, which had advised that we, as a dominant service provider in the local telephone service market, assist late market entrants in order to promote a more competitive local telephone service market in Korea. We plan to file for judicial review of administrative action, but we cannot give any assurance that the ultimate outcome of the lawsuit or related future actions will be favorable to us or reduce the amount of fine imposed on us. As a result of the ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, we have recorded Won 116 billion as taxes and dues under operating expenses in the second quarter of 2005.

      There is a possibility that we may also face class action or individual lawsuits from some of our customers stemming from the May 2005 ruling by the Fair Trade Commission, and we cannot provide any assurance that the ultimate outcome of any such lawsuits will be favorable to us or that they will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Dispute with the Fair Trade Commission

      On February 20, 2001, the Fair Trade Commission issued a cease and desist order prohibiting us from engaging in any activity amounting to an unfair intra-group transaction, claiming that certain of our transactions with our affiliates were in violation of the Fair Trade Laws. The Fair Trade Commission alleged that we had unfairly assisted our affiliates by paying them unreasonably high service fees. We paid a fine of approximately Won 31 billion but filed an appeal with the Fair Trade Commission. On July 9, 2001, the Fair Trade Commission rejected our appeal. We subsequently filed an appeal in the Seoul High Court and intend to continue to seek redress in the courts. In October 2004, the Seoul High Court partially reversed the decision of the Fair Trade Commission and reduced the fine to approximately Won 2 billion. On February 17, 2005, both the Fair Trade Commission and we appealed the ruling to the Supreme Court of Korea, which appeals are currently pending.

71

Proceedings by the Ministry of Information and Communication

      On June 1, 2000, the Government prohibited wireless service providers from providing subsidies to subscribers for purchase of handsets. Subsequently, the Ministry of Information and Communication has imposed fines on entities deemed to be in violation of such prohibition. From time to time, KTF and we have been subject to such fines. Since March 2003, KTF and we have been assessed fines in the aggregate amounts of Won 22 billion and Won 7 billion, respectively, including the largest fines to date on February 23, 2004 of Won 8 billion and Won 4 billion, respectively. KTF and we have paid all of the assessed fines. SK Telecom and LG Telecom have also been assessed fines for providing subsidies to subscribers purchasing of handsets.

Retirement Benefits Disputes

      In March and June of 2003, we implemented our regular voluntary retirement plan, in which 198 employees chose to participate. Under the plan, employees who elected to participate were provided with a paid leave ranging from 3 to 6 months. Later in October 2003, we implemented a special voluntary retirement plan, in which we provided participating employees with a different retirement and severance package. In February and March of 2004, 155 former employees filed two lawsuits against us with the Seoul Central District Court and the Seongnam District Court, in an aggregate claim amount of Won 7.2 billion, on the basis that they deserve the same retirement package of the October 2003 plan. Both the Seoul Central District Court and the Seongnam District Court ruled in our favor. 138 of the 155 former employees appealed the judgments to the Seoul High Court, of which 98 former employees who appealed the decision of the Seoul Central District Court lost the appeal while the 40 remaining former employees who appealed the decision of the Seongnam District Court are currently waiting for review by the Seoul High Court. We anticipate that the 43 former employees who have not filed lawsuits against us may do so in the near future, and, if such suits are filed, we expect the aggregate amount of their claim to be approximately Won 2 billion.

Dispute in the Philippines

      In September 2001 and December 2001, two of three subcontractors of Korea Telecom Philippines, Inc. (“KTPI”), our wholly-owned subsidiary in the Philippines, filed lawsuits seeking damages of approximately US$19 million and US$10 million, respectively, from us in connection with a telecommunication project where KTPI acted as the project manager. PT&T, the project coordinator, defaulted on payments to KTPI and, as a consequence, KTPI was unable to make payments to the three subcontractors. Although their contracts were entered into with KTPI, the plaintiffs brought their claims against us arguing that KTPI is a small, wholly-owned subsidiary with insufficient assets to pay the claimed amounts and we are the actual party owing payment obligations to such sub-contractors. With respect to the claim for US$19 million, which was brought by Korea Communications Engineering, the Seoul District Court held in December 2002 that we should pay US$4.17 million and applicable interest accrued on such amount to the claimant. We accrued US$4.17 million and US$1.1 million of applicable interests as expenses in 2003. The Seoul District Court also ordered that the full amount of the judgment be paid although the judgment was not ultimately concluded, and we filed an application for an order suspending such payment obligation pending our appeal of the judgment. Based on our application, the Seoul District Court suspended such payment obligation upon our payment of Won 1 billion to be held in escrow as guarantee. We filed an appeal to the Seoul High Court which ruled in our favor. Korea Communications Engineering subsequently appealed the Seoul High Court’s judgment to the Supreme Court of Korea, which appeal is currently pending. The claim for US$10 million was brought by Ssangyong Singapore Pte., Ltd. in the Seoul District Court, but the claim for the entire amount was denied on June 20, 2003. However, Ssangyong Singapore Pte., Ltd. filed an appeal with the Seoul High Court on July 25, 2003. We cannot give assurance that the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits or related future claims will be favorable to us.

Interruption and Slowdown of Internet Services

      In April 2003, a suit was filed by 1,587 claimants (including People’s Solidarity for Participatory Democracy, at-home users of the Internet and businesses providing access to the Internet to consumers in their premises) against us and seven other defendants, including five Internet service providers. The claimants

72

have claimed damages in the amount of Won 117 million as a result of interruption and slowdown of Internet services. The interruption and slowdown of Internet services in certain areas was caused by a worm virus that infected MS-SQL server and jammed Internet traffic. We plan to defend against this claim on the basis that it is too onerous to require that we and the other defendants be held liable to protect end-users of Internet services from any and all viruses that may inflict the telecommunications network through which such Internet services are provided, especially in the case of viruses that originate from outside Korea, as was the case in this case. Although we plan to vigorously defend against this claim, we are unable to predict the outcome of this lawsuit or any similar future claims. We further understand that the class of claimants and the amounts claimed in this lawsuit may be increased.

Miscellaneous

      We are a defendant in various court proceedings involving claims for civil damages arising in the ordinary course of our business. While we are unable to predict the ultimate disposition of these claims, in the opinion of our management, the ultimate disposition of these claims will not, taken as a whole, have a material adverse effect on us.

Dividends

      The table below sets out the dividends declared on the outstanding common stock to shareholders of record on December 31 of the years indicated. As of December 31, 2004, there were 284,849,400 shares of common stock issued. The dividends set out for each of the years below were paid in the immediately following year.

	Dividend per		Dividend per
	Common		Common
	Stock to		Stock to		Average Dividend		Total Amount of
Year Ended December 31,	Government		Public		per Share		Dividend Declared
	(In Won)		(In Won)		(In Won)		(In billions of Won)
2000		450		600		511		159.27
2001		720		720		720		224.05
2002		—		860		860		212.89
2003		—		2,000		2,000		421.52
2004		—		3,000		3,000		421.52

      If sufficient profits are available, the Board of Directors may propose annual dividends on the outstanding common stock, which our shareholders must approve by a resolution at the ordinary general meeting of shareholders. This meeting is generally held in March of the following year and if our shareholders at such ordinary general meeting of shareholders approve the annual dividend, we must pay such dividend within one month following the date of such resolution. Typically, we pay such dividends shortly after the meeting. The declaration of annual dividends is subject to the vote of our shareholders, and consequently, there can be no assurance as to the amount of dividends per common stock or that any such dividends will be declared. Interim dividends paid in cash can be declared by a resolution of the board of directors. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Dividends” and “Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities — Description of American Depositary Shares — Dividends and Distributions.”

      The Commercial Code provides that shares of a company of the same class must receive equal treatment. However, major shareholders may consent to receive dividend distributions at a lesser rate than minor shareholders. Previously, the Government consented to receiving a smaller dividend compared to other shareholders. The Government no longer holds any interest in us.

      Any cash dividends relating to the shares held in the form of ADSs will be paid to the depositary bank in Won. The deposit agreement provides that, except in certain circumstances, cash dividends received by the depositary bank will be converted by the depositary bank into Dollars and distributed to the holders of the ADRs, less withholding tax, other governmental charges and the depositary bank’s fees and expenses. See

73

“Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities — Description of the American Depositary Shares — Dividends and Distributions.”

Item 8.B.     Significant Changes

      Not applicable.

Item 9.     The Offer and Listing

Item 9.A.     Offer and Listing Details

Notes

      Our 7.50% Notes due 2006 and 7.625% Notes due 2007 are traded in the over-the-counter market. Sales prices for the Notes are not regularly reported on any exchange or other quotation service. Our 0.25% Convertible Notes due 2007 are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

Shares and ADSs

Common Stock

      Our shares were listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange on December 23, 1998. The price of the shares on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange as of the close of trading on June 27, 2005 was Won 42,200 per share. The table below shows the high and low closing prices and the average daily volume of trading activity on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for the shares.

		Price
						Average Daily
		High		Low		Trading Volume
						(Number of shares)
		(In Won)
1999			179,000		33,550		977,499
	First quarter		45,000		33,550		789,344
	Second quarter		79,000		41,800		1,025,689
	Third quarter		91,500		72,200		730,069
	Fourth quarter		179,000		74,300		1,355,593
2000			169,000		58,000		941,178
	First quarter		169,000		94,000		1,366,174
	Second quarter		102,500		73,000		1,173,388
	Third quarter		96,900		58,000		510,957
	Fourth quarter		73,000		59,000		696,727
2001			81,900		40,500		716,042
	First quarter		81,900		55,600		738,074
	Second quarter		63,000		51,100		729,157
	Third quarter		54,600		40,500		606,358
	Fourth quarter		56,800		44,800		788,673
2002			65,000		41,350		1,261,121
	First quarter		65,000		44,300		1,772,568
	Second quarter		63,200		46,650		1,334,419
	Third quarter		56,300		41,350		932,334
	Fourth quarter		55,000		48,100		1,031,093

74

			Price
							Average Daily
			High		Low		Trading Volume
							(Number of shares)
			(In Won)
2003				53,600		41,900		867,991
	First quarter			53,600		41,900		760,406
	Second quarter			50,400		44,200		899,265
	Third quarter			46,900		42,650		875,808
	Fourth quarter			51,400		43,950		936,020
2004				47,550		34,200		577,620
	First quarter			47,550		42,250		776,735
	Second quarter			42,150		35,900		591,403
	Third quarter			38,700		34,200		372,460
	Fourth quarter			43,900		35,600		584,547
2005 (through June 27)				43,250		37,600		459,453
	First quarter			43,200		39,400		464,673
		January		43,200		40,400		419,409
		February		42,400		40,700		478,941
		March		41,950		39,400		497,065
	Second quarter (through June 27)			43,250		37,600		454,065
		April		39,400		37,600		572,227
		May		40,700		38,150		343,638
		June (through June 27)		43,250		40,750		451,607

Source:  Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange.

ADSs

      The outstanding ADSs, each of which represents one-half of one share of our common stock, are traded on the New York Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange.

      The price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange as of the close of trading on June 27, 2005 was $21.80 per ADS. The table below shows the high and low trading prices and the average daily volume of trading activity on the New York Stock Exchange for our ADSs since May 25, 1999.

			Price
							Average Daily
			High		Low		Trading Volume
							(Number of ADSs)
			(In US$)
1999 (from May 25)				74.75		27.56		575,160
	Second quarter (from May 25)			40.00		27.56		1,419,844
	Third quarter			44.25		31.75		440,850
	Fourth quarter			74.75		31.50		388,502
2000				74.50		26.88		467,352
	First quarter			74.50		41.13		582,749
	Second quarter			48.88		32.13		493,857
	Third quarter			49.88		30.75		353,878
	Fourth quarter			37.88		26.88		438,925
		December		35.19		26.88		384,170

75

			Price
							Average Daily
			High		Low		Trading Volume
							(Number of ADSs)
			(In US$)
2001				39.88		16.39		1,085,253
	First quarter			39.88		22.50		541,265
	Second quarter			27.75		20.35		889,440
	Third quarter			21.87		16.39		1,235,822
	Fourth quarter			24.94		18.10		1,666,189
2002				24.64		18.12		1,084,210
	First quarter			24.49		18.12		1,620,290
	Second quarter			24.64		21.45		1,100,248
	Third quarter			22.76		19.42		900,939
	Fourth quarter			22.60		19.43		749,067
2003				22.58		16.85		878,552
	First quarter			22.58		16.85		904,731
	Second quarter			20.43		17.53		873,013
	Third quarter			20.35		18.15		801,345
	Fourth quarter			21.57		18.50		936,258
2004				22.73		16.57		671,995
	First quarter			20.35		18.60		924,169
	Second quarter			19.21		16.57		840,529
	Third quarter			18.34		16.70		479,480
	Fourth quarter			22.73		17.89		454.298
2005 (through June 27)				23.21		19.75		488,019
	First quarter			23.21		20.98		466,382
		January		22.45		21.05		428,990
		February		23.21		21.70		467,905
		March		23.20		20.98		499,059
	Second quarter (through June 27)			22.01		19.75		509,656
		April		21.52		19.82		678,676
		May		20.95		19.75		434,924
		June (through June 27)		22.01		21.05		405,442

Source:  New York Stock Exchange.

Item 9.B.      Plan of Distribution

      Not applicable.

Item 9.C.      Markets

The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange

      The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange began its operations in 1956. Currently it is the only stock exchange in Korea. It has a single trading floor located in Seoul. The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange is a non-profit making organization privately managed by its members, consisting of all Korean securities companies and some Korean branches of foreign securities companies.

      The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange has the power in some circumstances to suspend trading in the shares of a given company or to de-list a security. The Stock Market Division of the

76

Korea Exchange also restricts share price movements. All listed companies are required to file accounting reports annually and quarterly and to release immediately all information that may affect trading in a security.

      The Government has in the past exerted, and continues to exert, substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector business community which can have the intention or effect of depressing or boosting the market. In the past, the Government has informally both encouraged and restricted the declaration and payment of dividends, induced mergers to reduce what it considers excess capacity in a particular industry and induced private companies to offer publicly their securities.

      The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange publishes the Korea Composite Stock Price Index every thirty seconds, which is an index of all equity securities listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. On January 1, 1983, the method of computing the Korea Composite Stock Price Index was changed from the Dow Jones method to the aggregate value method. In the new method, the market capitalizations of all listed companies are aggregated, subject to certain adjustments, and this aggregate is expressed as a percentage of the aggregate market capitalization of all listed companies as of the base date, January 4, 1980.

      Movements in Korea Composite Stock Price Index are set out in the following table together with the associated dividend yields and price earnings ratios.

									Period Average
									Dividend		Price
									Yield(1)(2)		Earnings
Year	Opening		High		Low		Closing		(Percent)		Ratio(2)(3)
1979		131.28		131.28		104.38		118.97		17.8		3.8
1980		100.00		119.36		100.00		106.87		20.9		2.6
1981		97.95		165.95		93.14		131.37		13.2		3.1
1982		123.60		134.49		106.00		127.31		10.5		3.4
1983		122.52		134.46		115.59		121.21		6.9		3.8
1984		116.73		142.46		114.37		142.46		5.1		4.5
1985		139.53		163.37		131.40		163.37		5.3		5.2
1986		161.40		279.67		153.85		272.61		4.3		7.6
1987		264.82		525.11		264.82		525.11		2.6		10.9
1988		532.04		922.56		527.89		907.20		2.4		11.2
1989		919.61		1,007.77		844.75		909.72		2.0		13.9
1990		908.59		928.82		566.27		696.11		2.2		12.8
1991		679.75		763.10		586.51		610.92		2.6		11.2
1992		624.23		691.48		459.07		678.44		2.2		10.9
1993		697.41		874.10		605.93		866.18		1.6		12.7
1994		879.32		1,138.75		855.37		1,027.37		1.2		16.2
1995		1,013.57		1,016.77		847.09		882.94		1.2		16.4
1996		888.85		986.84		651.22		651.22		1.3		17.8
1997		653.79		792.29		350.68		376.31		1.5		17.0
1998		385.49		579.86		280.00		562.46		1.9		10.8
1999		587.57		1,028.07		498.42		1,028.07		1.1		13.5
2000		1,059.04		1,059.04		500.60		504.62		1.6		18.6
2001		520.95		704.50		468.76		693.70		2.0		14.2
2002		724.95		937.61		584.04		627.55		1.4		17.8
2003		635.17		822.16		515.24		810.71		2.2		10.9
2004		821.26		936.06		719.59		895.92		2.1		15.8
2005 (through June 27)		896.00		1,023.34		866.17		999.11		2.5		—

77

Source:  The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange

(1)	Dividend yields are based on daily figures. Before 1983, dividend yields were calculated at the end of each month. Dividend yields after January 3, 1984 include cash dividends only.
(2)	Starting in April 2000, dividend yield and price earnings ratio are calculated based on KOSPI 200, an index of 200 equity securities listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. Starting in April 2000, excludes classified companies, companies which did not submit annual reports to the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange, and companies which received qualified opinion from external auditors.
(3)	The price earnings ratio is based on figures for companies that record a profit in the preceding year.

      Shares are quoted “ex-dividend” on the first trading day of the relevant company’s accounting period; since the calendar year is the accounting period for the majority of listed companies, this may account for the drop in the Korea Composite Stock Price Index between its closing level at the end of one calendar year and its opening level at the beginning of the following calendar year.

      With certain exceptions, principally to take account of a share being quoted “ex-dividend” and “ex-rights,” permitted upward and downward movements in share prices of any category of shares on any day are limited under the rules of the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange to 15% of the previous day’s closing price of the shares, rounded down as set out below:

Previous Days’ Closing Price	Rounded Down To
Less than W5,000	W	5
W5,000 to less than W10,000	W	10
W10,000 to less than W50,000	W	50
W50,000 to less than W100,000	W	100
W100,000 to less than W500,000	W	500
W500,000 or more	W	1,000

      As a consequence, if a particular closing price is the same as the price set by the fluctuation limit, the closing price may not reflect the price at which persons would have been prepared, or would be prepared to continue, if so permitted, to buy and sell shares. Orders are executed on an auction system with priority rules to deal with competing bids and offers.

      Due to a deregulation of restrictions on brokerage commission rates, the brokerage commission rate on equity securities transactions may be determined by the parties, subject to commission schedules being filed with the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange by the securities companies. In addition, a securities transaction tax will generally be imposed on the transfer of shares or certain securities representing rights to subscribe for shares at the rate of 0.15% if such transfer is made through the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. A special agricultural and fishery tax of 0.15% of the sales prices will also be imposed on transfer of these shares and securities on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.A. Taxation — Korean Taxation.”

78

      The number of companies listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange, the corresponding total market capitalization at the end of the periods indicated and the average daily trading volume for those periods are set forth in the following table:

	Market Capitalization
	on the Last Day of Each Period						Average Daily Trading Volume,
							Value
	Number of
	Listed		(Millions of		(Thousands of		Thousands		(Millions of		(Thousands of
Year	Companies		Won)		Dollars)(1)		of Shares		Won)		Dollars)(1)
1979		355		2,609,414		5,391,351		5,382		4,579		4,641
1980		352		2,526,553		3,828,691		5,654		3,897		5,905
1981		343		2,959,057		4,224,207		10,565		8,708		12,433
1982		334		3,000,494		4,407,711		9,704		6,667		8,904
1983		328		3,489,654		4,386,743		9,325		5,941		7,468
1984		336		5,148,460		6,222,456		14,847		10,642		12,862
1985		342		6,570,404		7,380,818		18,925		12,315		13,834
1986		355		11,994,233		13,924,115		31,755		32,870		38,159
1987		389		26,172,174		33,033,162		20,353		70,185		88,584
1988		502		64,543,685		94,348,318		10,367		198,364		289,963
1989		626		95,476,774		140,489,660		11,757		280,967		414,431
1990		669		79,019,676		110,301,055		10,866		183,692		256,500
1991		686		73,117,833		96,182,364		14,022		214,263		281,850
1992		688		84,711,982		107,502,515		24,028		308,246		391,175
1993		693		112,665,260		139,419,948		35,130		574,048		676,954
1994		699		151,217,231		191,729,721		36,862		776,257		984,223
1995		721		141,151,399		182,201,367		26,130		487,762		629,614
1996		760		117,369,988		139,031,021		26,571		486,834		575,733
1997		776		70,988,897		50,161,742		41,525		555,759		392,707
1998		748		137,798,451		114,090,455		97,716		660,429		471,432
1999		725		349,503,966		305,137,040		278,551		3,481,620		3,039,654
2000		704		188,041,490		150,162,898		306,163		2,602,211		2,078,028
2001		689		255,850,070		194,784,979		473,241		1,997,420		1,506,685
2002		683		258,680,756		216,071,436		857,245		3,041,595		2,540,590
2003		684		355,362,626		298,123,294		385,852		2,026,774		1,700,314
2004		683		412,588,139		395,275,090		372,895		2,232,109		2,138,445
2005 (through June 27)		679		460,342,240		454,703,912		439,159		2,456,361		2,426,475

Source: The Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange

(1)  Converted at the Concentration Base Rate of The Bank of Korea or the Market Average Exchange Rate as announced by the Seoul Money Brokerage Services Limited, as the case may be, at the end of the periods indicated.

      The Korean securities markets are principally regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the Securities and Exchange Act. The Securities and Exchange Act was amended fundamentally numerous times in recent years to broaden the scope and improve the effectiveness of official supervision of the securities markets. As amended, the law imposes restrictions on insider trading and price manipulation, requires specified information to be made available by listed companies to investors and establishes rules regarding margin trading, proxy solicitation, takeover bids, acquisition of treasury shares and reporting requirements for shareholders holding substantial interests.

79

Further Opening of the Korean Securities Market

      A stock index futures market was opened on May 3, 1996 and a stock index option market was opened on July 7, 1997, in each case at the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. Remittance and repatriation of funds in connection with investment in stock index futures and options are subject to regulations similar to those that govern remittance and repatriation in the context of foreign investment in Korean stocks.

      Starting from May 1, 1996, foreign investors were permitted to invest in warrants representing the right to subscribe for shares of a company listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or registered on the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange, subject to certain investment limitations. A foreign investor may not acquire such warrants with respect to shares of a class of a company for which the ceiling on aggregate investment by foreigners has been reached or exceeded.

      As of December 30, 1997, foreign investors were permitted to invest in all types of corporate bonds, bonds issued by national or local governments and bonds issued in accordance with certain special laws without being subject to any aggregate or individual investment ceiling. The Financial Supervisory Commission sets forth procedural requirements for such investments. The Government announced on February 8, 1998 its plans for the liberalization of the money market with respect to investment in money market instruments by foreigners in 1998. According to the plan, foreigners have been permitted to invest in money market instruments issued by corporations, including commercial paper, starting February 16, 1998 with no restrictions as to the amount. Starting May 25, 1998, foreigners have been permitted to invest in certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements.

      Currently, foreigners are permitted to invest in securities including shares of all Korean companies which are not listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange nor registered on the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange and in bonds which are not listed.

Protection of Customer’s Interest in Case of Insolvency of Securities Companies

      Under Korean law, the relationship between a customer and a securities company in connection with a securities sell or buy order is deemed to be consignment and the securities acquired by a consignment agent (i.e., the securities company) through such sell or buy order are regarded as belonging to the customer in so far as the customer and the consignment agent’s creditors are concerned. Therefore, in the event of a bankruptcy or reorganization procedure involving a securities company, the customer of the securities company is entitled to the proceeds of the securities sold by the securities company.

      When a customer places a sell order with a securities company which is not a member of the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange and this securities company places a sell order with another securities company which is a member of the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange, the customer is still entitled to the proceeds of the securities sold received by the non-member company from the member company regardless of the bankruptcy or reorganization of the non-member company.

      Under the Securities and Exchange Act, the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange is obliged to indemnify any loss or damage incurred by a counterparty as a result of a breach by its members. If a securities company which is a member of the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange breaches its obligation in connection with a buy order, the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange is obliged to pay the purchase price on behalf of the breaching member. Therefore, the customer can acquire the securities that have been ordered to be purchased by the breaching member.

      When a customer places a buy order with a non-member company and the non-member company places a buy order with a member company, the customer has the legal right to the securities received by the non-member company from the member company because the purchased securities are regarded as belonging to the customer in so far as the customer and the non-member company’s creditors are concerned.

      As the cash deposited with a securities company is regarded as belonging to the securities company, which is liable to return the same at the request of its customer, the customer cannot take back deposited cash from the securities company if a bankruptcy or reorganization procedure is instituted against the securities

80

company and, therefore, can suffer from loss or damage as a result. However, the Depositor Protection Act provides that Korea Deposit Insurance Corporation will, upon the request of the investors, pay investors up to Won 50 million in case of the securities company’s bankruptcy, liquidation, cancellation of securities business license or other insolvency events. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act, as amended, securities companies are required to deposit the cash received from its customers to the extent the amount not covered by the insurance with the Korea Securities Finance Corporation, a special entity established pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act.

      Set-off or attachment of cash deposits by securities companies is prohibited. The premiums related to this insurance are paid by securities companies.

Item 9.D.     Selling Shareholders

      Not applicable.

Item 9.E.     Dilution

      Not applicable.

Item 9.F.     Expenses of the Issuer

      Not applicable.

Item 10.     Additional Information

Item 10.A.     Share Capital

      Currently, our authorized share capital is 1,000,000,000 shares, which consists of shares of common stock, par value Won 5,000 per share (“Common Shares”) and shares of non-voting preferred stock, par value Won 5,000 per share (“Non-Voting Shares”). Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares together are referred to as “Shares.” Under our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue Non-Voting Shares up to one-fourth of our total issued capital stock. As of December 31, 2004, 284,849,400 Common Shares were issued, of which 1,259,170 shares were held by the treasury stock fund and an additional 72,831,248 shares were held by us as treasury shares. We have never issued any Non-Voting Shares. All of the issued Common Shares are fully-paid and non-assessable and are in registered form. We issue share certificates in denominations of 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1,000 and 10,000 shares.

Item 10.B.     Memorandum and Articles of Association

      This section provides information relating to our capital stock, including brief summaries of material provisions of our articles of incorporation, the Korean Securities and Exchange Act of 1962 (the “Securities and Exchange Act”), the Commercial Code and related laws of Korea, all as currently in effect. The following summaries are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our articles of incorporation and the applicable provisions of the Securities and Exchange Act and the Commercial Code. We have filed copies of our articles of incorporation and these laws as exhibits to registration statements under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act previously filed by us.

Dividends

      We distribute dividends to our shareholders in proportion to the number of shares owned by each shareholder. No dividends are distributed with respect to shares held by us or our treasury stock fund. The Common Shares represented by the ADSs have the same dividend rights as other outstanding Common Shares.

      Holders of Non-Voting Shares are entitled to receive dividends in priority to the holders of Common Shares in an amount of not less than 9% of the par value of the Non-Voting Shares as determined by the board of directors at the time of their issuance, provided that if the dividends on the Common Shares exceed those

81

on the Non-Voting Shares, the Non-Voting Shares will also participate in the distribution of such excess dividend amount in the same proportion as the Common Shares. If the amount available for dividends is less than the aggregate amount of such minimum dividend, the holders of Non-Voting Shares will be entitled to receive such accumulated unpaid dividend in priority to the holders of Common Shares from the dividends payable in respect of the next fiscal year.

      We declare dividends annually at the annual general meeting of shareholders which is held within three months after the end of the fiscal year. We pay the annual dividend shortly after the annual general meeting to the shareholders of record as of the end of the preceding fiscal year. We may distribute the annual dividend in cash or in Shares. However, a dividend of Shares must be distributed at par value. If the market price of the Shares is less than their par value, dividends in Shares may not exceed one-half of the annual dividend. We may pay interim dividends in cash once a year to shareholders or registered pledgees who are registered in the registry of shareholders as of June 30 of each fiscal year by a resolution of the board of directors. We have no obligation to pay any annual dividend unclaimed for five years from the payment date.

      Under the Commercial Code, we may pay our dividend only out of the excess of our net assets, on a non-consolidated basis, over the sum of (1) our stated capital and (2) the total amount of our capital surplus reserve and legal reserve accumulated up to the end of the relevant dividend period. In addition, we may not pay any dividend unless we have set aside as legal reserve an amount equal to at least 10% of the cash portion of the dividend or unless we have accumulated a legal reserve of not less than one-half of our stated capital. Financial Supervisory Commission regulations applicable to companies listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange requires us to set aside specified amounts as financial structure improvement reserve until the ratio of our shareholders’ equity to the total assets reaches 30.0%. We may not use legal reserve to pay cash dividends but may transfer amounts from legal reserve to capital stock or use legal reserve to reduce an accumulated deficit. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Distribution of Free Shares

      In addition to paying dividends in Shares out of our retained or current earnings, we may also distribute to our shareholders an amount transferred from our capital surplus or legal reserve to our stated capital in the form of free shares. We must distribute such free shares to all our shareholders in proportion to their existing shareholdings.

Preemptive Rights and Issuance of Additional Shares

      We may issue authorized but unissued shares at times and, unless otherwise provided in the Commercial Code, on terms our board of directors may determine. Subject to the limitation described in “Limitation on Shareholdings” below, all our shareholders are generally entitled to subscribe for any newly issued Shares in proportion to their existing shareholdings. We must offer new Shares on uniform terms to all shareholders who have preemptive rights and are listed on our shareholders’ register as of the relevant record date. Under the Commercial Code, we may vary, without shareholders’ approval, the terms of these preemptive rights for different classes of shares. We must give notice to all persons who are entitled to exercise preemptive rights regarding new Shares and their transferability at least two weeks before the relevant record date. Our board of directors may determine how to distribute Shares for which preemptive rights have not been exercised or where fractions of Shares occur.

      Under the Commercial Code, it is required that the new Shares, convertible bonds or bonds with warrants be issued to persons other than the existing shareholders solely for the purpose of achieving managerial objectives. Under our articles of incorporation, we may issue new Shares pursuant to a board resolution to persons other than existing shareholders, who in these circumstances will not have preemptive rights, if the new Shares are:

•  publicly offered pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act;

•  issued to members of our employee stock ownership association;

•  represented by depositary receipts;

82

•  issued upon exercise of stock options granted to our officers and employees;

•  issued through an offering to public investors, the amount of which is no more than 10% of the issued Shares;

•  issued in order to satisfy specific needs such as strategic alliance, inducement of foreign funds or new technology, improvement of financial structure or other capital raising requirement; or

•  issued to domestic or foreign financial institutions when necessary for raising funds in emergency cases.

      In addition, we may issue convertible bonds or bonds with warrants, each up to an aggregate principal amount of Won 2,000 billion, to persons other than existing shareholders in situations described above.

      Members of our employee stock ownership association, whether or not they are our shareholders, generally have a preemptive right to subscribe for up to 20.0% of the Shares publicly offered pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act. This right is exercisable only to the extent that the total number of Shares so acquired and held by members of our employee stock ownership association does not then exceed 20.0% of the total number of Shares then issued (including in such total both: (i) all issued and outstanding Shares at the time the preemptive rights are exercised; and (ii) all Shares to be newly issued in the applicable share issuance transaction in connection with which such preemptive rights are exercised). As of December 31, 2004, 5.7% of the issued Shares were held by members of our employee stock ownership association.

Limitation on Shareholdings

      The Telecommunications Business Law permits maximum aggregate foreign shareholding in us to be 49.0% of our total issued and outstanding Shares with voting rights (including equivalent securities with voting rights, e.g., depositary certificates and certain other equity interests). For the purposes of the foregoing, a shareholder is a “foreign shareholder” if such shareholder is: (1) a foreign person; (2) a foreign government; or (3) a company whose largest shareholder is a foreign person (including any “specially related persons” as determined under the Securities and Exchange Act) or a foreign government, in circumstances where (i) such foreign person or foreign government holds, in aggregate, 15.0% or more of such company’s total voting shares, and (ii) such company holds at least 1.0% of our total issued and outstanding Shares with voting rights. For the avoidance of doubt, all of conditions (i) to (ii) in the foregoing item (3) must exist for such a company to be counted as a “foreign shareholder” for the purposes of calculating whether the 49.0% foreign shareholding threshold is reached under the Telecommunications Business Law. In addition, the Telecommunications Business Law prohibits a foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder if such shareholder owns 5.0% or more of our Shares with voting rights. For the purposes of this restriction, any two or more foreign persons or foreign governments who enter into an agreement to act in concert in the exercise of their voting rights will be counted together and prohibited from becoming our largest shareholder in the event that they collectively hold 5.0% or more of our Shares. The Foreign Investment Promotion Act also prohibits any foreign shareholder from being our largest shareholder, if such shareholder owns 5.0% or more of our Shares with voting rights. For the purposes of this restriction under the Foreign Investment Promotion Act, a “foreign shareholder” is defined in the same manner as described above with respect to the foreign shareholding restriction under the Telecommunications Business Law, provided, however, that no exception is made under the Foreign Investment Promotion Act regulations for companies that own less than 1.0% of our Shares (see item (3)(ii) above in this paragraph). A foreigner who has acquired the Shares in excess of such ceiling described above may not exercise its voting rights for shares in excess of such limitation, and the Ministry of Information and Communication may require corrective measures to comply with the ownership restrictions.

General Meeting of Shareholders

      We hold the annual general meeting of shareholders within three months after the end of each fiscal year. Subject to a board resolution or court approval, we may hold an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders:

•  as necessary;

•  at the request of holders of an aggregate of 3.0% or more of our issued Common Shares;

83

•  at the request of shareholders holding an aggregate of 1.5% or more of our issued Shares for at least six months; or

•  at the request of our audit committee.

      Holders of Non-Voting Shares may request a general meeting of shareholders only after the Non-Voting Shares become entitled to vote or are enfranchised, as described under “— Voting Rights” below.

      We must give shareholders written notice setting out the date, place and agenda of the meeting at least two weeks before the date of the general meeting of shareholders. However, for holders of less than 1.0% of the total number of issued and issued Common Shares, we may give notice by placing at least two public notices in at least two daily newspapers at least two weeks in advance of the meeting. Currently, we use The Korea Daily News, Maeil Business Newspaper and The Korea Economic Daily published in Seoul for this purpose. Shareholders not on the shareholders’ register as of the record date are not entitled to receive notice of the general meeting of shareholders or attend or vote at the meeting. Holders of Non-Voting Shares, unless enfranchised, are not entitled to receive notice of general meetings of shareholders, but may attend such meetings.

      Our general meetings of shareholders are held at our head office, in Sungnam, or if necessary, may be held anywhere near our head office or in Seoul.

Voting Rights

      Holders of our Common Shares are entitled to one vote for each Common Share, except that voting rights of Common Shares held by us, or by a corporate shareholder that is more than 10.0% owned by us either directly or indirectly, may not be exercised. The Commercial Code permits cumulative voting, under which voting method each shareholder has multiple voting rights corresponding to the number of directors to be appointed in the voting and may exercise all voting rights cumulatively to elect one director. Our articles of incorporation permit cumulative voting at our shareholders’ meeting. Under the Securities and Exchange Act, any shareholder holding shares equivalent to not less than 1/100 of the total number of shares issued may apply to us for selecting and appointing such directors by cumulative voting.

      Our shareholders may adopt resolutions at a general meeting by an affirmative majority vote of the voting shares present or represented at the meeting, where the affirmative votes also represent at least one-fourth of our total voting shares then outstanding. However, under the Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation, the following matters require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting shares present or represented at a meeting, where the affirmative votes also represent at least one-third of our total voting shares then outstanding:

•  amending our articles of incorporation;

•  removing a director;

•  effecting any dissolution, merger or consolidation of us;

•  transferring the whole or any significant part of our business;

•  effecting our acquisition of all of the business of any other company or our acquisition of a part of the business of any other company which will significantly affect our business; or

•  issuing any new Shares at a price lower than their par value.

      In general, holders of Non-Voting Shares are not entitled to vote on any resolution or receive notice of any general meeting of shareholders. However, in the case of amendments to our articles of incorporation, any merger or consolidation of us, or in some other cases that affect the rights or interests of the Non-Voting Shares, approval of the holders of Non-Voting Shares is required. We may obtain such approval by a resolution of holders of at least two-thirds of the Non-Voting Shares present or represented at a class meeting of the holders of Non-Voting Shares, where the affirmative votes also represent at least one-third of our total outstanding Non-Voting Shares. In addition, if we are unable to pay dividends on Non-Voting Shares as

84

provided in our articles of incorporation, the holders of Non-Voting Shares will become enfranchised and will be entitled to exercise voting rights until those dividends are paid. The holders of enfranchised Non-Voting Shares have the same rights as holders of Common Shares to request, receive notice of, attend and vote at a general meeting of shareholders.

      Shareholders may exercise their voting rights by proxy. The proxy must present a document evidencing an appropriate power of attorney prior to the start of the general meeting of shareholders. Additionally, shareholders may exercise their voting rights in abstentia by submission of signed write-in voting forms. To make it possible for our shareholders to proceed with voting on a write-in basis, we are required to attach the appropriate write-in voting form and related informational material to the notices distributed to shareholders for convening the relevant general meeting of shareholders. Any of our shareholders who desires to vote on such write-in basis must submit their completed and signed write-in voting forms to us no later than one day prior to the date that the relevant general meeting of shareholders is convened.

      Holders of ADRs exercise their voting rights through the ADR depositary, an agent of which is the record holder of the underlying Common Shares. Subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, ADR holders are entitled to instruct the ADR depositary how to vote the Common Shares underlying their ADSs. See “Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities — Description of American Depositary Shares — Voting Rights.”

Rights of Dissenting Shareholders

      In some limited circumstances, including the transfer of the whole or any significant part of our business and our merger or consolidation with another company, dissenting shareholders have the right to require us to purchase their Shares. To exercise this right, shareholders must submit to us a written notice of their intention to dissent before the general meeting of shareholders. Within 20 days after the relevant resolution is passed at a meeting, the dissenting shareholders must request us in writing to purchase their Shares. We are obligated to purchase the Shares of dissenting shareholders within one month after the expiration of the 20-day period. The purchase price for the Shares is required to be determined through negotiation between the dissenting shareholders and us. If we cannot agree on a price through negotiation, the purchase price will be the average of (1) the weighted average of the daily Share prices on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for the two-month period before the date of the adoption of the relevant board resolution, (2) the weighted average of the daily Share price on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for the one month period before the date of the adoption of the relevant board resolution and (3) the weighted average of the daily Share price on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange for the one week period before the date of the adoption of the relevant board resolution. However, the Financial Supervisory Commission may intervene to adjust this price if we or any group of shareholders who hold in aggregate 30.0% or more of the total number of Shares that we are requested to purchase from dissenting shareholders do not accept the purchase price. Holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise dissenter’s rights unless they have withdrawn the underlying common stock and become our direct shareholders.

Register of Shareholders and Record Dates

      Our transfer agent, Kookmin Bank, maintains the register of our shareholders at its office in Seoul, Korea. It registers transfers of Shares on the register of shareholders on presentation of the Share certificates.

      The record date for annual dividends is December 31. For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to annual dividends, the register of shareholders may be closed for the period from the day after the record date to January 31 of the following year. Further, for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to some other rights pertaining to the Shares, we may, on at least two weeks’ public notice, set a record date and/or close the register of shareholders for not more than three months. The trading of Shares and the delivery of share certificates may continue while the register of shareholders is closed.

85

Annual Report

      At least one week before the annual general meeting of shareholders, we must make our annual report and audited non-consolidated financial statements available for inspection at our principal office and at all of our branch offices. In addition, copies of annual reports, the audited non-consolidated financial statements and any resolutions adopted at the general meeting of shareholders will be available to our shareholders.

      Under the Securities and Exchange Act, we must file with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange (1) an annual report within 90 days after the end of our fiscal year and (2) interim reports with respect to the three month period, six month period and nine month period from the beginning of each fiscal year within 45 calendar days following the end of each period. Copies of these reports are or will be available for public inspection at the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange.

Transfer of Shares

      Under the Commercial Code, the transfer of Shares is effected by delivery of share certificates. However, to assert shareholders’ rights against us, the transferee must have his name and address registered on our register of shareholders. For this purpose, a shareholder is required to file his name, address and seal with our transfer agent. A non-Korean shareholder may file a specimen signature in place of a seal, unless he is a citizen of a country with a sealing system similar to that of Korea. In addition, a non-resident shareholder must appoint an agent authorized to receive notices on his behalf in Korea and file a mailing address in Korea. The above requirements do not apply to the holders of ADSs.

      Under current Korean regulations, Korean securities companies and banks, including licensed branches of non-Korean securities companies and banks, investment management companies, futures trading companies, internationally recognized foreign custodians and the Korea Securities Depository may act as agents and provide related services for foreign shareholders. Certain foreign exchange controls and securities regulations apply to the transfer of Shares by non-residents or non-Koreans. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.D. Exchange Controls.”

      Our transfer agent is Kookmin Bank, located at 24-3, Yoido-dong, Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea.

Acquisition of Shares by Us

      We may not acquire our own Shares except in limited circumstances, such as a reduction in capital. In addition, we may acquire Shares (including equivalent securities with voting rights, e.g., depository certificates and certain other equity interests) through purchases on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or through a tender offer. We may also acquire interests in our own Shares pursuant to (i) a trust agreement entered into with a asset management company established under the Indirect Investment Asset Management Business Act or with a trust company established under the Trust Business Act or (ii) indirectly by a contract for acquisition of shares issued by an investment company established under the Indirect Investment Asset Management Business Act and which investment company may from time to time hold Shares issued by us. The aggregate purchase price for the Shares may not exceed the total amount available for distribution of dividends at the end of the preceding fiscal year, subject to certain procedural requirements, provided that, in case of acquisition of our own Shares by us for the purpose of cancellation, the aggregate purchase price may not exceed the total amount available for distribution of dividends at the end of the preceding fiscal year minus certain reserves.

      In general, corporate entities in which we own a 50.0% or more equity interest may not acquire our Shares.

      As of December 31, 2004, we held 72,831,248 shares as treasury shares. On January 4, 2002, as part of our privatization plan, we purchased 36,770,183 Shares from the Government at the price of Won 53,400 per share using the proceeds from the offerings of bonds with warrants and convertible bonds in January 2002. On May 24, 2002, we purchased an additional 23,524,392 Shares from the Government at the price of

86

Won 54,000 per share using the proceeds from the offering of convertible bonds in May 2002. Our treasury stock fund held an additional 1,259,170 Shares as of December 31, 2004.

Liquidation Rights

      In the event of our liquidation, after payment of all debts, liquidation expenses and taxes, our remaining assets will be distributed among shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings. Holders of Non-Voting Shares have no preference in liquidation.

Item 10.C.     Material Contracts

      None.

Item 10.D.     Exchange Controls

General

      The Foreign Exchange Transaction Act and the Presidential Decree and regulations under that Act and Decree (collectively the “Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws”) regulate investment in Korean securities by non-residents and issuance of securities outside Korea by Korean companies. Under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, non-residents may invest in Korean securities only in compliance with the provisions of, and to the extent specifically allowed by, these laws or otherwise permitted by the Ministry of Finance and Economy. The Financial Supervisory Commission has also adopted, pursuant to its authority under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, regulations that control investment by foreigners in Korean securities and regulate the issuance of securities outside Korea by Korean companies.

      Under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, if the Government deems that certain emergency circumstances, including, but not limited to, the outbreak of natural calamities, wars or grave and sudden changes in domestic or foreign economies, are likely to occur, the Ministry of Finance and Economy may temporarily suspend the transactions where Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws are applicable, or impose an obligation to deposit or sell capital to certain Korean governmental agencies or financial institutions. In addition, if the Government deems that it is confronted or is likely to be confronted with serious difficulty in movement of capital between Korea and abroad which will bring serious obstacles in carrying out its currency policies, exchange rate policies and other macroeconomic policies, the Ministry of Finance and Economy may take measures to require any person who performs transactions to deposit such capital to certain Korean governmental agencies or financial institutions.

Government Review of Issuance of ADSs

      In order for us to issue shares represented by ADSs in an amount exceeding US$30 million, we are required to file a prior report of the issuance with the Ministry of Finance and Economy. No further Korean governmental approval is necessary for the initial offering and issuance of the ADSs.

      Under current Korean laws and regulations, the depositary bank is required to obtain our prior consent for the number of shares to be deposited in any given proposed deposit which exceeds the difference between (1) the aggregate number of shares deposited by us or with the consent of us for the issuance of ADSs (including deposits in connection with the initial and all subsequent offerings of ADSs and stock dividends or other distributions related to these ADSs) and (2) the number of shares on deposit with the depositary bank at the time of such proposed deposit. We can give no assurance that we would grant our consent, if our consent is required. Therefore, a holder of ADRs who surrenders ADRs and withdraws shares may not be permitted subsequently to deposit those shares and obtain ADRs.

Reporting Requirements for Holders of Substantial Interests

      Any person whose direct or beneficial ownership of shares, whether in the form of shares or ADSs, certificates representing the rights to subscribe for Shares and equity-related debt securities including convertible bonds and bonds with warrants (collectively, the “Equity Securities”) together with the Equity

87

Securities beneficially owned by certain related persons or by any person acting in concert with the person accounts for 5.0% or more of the total issued Equity Securities is required to report the status of the holdings to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange within five business days after reaching the 5.0% ownership interest. In addition, any change in the ownership interest subsequent to the report which equals or exceeds 1.0% of the total issued Equity Securities is required to be reported to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange within five business days from the date of the change. The required information to be included in the 5.0% report and the deadline for filing the report may be different if the acquisition of such shareholding interest is for the purpose of exercising influence over the management, as opposed to an acquisition for investment purposes.

      Violation of these reporting requirements may subject a person to criminal sanctions such as fines or imprisonment and may result in a loss of voting rights with respect to the unreported ownership of Equity Securities exceeding 5.0%. Furthermore, the Financial Supervisory Commission may issue an order to dispose of non-reported Equity Securities.

Restrictions Applicable to ADSs

      No Korean governmental approval is necessary for the sale and purchase of ADSs in the secondary market outside Korea or for the withdrawal of shares underlying ADSs and the delivery inside Korea of shares in connection with the withdrawal, provided that a foreigner who intends to acquire the shares must obtain an investment registration card from the Financial Supervisory Service as described below. In general, the acquisition of the shares by a foreigner must be reported by the foreigner or his standing proxy in Korea immediately to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service; provided, however, that in cases where a foreigner acquires shares through the exercise of rights as a holder of ADSs (or other depositary certificates), the foreigner must cause such report to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service to be filed by the Korea Securities Depository.

      Persons who have acquired shares as a result of the withdrawal of shares underlying the ADSs may exercise their preemptive rights for new shares, participate in free distributions and receive dividends on shares without any further governmental approval.

Restrictions Applicable to Shares

      Foreigners may invest, with limited exceptions and subject to procedural requirements, in all shares of Korean companies, whether listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or registered on the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange, unless prohibited by specific laws. Foreign investors may trade shares listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or registered on the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange only through the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange, except in limited circumstances, including:

•  odd-lot trading of shares;

•  acquisition of shares (“Converted Shares”) by exercise of warrant, conversion right under convertible bonds or withdrawal right under depositary receipts issued outside of Korea by a Korean company;

•  acquisition of shares as a result of inheritance, donation, bequest or exercise of shareholders’ rights, including preemptive rights or rights to participate in free distributions and receive dividends; and

•  over-the-counter transactions between foreigners of a class of shares for which the ceiling on aggregate acquisition by foreigners, as explained below, has been reached or exceeded.

      For over-the-counter transactions of shares between foreigners outside the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange for shares with respect to which the limit on aggregate foreign ownership has been reached or exceeded, a securities company licensed in Korea must act as an intermediary. Odd-lot trading of shares outside the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange must involve a licensed securities

88

company in Korea as the other party. Foreign investors are prohibited from engaging in margin transactions through borrowing shares from a securities company with respect to shares which are subject to a foreign ownership limit.

      The Investment Rules require a foreign investor who wishes to invest in shares on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange (including Converted Shares) to register its identity with the Financial Supervisory Service prior to making any such investment; however, the registration requirement does not apply to foreign investors who acquire Converted Shares with the intention of selling such Converted Shares within three months from the date of acquisition of the Converted Shares. Upon registration, the Financial Supervisory Service will issue to the foreign investor an investment registration card that must be presented each time the foreign investor opens a brokerage account with a securities company. Foreigners eligible to obtain an investment registration card include foreign nationals who are individuals residing abroad for more than six months, foreign governments, foreign municipal authorities, foreign public institutions, international financial institutions or similar international organizations, corporations incorporated under foreign laws and any person in any additional category designated by decree of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. All Korean offices of a foreign corporation as a group are treated as a separate entity from the offices of the corporation outside Korea. However, a foreign corporation or depositary bank issuing depositary receipts may obtain one or more investment registration cards in its name in certain circumstances as described in the relevant regulations.

      Upon a foreign investor’s purchase of shares through the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange, no separate report by the investor is required because the investment registration card system is designed to control and oversee foreign investment through a computer system. However, a foreign investor’s acquisition or sale of shares outside the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange (as discussed above) must be reported by the foreign investor or his standing proxy to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service at the time of each such acquisition or sale; provided, however, that in cases where a foreigner acquires shares through the exercise of rights as a holder of ADSs (or other depositary certificates), the foreigner must cause such report to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service to be filed by the Korea Securities Depository; and further provided that a foreign investor must ensure that any acquisition or sale by it of shares outside the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange in the case of trades in connection with a tender offer, odd-lot trading of shares or trades of a class of shares for which the aggregate foreign ownership limit has been reached or exceeded, is reported to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service by the securities company engaged to facilitate such transaction. A foreign investor must appoint one or more standing proxies from among the Korea Securities Depository, foreign exchange banks, including domestic branches of foreign banks, securities companies, including domestic branches of foreign securities companies, asset management companies, futures trading companies and internationally recognized custodians that will act as a standing proxy to exercise shareholders’ rights or perform any matters related to the foregoing activities if the foreign investor does not perform these activities himself. However, a foreign investor may be exempted from complying with these standing proxy rules with the approval of the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service in cases deemed inevitable by reason of conflict between laws of Korea and the home country of the foreign investor.

      Certificates evidencing shares of Korean companies must be kept in custody with an eligible custodian in Korea. Only foreign exchange banks, including domestic branches of foreign banks, securities companies, including domestic branches of foreign securities companies, the Korea Securities Depository, asset management companies, futures trading companies and internationally recognized custodians are eligible to act as a custodian of shares for a non-resident or foreign investor. A foreign investor must ensure that his custodian deposits its shares with the Korea Securities Depository. However, a foreign investor may be exempted from complying with this deposit requirement with the approval of the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service in circumstances where compliance with that requirement is made impracticable, including cases where compliance would contravene the laws of the home country of such foreign investor.

      Under the Investment Rules, with certain exceptions, foreign investors may acquire shares of a Korean company without being subject to any foreign investment ceiling. As one such exception, designated public

89

corporations are subject to a 40.0% ceiling on the acquisition of shares by foreigners in the aggregate and a ceiling on the acquisition of shares by a single foreign investor pursuant to the articles of incorporation of such corporation. Currently, Korea Electric Power Corporation is the only designated public corporation which has set such a ceiling. Furthermore, an investment by a foreign investor of not less than 10.0% of the issued shares with voting rights of a Korean company is defined as a direct foreign investment under the Foreign Investment Promotion Act, which is, in general, subject to the report to, and acceptance, by the Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy. The acquisition of shares of a Korean company by a foreign investor may also be subject to certain foreign shareholding restrictions in the event that the restrictions are prescribed in each specific law which regulates the business of the Korean company. A foreigner who has acquired shares of our common stock in excess of this ceiling may not exercise his voting rights with respect to the shares of our common stock exceeding the limit.

      Under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, a foreign investor who intends to acquire shares must designate a foreign exchange bank at which he must open a foreign currency account and a Won account exclusively for stock investments. No approval is required for remittance into Korea and deposit of foreign currency funds in the foreign currency account. Foreign currency funds may be transferred from the foreign currency account at the time required to place a deposit for, or settle the purchase price of, a stock purchase transaction to a Won account opened at a securities company. Funds in the foreign currency account may be remitted abroad without any governmental approval.

      Dividends on Shares are paid in Won. No governmental approval is required for foreign investors to receive dividends on, or the Won proceeds of the sale of, any shares to be paid, received and retained in Korea. Dividends paid on, and the Won proceeds of the sale of, any shares held by a non-resident of Korea must be deposited either in a Won account with the investor’s securities company or his Won Account. Funds in the investor’s Won Account may be transferred to his foreign currency account or withdrawn for local living expenses up to certain limitations. Funds in the Won Account may also be used for future investment in shares or for payment of the subscription price of new shares obtained through the exercise of preemptive rights.

      The securities companies and asset management companies are allowed to open foreign currency accounts with foreign exchange banks exclusively for accommodating foreign investors’ stock investments in Korea. Through these accounts, these securities companies and asset management companies may enter into foreign exchange transactions on a limited basis, such as conversion of foreign currency funds and Won funds, either as a counterparty to or on behalf of foreign investors, without the investors having to open their own accounts with foreign exchange banks.

Item 10.E.     Taxation

      The following summary is based upon tax laws of the United States and the Republic of Korea as in effect on the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, and is subject to any change in United States or Korean law that may come into effect after such date. Investors in the convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs are advised to consult their own tax advisers as to the United States, Korean or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of such securities, including the effect of any national, state or local tax laws. In this section, all references to “convertible notes” mean our 0.25% Convertible Notes due 2007 and all references to “bonds” mean our 7.50% Notes due 2006 and 7.625% Notes due 2007.

Korean Taxation

      The following summary of Korean tax considerations applies to you as long as you are not:

•  a resident of Korea;

•  a corporation organized under Korean law; or

•  engaged in a trade or business in Korea through a permanent establishment or a fixed base.

90

Convertible Notes or Bonds

Tax on Interest

      In principle, interest paid to a non-resident by a Korean company is subject to withholding of Korean income or corporation tax unless exempted by relevant laws or tax treaties. However, the Special Tax Treatment Control Law of Korea (the “STTCL”) exempts interest on convertible notes or bonds denominated in a foreign currency (excluding payments to a Korean corporation or resident other than to its overseas permanent establishment) from Korean income and corporation tax. The residence tax referred to below is also therefore eliminated. Therefore, under the STTCL, you may be exempt from any Korean withholding tax on convertible notes or bonds.

Tax on Capital Gains

      Korean tax laws currently exclude from Korean taxation gains made by a non-resident without a permanent establishment in Korea from the sale of convertible notes or bonds to non-residents (unless the sale is to the non-resident’s permanent establishment in Korea). In addition, capital gains earned by non-residents in Korea from the transfer of convertible notes or bonds taking place outside of Korea are currently exempt from taxation by virtue of the STTCL, provided that the offering of the convertible notes or bonds is deemed to be an overseas issuance under the STTCL.

      In the absence of an applicable treaty or any other special tax laws reducing or eliminating capital gains tax, the applicable rate of tax is the lower of 11.0% of the gross realization proceeds or (subject to the production of satisfactory evidence of the acquisition cost and the transaction cost of the relevant Korean securities) 27.5% of the gain made. There is no provision under relevant Korean law for offsetting gains and losses or otherwise aggregating transactions for the purpose of computing the net gain attributable to sales of Korean securities. If you are a resident of the United States for the purposes of the income tax treaty currently in force between Korea and the United States (“US-Korea Tax Treaty”), you are generally entitled to an exemption from Korean taxation in respect of any capital gain realized on a disposition of convertible notes or bonds, regardless of whether the disposition is to a Korean resident or made within Korea. In order to obtain the benefit of a tax exemption available under applicable tax treaties on or after July 1, 2002, you should submit to the purchaser or the securities company, as applicable, the application for the exemption prior to the time of the payment, together with a certificate of your tax residence issued by a competent authority of your resident country. However, this requirement will not apply to the exemption under Korean tax laws.

      There is no liability for tax on capital gains in respect of the delivery of shares of common stock following the conversion of the convertible notes. The Korean tax authority has interpreted that the acquisition cost of such shares which are subsequently sold is to be calculated as the acquisition cost of the relevant convertible notes.

Inheritance Tax and Gift Tax

      Korean inheritance tax is imposed upon (1) all assets (wherever located) of the deceased if at the time of death the deceased was domiciled in Korea and (2) all property located in Korea which passes on death (irrespective of the domicile of the deceased). Gift tax is imposed in similar circumstances to the above. Taxes are currently imposed at the rate of 10% to 50% if the value of the relevant property is above a certain limit and the tax amount varies according to the value of the relevant property and the identity of the parties involved. Under Korean inheritance and gift tax laws, convertible notes or bonds issued by Korean corporations are deemed located in Korea irrespective of where they are physically located or by whom they are owned.

Shares or ADSs

Dividends on Shares of Common Stock or ADSs

      Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, we will deduct Korean withholding tax from dividends paid to you either in cash or shares at a rate of 27.5%. If you are a resident of a country that has entered into a

91

tax treaty with Korea, you may qualify for a reduced rate of Korean withholding tax under such a treaty. For example, if you are a qualified resident of the United States for purposes of the US-Korea Tax Treaty (the “Treaty”) and you are the beneficial owner of a dividend, a reduced withholding tax rate of 16.5% generally will apply. You will not be entitled to claim treaty benefits if you are not the beneficial owner of a dividend.

      In order to obtain the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate under a tax treaty, you must submit to us, prior to the dividend payment date, such evidence of tax residence as may be required by the Korean tax authorities. In the case of ADSs, evidence of tax residence may be submitted to us through the depositary. In addition, on or after July 1, 2002, in order to obtain the benefit of a tax exemption available under applicable tax treaties, you should submit an exemption application prior to the time of the dividend payment, together with a certificate of your tax residence issued by a competent authority of your resident country. Excess taxes withheld may be recoverable if you subsequently produce satisfactory evidence that you were entitled to have tax withheld at a lower rate.

      If we distribute to you free shares representing a transfer of certain capital reserves or asset revaluation reserves into paid-in capital, that distribution may be a deemed dividend subject to Korean tax.

Capital Gains

      Capital gain from a sale of shares of common stock will generally be exempt from Korean taxation if you have owned, together with certain related parties, less than 25.0% of our total issued shares during the year of sale and the five calendar years before the year of sale, and the sale is made through the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. Capital gain earned by a non-Korean holder from a sale of ADSs outside of Korea are exempt from Korean taxation by virtue of the STTCL, provided that the issuance of the ADSs is deemed to be an overseas issuance under the STTCL.

      If you are subject to tax on capital gain from a sale of ADSs, or shares of common stock that you acquired as a result of a withdrawal, your gain will be calculated based on your cost of acquiring the ADSs representing the shares of common stock, although there are no specific Korean tax provisions or rulings on this issue. In the absence of the application of a tax treaty that exempts tax on capital gain, the amount of Korean tax imposed on such capital gains will be the lesser of 11.0% of the gross realization proceeds or, subject to the production of satisfactory evidence of the acquisition cost and the transaction costs of the ADSs, 27.5% of the net capital gain.

      If you sell your shares of common stock or ADSs, the purchaser or, in the case of a sale of shares of common stock on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange or through a licensed securities company in Korea, the licensed securities company, is required to withhold Korean tax from the sales price in an amount equal to 11% of the gross realization proceeds and to make payment thereof to the Korean tax authorities, unless you establish your entitlement to an exemption of taxation under an applicable tax treaty or produce satisfactory evidence of your acquisition cost and the transaction costs for the shares of common stock or ADSs. In order to obtain the benefit of an exemption of tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you must submit to the purchaser or the securities company (or through the depositary), as the case may be, prior to the first payment, an exemption application, together with a certificate of your tax residence issued by a competent authority of your residence country. This requirement will not apply to exemptions under Korean tax law. Excess taxes withheld may be recoverable if you subsequently produce satisfactory evidence that you were entitled to have taxes withheld at a lower rate.

Inheritance Tax and Gift Tax

      Korean inheritance tax is imposed upon (a) all assets (wherever located) of the deceased if at the time of his death he was domiciled in Korea and (b) all property located in Korea which passes on death (irrespective of the domicile of the deceased). Gift tax is imposed in similar circumstances to the above. Taxes are currently imposed at the rate of 10% to 50% if the value of the relevant property is above a certain limit and vary according to the identity of the parties involved.

92

      Under Korean Inheritance and Gift Tax Law, shares issued by a Korean corporation are deemed located in Korea irrespective of where they are physically located or by whom they are owned. It remains unclear whether, for Korean inheritance and gift tax purposes, a non-resident holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares underlying the ADSs. If such non-resident is treated as the owner of the shares, the heir or donee of such non-resident (or in certain circumstances, the non-resident as the donor) will be subject to Korean inheritance or gift tax at the same rate as described above.

Securities Transaction Tax

      If you transfer shares of common stock on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange, you will be subject to securities transaction tax at a rate of 0.15% and an agriculture and fishery special tax at a rate of 0.15%, calculated based on the sales price of the shares. If you transfer shares of common stock and your transfer is not made on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange you will generally be subject to the securities transaction tax at a rate of 0.5% and will generally not be subject to the agriculture and fishery special tax. Transfers of ADSs will not be subject to either the securities transaction tax or the agriculture and fishery special tax.

      Although a tax ruling has been issued to the effect that a foreign holder of depositary shares will not be subject to securities transaction tax upon (i) deposit of underlying stock and receipt of depositary shares or upon (ii) the surrender of depositary shares and withdrawal of originally deposited underlying stock, an issue still remains as to whether, in the case where the depositary shares were transferred by one holder to another (which transfer is not subject to securities transaction tax it itself), the surrender of depositary shares and withdrawal of underlying stock by the subsequent (as opposed to the initial) holder of depositary shares will be treated as a taxable event for the purpose of the securities transaction tax. The Korean tax authorities issued another ruling indicating that securities transaction tax would be imposed “when depository shares which were issued upon deposit with an overseas depository of stock issued by a Korean company are later converted into the underlying stock,” except in the circumstances mentioned in the previously discussed ruling issued by the Korean tax authorities. This ruling, however, is silent on certain essential points such as the party responsible for the payment of the tax as well as the amount of tax due in such event. As a result, it remains uncertain under Korean tax law whether the surrender of depositary shares and withdrawal of underlying stock by the holders of depositary other than an initial holder will not trigger the securities transaction tax.

United States Federal Income Taxation

      This summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to you, if you are a U.S. holder (as defined below), of owning our convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs. This summary applies to you only if you hold convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes and, in the case of the convertible notes, only if you purchased such convertible notes in the applicable initial offering at their issue price. This summary does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:

•  a dealer in securities or currencies;

•  a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

•  a bank;

•  a life insurance company;

•  a tax-exempt organization;

•  a person that holds convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against interest rate or currency risks;

•  a person that holds convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs as part of a straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes;

93

•  a person whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar; or

•  a person that owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of any class of our stock.

      This summary is based on laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

      Please consult your own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and other national tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs in your particular circumstances.

      For purposes of this summary, you are a “U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of a convertible note, bond, warrant, share of common stock or ADS that is:

•  a citizen or resident of the United States;

•  a U.S. domestic corporation; or

•  subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to income from the convertible note, bond, warrant, share of common stock or ADS.

Convertible Notes

Stated Interest

      Payments of stated interest on the convertible notes will generally be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as ordinary income at the time such payments are accrued or received, in accordance with your method of tax accounting.

Premium

      If you purchase a convertible note at a cost greater than the convertible note’s remaining redemption amount (i.e., the total of all future payments to be made on the convertible note other than payments of stated interest), you will be considered to have purchased the convertible note at a premium, and you may elect to amortize the premium as an offset to interest income, using a constant yield method, over the remaining term of the convertible note. If you make this election, it generally will apply to all debt instruments that you hold at the time of the election, as well as any debt instruments that you subsequently acquire. In addition, you may not revoke the election without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. If you elect to amortize the premium, you will be required to reduce your tax basis in the convertible note by the amount of the premium amortized during your holding period. Convertible notes purchased at a premium will not be subject to the original issue discount rules described above. If you do not elect to amortize premium, the amount of premium will be included in your tax basis in the convertible note. Therefore, if you do not elect to amortize premium and you hold the convertible note to maturity, you generally will be required to treat the premium as capital loss when the convertible note matures.

Market Discount

      If you purchase a convertible note at a price that is lower than the convertible note’s remaining redemption amount, by 0.25% or more of the remaining redemption amount, multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity, the convertible note will be considered to bear “market discount” in your hands. In this case, any gain that you realize on the disposition of the convertible note generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount that accrued on the convertible note during your holding period. In addition, you may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest paid on any indebtedness that you incurred or continued to purchase or carry the convertible note. In general, market discount will be treated as accruing ratably over the term of the convertible note, or, at your election, under a constant yield method.

      You may elect to include market discount in gross income currently as it accrues (on either a ratable or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale of the convertible note as

94

ordinary income. If you elect to include market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply. If you do make such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments that you acquire on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. The election may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

Conversion

      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, if you elect to convert a convertible note into shares of common stock or ADSs pursuant to the conversion right incorporated in the terms of the convertible note, you generally will realize no gain or loss from the conversion. Your basis in the shares of common stock or ADSs received upon such a conversion generally will be equal to your adjusted basis in the convertible notes so converted, and your holding period for such shares of common stock and ADSs generally will include the period during which you held such convertible notes.

Adjustment of the Conversion Price

      The conversion ratio of the convertible notes is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Adjustments that have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest of a holder of the convertible notes in our assets or earnings (for example, an adjustment following the distribution of property by us to our shareholders) can give rise to deemed dividend income to those holders; similarly, a failure to adjust the conversion ratio to reflect a stock dividend or other event increasing the proportionate interest of the holders of the outstanding shares of common stock or ADSs can in some circumstances give rise to deemed dividend income to those holders.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition

      Except as described above under “— Conversion,” you will generally recognize gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of a convertible note (including pursuant to any cash settlement) in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition (less any accrued stated interest, which will be taxable as ordinary interest income) and your adjusted basis in the convertible note (or, in the case of cash settlement in respect of less than all of the shares of common stock or ADSs into which the convertible notes may be converted, the amount of such basis allocable to the cash settlement amount). Initially, your tax basis in a convertible note generally will equal the cost of the convertible note to you. Your basis will increase by any amounts that you are required to include in income under the rules governing market discount, and will decrease by the amount of any amortized premium and any payments other than stated interest made on the convertible note. Gain or loss that you recognize on a sale, exchange or other disposition of a convertible note generally will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the convertible note was held for more than one year. Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. holder generally is subject to taxation at reduced rates.

Foreign Tax Credit Considerations

      You should consult your own tax advisers to determine whether you are subject to any special rules that limit your ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits, including the possible adverse impact of failing to take advantage of benefits under the income tax treaty between the United States and Korea. If no such rules apply, you may claim a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability for Korean taxes withheld from payments of interest or in respect of a conversion of the convertible notes into shares of common stock or ADSs, so long as you have owned the convertible notes (and not entered into specified kinds of hedging transactions) for at least a 16-day period that includes the date on which the right to receive payment of such interest or payment in respect of such conversion arises. Instead of claiming a credit, you may, at your election, deduct such Korean taxes in computing your taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law.

95

      As discussed above, your conversion of convertible notes into shares of common stock or ADSs generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, thus, no U.S. federal income tax will be imposed on any gains realized by you on such a conversion transaction). Consequently, any Korean withholding tax imposed on a conversion of convertible notes into shares of common stock or ADSs would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being imposed on “general limitation” income. Such treatment may affect your ability to utilize any available foreign tax credit in respect of such Korean tax.

      The calculation of foreign tax credits and, if you elect to deduct foreign taxes, the availability of deductions involve the application of complex rules that depend on your particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the creditability and deductibility of such taxes.

The Bonds

Stated Interest

      Payments of stated interest on the bonds will generally be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as ordinary income at the time such payments are accrued or received, in accordance with your method of tax accounting.

Original Issue Discount

      If you invest in a bond, you generally will be subject to the special tax accounting rules for “original issue discount” obligations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and certain U.S. Treasury regulations. The difference between the issue price and the stated redemption price at maturity of the bonds will be the “original issue discount.” The aggregate “issue price” of the bonds is the total principal amount thereof less the fair market value of the warrants at the time of the issuance. The “stated redemption price at maturity” will include all payments under the bonds other than payments of stated interest. You should be aware that, as described in greater detail below, if you invest in a bond, you generally will be required to include original issue discount in ordinary gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as it accrues, although you may not yet have received the cash attributable to that income.

      In general, and regardless of whether you use the cash or the accrual method of tax accounting, if you are the holder of a bond, you will be required to include in ordinary gross income the sum of the “daily portions” of original issue discount on that bond for all days during the taxable year that you own the bond. The daily portions of original issue discount on a bond are determined by allocating to each day in any accrual period a ratable portion of the original issue discount allocable to that period. Accrual periods may be any length and may vary in length over the term of a bond, so long as no accrual period is longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first or last day of an accrual period. The amount of original issue discount on a bond allocable to each accrual period is determined by:

      (i) multiplying the “adjusted issue price” (as defined below) of the bond at the beginning of the accrual period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the annual yield to maturity (defined below) of the bond and the denominator of which is the number of accrual periods in a year; and

      (ii) subtracting from that product the amount payable as stated interest allocable to that accrual period.

      The “adjusted issue price” of a bond at the beginning of any accrual period will generally be the sum of its issue price (including any accrued interest) and the amount of original issue discount allocable to all prior accrual periods, reduced by the amount of all payments other than any stated interest payments on the bond in all prior accrual periods. All payments on a bond (other than stated interest) will generally be viewed first as payments of previously accrued original issue discount (to the extent of the previously accrued discount), with payments considered made from the earliest accrual periods first, and then as a payment of principal. The “annual yield to maturity” of a bond is the discount rate (appropriately adjusted to reflect the length of accrual periods) that causes the present value on the issue date of all payments on the bond to equal the issue price. As a result of this “constant yield” method of including original issue discount income, the amounts you will

96

be required to include in your gross income if you invest in a bond generally will be lower in the early years and higher in the later years than amounts that would be includible on a straight-line basis.

      You generally may make an irrevocable election to include in income your entire return on a bond (i.e., the excess of all remaining payments to be received on the bond, including payments of stated interest, over the amount you paid for the bond) under the constant yield method described above. If you purchase bonds at a premium or market discount and if you make this election, you will also be deemed to have made the election (discussed below under the “Premium” and “Market Discount”) to amortize premium or to accrue market discount currently on a constant yield basis in respect of all other premium or market discount bonds that you hold.

      If you purchase a bond at a cost less than its remaining redemption amount (i.e., the total of all future payments to be made on the bond other than payments of stated interest), you generally will also be required to include in gross income the daily portions of original issue discount, calculated as described above. However, if you acquire a bond at a price greater than its adjusted issue price, you will be entitled to reduce your periodic inclusions of original issue discount to reflect the premium paid over the adjusted issue price.

Premium

      If you purchase a bond at a cost greater than the bond’s remaining redemption amount, you will be considered to have purchased the bond at a premium, and you may elect to amortize the premium as an offset to interest income, using a constant yield method, over the remaining term of the bond. If you make this election, it generally will apply to all debt instruments that you hold at the time of the election, as well as any debt instruments that you subsequently acquire. In addition, you may not revoke the election without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. If you elect to amortize the premium, you will be required to reduce your tax basis in the bond by the amount of the premium amortized during your holding period. Bonds purchased at a premium will not be subject to the original issue discount rules described above.

      If you do not elect to amortize premium, the amount of premium will be included in your tax basis in the bond. Therefore, if you do not elect to amortize premium and you hold the bond to maturity, you generally will be required to treat the premium as capital loss when the bond matures.

Market Discount

      If you purchase a bond at a price that is lower than the bond’s adjusted issue price, by 0.25% or more of the adjusted issue price, multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity, the bond will be considered to bear “market discount” in your hands. In this case, any gain that you realize on the disposition of the bond generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount that accrued on the bond during your holding period. In addition, you may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest paid on any indebtedness that you incurred or continued to purchase or carry the bond. In general, market discount will be treated as accruing ratably over the term of the bond, or, at your election, under a constant yield method.

      You may elect to include market discount in gross income currently as it accrues (on either a ratable or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale of the bond as ordinary income. If you elect to include market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply. If you do make such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments that you acquire on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. The election may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

Sale, Exchange and Retirement of the Bonds

      You will generally recognize gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of a bond in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition (less any accrued stated interest, which will be taxable as ordinary interest income) and your adjusted basis in the bond. Initially, your tax basis in a bond generally will equal the cost of the bond to you. Your basis will increase by

97

any amounts that you are required to include in income under the rules governing original issue discount and market discount, and will decrease by the amount of any amortized premium and any payments other than stated interest made on the bond. (The rules for determining these amounts are discussed above.) Except as discussed above with respect to market discount, gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of a bond generally will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the bond was held for more than one year. Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. holder generally is subject to taxation at reduced rates.

Foreign Tax Credit Considerations

      You should consult your own tax advisers to determine whether you are subject to any special rules that limit your ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits, including the possible adverse impact of failing to take advantage of benefits under the income tax treaty between the United States and Korea. If no such rules apply, you may claim a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability for Korean taxes withheld from payments of interest, so long as you have owned the bonds (and not entered into specified kinds of hedging transactions) for at least a 16-day period that includes the date on which the right to receive payment of such interest arises. Instead of claiming a credit, you may, at your election, deduct such Korean taxes in computing your taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law.

      The calculation of foreign tax credits and, if you elect to deduct foreign taxes, the availability of deductions involve the application of complex rules that depend on your particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the creditability and deductibility of such taxes.

The Shares of Common Stock and ADSs

      In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the shares of common stock represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and no gain or loss will be recognized if you exchange an ADS for the shares of common stock represented by that ADS.

Dividends

      The gross amount of cash dividends that you receive (prior to deduction of Korean taxes) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign source dividend income. Dividends paid in Won will be included in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of your (or, in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If such a dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.

      Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual prior to January 1, 2009 with respect to the ADSs and common stock will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 15% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on the ADSs and common stock will be treated as qualified dividends if (i) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Internal Revenue Service has approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules and (ii) we were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, (a) a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) or (b) for dividends paid prior to the 2005 tax year, a foreign personal holding company (“FPHC”) or foreign investment company (“FIC”). The income tax treaty between Korea and the United States has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not treated as a PFIC, FPHC or FIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our 2003 or 2004 taxable year. In addition, based on our audited financial statements and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and relevant market and shareholder data, we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for our 2005 taxable year. The U.S. Treasury has announced its intention to promulgate rules pursuant to which holders of ADSs or common stock and intermediaries though whom such securities

98

are held will be permitted to rely on certifications from issuers to establish that dividends are treated as qualified dividends. Because such procedures have not yet been issued, it is not clear whether we will be able to comply with them. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in the light of your own particular circumstances.

      Distributions of additional shares in respect of shares of common stock or ADSs that are made as part of a pro-rata distribution to all of our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Sales and Other Dispositions

      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss you realize on the sale or other disposition of shares of common stock or ADSs will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares of common stock or ADSs were held for more than one year. Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. holder generally is subject to taxation at reduced rates.

Foreign Tax Credit Considerations

      You should consult your own tax advisers to determine whether you are subject to any special rules that limit your ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits, including the possible adverse impact of failing to take advantage of benefits under the income tax treaty between the United States and Korea. If no such rules apply, you may claim a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability for Korean taxes withheld from dividends on shares of common stock or ADSs, so long as you have owned the shares of common stock or ADSs (and not entered into specified kinds of hedging transactions) for at least a 16-day period that includes the ex-dividend date. Instead of claiming a credit, you may, at your election, deduct such Korean taxes in computing your taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law. Korean taxes withheld from a distribution of additional shares that is not subject to U.S. tax will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as imposed on “general limitation” income. Such treatment may affect your ability to utilize any available foreign tax credit in respect of such taxes.

      Any Korean securities transaction tax or agriculture and fishery special tax that you pay will not be creditable for foreign tax credit purposes.

      The calculation of foreign tax credits and, in the case of a U.S. holder that elects to deduct foreign taxes, the availability of deductions involve the application of complex rules that depend on a U.S. holder’s particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the creditability or deductibility of such taxes.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules

      Payments in respect of the convertible notes, bonds, shares of common stock or ADSs that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder (1) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (2) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Holders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, such a holder may be required to provide a certification of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received within the United States or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.

Item 10.F.     Dividends and Paying Agents

      See “Item 8. Financial Information — Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Dividends” for information concerning our dividend policies and our payment of dividends. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Dividends” for a discussion of the process by which dividends are paid on our common shares. See “Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities — Description of American Depositary Shares — Dividends and

99

Distributions” for a discussion of the process by which dividends are paid on our ADSs. The paying agent for payment of our dividends on ADSs in the United States is Citibank, N.A.

Item 10.G.     Statements by Experts

      Not applicable.

Item 10.H.     Documents on Display

      We are subject to the information requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance therewith, are required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials, including this annual report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the Commission’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. We are required to make filings with the Commission by electronic means, which will be available to the public over the Internet at the Commission’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

      We are exposed to foreign exchange rate and interest rate risks primarily associated with underlying liabilities, and to equity price risk as a result of our investment in equity-linked securities. Following evaluation of these positions, we (including KTF) selectively enter into derivative financial instruments to manage the related risk exposures. These contracts are entered into with major financial institutions, thereby minimizing the risk of credit loss. The activities of our finance division are subject to policies approved by our foreign exchange and interest rate risk management committee. These policies address the use of derivative financial instruments, including the approval of counterparties, setting of limits and investment of excess liquidity. Our general policy is to hold or issue derivative financial instruments only for hedging purposes.

Exchange Rate Risk

      Substantially all of our cash flow is denominated in Won. We are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to foreign currency denominated liabilities and anticipated foreign exchange payments. Anticipated foreign exchange payments, mostly in Dollars, relate primarily to payments of foreign currency denominated debt, net settlements paid to foreign telecommunication carriers and payments for equipment purchased from foreign suppliers.

      We entered into two currency swap contracts for principal and interest denominated in Won in place of principal and interest of long-term debt denominated in dollars in June 2003. Under these currency swap contracts, we recognized a valuation loss of Won 2 billion in 2003 and Won 37 billion in 2004. Details of currency swap contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Contract Amount		Fixed Amount
Bank	(In millions)		(In billions)		Receiving Interest Rate	Paying Interest Rate	Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan		$50	W	59.8	4.30% per year in Dollars	6.17% per year in Won	January 3, 2005
J.P. Morgan		$150	W	179.8	3-month LIBOR plus 0.80% in Dollars	3-month LIBOR plus 2.64% in Won	June 24, 2006

      We have also entered into various interest currency swap contracts with financial institutions for principal and interest denominated in one currency in place of principal and interest of long-term debt denominated in the other currency. The principal amounts in Won will be adjusted according to the foreign exchange rate of the terminal date within certain ranges. Under these interest currency swap contracts, we recognized a

100

valuation gain of Won 5 billion in 2003 and a valuation loss of Won 106 billion in 2004. Details of interest currency swap contracts outstanding as of December 31,2004 are as follows:

	Contract				Fixed Receiving			Variable Paying
	Amount		Amount		Interest Rate			Interest Rate
Bank	(In millions)		(In billions)		(1 year)			(6 months)	Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan	$	50	W	55 to 60		4.3% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 4.55% W	January 3, 2005
J.P. Morgan(1)	$	100	W	116		5.9% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 1.87% W	June 24, 2014
						5.5% (Won	)
J.P. Morgan(2)	$	200	W	231		5.5% (Won	)	6-month LIBOR plus 0.69% W	June 24, 2014
								5.9% minus contingent spread (US$)
Merrill Lynch	$	100	W	116		5.0% (Won	)	5.9% minus contingent spread (US$)	June 24, 2014
Merrill Lynch	$	50	W	53		4.7% (Won	)	5.9% minus contingent spread (US$)	June 24, 2014
Citibank	$	25	W	28 to 30		4.3% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 4.45% W	January 3, 2005
UBS Bank	$	25	W	28 to 30		4.3% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 4.45% W	January 3, 2005
Deutsche bank	$	50	W	55 to 60		4.3% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 4.57% W	January 3, 2005
Deutsche bank	$	50	W	53		4.7% (Won	)	5.9% minus contingent spread (US$)	June 24, 2014
Shinhan bank	$	50	W	55 to 60		4.3% (US$	)	6-month LIBOR plus 4.45% W	January 3, 2005

(1)	The interest will be received at 5.9% (US$) and paid at 6-month LIBOR plus 1.87% (Won) every six months over the first five years. Then, the interest will be received at 5.9% (US$) every six months and paid at 5.5% (Won) per year over the following five years.
(2)	The interest will be received at 5.9%-contingent spread (US$) and paid at 6-month LIBOR plus 0.69% (Won) every six months over the first five years. Then, the interest will be received at 5.9%-contingent spread (US$) every six months and paid at 5.5% (Won) per year over the following five years.

      We also entered into eight currency forward contracts with financial institutions in connection with out repayment of outstanding principal amounts of convertible notes due 2007 and bonds due 2005. Under these currency forward contracts, we recognized a net valuation loss of Won 10 billion in 2004. See Note 23(f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

      We are also subject to market risk exposure arising from changing interest rates. A reduction of interest rates increases the fair value of our debt portfolio, which is primarily of a fixed interest nature. We use, to a limited extent, interest rate swap contracts, interest rate swaption contracts and interest currency swap contracts to reduce interest rate volatility on some of our debt and manage our interest expense by achieving a balanced mixture of floating and fixed rate debt. We have entered into various interest rate swap contracts with financial institutions for variable rates of interest in place of fixed rates of interest. Under our interest rate swap contracts, we recognized a net valuation loss of Won 13 billion in 2003 and a net valuation gain of Won 9 billion in 2004. See Note 23(c) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

      During 2003, we entered into various interest rate swap contracts with financial institutions for variable rates of interest in place of fixed rates of interest. Under these interest rate swap contracts, we recognized a net

101

valuation loss of W13.4 billion in 2004. Details of interest rate swap contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

			Fixed Amount
	Nominal		(In millions of
	Premium		Dollars and		Fixed Interest Rate
Bank	(In millions)		billions of Won)		(1 year)		Variable Interest Rate		Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan	$	1.6		US$150		7.50%		6-month LIBOR plus 4.32%		June 1, 2006
J.P. Morgan	$	0.5		US$200		7.63%		6-month LIBOR plus 4.61%		April 15, 2007
Citibank		—		W110		5.29%		3-month LIBOR plus 1.47%		April 30, 2008
Shinhan Bank		—		W180		6.35%	3-month LIBOR plus 2.47% plus contingent spread			September 30, 2007
Shinhan Bank		—		W58		4.70%		6-month LIBOR plus 0.69%		June 24, 2009
UBS		—		W58		4.70%		6-month LIBOR plus 0.69%		June 24, 2009
UBS		—		W58		4.64%		6-month LIBOR plus 0.69%		June 24, 2009
BNP Paribas		—		W110		5.29%		3-month LIBOR plus 1.54%		April 30, 2008
CSFB		—		W58		4.64%		6-month LIBOR plus 0.69%		June 24, 2009

      In 2002, we also entered into one interest rate swaption contract with Citibank for variable rates of interest in place of fixed rates of interest. Under this interest swaption contract, we recognized a valuation gain of Won 2 billion in 2003 and a valuation loss of Won 1 billion in 2004. Details of interest rate swaption contract outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Swaption Premium		Fixed Interest Rate		Variable Interest
Bank	(In billions)		(1 year)		Rate (3 months)	Exercise Date		Type
Citibank	W	1.9		7.9%	91-day certified deposit rate		April 25, 2005		Selling

      In addition, we entered into various interest currency swap contracts with financial institutions for principal and the variable rate of interest denominated in Won in place of principal and the fixed rate of interest of long-term debt denominated in U.S. dollars in October 2003, as discussed above in “— Exchange Rate Risk.” See Note 23(2) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

      The following table summarizes the carrying amounts, fair values, principal cash flows by maturity date and weighted average interest rates of our short-term and long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2004 which

102

are sensitive to exchange rates and/or interest rates. The information is presented in Won, which is our reporting currency.

		Maturities
																				December 31, 2004					December 31, 2003
		2005			2006			2007			2008			2009			Thereafter			Total(1)			Fair Value		Total			Fair Value
		(In Won millions except rates)
Local currency:
	Fixed rate		2,892,880			813,874			1,050,560			840,000			990,000			1,890,033			8,477,347			8,776,448		8,442,367			8,333,449
	Average weighted rate(2)		5.17	%		5.30	%		4.62	%		4.46	%		5.36	%		5.31	%		4.85	%		—		5.41	%		—
	Variable rate		239,693			55,431			34,135			16,642			3,752			—			349,653			351,403		310,638			299,222
	Average weighted rate(2)		4.40	%		4.28	%		4.51	%		4.26	%		—			—			3.97	%		—		4.07	%		—
	Sub-total		3,132,573			869,305			1,084,695			856,642			993,752			1,890,033			8,827,000			9,127,851		8,753,005			8,632,671
Foreign currency:
	Fixed rate		1,780,968			203,595			223,572			0			0			730,660			2,938,795			2,909,679		2,660,429			2,525,139
	Average weighted rate(2)		5.69	%		5.13	%		5.97	%		5.97	%		5.97	%		5.97	%		5.17	%		—		2.37	%		—
	Variable rate		238,556			159,701			2,088			1,044			1,044			1,044			403,477			393,600		461,994			446,792
	Average weighted rate(2)		3.61	%		6.32	%		6.78	%		6.78	%		6.78	%		—			3.13	%		—		1.87	%		—
	Subtotal		2,019,524			363,296			225,660			1,044			1,044			731,704			3,342,272			3,303,279		3,122,423			2,971,931
	Total		5,152,097			1,232,601			1,310,355			857,686			994,796			2,621,737			12,169,272			12,431,130		11,875,428			11,604,602

(1)

Includes: (1) the then outstanding amount of Won 1,179 billion of convertible notes due 2007, of which Won 1,164 billion was repaid on January 4, 2005 upon election by noteholders to exercise their option to redeem the notes, (2) the then outstanding amount of Won 522 billion of bonds due 2005 issued to Microsoft Corporation, which we repaid on January 4, 2005 upon maturity, and (3) the then outstanding amount of Won 1,323 billion of convertible bonds due 2005 issued to domestic investors, which we repaid, together with accrued interest, on May 25, 2005 upon maturity.

(2)

Weighted average rates of the portfolio at the period end.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Description of American Depositary Shares

      Citibank, N.A. is the depositary bank for our outstanding American Depositary Shares and has agreed to continue to act as the depositary bank for this offering of American Depositary Shares. Citibank’s depositary offices are located at 111 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005. American Depositary Shares are frequently referred to as “ADSs” and represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary bank. ADSs are normally represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” The depositary bank typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Korea Securities Depository located at 33 Yoido-dong, Youngdeungpo-ku, Seoul 150-010, Korea.

      We have appointed Citibank as depositary bank pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. You may obtain a copy of the deposit agreement from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please refer to Registration Number 333-13578 when retrieving such copy.

      We are providing you with a summary description of the material terms of the ADSs and of your material rights as an owner of ADSs. Please remember that summaries by their nature lack the precision of the information summarized and that a holder’s rights and obligations as an owner of ADSs will be determined by reference to the terms of the deposit agreement and not by this summary. We urge you to review the deposit agreement in its entirety.

103

      Each ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock on deposit with the custodian. An ADS will also represent any other property received by the depositary bank or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations.

      If you become an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the deposit agreement and therefore will be bound to its terms and to the terms of the ADR that represents your ADSs. The deposit agreement and the ADRs specify our rights and obligations as well as your rights and obligations as owner of ADSs and those of the depositary bank. As an ADS holder you appoint the depositary bank to act on your behalf in certain circumstances. The deposit agreement and the ADRs are governed by New York law. However, our obligations to the holders of common stock will continue to be governed by the laws of Korea which may be different from the laws in the United States.

      As an owner of ADSs, you may hold your ADSs either by means of an ADR registered in your name or through a brokerage or safekeeping account. If you decide to hold your ADSs through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank to assert your rights as ADS owner. Please consult with your broker or bank to determine what those procedures are. This summary description assumes you have opted to own the ADSs directly by means of an ADR registered in your name and, as such, we will refer to you as the “holder.” When we refer to “you,” we assume the reader owns ADSs and will own ADSs at the relevant time.

Dividends and Distributions

      As a holder, you generally have the right to receive the distributions we make on the securities deposited with the custodian bank. Your receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders will receive such distributions under the terms of the deposit agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date.

Distributions of Cash

      Whenever we make a cash distribution for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary bank. Upon receipt of such notice the depositary bank will arrange for the funds to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders, subject to Korean laws and regulations.

      The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The amounts distributed to holders will be net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. The depositary bank will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the custodian in respect of securities on deposit.

      The distribution of cash will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement.

Distributions of Shares

      Whenever we make a free distribution of common stock for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary bank and deposit the applicable number of common stock with the custodian. Upon receipt of notice of such deposit, the depositary bank will either distribute to holders new ADSs representing the common stock deposited or modify the ADS to common stock ratio, in which case each ADS you hold will represent rights and interests in the additional common stock so deposited. Only whole new ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

      The distribution of new ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to-share ratio upon a distribution of common stock will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders

104

under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the new common stock so distributed.

      No such distribution of new ADSs will be made if it would violate a law (such as the U.S. securities laws) or if it is not, in our opinion or that of the depositary bank, operationally practicable. If the depositary bank does not distribute new ADSs as described above, it will use its best efforts to sell the common stock received and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

Distributions of Rights

      Whenever we intend to distribute rights to purchase additional common stock, we will give prior notice to the depositary bank and the depositary bank will determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders.

      The depositary bank will establish procedures to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction. You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The depositary bank is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to purchase new common stock directly rather than new ADSs.

      The depositary bank will not distribute the rights to you if:

•  we do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you;

•  we fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

•  the depositary bank determines that it is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

      The depositary bank will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is, in our opinion, lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution. If the depositary bank is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

Other Distributions

      Whenever we intend to distribute property other than cash, common stock or rights to purchase additional common stock, we will notify the depositary bank in advance and will indicate whether we wish such distribution to be made to you. If so, the depositary bank will determine whether such distribution to holders is lawful and reasonably practicable.

      If it is reasonably practicable to distribute such property to you and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems practicable.

      The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the property received.

      The depositary bank will not distribute the property to you and will sell the property if:

•  we do not request that the property be distributed to you or if we ask that the property not be distributed to you;

•  we do not deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

•  the depositary bank determines that all or a portion of the distribution to you is not reasonably practicable.

      The proceeds of such a sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

105

      If a distribution consists of a dividend in, or a free distribution of, our non-voting preferred stock, we will enter into a non-voting shares deposit agreement with the depositary bank. If you are an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the non-voting shares deposit agreement and will receive depositary shares representing the non-voting preferred stock in proportion to your holding of ADSs. However, if the depositary bank determines that such a distribution of our non-voting preferred stock is not feasible, it may adopt, after consultation with us, another method of effecting such a distribution which it deems to be equitable and practicable. If we issue rights with respect to our non-voting preferred stock, the securities issuable upon the exercise of such rights will be depositary shares representing our non-voting preferred stock issued pursuant to a non-voting shares deposit agreement.

      We will not be obligated to list depositary shares representing our non-voting preferred stock on any exchange.

Changes Affecting Common Stock

      The common stock held on deposit for your ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, a split-up, cancellation, consolidation or reclassification of such common stock or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets.

      If any such change were to occur, your ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the common stock held on deposit. The depositary bank may (with our approval) or will (if we request) deliver new ADSs to you or call for the exchange of your existing ADSs for new ADSs in such circumstances. If the depositary bank may not lawfully distribute such property to you, the depositary bank may sell such property and distribute the net proceeds to you as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issuance of ADSs upon Deposit of Common Stock

      The depositary bank may create ADSs on your behalf if you or your broker deposits common stock with the custodian. The depositary bank will deliver these ADSs to the person you indicate only after you pay any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the common stock to the custodian. Your ability to deposit common stock and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S. and Korean legal considerations applicable at the time of deposit. The depositary bank cannot accept deposits of shares and deliver ADSs representing those shares unless (1) we have consented to such deposit or (2) Korean counsel has advised the depositary bank that the consent required under (1) is no longer required under Korean laws and regulations. Under current Korean laws and regulations, the depositary bank is required to obtain our prior consent for the number of shares to be deposited in any given proposed deposit which exceeds the difference between (1) the aggregate number of shares deposited by us or with the consent of us for the issuance of ADSs (including deposits in connection with the initial and all subsequent offerings of ADSs and stock dividends or other distributions related to these ADSs) and (2) the number of shares on deposit with the depositary bank at the time of such proposed deposit. The depositary bank has informed us that, at a time it considers to be appropriate, the depositary bank plans to start accepting deposits of shares without our consent and deliver ADSs representing those shares up to the amount allowed under current Korean laws and regulations. Until such time, however, the depositary bank will continue to obtain our consent for such deposits of shares and delivery of ADSs, which we may not provide.

      The issuance of ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the common stock has been duly transferred to the custodian. The depositary bank will only issue ADSs in whole numbers.

      When you make a deposit of common stock, you will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the depositary bank. As such, you will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

•  the common stock is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained;

•  all preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such common stock has been validly waived or exercised;

106

•  you are duly authorized to deposit the common stock;

•  the common stock presented for deposit is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and is not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” (as defined in the deposit agreement); and

•  the common stock presented for deposit has not been stripped of any rights or entitlements.

      If any of the representations or warranties is incorrect in any way, we and the depositary bank may, at your cost and expense, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Withdrawal of Shares Upon Cancellation of ADSs

      As a holder, you will be entitled to present your ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation and then receive the corresponding number of underlying shares of common stock at the custodian’s offices. In order to withdraw the common stock represented by your ADSs, you will be required to pay to the depositary bank the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the common stock being withdrawn. You assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once cancelled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the deposit agreement.

      If you hold an ADR registered in your name, the depositary bank may ask you to provide proof of identity and genuineness of any signature and such other documents as the depositary bank may deem appropriate before it will cancel your ADSs. The withdrawal of the common stock represented by your ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please keep in mind that the depositary bank will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represents a whole number of securities on deposit.

      You will have the right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs at any time except for:

•  temporary delays that may arise because (1) the transfer books for the common stock or ADSs are closed, or (2) the common stock is immobilized on account of a shareholders’ meeting or a payment of dividends;

•  obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; and

•  restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit.

      The deposit agreement may not be modified to impair your right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs except to comply with mandatory provisions of law.

      An investor who wants to withdraw the shares from the depositary facility created under the deposit agreement must register its identity with the Financial Supervisory Service of Korea before the acquisition of the shares if such registration has not been made unless such investor intends to sell the shares within three months of obtaining them. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Item 10.D. Exchange controls — Restrictions Applicable to ADSs.”

Voting Rights

      As a holder, you generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights for the common stock represented by your ADSs. The voting rights of holders of common stock are described in this annual report under the heading, “Additional Information — Articles of Incorporation — Voting Rights.”

      At our request, the depositary bank will distribute to you any notice of shareholders’ meetings received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs.

107

      If the depositary bank timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions.

      Please note that the ability of the depositary bank to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We may not be able to notify the depositary bank sufficiently in advance of the scheduled date of a shareholders’ meeting and cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary bank in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted, and the depositary bank and the custodian will not exercise any discretion as to voting under any circumstances.

Fees and Charges

      As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank:

Service	Fees
Issuance of ADSs	Up to 5¢ per ADS issued
Cancellation of ADSs	Up to 5¢ per ADS cancelled
Distributions (other than cash or stock dividends); Sale or exercise of rights; or other corporate action involving distributions to shareholders (including any distribution in the form of common stock, non-voting preferred stock or delivery of ADSs upon exercise of rights)	Up to 2¢ per ADS held

      The depositary bank has agreed to waive the fees that would have been payable in connection with the issuance of ADSs in offerings of ADSs by us. In addition, the depositary bank has agreed to waive the fees that may be payable by the Government in connection with this offering.

      As an ADS holder you will also be responsible for paying the following fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and taxes and governmental charges:

•  fees for the transfer and registration of common stock charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the common stock in Korea (that is, upon deposit and withdrawal of common stock);

•  expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars;

•  expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities;

•  fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to our shares, ADSs and ADRs; and

•  taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (that is, when common stock is deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

      We have agreed to pay certain other charges and expenses of the depositary bank. Please note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary bank. You will receive prior notice of such changes.

Amendments and Termination

      We may agree with the depositary bank to modify the deposit agreement at any time without your consent. We undertake to give holders 30 days’ prior notice of any modifications that would materially prejudice any of their substantial rights under the deposit agreement.

      You will be bound by the modifications to the deposit agreement if you continue to hold your ADSs after the modifications to the deposit agreement become effective. The deposit agreement cannot be amended to prevent you from withdrawing the common stock represented by your ADSs (except as permitted by law).

108

      We have the right to direct the depositary bank to terminate the deposit agreement. Similarly, the depositary bank may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the deposit agreement. In either case, the depositary bank must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination.

      If any ADSs remain outstanding after termination, the following will occur under the deposit agreement:

•  for a period of six months after termination, you will be able to request the cancellation of your ADSs and the withdrawal of the common stock represented by your ADSs and the delivery of all other property held by the depositary bank in respect of the common stock on the same terms as prior to the termination. During such six month period the depositary bank will continue to collect all distributions received on the common stock on deposit (e.g., dividends) but will not distribute any such property to you until you request the cancellation of your ADSs; and

•  after the expiration of such six month period, the depositary bank may sell the securities held on deposit. The depositary bank will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs in a non-interest-bearing account. At that point, the depositary bank will have no further obligations to holders other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding.

Books of Depositary

      The depositary bank will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement.

      The depositary bank will maintain in New York facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

Limitations on Obligations and Liabilities

      The deposit agreement limits our obligations and the depositary bank’s obligations to you. Please note the following:

•  we and the depositary bank are obligated only to take the actions specifically stated in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

•  the depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement;

•  the depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to determine the lawfulness or practicality of any action, for the content of any document forwarded to you on our behalf or for the accuracy of any translation of such a document, for the investment risks associated with investing in common stock, for the validity or worth of the common stock, for any tax consequences that result from the ownership of ADSs, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse under the terms of the deposit agreement, for the timeliness of any of our notices or for our failure to give notice;

•  we and the depositary bank will not be obligated to perform any act that is inconsistent with the terms of the deposit agreement;

•  we and the depositary bank disclaim any liability if we are prevented or forbidden from acting on account of any law or regulation, any provision of our articles of incorporation, any provision of any securities on deposit or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our control;

•  we and the depositary bank disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our articles of incorporation or in any provisions of securities on deposit;

109

•  we and the depositary bank further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting common stock for deposit, any holder of ADSs or authorized representatives of such holder, or any other person believed by either of us in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

•  we and the depositary bank also disclaim liability for the inability by a holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of common stock but is not, under the terms of the deposit agreement, made available to you; and

•  we and the depositary bank may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

Pre-Release Transactions

      The depositary bank may, in certain circumstances, issue ADSs before receiving a deposit of common stock and deliver shares of common stock before receipt and cancellation of ADSs. These transactions are commonly referred to as “pre-release transactions.” The deposit agreement limits the aggregate size of pre-release transactions and imposes a number of conditions on such transactions (i.e., the need to receive collateral, the type of collateral required, the representations required from brokers, etc.). The depositary bank may retain the compensation received from the pre-release transactions.

Taxes

      You will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the depositary bank and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. You will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.

      The depositary bank may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The depositary bank and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on your behalf. However, you may be required to provide to the depositary bank and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the depositary bank and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. In certain circumstances, you will be required to indemnify us, the depositary bank and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for you.

Foreign Currency Conversion

      The depositary bank will arrange for the conversion of all foreign currency received into U.S. dollars if such conversion is practical, and it will distribute the U.S. dollars in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement. You may have to pay fees and expenses incurred in converting foreign currency, such as fees and expenses incurred in complying with currency exchange controls and other governmental requirements.

      If the conversion of foreign currency is not practical or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the depositary bank may take the following actions in its discretion:

•  convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical;

•  distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical; and

•  hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

110

The Custodian

      The depositary bank has agreed with the custodian that the custodian will receive and hold the deposited securities for the account of the depositary bank in accordance with the deposit agreement. If the custodian resigns or is discharged from its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will promptly appoint a successor custodian that is organized under the laws of Korea. The resigning or discharged custodian will deliver the deposited securities and related records to the custodian designated by the depositary bank. The depositary bank may also appoint an additional custodian for any deposited securities. The depositary bank will immediately give you and us written notice of any such changes. If the depositary bank resigns or is discharged from its duties under the deposit agreement, the custodian will, unless otherwise instructed by the depositary bank, continue to act as custodian and will be subject to the direction of the successor depositary.

Governing Law

      The deposit agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York. We and the depositary bank have agreed that the federal or state courts in The City of New York shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and to settle any dispute between us that may arise out of or in connection with the deposit agreement. We also submitted to the jurisdiction of such courts and we have appointed an agent for service of process in The City of New York.

111

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

      Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

      Not applicable.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

      We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2004. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon our evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2004 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file and submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required.

      There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

      At our annual general meeting of shareholders in March 2004, our shareholders elected the following four members of the Audit Committee: Jong-Sang Kim, Do-Hwan Kim, Jeong-Ro Yoon and Kon-Sik Kim. In addition, they determined and designated that Jong-Sang Kim is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of this Item 16.A. The board of directors have approved this newly elected Audit Committee, and reaffirmed the determination by our shareholders that Jong-Sang Kim is an audit committee financial expert and further determined that he is independent within the meaning of applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Item 16.B. Code of Ethics

      We have adopted a code of ethics, as defined in Item 16.B. of Form 20-F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our code of ethics applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and persons performing similar functions, as well as to our directors, other officers and employees. Our code of ethics is available on our web site at www.kt.co.kr. If we amend the provisions of our code of ethics that apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and persons performing similar functions, or if we grant any waiver of such provisions, we will disclose such amendment or waiver on our web site.

112

Item 16.C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

      The following table sets forth the fees billed to us by our independent auditors, KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp., during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004:

		Year Ended
		December 31,
		2003		2004
		(In millions)
Audit fees		W	1,847	W	2,053
Audit-related fees			—		—
Tax fees			77		—
Other fees			172		154
	Total fees	W	2,096	W	2,207

      Audit fees in the above table are the aggregate fees billed by KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. in connection with the audit of our annual financial statements and the review of our interim financial statements.

      Audit-related fees in the above table are the aggregate fees billed by KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. for issuing a comfort letter related to an offering.

      Tax fees in the above table are fees billed by KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. for the preparation of our income tax return and tax advice.

      Other fees in the above table are fees billed by KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. primarily related to best practice recommendations for our finance resource management system and market research service.

      KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. had a contingent fee arrangement related to a tax appeal of KT Corporation in 2003. However, we lost the appeal and KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. did not receive any contingent fee under this arrangement.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

      Our audit committee has not established pre-approval policies and procedures for the engagement of our independent auditors for services. Our audit committee expressly approves on a case-by-case basis any engagement of our independent auditors for audit and non-audit services provided to our subsidiaries or us.

Item 16.D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

      Not applicable.

113

Item 16.E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

      The following table sets forth the repurchases of common shares by us or any affiliated purchasers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

				Average Price		Total Number of Shares		Maximum Number of Shares
		Total Number of		Paid per Share		Purchased as Part of		that May Yet Be Purchased
Period		Shares Purchased		(In Won)		Publicly Announced Plans		Under the Plans
January 1 to January 31			0	W	—		0		0
February 1 to February 29			0		—		0		0
March 1 to March 31			0		—		0		0
April 1 to April 30			0		—		0		0
May 1 to May 31			0		—		0		0
June 1 to June 30			0		—		0		0
July 1 to July 31			0		—		0		0
August 1 to August 31			0		—		0		0
September 1 to September 30			0		—		0		0
October 1 to October 31			0		—		0		0
November 1 to November 30			0		—		0		0
December 1 to December 31			0		—		0		0
	Total		0	W	—		0		0

114

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements

      Not applicable.

Item 18. Financial Statements

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KT CORPORATION

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004		F-2
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Retained Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004		F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KT FREETEL CO., LTD.*

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		A-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003		A-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004		A-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004		A-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004		A-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2004		A-9

*  Included pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

115

Item 19. Exhibits

1		Articles of Incorporation of KT Corporation (English translation)
2	.1*	Form of Common Stock Certificate of KT Corporation, par value Won 5,000 per share (including translation in English) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-7630) on Form F-1)
2	.2*	Deposit Agreement dated as of May 25, 1999 entered into among KT Corporation, Citibank, N.A., as depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by the American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipt (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit(a)(i) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-13578) on Form F-6)
2	.3*	Form of Amendment No. 1 Deposit Agreement dated as of May 25, 1999 entered into among KT Corporation, Citibank, N.A., as depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by the American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipt (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit(a)(ii) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-13578) on Form F-6)
2	.4*	Letter from Citibank, N.A., as depositary, to the Registrant relating to the pre-release of the American depositary receipts (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-10330) on Form F-6)
7	.1	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
8	.1	List of subsidiaries of KT Corporation
12	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12	.2	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15	.1	Consent of KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. with respect to the financial statements of KT Corporation
15	.2	Consent of Deloitte HanaAnjin LLC with respect to the financial statements of KT Freetel Co., Ltd.
15	.3	The Telecommunications Basic Law (English translation)
15	.4	Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Basic Law (English translation)
15	.5	The Telecommunications Business Law (English translation)
15	.6	Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Business Act (English translation)

*  Filed previously as indicated.

116

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

KT Corporation:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of KT Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, all expressed in Korean Won. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of (1) KT Freetel Co., Ltd. (“KTF”), a 40.3%, 46.9% and 48.7% owned subsidiary at December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, as of and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and (2) KTICOM Co., Ltd. (“KTICOM”), a 87.3% owned (indirectly owned through KTF) subsidiary at December 31, 2002, for the year ended December 31, 2002, which was merged into KTF on March 6, 2003. The financial statements of KTF and KTICOM, which are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company, reflect total combined assets constituting 29.1% and 29.5% as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and total revenues constituting 29.3%, 28.1% and 30.5% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, of the related consolidated totals. Those financial statements were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our report, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for KTF and KTICOM, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea.

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. We have audited the translation and, in our opinion, the consolidated financial statements expressed in Korean Won have been translated into dollars on the basis set forth in note 3 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

      Accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented Note 36 to the consolidated financial statements.

KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

March 25, 2005, except as to the second paragraph of note 35,

which is as of May 25, 2005

F-1

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2003 and 2004

										2004
Assets				2003			2004			(Note 3)
				(In millions of Won and U.S. dollars)
Current assets:
	Cash and cash equivalents (notes 4 and 5)			W	760,868		W	1,755,929		$	1,696.4
	Short-term financial instruments (note 5)				60,899			984,122			950.8
	Current portion of investment securities (note 8):
		Trading securities			52,397			6,186			6.0
		Available-for-sale securities			286,757			257,803			249.1
		Held-to-maturity securities			5,712			1,660			1.6
	Notes and accounts receivable — trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of W646,273 in 2003 and W702,635 in 2004 (note 2)				2,647,379			2,793,143			2,698.4
	Accounts receivable — other				323,042			365,162			352.8
	Inventories (note 6)				364,833			374,319			361.6
	Other current assets (note 7)				230,044			270,653			261.5
			Total current assets		4,731,931			6,808,977			6,578.2
Investment securities:
	Available-for-sale securities (note 8)				260,642			218,757			211.3
	Held-to-maturity securities (note 8)				111,409			94,404			91.2
	Equity securities of affiliates (note 9)				140,790			54,061			52.2
			Total investment securities		512,841			367,222			354.7
Property, plant and equipment (note 10):
	Land				1,154,955			1,167,683			1,128.1
	Buildings and structures				4,282,494			4,555,427			4,401.0
	Machinery and equipment				34,731,446			35,624,899			34,416.9
	Vehicles				82,911			89,316			86.3
	Tools, furniture and fixtures				2,005,812			2,114,653			2,042.9
	Construction in progress				750,267			487,461			470.9
					43,007,885			44,039,439			42,546.1
	Less accumulated depreciation				(26,633,942	)		(28,317,984	)		(27,357.8	)
			Net property, plant and equipment		16,373,943			15,721,455			15,188.3
Other assets (notes 5, 11 and 26)					3,937,960			3,575,578			3,454.3
				W	25,556,675		W	26,473,232		$	25,575.5

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets, Continued

December 31, 2003 and 2004

										2004
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity				2003			2004			(Note 3)
				(In millions of Won and U.S. dollars,
				except share data)
Current liabilities:
	Notes and accounts payable — trade			W	1,022,805		W	853,381		$	824.4
	Short-term borrowings (note 13)				631,689			438,592			423.8
	Current portion of long-term debt (note 15)				2,172,510			4,756,067			4,594.8
	Accounts payable — other				1,233,422			1,123,323			1,085.2
	Advance receipts from customers				103,139			125,989			121.7
	Accrued expenses				252,841			288,488			278.7
	Withholdings				147,233			187,579			181.2
	Income taxes payable				219,348			284,102			274.5
	Other current liabilities (note 14 and 23)				132,614			276,969			267.5
			Total current liabilities		5,915,601			8,334,490			8,051.8
Long-term debt, excluding current portion (note 15)					9,049,748			6,985,071			6,748.2
Refundable deposits for telephone installation (note 16)					1,227,355			1,086,635			1,049.8
Accrual for retirement and severance benefits, net (note 17)					245,878			314,789			304.1
Long-term accounts payable — other (note 12)					572,606			554,024			535.2
Other long-term liabilities (note 18)					148,867			171,843			166.0
			Total liabilities		17,160,055			17,446,852			16,855.1
Stockholders’ equity (note 19):
	Common stock of W5,000 par value:
		Authorized — 1,000,000,000 shares Issued — 284,849,400 shares in 2003 and 2004			1,560,998			1,560,998			1,508.1
	Capital surplus (note 20)				1,308,612			1,291,617			1,247.8
	Retained earnings:
		Appropriated (note 21)			8,025,854			5,431,862			5,247.7
		Unappropriated (deficit)			(342,554	)		2,901,378			2,803.0
					7,683,300			8,333,240			8,050.7
	Capital adjustments:
		Treasury stock (note 22)			(3,962,598	)		(3,962,568	)		(3,828.2	)
		Loss on retirement of treasury stock (note 22)			(16,391	)		(16,388	)		(15.8	)
		Foreign-based operations translation adjustment			(5,859	)		(2,847	)		(2.7	)
		Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (note 8)			(24,799	)		7,797			7.5
		Unrealized losses on equity securities of affiliates (note 9)			(2,691	)		(6,732	)		(6.5	)
		Stock options (note 29)			6,745			11,686			11.3
					(4,005,593	)		(3,969,052	)		(3,834.4	)
	Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries				1,849,303			1,809,577			1,748.2
			Total stockholders’ equity		8,396,620			9,026,380			8,720.4
Commitments and contingencies (note 23)					—			—			—
				W	25,556,675		W	26,473,232		$	25,575.5

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-3

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Retained Earnings

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

												2004
			2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
			(In millions of Won and U.S. dollars, except earnings per share)
Operating revenues (note 24)			W	16,437,422		W	16,067,779		W	17,068,371		$	16,489.6
Operating expenses (note 25)				14,055,619			14,245,343			14,587,839			14,093.2
		Operating income		2,381,803			1,822,436			2,480,532			2,396.4
Other income (expense):
	Interest income			123,118			115,454			116,725			112.8
	Interest expense			(650,460	)		(705,540	)		(678,514	)		(655.5	)
	Equity in losses of affiliates, net (note 9)			(17,009	)		(30,270	)		(79,350	)		(76.7	)
	Foreign currency transaction and translation gain (loss), net (note 15)			99,845			(27,074	)		542,566			524.2
	Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment, net			(116,106	)		(122,966	)		(103,513	)		(100.0	)
	Gain (loss) on disposition of available-for-sale securities, net (note 8)			1,176,868			772,901			(15,115	)		(14.6	)
	Impairment loss on available-for-sale securities (note 8)			(3,339	)		(43,993	)		(5,831	)		(5.6	)
	Impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities (note 8)			—			—			(42,078	)		(40.7	)
	Contributions received for losses on universal telecommunications services (note 33)			113,908			28,539			80,310			77.6
	Prior year’s additional income tax refund (payment) (note 26)			6,354			(53,992	)		(943	)		(0.9	)
	Contribution payments for research and development and donations (note 32)			(145,405	)		(182,983	)		(146,779	)		(141.8	)
	Derivatives transaction and valuation loss, net (note 23)			(7,618	)		(151	)		(146,937	)		(142.0	)
	Other, net			43,247			8,699			7,963			7.7
				623,403			(241,376	)		(471,496	)		(455.5	)
		Earnings before income taxes and minority interest		3,005,206			1,581,060			2,009,036			1,940.9
Income taxes (note 26)				741,354			523,631			577,889			558.3
		Earnings before minority interest		2,263,852			1,057,429			1,431,147			1,382.6
Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net				(316,918	)		(235,695	)		(148,931	)		(143.9	)
		Net earnings	W	1,946,934		W	821,734		W	1,282,216		$	1,238.7
Retained earnings at beginning of year				6,718,943			8,274,482			7,683,300			7,422.8
Cumulative effect of accounting change (note 2)				—			(1,530	)		—			—
Retirement of treasury stock (notes 19 and 22)				(167,341	)		(1,198,499	)		—			—
Dividends (notes 2 and 27)				(224,054	)		(212,887	)		(632,276	)		(610.8	)
Retained earnings at end of year			W	8,274,482		W	7,683,300		W	8,333,240		$	8,050.7
Basic earnings per share of common stock in Won and U.S. dollars (note 28)			W	7,504		W	3,802		W	6,084		$	5.88
Diluted earnings per share of common stock in Won and U.S. dollars (note 28)			W	6,601		W	3,313		W	5,697		$	5.50

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

													2004
				2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
				(In millions of Won and U.S. dollars)
Cash flows from operating activities:
	Net earnings			W	1,946,934		W	821,734		W	1,282,216		$	1,238.7
	Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
		Depreciation			3,440,145			3,393,175			3,403,639			3,288.2
		Amortization			356,949			364,051			393,849			380.5
		Provision for doubtful accounts			194,288			363,774			287,073			277.3
		Provision for retirement and severance benefits			275,007			1,067,076			281,453			271.9
		Equity in losses of affiliates			17,009			30,270			79,350			76.7
		Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment			116,106			122,966			103,513			100.0
		Loss (gain) on foreign currency translations, net			(101,077	)		27,555			(546,335	)		(527.8	)
		Loss (gain) on disposition of available-for-sale securities, net			(1,176,868	)		(772,901	)		15,115			14.6
		Impairment loss on available-for-sale securities			3,339			43,993			5,831			5.6
		Impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities			—			—			42,078			40.7
		Deferred income tax expense			149,032			46,294			106,964			103.3
		Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries			316,918			235,695			148,931			143.9
		Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
			Notes and accounts receivable — trade		(725,904	)		(742,487	)		(361,316	)		(349.1	)
			Accounts receivable — other		—			(387,518	)		(93,936	)		(90.7	)
			Inventories		(275,813	)		(197,478	)		(15,564	)		(15.0	)
			Other asset (long-term accounts receivable — trade)		(175,358	)		126,900			(266,813	)		(257.8	)
			Notes and accounts payable — trade		125,313			(143,425	)		(150,771	)		(145.7	)
			Accounts payable — other		378,531			60,928			(107,901	)		(104.2	)
			Advance receipts from customers		4,415			(25,359	)		22,850			22.1
			Accrued expenses		8,702			(5,792	)		35,647			34.4
			Income taxes payable		269,886			(240,025	)		(540	)		(0.5	)
			Withholdings		(123,085	)		(23,451	)		40,346			39.0
			Payment of retirement and severance benefits		(42,942	)		(1,020,940	)		(93,178	)		(90.0	)
			Severance benefits insurance deposit		(325,376	)		(180,801	)		(119,568	)		(115.5	)
			Other, net		170,709			226,166			226,434			218.8
			Net cash provided by operating activities	W	4,826,860		W	3,190,400		W	4,719,367		$	4,559.4

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

												2004
			2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
			(In millions of Won and U.S. dollars)
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Purchases of property, plant and equipment		W	(3,232,346	)	W	(3,209,376	)	W	(2,971,376	)	$	(2,870.6	)
	Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment			52,966			253,137			109,469			105.7
	Decrease in accounts receivable — other			8,918			215,021			—			—
	Decrease (increase) in short-term financial instruments			(125,921	)		758,916			(923,223	)		(891.9	)
	Purchases of available-for-sale securities			(235,393	)		(315,553	)		(499,370	)		(482.4	)
	Purchases of held-to-maturity securities			(392	)		(11,412	)		(3,182	)		(3.1	)
	Purchases of equity securities of affiliates			(6,180	)		(83,890	)		—			—
	Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities			294,694			210,121			589,977			570.0
	Proceeds from maturity of held-to-maturity securities			9,994			218			12,992			12.5
	Decrease in other current assets			173,110			560,208			184,753			178.5
	Decrease (increase) in other assets			(1,004,353	)		141,738			(117,851	)		(113.8	)
		Net cash used in investing activities		(4,064,903	)		(1,480,872	)		(3,617,811	)		(3,495.1	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Payment of dividends			(224,955	)		(213,308	)		(683,208	)		(660.0	)
	Proceeds from sale of accounts receivable			470,000			512,000			—			—
	Proceeds from short-term borrowings, net			(15,656	)		(484,696	)		(193,097	)		(186.6	)
	Repayment of long-term debt			(2,064,527	)		(1,989,381	)		(2,178,028	)		(2,104.2	)
	Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt			5,558,966			1,285,653			3,235,976			3,126.2
	Decrease in refundable deposits for telephone installation			(750,394	)		(306,211	)		(140,720	)		(135.9	)
	Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities			12,893			(2,781	)		3,905			3.8
	Reacquisition of treasury stock			(3,401,186	)		(412,247	)		—			—
	Proceeds from sale of treasury stock			—			39,312			—			—
	Reacquisition of treasury stock in consolidated subsidiaries			—			(69,747	)		(151,308	)		(146.2	)
	Acquisition of additional equity interest in consolidated subsidiaries			(449,935	)		(426,052	)		(609	)		(0.6	)
	Other, net			20,543			2,247			594			0.6
		Net cash used in financing activities		(844,251	)		(2,065,211	)		(106,495	)		(102.9	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from change of subsidiaries in consolidated financial statements				(22	)		29,862			—			—
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents				(82,316	)		(325,821	)		995,061			961.4
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year				1,169,005			1,086,689			760,868			735.0
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year			W	1,086,689		W	760,868		W	1,755,929		$	1,696.4

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)  Organization and Description of Business

      KT Corporation (“KT”) commenced operations on January 1, 1982 through the segregation of specified operations from the Korean Ministry of Information and Communication (the “MIC”) for the purpose of contributing to the convenience in national life and improvement of public welfare through rational management of the public telecommunications business and improvement of telecommunications technology under the Korea Telecom Act.

      Upon the repeal of the Korea Telecom Act as of October 1, 1997, KT became a government invested institution regulated by the Korean Commercial Code and changed its name from Korea Telecom to Korea Telecom Corp. pursuant to an amendment to its Articles of Incorporation. Shares of KT were listed on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange on December 23, 1998. KT issued 24,282,195 additional shares on May 29, 1999 and issued American Depository Shares (“ADS”) representing these new shares and government owned shares. On July 2, 2001, additional ADS representing 55,502,161 government-owned shares were issued.

      The Korean government gradually reduced its ownership interest in the Company since 1993 and completed the disposition of its ownership interest in the Company on May 24, 2002. On March 22, 2002, the Company changed its name from Korea Telecom Corp. to KT Corporation.

      Under Korean law, the MIC and other government entities have extensive authority to regulate KT. The MIC has responsibility for approving rates for local service and interconnection services provided by KT. Beginning in January 1998, KT is allowed to set its own rates for domestic long-distance service, international long-distance service and other services without approval from the MIC.

      In recent years, KT has been subject to increasing competition as a result of the government’s issuance of additional licenses to create competition in the telecommunications market and to foster new telecommunications business areas. Additionally, in June 1997, the MIC awarded a license to a second carrier to provide local telephone service. This new carrier commenced operations in 1999. A third carrier commenced international long-distance service in 1997 and domestic long-distance service in 1999. The entry of these new carriers into the local and long-distance telephone service markets has had, and is expected to continue to have, a negative impact on KT’s telephone service revenues and profitability.

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presenting Consolidated Financial Statements

     (a)  Basis of Presenting Consolidated Financial Statements

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been extracted from KT’s Korean language consolidated financial statements that were prepared using the Financial Accounting Standards, as established by the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of Korea. The consolidated financial statements have been translated from those issued in the Korean language into the English language, and have been modified to allow for the formatting of the consolidated financial statements in a manner which is different from the presentation under Korean financial statements practices. In addition, certain modifications have been made to the disclosures in the accompanying consolidated financial statements to bring the formal presentation into conformity with practices outside of Korea, and certain information included in the Korean language statutory consolidated financial statements, which management believes is not required for a fair presentation of KT’s financial position or results of operations, is not presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

      Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and their utilization are not designed for those who are not informed about Korean accounting principles, procedures and practices and furthermore are not intended to present the financial position and results of operations and cash flows in accordance with

F-7

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

accounting principles and practices generally accepted in countries and jurisdictions other than the Republic of Korea.

      In addition, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted statements of Korea Accounting Standards No. 2 through No. 9. In accordance with these standards, a cumulative effect on prior years is recorded as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings and minority interest at January 1, 2003. Therefore, the Company adjusted organization costs of W1,530 million to retained earnings and W2,198 million of minority interest. In addition, certain amounts in prior year’s financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications did not result in any change to reported stockholders’ equity except for the adoption of Statement of Korea Accounting Standards (SKAS) No. 6, “Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date”. As result of adopting SKAS No. 6, “Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date”, stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2002 increased by W212,887 million. This amount represents the dividends recorded in 2002 but not yet approved. Under the new standard, for comparative purposes, this amount was retroactively adjusted as of December 31, 2002.

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of KT and the following controlled subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Controlled subsidiaries include majority-owned entities by either the Company or a controlled subsidiary and other entities where the Company or its controlled subsidiary owns more than 30% of total outstanding common

F-8

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

stock and is the largest shareholder. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

					Percentage
			Year of		Ownership (%)
	Year of		Obtaining
Subsidiary	Establishment		Control		2002		2003		2004		Primary Business
KT Freetel Co., Ltd. (“KTF”)		1997		1997		40.3		46.9		48.7	PCS business
KT Hitel Co., Ltd. (“KTH”)		1991		1992		65.9		65.9		65.9	Data communication
KT Submarine Co., Ltd. (“KTSC”)		1995		1995		36.9		36.9		36.9	Submarine cable construction and maintenance
KT Powertel Co., Ltd. (“KTP”)		1985		1985		45.4		44.8		44.8	Trunk radio system business
KT Networks Corporation (“KTN”)		1986		1986		100.0		100.0		100.0	Group telephone management
KT Linkus Co., Ltd.		1988		1988		93.8		93.8		93.8	Public telephone maintenance
Korea Telecom America, Inc.		1993		1993		100.0		100.0		100.0	Foreign telecommunication business
Korea Telecom Philippines, Inc.		1994		1994		100.0		100.0		100.0	Foreign telecommunication business
New Telephone Company Inc. (“NTC”)		1993		1998		72.5		72.5		72.5	Foreign telecommunication business
Korea Telecom Japan Co., Ltd.		1999		1999		100.0		100.0		100.0	Foreign telecommunication business
KT ICOM Co., Ltd. (“KTICOM”)*		2001		2001		87.3		—		—	IMT-2000 service
KTF Technologies Inc. (“KTFT”)**		2001		2002		57.4		57.4		70.8	PCS handset development
KT Commerce Inc. (“KTC”)***		2002		2002		100.0		100.0		100.0	B2C, B2B service
KT Rental Corp. (“KTR”)****		1999		2003		48.8		98.8		—	Rental service
KT China Co., Ltd. (“KTCC”)		2003		2003		—		100.0		100.0	Foreign telecommunication business

*  The ownership percentage in KTICOM represents the ownership of this entity by KTF.

**  The 70.8% ownership percentage in KTFT represents the ownership of this entity by KTF.

***  The 100.0% ownership percentage in KTC represents the ownership of this entity by KT (19.0%) and KTH (81.0%).

****  The 98.8% ownership percentage in KTR represents the ownership of this entity by KTN.

      In 2002, KT and its subsidiaries, KTH and KTP, sold of their equity interests comprising 47,584,905 shares of common stock in KTICOM to KTF at W18,227 per share. In addition, KTF purchased

F-9

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

24,685,070 shares of common stock of KTICOM from a third party for the same price. As a result, KTF increased its equity ownership percentage in KTICOM to 87.3%.

      In 2002, KTF exercised its conversion right of convertible notes issued by KTFT. As a result of the conversion, KTF increased its ownership percentage in KTFT from 0% to 57.4%. In June 2004, KTF purchased an additional 555,555 shares of KTFT for W13,000 million. As a result, KTF’s equity ownership interest in KTFT increased to 70.8% as of December 31, 2004.

      The Company invested W7,000 million in KTC in 2002. The 100% ownership percentage in KTC represents the combined ownership of this entity by KT (19.0%) and KTH (81.0%).

      On March 6, 2003, KTICOM was merged into KTF. This transaction was done by KTF issuing an additional 7,082,476 shares of its common stock to the minority shareholders of KTICOM, which has resulted in a decrease in the Company’s equity ownership interest but an increase in the Company’s capital surplus of W26,181 million due to increase of net equity of KTF. In addition, during 2003, the Company acquired an additional 15,532,846 shares of KTF for W399,996 million, increasing its equity ownership interest to 46.9%. The amount paid by KT exceeded the proportionate net assets of KTF by W165,642 million. This difference was recorded as a reduction to capital surplus. In 2004, KTF reacquired 7,073,200 shares of its common stock and retired these treasury shares amounting to W149,800 million by a charge to its retained earnings. Accordingly, the Company’s equity ownership interest in KTF increased from 46.9% to 48.7%.

      KTP acquired Anam Telecom Ltd. on February 5, 2003 through the issuance of common stock. As a result, the Company’s equity ownership interest decreased to 44.8%.

      KTN, a subsidiary of KT, purchased additional 50% of KTR shares and became the largest shareholder of KTR in 2003. In January 2004, KTN, a subsidiary of KT, purchased an additional 1.2% of KTR shares. As a result, KTN’s equity ownership interest in KTR increased to 100.0%. In addition, KTR was merged into KTN on April 27, 2004.

      In March 2003, the Company invested W1,245 million in KTCC, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary located in China.

      As of December 31, 2004, KT has issued guarantees of consolidated subsidiaries’ indebtedness and contract performance as follows:

Subsidiary	Millions
KTSC	W	60,540
NTC		12,526
	W	73,066

      Significant account balances which occurred in the normal course of business with and between subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows (these amounts have been eliminated in consolidation):

	Millions
Balance Sheet Items	2003		2004
Notes and accounts receivable — trade	W	113,890	W	208,815
Accounts receivable — other		19,179		16,713
Convertible notes		332,375		347,814
Accounts payable — other		188,054		193,794
Key money deposits		48,895		41,599

F-10

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Significant account balances which occurred in the normal course of business with equity method investees as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

		Millions
Transaction Parties	Balance Sheet Items	2003		2004
KT  KDB	Trade notes and accounts receivable	W	4,079	W	54,664
KT  Other	Trade notes and accounts receivable		1,526		1,120
KT  Infotech	Accounts payable		19,348		23,374
KT  eNtoB	Accounts payable		16,462		16,669
KT  KOID	Accounts payable		13,169		14,757
KT  KTRD	Accounts payable		12,664		6,633
KT  KOIS	Accounts payable		8,852		9,538
KT  Other	Accounts payable		1,178		1,963

      Significant transactions which occurred in the normal course of business with and between subsidiaries are eliminated in the course of consolidation for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2002		2003		2004
Operating revenues	W	597,113	W	695,685	W	891,233
Operating expenses		749,590		835,728		1,124,463
Contributions received for losses on universal telecommunications services		40,052		44,250		25,557
Other income		10,471		10,103		10,307

      Significant transactions which occurred in the normal course of business with equity method investees for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follow:

		Millions
Transaction Parties	Income Statement Items	2002		2003		2004
KT  KDB	Sales	W	36,733	W	47,337	W	131,685
KT  KOID	Sales		8,609		8,942		10,676
KT  KOIS	Sales		5,936		6,480		7,934
KT  Other	Sales		2,109		1,367		1,872
KT  KOID	Purchases		83,153		96,944		102,624
KT  KTRD	Purchases		40,984		66,361		74,058
KT  KOIS	Purchases		50,670		66,148		71,778
KT  Infotech	Purchases		49,972		59,097		43,499
KT  NtoB	Purchases		654		33,101		86,406
KT  Other	Purchases		2,290		7,069		7,321

     (b)  Cash Equivalents

      The Company considers short-term financial instruments with maturities of three months or less at the acquisition date to be cash equivalents.

F-11

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (c) Financial Instruments

      Short-term financial instruments are instruments handled by financial institutions which are held for short-term cash management purposes or will mature within one year, including time deposits, installment savings deposits and restricted bank deposits.

     (d) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

      Notes and trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing notes and accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable based on an analysis of portfolio quality and historical write-off experience. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

      Changes in the allowances for doubtful accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2002			2003			2004
Balance at beginning of year	W	330,345		W	430,066		W	646,273
Increase due to the changes of consolidated subsidiaries		483			65			—
Provision		194,288			363,774			287,073
Write-offs		(95,050	)		(147,632	)		(230,711	)
Balance at end of year	W	430,066		W	646,273		W	702,635

     (e) Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by the moving-average cost method, except for materials in transit for which cost is determined by the specific identification method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated selling cost. Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards (“SKAS”) No. 10 “Inventories”. Through 2003, a valuation loss incurred when the market value of inventory falls below its carrying amount was reported as a non-operating expense. In 2004, in accordance with SKAS No. 10, “Inventories”, the Company included inventory valuation losses in its cost of goods sold (“a component of operating expenses”). The Company recognized inventory valuation losses of W21,471 million included in cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2004. As allowed by this standard, the Company did not reclassify prior year balances because the amount was not material.

     (f) Investments in Securities

      Upon acquisition, the Company classifies certain debt and equity securities into one of the three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading securities. Investments in debt securities that the Company has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term (thus held for only a short period of time) are classified as trading securities. Trading generally reflects active and frequent buying and selling, and trading securities are generally used to generate profit on short-term differences in price. Investments not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale securities. Such determination should be reassessed at each balance sheet date.

F-12

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Trading securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a capital adjustment. Investments in equity securities and limited partnerships that do not have readily determinable fair values are stated at cost. Declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are charged to current results of operations. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method based on the trade date of a transaction. Investments in debt securities that are classified into held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost at the balance sheet date and such amortization is included in interest income.

      Marketable securities are at the quoted market prices as of the year end. Non-marketable debt securities are recorded at the fair values derived from the discounted cash flows by using an interest rate deemed to approximate the market interest rate. The market interest rate is determined by the issuers’ credit rate announced by the accredited credit rating agencies in Korea. Beneficiary certificates which are securities indicating beneficiary right on certain investment securities held by the investment management companies are recorded at fair value as determined by the investment management companies. Investments in funds which are not classified as trading securities shall be classified as available-for-sale securities and be stated at cost.

      Trading securities shall be classified as current assets, whereas available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities shall be classified as long-term investments. However, available-for-sale securities, whose maturity dates are due within one year from the balance sheet date or whose likelihood of being disposed of within one year from the balance sheet date is probable, shall be classified as current assets. Likewise, held-to-maturity securities whose maturity dates are due within one year from the balance sheet date shall be classified as current assets.

     (g) Investment Securities Under the Equity Method of Accounting

      For investments in companies, whether or not publicly held, that are not controlled, but under the Company’s significant influence, the Company utilizes the equity method of accounting. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company can exercise influence over the operating and financial policies of an investee. The ability to exercise that influence may be indicated in several ways, such as the Company’s representation on its board of directors, the Company’s participation in its policy making processes, material transactions with the investee, interchange of managerial personnel, or technological dependency. Also, if the Company owns directly or indirectly 20% or more of the voting stock of an investee and the investee is not required to be consolidated (see note 2(a)), the Company generally presumes that the investee is under significant influence. In addition, certain funds which meet the above criteria are nevertheless excluded from equity method accounting and instead accounted for as available-for-sale securities and recorded at cost.

      Under the equity method of accounting, the Company’s initial investment is recorded at cost and is subsequently increased to reflect the Company’s share of the investee income and reduced to reflect the Company’s share of the investee losses or dividends received. Any excess in the Company’s acquisition cost over the Company’s share of the investee’s identifiable net assets is generally recorded as investor-level goodwill or other intangibles and amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. The amortization of investor-level goodwill is recorded against the equity income (losses) of affiliates. When events or circumstances indicate that carrying amount may not be recoverable, the Company reviews investor-level goodwill for impairment.

      Some investee companies depreciate their machinery and equipment by the straight-line method in accordance with Korean GAAP considering the attributes and nature of the underlying assets. Accordingly, the Company does not conform the depreciation method of those investees to the declining-balance method used by the Company.

F-13

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Assets and liabilities of foreign-based companies accounted for using the equity method are translated at current rate of exchange at the balance sheet date while profit and loss items in the statement of earnings are translated at average rate and capital account at historical rate. The translation gains and losses arising from collective translation of the foreign currency financial statements of foreign-based companies are offset and the balance is accumulated as capital adjustment.

      Under the equity method of accounting, the Company does not record its share of losses of an affiliate when such losses would make the Company’s investment in such entity less than zero unless the Company has guaranteed obligations of the investee or is otherwise committed to provide additional financial support.

     (h) Property, Plant and Equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Improvements that significantly extend the life of an asset or add to its productive capacity are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Property, plant and equipment contributed by the government on January 1, 1982 are stated at net revalued amounts.

      Depreciation is computed using the declining-balance method (except for buildings, structures, underground access to cable tunnels, and concrete and steel telephone poles, and the assets of some subsidiaries which are depreciated using the straight-line method) based on the following estimated useful lives of the related assets:

		Estimated Useful Lives
		(Years)
Buildings and structures			5-60
Machinery and equipment:
	Underground access to cable tunnels, and concrete and steel telephone poles		20-40
	Other		3-15
Vehicles			3-10
Tools, furniture and fixtures:
	Steel safe boxes		20
	Tools, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures		2-8

      Prior to January 1, 2003, the Company capitalized interest costs, discounts and other financial charges, including certain foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, on all borrowings, incurred prior to completion of the acquisitions, as part of the cost of qualifying assets. However, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 7, “Capitalization of Financing Costs”. In accordance with this standard, the Company elected to no longer capitalize interest costs. Accordingly, the Company recognizes interest costs and other financial charges on borrowings associated with the manufacture, purchase, or construction of property, plant and equipment as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. For the years ended December 31 2002, financing costs of W83,851 million were capitalized.

      The Company reviews for impairment of property, plant and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

F-14

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (i) Contributions Received for Capital Expenditures

      Contributions received from governmental and related entities for capital expenditures are reflected as a reduction of the acquisition cost of the acquired assets and, accordingly, reduce depreciation expense related to the acquired assets over their useful lives. Contributions received, which have yet to be disbursed for capital expenditures, are presented as a deduction of received assets.

     (j) Intangible Assets

(i)     Goodwill

      Goodwill, which represents the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired related to consolidated entities of 4 to 10 years, is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic useful life.

      Accounting for the difference between the acquisition cost and the amount of underlying equity of a purchased entity differs depending on whether (1) the acquisition of the controlling interest of an investee is the original acquisition or (2) the purchase represents an additional equity purchase of a controlled entity. When the Company first acquires a controlling financial interest of an entity, the difference between the acquisition cost and the corresponding proportionate share of the entity’s equity as of the most recently audited or reviewed balance sheet date is recorded as goodwill. However, for additional equity purchases of existing consolidated subsidiaries, such difference is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity (capital surplus).

      Amortization of goodwill of W294,652 million, W294,306 million and W212,210 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and amortization of negative goodwill of W413 million, W518 million and W518 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are included in operating expenses and other income, respectively, in the consolidated statements of earnings.

(ii)     Other Intangible Assets

      Other intangible assets, consisting of exclusive rights and software, are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over periods which range from 3 to 50 years. The Company has monopolistic and exclusive rights to control buildings and facilities utilization and copyrights by contract or related laws. Accordingly, the Company amortizes those intangible assets over the period of 30 or 50 years based on contract or related laws.

(iii)     Research and Development Costs

      The Company charges research and development costs to expense as incurred. However, the costs which are recoverable from future earnings are deferred and amortized over their estimated useful lives. In addition, the internal software development costs, after technological feasibility has been established, such as those associated with Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN), Integrated Customer Information System (ICIS) and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), are accounted for as intangible assets and amortized by the straight-line method over their estimated economic useful lives from 3 to 6 years.

      The Company expensed research and development costs of W245,555 million, W244,625 million and W265,207 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company capitalized development costs, which consist of software, of W28,855 million, W61,736 million and W103,374 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      The Company reviews for impairment of intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such assets are considered to be

F-15

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

     (k) Advertising Costs

      The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. These expenses include media and other promotional and sponsoring costs.

     (l) Valuation of Receivables at Present Value

      Receivables arising from extended payment terms which generally involve sales of personal communication service (“PCS”) handsets, are stated at present value, and the difference between the nominal value and present value is deducted directly from the nominal value of related receivables and is amortized using the effective interest method over the payment period. The amount amortized is included in interest income.

     (m) Convertible Notes and Bonds with Warrants

      Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 9, “Convertible Securities” related to convertible bonds, bonds with warrants and convertible preferred stock, which requires the separate recognition of the convertible features and warrant rights. However, as allowed by the transition clause of the Statement, the Company recognizes interest expense on convertible notes and bonds with warrants as determined using the effective interest method, and amortization of a redemption premium is recorded as long-term accrued interest expense.

     (n) Retirement and Severance Benefits

      Employees who have been with the Company for more than one year are entitled to lump sum payments based on current rates of pay and length of service when they leave the Company. The Company’s estimated liability under the plan which would be payable if all employees left on the balance sheet date is accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. A portion of the liability is covered by an employees’ severance pay insurance where the employees have a vested interest in the deposit with the insurance company. Therefore, such deposit for severance benefit insurance amounting to W519,377 million and W638,945 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of the liability for retirement and severance benefits.

      Through March 1999, under the National Pension Scheme of Korea, the Company transferred a certain portion of retirement allowances of employees to the National Pension Fund. The amount transferred will reduce the retirement and severance benefit amount to be payable to the employees when they leave the Company and is accordingly reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a reduction from retirement and severance benefit liability. The cumulative balances of such transfers to the National Pension Fund were W729 million and W525 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Beginning in April 1999, however, a new regulation applies and such transfers to the National Pension Fund are no longer required.

     (o) Customer Call Bonus Program

      The Company records an estimated liability for the marketing costs associated with providing gifts under the customer call bonus program when call bonus points are earned. The liability is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The liability is adjusted periodically based on points earned, points redeemed and changes in estimated costs.

F-16

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (p) Contingent Liabilities

      Contingent losses are generally recognized as a liability when probable and reasonably estimable.

     (q) Revenue Recognition

      Operating revenues are recognized on a service-rendered basis. Revenues from public telephone cards are recognized when the cardholder places a call. Sales and cost of sales of Personal Communication Service (“PCS”) handsets are recognized when delivered to the customer. The non-refundable service initiation fees for telephone, broadband Internet access, PCS services and leased-line service are recognized as revenue upon receipt.

      Prior to April 15, 2001, customers could choose between alternative plans for initiating basic telephone services. Under these alternatives, customers could elect to place a fully refundable deposit (which is reflected as a liability) or pay a reduced non-refundable service initiation fee (which is included in operating revenues). Prior to this change, all customers were required to place fully refundable deposits.

      Effective April 15, 2001, the Company revised the telephone installation deposit system. Under the revised system, new customers are required to pay a non-refundable service initiation fee. The non-refundable service initiation fee is included in operating revenues.

      Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 4, “Revenue Recognition,” clarifying existing standards regarding revenue recognition. The Company’s current policy for revenue recognition is not significantly different from the requirements of this Statement.

     (r) Foreign Currency Translation

      Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Korean Won at the balance sheet date. Unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses on monetary assets and liabilities are included in current results of operations. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Korean Won at W1,197.8 to US$1 and W1,043.8 to US$1, respectively, that are permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, which are stated at historical cost, are translated into Korean Won at the foreign exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

      Prior to January 1, 2003, the Company accounted for foreign exchange translation gains and losses on all borrowings, capitalizing financing costs, as part of the cost of qualifying assets. However, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 7, “Capitalization of Financing Costs,”. In accordance with this standard, all foreign exchange translation gains and losses are included in the results of operations.

     (s) Derivatives

      Derivative instruments, regardless of whether they are entered into for trading or hedging purposes, are valued at fair value. Derivative contracts not meeting the requirements for hedge accounting treatment are classified as trading contracts with the changes in fair value included in current operations.

      Derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are accounted for in a manner consistent with the accounting treatment appropriate for the transactions being hedged or associated with such contracts. The instruments are valued at fair value when underlying transactions are valued at fair value, and resulting unrealized valuation gains or losses are recorded in current results of operations.

F-17

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (t) Leases

      The Company accounts for and classifies its lease transactions as either an operating or capital lease, depending on the terms of the lease under Korean Lease Accounting Standards. If a lease is substantially noncancellable and meets one or more of the criteria listed below, the present value of future minimum lease payments is reflected as an obligation under capital lease.

•  Ownership of the leased property shall be transferred to the lessee at the end of the lease term without additional payment or for a contract price.

•  The lease has a bargain purchase option.

•  The lease term is equal to 75% or more of the estimated economic useful life of the leased property.

•  The present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90% of the fair value of the leased property.

      If the above criteria are not met, the lease is classified as an operating lease and lease payments are expensed under straight-line over the lease term.

     (u) Income Taxes

      Income tax expense or benefit on earnings includes both current and deferred taxes. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided using the asset and liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. However, deferred taxes are not recognized for temporary differences related to unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sales securities that are reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the expected enactment date.

      A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that such deferred tax asset is recoverable in a future period. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

     (v) Dividends Payable

      Dividends are recorded when approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders.

     (w) Stock Options

      The stock option program allows the Company’s officers to acquire shares of the Company. The option exercise price is generally fixed at above the market price of underlying shares at the date of the grant. The Company values stock options based upon an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes model) under the fair value method and recognizes this value as an expense over the period in which the options vest.

      When the options are exercised, equity is increased by the amount of the proceeds received, and the values of options exercised and credited to the capital adjustment account. When stock options are forfeited because the specified vesting requirements are not satisfied, previously recognized compensation costs and corresponding capital adjustment account are reversed to earnings. When stock options expire unexercised, previously recognized compensation costs and corresponding capital adjustment account are reversed to capital surplus.

F-18

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (x) Earnings Per Share

      Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net earnings available to common stock holders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock holders outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net earnings available to common stock holders plus interest expenses, net of tax, of the convertible notes by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding adjusted to include the potentially dilutive effect of the convertible notes.

      Stock options were not considered when calculating diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the warrants and stock options was greater than the average market price of the common share and, therefore, the effect would have been antidilutive.

     (y) Use of Estimates

      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with Korean GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     (z) Minority Interest in Consolidated Subsidiaries

      Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries is presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

(aa)                      Foreign Currency Translation of Foreign Subsidiaries

      Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and operations are translated into Korean Won at the rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the fiscal year. Gains and losses resulting from such translation of financial statements are recognized as a foreign-based operations translation adjustment in stockholders’ equity.

(ab)                      Accounting for the Disposition of an Equity Interest in a Consolidated Subsidiary

      Gains or losses on the Company’s sale of a subsidiary’s stock is recognized in income if, after the sale of the equity interest, the investment is no longer required to be consolidated. If the entity is still required to be consolidated, the Company records the difference between net proceeds and the carrying amount of the stock as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity.

(ac)                      Application of the Statements of Korea Financial Accounting Standards

      The Korean Accounting Standards Board (“KASB”) has published a series of Statements of Korean Accounting Standards (“SKAS”), which will gradually replace the existing financial accounting standards, established by the Korea Financial Supervisory Board. SKAS No. 10, “Inventories”, No. 12, “Construction-Type Contracts” and No. 13, “Troubled Debt Restructuring”, were adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2004. Adoption of these standards did not have significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

(ad)                      Recent Changes in the Statements of Korea Financial Accounting Standards

      On January 1, 2005, SKAS No. 15 “Equity Method Accounting”, No. 16 “Income Taxes”, and No. 17 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” become effective for the Company according to the

F-19

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

effective date set forth by each SKAS. The Company does not expect the adoption of these standards to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

(ae)                      Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each significant class of financial instruments for which it was practicable to estimate such value:

      (i)     Cash and cash equivalents, short-term financial instruments, notes and accounts receivable — trade, accounts receivable — other, trading securities, available-for-sale securities, notes and accounts payable — trade, short-term borrowings and accrued expenses

      The carrying amount approximates fair value because these instruments are either carried at fair value or because of the short maturity of these instruments.

     (ii) Investment Securities

      The fair value of equity securities of non-affiliates and debt securities are estimated based on quoted market prices. The fair values of equity-linked securities are estimated based on quotes obtained from dealer. For those investments for which there were no quoted market prices, a reasonable estimate of fair value could not be made without incurring excessive costs. Additional information pertinent to the fair value of unquoted investments is provided below.

     (iii) Loans to Employees

      The carrying amount of loans included in other current assets approximate fair value due to the short term maturities of these investments. The fair value of long-term loans in other assets is estimated based on discounted cash flows using current rates offered for loans of the same remaining maturities.

     (iv) Long-term debt

      The fair value of the long-term debt, including the current portion, is estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities.

     (v) Interest rate swap, interest rate swaption, currency swap, interest currency swap, currency forward and currency option

      The fair values of interest rate swap, interest rate swaption, currency swap, interest currency swap, currency forward and currency option are estimated based on quotes obtained from dealers.

F-20

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

		2003
		Carrying
		Amount		Fair Value
		(Millions)
Cash and cash equivalents			760,868		760,868
Short-term financial instruments			60,899		60,899
Notes and accounts receivable — trade			2,647,379		2,647,379
Accounts receivable — other			323,042		323,042
Trading securities			52,397		52,397
Available-for-sale securities:
	• Practicable to estimate fair value		339,640		339,640
	• Not practicable		207,759		N/A
Held-to-maturity securities			117,121		117,205
Interest rate swap			2,998		2,998
Interest rate swaption			989		989
Interest currency swap			5,083		5,083
Loans to employees			684,711		572,083
Notes and accounts payable — trade			1,022,805		1,022,805
Short-term borrowings			631,689		631,689
Accrued expenses			252,841		252,841
Interest rate swap			16,077		16,077
Currency swap			3,554		3,554
Long-term debt, including current portion			11,222,258		10,972,913

F-21

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

		2004
		Carrying
		Amount		Fair Value
		(Millions)
Cash and cash equivalents			1,755,929		1,755,929
Short-term financial instruments			984,122		984,122
Notes and accounts receivable — trade			2,793,143		2,793,143
Accounts receivable — other			365,162		365,162
Trading securities			6,186		6,186
Available-for-sale securities:
	• Practicable to estimate fair value		279,842		279,842
	• Not practicable		196,718		N/A
Held-to-maturity securities			96,064		96,207
Interest rate swap			2,102		2,102
Interest rate swaption			353		353
Currency forward			206		206
Loans to employees			611,366		542,417
Notes and accounts payable — trade			853,381		853,381
Short-term borrowings			438,592		438,592
Accrued expenses			288,488		288,488
Interest rate swap			7,278		7,278
Currency swap			40,799		40,799
Interest currency swap			99,615		99,615
Currency forward			10,025		10,025
Currency option			1,349		1,349
Long-term debt, including current portion			11,741,138		11,992,538

F-22

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      It was not practicable to estimate the fair value of investments in unlisted companies. Additional unaudited information as to total assets, stockholders’ equity (deficit), revenues and net income (loss) for these investments as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Unaudited 2003
							Stockholders’
	Percentage		Carrying		Total		Equity				Net Income
	Ownership		Amount		Assets		(Deficit)		Revenues		(Loss)
	(Millions)
Intelsat Ltd.		0.7	W	6,222		6,046,679		2,794,525		1,135,715		215,894
Inmarsat Venture plc		2.3		15,015		1,653,212		1,110,008		552,025		195,729
Korea Software Financial Cooperative		1.4		1,000		101,779		96,305		6,542		3,260
Polytech Adventure Town, Inc.		6.7		200		1,425		1,405		18		(148	)
Real Telecom Corporation		6.5		721		38,260		9,265		18,595		(9,563	)
KT Internal Venture Fund No. 1		89.3		3,303		12,481		12,410		5,230		5,131
KT Internal Venture Fund No. 2		90.0		3,000		3,302		3,301		25		10
Korea Information Certificate Authority, Inc.		9.4		2,000		25,363		18,067		15,062		(26	)
Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd		9.6		11,960		880,615		214,304		225,222		31,174
Korea Telecom Venture Fund No. 190.0				18,000		24,046		23,737		1,136		697
Kookmin Credit Information, Inc.		13.0		1,202		6,457		3,378		8,481		(5,894	)
Korea Information Technology Fund		33.3		100,000		309,459		309,459		—		9,459
On Game Network Inc.		19.5		1,061		9,146		6,749		11,681		380
Other		—		44,075	- - - - - - - Not available - - - - - - - -
			W	207,759

F-23

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	Unaudited 2004
							Stockholders’					Net
	Percentage		Carrying		Total		Equity					Income
	Ownership		Amount		Assets		(Deficit)			Revenues		(Loss)
	(Millions)
Intelsat Ltd.		0.7		6,222		4,977,479		2,406,816			1,089,629		(40,373	)
Inmarsat Group holdings., Ltd.		2.3		653		2,278,094		38,099			501,755		11,899
Korea Software Financial Cooperative		1.4		1,000		106,060		101,205			6,249		3,457
Polytech Adventure Town, Inc.		6.7		200		2,910		2,610			984		(160	)
Real Telecom Corporation		6.5		721		26,977		(3,338	)		9,419		(12,778	)
KT Internal Venture Fund No. 1		89.3		3,303		4,101		4,101			51		17
KT Internal Venture Fund No. 2		94.3		5,000		5,374		5,374			64		64
Korea Information Certificate Authority, Inc.		9.4		2,000		20,224		13,213			15,015		(2,980	)
Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd		4.4		5,000		896,905		238,554			197,726		25,723
Korea Telecom Venture Fund No. 1		90.0		18,000		21,170		20,876			2,866		(1,277	)
Kookmin Credit Information, Inc.		13.0		1,202		5,003		(214	)		8,268		(2,305	)
Korea Information Technology Fund		33.3		100,000		310,448		310,448			11,090		10,010
On Game Network Inc.		19.5		1,061		19,556		13,565			17,007		1,401
Other		—		52,356	- - - - - - - Not available - - - - - - - -
			W	196,718

(3) Basis of Translating Consolidated Financial Statements

      The consolidated financial statements are expressed in Korean won and, solely for the convenience of the reader, the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been translated into United States dollars at the rate of W1,035.1 to US$1, the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers in Won as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at December 31, 2004. The translation should not be construed as a representation that any or all of the amounts shown could be converted into U.S. dollars at this or any other rate.

(4) Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
Cash on hand	W	380	W	65
Checking accounts		3,919		5,751
Passbook accounts		17,859		22,290
Cash in transit		541,918		424,884
Time deposits		196,792		1,302,939
	W	760,868	W	1,755,929

F-24

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(5) Restricted Deposits

      There are certain amounts included in cash and cash equivalents and short-term and long-term financial instruments, which are restricted in use for expenditures for certain business purposes as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
Cash and cash equivalents	W	1,038	W	—
Short-term financial instruments		3,127		5,800
Long-term financial instruments		61		92
	W	4,226	W	5,892

(6) Inventories

      Inventories as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
PCS handsets	W	225,809	W	282,652
Valuation allowance		—		(21,471	)
Construction and repair materials		72,924		29,331
Other		66,100		83,807
	W	364,833	W	374,319

(7) Other Current Assets

      Other current assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
Current portion of long-term loans to employees	W	118,629	W	136,047
Prepaid expenses		28,412		28,203
Prepayments		49,371		74,030
Accrued interest income		8,359		25,098
Refundable deposits		8,721		4,154
Short-term loans		6,526		271
Receivables from derivative contracts (note 23)		9,070		2,661
Other		956		189
	W	230,044	W	270,653

F-25

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(8) Investments in Securities

      Investments in securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

(a)     Trading securities (fair value)

	Millions
	2003		2004
Mutual funds	W	52,397	W	6,186

(b)     Available-for-sale securities

(i)                     Equity securities

		Percentage of
		Ownership (%)				Millions
		2003		2004		2003		2004
Current assets:
	Knowledge Plant, Inc.*		4.4		4.4		7,272		1,625
	Mobilians Co., Ltd.*		—		12.2		—		4,893
						W	7,272	W	6,518

F-26

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

		Percentage of
		Ownership (%)				Millions
		2003		2004		2003		2004
Investment assets:
	New Skies Satellites N.V.		1.4		—	W	15,917	W	—
	Intelsat, Ltd.		0.7		0.7		6,222		6,222
	Inmarsat Ventures plc		2.3		—		15,015		—
	Inmarsat Group holdings., Ltd		—		2.3		—		653
	Real Telecom Corporation		6.5		6.5		721		721
	Korea Software Financial Cooperative		1.4		1.4		1,000		1,000
	Korea Information Certificate Authority, Inc.		9.4		9.4		2,000		2,000
	KT Internal Venture Fund No. 1		89.3		89.3		3,303		3,303
	KT Internal Venture Fund No. 2		90.0		94.3		3,000		5,000
	Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd.		9.6		4.4		11,960		5,000
	Korea Telecom Venture Fund No. 1		90.0		90.0		18,000		18,000
	Sky Life Contents fund		22.5		22.5		4,500		4,500
	Korea Information Technology Fund		33.3		33.3		100,000		100,000
	Kookmin Credit Information Inc.		13.0		13.0		1,202		1,202
	On Game Network Inc.		19.5		19.5		1,061		1,061
	GaeaSoft Corp.*		2.1		2.1		913		514
	KRTnet Corporation*		7.5		7.5		4,454		3,634
	Sports Toto		6.7		6.7		13,500		13,500
	VACOM Wireless, INC.		16.8		16.8		1,880		719
	ESTsoft Corp.		15.0		15.0		1,650		1,650
	CEC Mobile		16.7		16.7		4,456		4,456
	Onse Telecom		6.4		8.6		4,605		6,181
	Wide Telecom, Inc*		0.5		0.5		24		11
	Dalsvyaz*		2.6		2.6		234		204
	Other		—		—		13,684		22,078
						W	229,301	W	201,609

*  Investments in these equity securities are recorded at fair value. All other equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values are stated at cost.

      The Company recognized an impairment loss on available-for-sale securities of W43,993 million and W5,831 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These charges were related to other-than-temporary declines in the value of the investee companies.

      The Company and SK Telecom agreed to an equity swap on December 20, 2002 under which each company sold all of the other’s equity shares it held in the other. According to the agreement, the Company exchanged 4,457,635 shares of SK Telecom for 15,454,659 shares of treasury stock plus cash of W211,868 million on December 30, 2002. In addition, the Company exchanged 3,809,288 shares of SK Telecom for 14,353,674 shares of treasury stock plus cash of W122,679 million on January 10, 2003 and the Company recognized a gain on disposition of available-for-sale securities in the amount of

F-27

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

W775,241 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Subsequent to January 10, 2003, the Company no longer has any shares of SK Telecom.

(ii)     Debt securities

				Millions
		Maturity		2003		2004
Current assets:
	Beneficiary certificates		2005	W	216,105	W	251,285
	Equity-linked securities		—		63,380		—
				W	279,485	W	251,285
Investment assets:
	KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd.		—		19,254		—
	Other		—		12,087	W	17,148
				W	31,341	W	17,148

      On April 11, 2002, the Company purchased equity-linked securities from an investment bank. The value of the equity-linked securities were linked to the weighted-average quoted price of SK Telecom stock. The Company’s investments in the equity-linked securities were recorded at fair value and unrealized holding gains and losses were recorded as a separate component of stockholder’s equity. The equity-linked securities were tested for impairment during 2003 because of the decrease of the quoted market value of the SK Telecom shares. As a result of this impairment test, the Company recognized an impairment loss amounting to W35,137 million on the equity-linked securities for the year ended December 31, 2003. As of December 31, 2003, the equity-inked securities also had unrealized losses recorded within stockholders’ equity of W34,078 million. During 2004, the Company disposed of its equity-linked securities and recognized a realized loss on disposition of available-for-sale securities amounting to W54,806 million.

     (iii) Changes in unrealized gains (losses)

      Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
Beginning balance	W	(24,799	)
Realized losses on disposition of securities		27,844
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, net		4,752
Net balance at end of year	W	7,797

F-28

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (c) Held-to-maturity securities

		Millions
		2003		2004
Current assets:
	Government and municipal bonds	W	5,712	W	1,660
Investment assets:
	Government and municipal bonds		11,495		2,501
	Beneficiary certificates (note 23(j))		99,914		88,667
	Other		—		3,236
		W	111,409	W	94,404

      During 2003, KTF acquired the above beneficiary certificates issued by Shinhan Bank Trust in relation to the disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable (see note 23(j)). During 2004, KTF recognized the difference between fair value and acquisition cost as impairment loss of W42,078 million, which may arise from the uncollectability of the trade accounts and notes receivable.

(9) Investments in Equity Securities of Affiliated Companies

      Investments in affiliated companies accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

							Millions
			Percentage
			Ownership (%)				2003				2004
			2003		2004		Net Asset		Book Value		Net Asset			Book Value
Listed*:
	Hallim Venture Capital Corporation (“HVCC”)			25.3		25.3	W	7,700	W	3,512	W	2,466		W	—
Unlisted:
	Mongolian Telecommunications Co.			40.0		40.0		4,982		4,982		8,183			8,183
	Korea IT Venture Partners Inc.			28.0		28.0		9,227		9,227		9,228			9,228
	KBSi Co., Ltd.			32.4		32.4		1,386		1,386		1,667			1,667
	Korea Telephone Directory Co., Ltd.			34.0		34.0		8,601		8,601		8,777			8,777
	eNtoB Corp.			23.8		23.8		3,420		3,420		3,803			3,803
	KT Infotech Corporation			15.6		15.6		4,350		3,955		3,334			3,059
	Korea Telecom Realty Development and Management Co., Ltd.			19.0		19.0		1,964		1,921		2,172			2,172
		Korea Digital Satellite Broadcasting Co. (“KDB”)		29.9		29.9		40,411		89,885		(2,191	)		—
	Korea Information Data Corp.			19.0		19.0		6,864		6,864		9,138			9,138
	Korea Information Service Corp.			19.0		19.0		4,552		4,552		6,007			6,007
	KT Instrument & Communication Corp.			19.0		19.0		309		309		354			354
	Bank Town Co., Ltd.			19.0		19.0		444		433		569			569
	Korea Telecom Hitel Global Co., Ltd.			49.0		49.0		293		293		—			—
	Sports TOTO On-Line			30.0		30.0		1,450		1,450		1,104			1,104
							W	95,953	W	140,790	W	54,611		W	54,061

*  The quoted market value (based on closing KOSDAQ price) of HVCC as of December 31, 2004 is W2,990 million.

F-29

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      In December 2003, the Company purchased additional 11,770,000 shares of KDB for W82,390 million including W49,119 million of which was allocated to investor-level goodwill. After making this cash purchase, the Company’s equity ownership interest increased to 29.9%. In 2004, the Company impaired investor-level goodwill of W37,030 million related with KDB due to continuous operating losses. This impairment loss was recorded as a component of equity in losses of affiliates.

      The Company has recorded unrealized losses of W2,691 million and W6,732 million relating to its affiliates as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, which have been accounted for as capital adjustments. These capital adjustments have been recorded as unrealized losses on equity securities of affiliates within stockholders’ equity.

      The Company received dividends of W554 million and W333 million in the aggregate from affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.

(10) Insurance

      Property, plant and equipment are insured against fire damage up to an amount of W1,237,621 million and W1,619,139 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Additionally, the Company maintains insurance policies covering loss and liability arising from automobile accidents.

(11) Other Assets

      Other assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003			2004
Frequency usage right, net (note 12)	W	1,208,429		W	1,115,996
Long-term loans to employees		565,556			475,319
Leasehold rights and deposits		330,747			313,302
Goodwill		944,326			731,694
Negative goodwill		(2,071	)		(1,553	)
Other intangible assets, net		276,714			338,552
Long-term accounts receivable — trade		48,438			139,740
Long-term accounts receivable — other		17,361			17,368
Deferred income tax assets (note 26)		415,396			373,726
Other		133,064			71,434
	W	3,937,960		W	3,575,578

(12) Frequency Usage Right

      During 2001, KTICOM acquired an IMT-2000 frequency usage right and a license to operate the IMT-2000 business from the MIC for W1,300 billion. KTICOM was merged into KTF on March 6, 2003. The Company paid 50%, or W650 billion, of this amount in 2001 and the net present value of the remaining W650 billion unpaid balance is recorded as long-term accounts payable — other in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. This right have a contractual life of 15 years and is amortized beginning on the date commercial service is initiated on December 1, 2003 through the end of their contractual life.

F-30

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The net amount of the frequency usage right as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

	Millions
	2003			2004
Frequency usage right	W	1,216,223		W	1,216,223
Less: Accumulated amortization		(7,794	)		(100,227	)
	W	1,208,429		W	1,115,996

      Long-term accounts payable — other related to frequency usage right is stated at the net present value of future cash flows, calculated using the effective interest rate (9.93%) at the time of receipt of the frequency use license. The balances as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
	2003			2004
Long-term accounts payable — other	W	650,000		W	650,000
Less: Present value discount		(131,239	)		(111,793	)
	W	518,761		W	538,207

      The maturities of the Company’s long-term accounts payable — other related to frequency usage right outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Year	Millions
2005	W	—
2006		—
2007		90,000
2008		110,000
2009		130,000
2010		150,000
2011		170,000
	W	650,000

(13) Short-term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings (all of which mature within one year) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

			Millions
	Interest Rate
	Per Annum (%)		2003		2004
Commercial paper		3.96 , 4.80%	W	478,000	W	215,000
Borrowings from banks		4.18 , 6.00%		119,817		195,883
Short-term borrowings in foreign currency		0.60 , 4.71%		33,872		27,709
			W	631,689	W	438,592

F-31

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(14) Other Current Liabilities

      Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
Key money deposits	W	100,739	W	104,197
Unearned income		4,932		4,002
Payables from interest rate swap (note 23)		16,077		7,278
Payables from interest currency swap (note 23)		—		99,615
Payables from currency swap (note 23)		3,554		40,799
Payables from currency forward (note 23)		—		10,025
Payables from currency option (note 23)		—		1,349
Other		7,312		9,704
	W	132,614	W	276,969

F-32

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(15) Long-term Debt

      Long-term debt as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 is summarized as follows:

							Millions
			Interest Rate
			Per Annum (%)		Maturity Date		2003		2004
Local currency (Won) debt:
		Bonds		4.14,9.20		2005,2014	W	6,425,001	W	6,850,000
		Convertible notes of KTF and KTFT		1.00		2005		38,880		38,600
		Convertible notes issued in May 2002		3.00		2005		1,322,563		1,322,530
		Borrowings from banks		4.90,7.25		2005,2007		90,680		72,223
		Information and Telecommunication Improvement Fund		3.53,6.85		2005,2009		173,070		132,764
								8,050,194		8,416,117
	Foreign currency debt:
		Convertible notes issued in January 2002 (USD)		0.25		2007	W	1,483,628	W	1,178,759
		Bonds with warrants (Microsoft) (USD)		4.30		2005		598,900		521,900
		Yankee bonds (USD)		7.50,7.63		2006,2007		419,230		365,330
		Bonds (USD)		Libor+0.80		2006		179,670		156,570
		MTNP notes (USD)		5.88,6.50		2014,2034		—		730,660
		Bonds (JPY)		2.64,3.13		2005,2006		263,666		142,146
		Loans (USD)		Libor+0.45, Libor+3.50		2005,2009		248,451		219,198
								3,193,545		3,314,563
								11,243,739		11,730,680
	Add: Premium on bonds							30,997		52,828
	Less:
		Current portion, net of discount						2,172,510		4,756,067
		Discount on bonds						52,478		42,370
							W	9,049,748	W	6,985,071

      In June 2004, the Company established a US$1 billion Medium Term Note Program (MTNP). As of December 31, 2004, the Company has issued notes in the amount of US$700 million with fixed interest rates under the MTNP. The notes are listed on the Singapore Stock Exchange. As of December 31, 2004, the unused portion of the MTNP amounts to US$300 million.

      On January 4, 2002, the Company issued convertible notes with face amount of US$1,317.8 million. Holders of convertible notes are entitled to convert notes into shares of the Company’s common stock from January 4, 2003 to January 1, 2007. In November 2004, certain holders of the convertible notes elected their option to redeem these convertible notes. As a result, as described in note 35, on January 4, 2005, the principal amount of US$1,115.1 million was repaid. Prior to January 1, 2004, convertible notes are not subject to foreign

F-33

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

currency translation because convertible notes were regarded as non-monetary foreign currency liabilities in accordance with Korean GAAP. However, as a result of the redemption election by the note holders, the convertible notes are subject to foreign currency translation as of December 31, 2004. Accordingly, the Company has recognized a foreign currency translation gain of W304,870 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. During 2002 and 2003, the Company purchased and retired convertible notes with a face value of US$191.5 million.

      During 2002, bonds with warrants were issued in connection with a strategic alliance with Microsoft Corp. Holders of bonds with warrants were entitled to exercise the warrants from January 4, 2003 to December 31, 2003. The warrants expired on December 31, 2003 without being exercised. The bonds of W521,900 million issued to Microsoft Corp. were repaid on January 4, 2005.

      On May 25, 2002, the Company issued convertible notes with a face amount of W1,397,349 million. Holders of the convertible notes are entitled to convert notes into shares of the Company’s common stock from September 25, 2002 to April 25, 2005. The exchange price was W59,400 per share of common stock, which allowed the bondholders to obtain up to 23,524,392 shares. The number of shares allowed to the holders was reduced to 22,264,813 shares due to early retirement and conversion of the convertible notes. The convertible notes, if not converted, will be redeemed at 104.438% of their principal amount at maturity date. The Company recognizes interest expense on the convertible notes using the effective interest method, and amortization of the redemption premium is recorded as accrued interest expense. Since the issuance of the notes through December 31, 2004, the Company has purchased and retired convertible notes with a face value of W74,000 million and exchanged convertible notes with a face value of W819 million with the Company’s shares.

      On December 18, 2003, the Company purchased and retired convertible notes issued on January 4, 2002 with a face value of US$83.7 million for US$85.8 million with a gain on retirement of convertible notes of W7,441 million

      Aggregate principal maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Millions
2005	W	4,713,505
2006		1,232,601
2007		1,310,355
2008		857,686
2009		994,796
Thereafter		2,621,737
	W	11,730,680

(16) Refundable Deposits for Telephone Installation

      Through September 15, 1998, KT collected deposits for telephone installation in accordance with the Korea Public Telecommunication Business Law. Such deposits (which are reflected as a liability) are to be refunded without interest to the telephone subscribers upon termination of service. For changes in site classifications of telephones that were installed prior to January 1, 1990, KT is obligated to refund the original deposit received plus the increased deposit due to changes in site classifications.

      Beginning on September 15, 1998, KT allowed customers to choose between alternative plans for basic telephone service. Under such plan, customers were permitted the option to either place fully refundable deposits or pay a reduced non-refundable service initiation fee. The non-refundable service installation fees were recorded as operating revenues. Refundable deposits continue to be subject to the same provisions as

F-34

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

described above. Effective April 15, 2001, all new customers are required to pay a non-refundable service initiation fee.

(17) Accrual for Retirement and Severance Benefits

      Changes in retirement and severance benefits for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

		Millions
		2002			2003			2004
Estimated severance benefits liability at beginning of year		W	474,438		W	379,606		W	245,878
Provision for the year			275,007			1,067,076			281,453
Increase due to change of consolidated subsidiaries			(1,853	)		600			—
Payments			(42,942	)		(1,020,940	)		(93,178	)
Withdrawal from the National Pension Fund, net			332			337			204
Payment for deposit of severance benefits insurance			(325,376	)		(180,801	)		(119,568	)
	Net balance at end of year	W	379,606		W	245,878		W	314,789

      In September 2003, the Company offered a voluntary early retirement plan (the “Plan”) to its employees. Under the terms of the Plan, employees participating in the Plan would receive additional amounts of retirement and severance benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded costs of W831,535 million related to this Plan covering approximately 5,500 employees. The aggregate amounts of normal retirement and severance benefits, previously accrued as retirement and severance benefit liabilities, of the employees electing to retire pursuant to such programs amounted to W110,932 million.

(18) Other Long-term Liabilities

      Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003		2004
Accrual for customer call bonus points	W	105,391	W	128,397
Advance receipt		17,099		16,390
Key money deposits from customers		20,963		24,868
Other		5,414		2,188
	W	148,867	W	171,843

F-35

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(19) Stockholders’ Equity

      The composition of holders of common stock as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	No. of Shares Owned						Ownership Percentage
	2002		2003		2004		2002			2003			2004
National Pension Corporation		7,859,178		9,461,792		10,654,638		2.54			3.32			3.74
Employee Stock Ownership Associations		17,678,198		16,394,226		16,173,934		5.72			5.76			5.68
Treasury stock		76,988,771		74,090,974		74,090,418		24.91			26.01			26.01
Others, including private companies		206,551,512		184,902,408		184,930,410		66.83			64.91			64.57
		309,077,659		284,849,400		284,849,400		100.00	%		100.00	%		100.00	%

      Changes in common stock for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		Number of
		Shares Issued			Millions
Balance at January 1, 2002			312,199,659			W1,560,998
	Retirement of treasury stock on October 9, 2002		(3,122,000	)		—
Balance at December 31, 2002			309,077,659			1,560,998
	Retirement of treasury stock on January 6, 2003		(15,454,659	)		—
	Retirement of treasury stock on June 20, 2003		(2,937,000	)		—
	Retirement of treasury stock on December 9, 2003		(5,836,600	)		—
Balance at December 31, 2003			284,849,400			1,560,998
	Retirement of treasury stock during 2004		—			—
Balance at December 31, 2004			284,849,400			W1,560,998

      As allowed by the Securities Exchange Law of the Republic of Korea, the Company retired its treasury shares by a charge to retained earnings rather than its common stock.

F-36

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		Millions
							Retained Earnings
				Capital								Capital			Minority
		Common Stock		Surplus			Appropriated		Unappropriated			Adjustments			Interest			Total
Balance at January 1, 2002		W	1,560,998	W	1,446,149		W	5,579,108	W	1,139,835		W	2,211,133		W	2,046,080		W	13,983,303
	Net earnings		—		—			—		1,946,934			—			—			1,946,934
	Appropriations of retained earnings		—		—			863,157		(863,157	)		—			—			—
	Retirement of treasury stock		—		—			—		(167,341	)		—			—			(167,341	)
	Dividends		—		—			—		(224,054	)		—			—			(224,054	)
	Increase in treasury stock, net		—		—			—		—			(4,021,094	)		—			(4,021,094	)
	Loss on retirement of treasury stock		—		—			—		—			(6,638	)		—			(6,638	)
	Increase (decrease) in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		—		—			—		—			(1,566,580	)		1,310			(1,565,270	)
	Unrealized losses on equity securities of affiliate		—		—			—		—			(2,923	)		(178	)		(3,101	)
	Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net		—		—			—		—			—			316,918			316,918
	Issuance of common stock of a consolidated subsidiary		—		2,526			—		—			—			22,169			24,695
	Changes in subsidiaries included in consolidation		—		—			—		—			—			238			238
	Goodwill of additional equity in consolidated subsidiaries acquired during 2002		—		(217	)		—		—			—			(449,774	)		(449,991	)
	Other		—		(507	)		—		—			(857	)		(669	)		(2,033	)
Balance at December 31, 2002		W	1,560,998	W	1,447,951		W	6,442,265	W	1,832,217		W	(3,386,959	)	W	1,936,094		W	9,832,566

F-37

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

		Millions
							Retained Earnings
				Capital									Capital			Minority
		Common Stock		Surplus			Appropriated			Unappropriated			Adjustments			Interest			Total
Balance at January 1, 2003		W	1,560,998	W	1,447,951		W	6,442,265		W	1,832,217		W	(3,386,959	)	W	1,936,094		W	9,832,566
	Net earnings		—		—			—			821,734			—			—			821,734
	Appropriations of retained earnings		—		—			1,583,589			(1,583,589	)		—			—			—
	Retirement of treasury stock		—		—			—			(1,198,499	)					—			(1,198,499	)
	Dividends (note 27)		—		—			—			(212,887	)		—			—			(212,887	)
	Cumulative effect of an accounting change (note 2(a))		—		—			—			(1,530	)		—			(2,198	)		(3,728	)
	Increase (decrease) in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities		—		—			—			—			(768,362	)		2,541			(765,821	)
	Unrealized losses on equity securities of affiliate		—		—			—			—			1,575			1,937			3,512
	Decrease of treasury stock, net (note 22)		—		—			—			—			149,627			—			149,627
	Loss on retirement of treasury stock		—		—			—			—			(9,753	)		—			(9,753	)
	Stock options		—		—			—			—			6,192			774			6,966
	Changes in translation adjustments of foreign subsidiaries		—		—			—			—			2,087			160			2,247
	Changes in subsidiaries included in consolidation		—		—			—			—			—			27,379			27,379
	Acquisition of additional equity in consolidated subsidiaries		—		(165,642	)		—			—			—			(260,410	)		(426,052	)
	Equity change of subsidiary from merger transaction		—		26,181			—			—			—			(92,958	)		(66,777	)
	Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net		—		—			—			—			—			235,695			235,695
	Other		—		122			—			—			—			289			411
Balance at December 31, 2003		W	1,560,998	W	1,308,612		W	8,025,854		W	(342,554	)	W	(4,005,593	)	W	1,849,303		W	8,396,620
Balance at January 1, 2004		W	1,560,998	W	1,308,612		W	8,025,854		W	(342,554	)	W	(4,005,593	)	W	1,849,303		W	8,396,620
	Net earnings		—		—			—			1,282,216			—			—			1,282,216
	Appropriations of retained earnings		—		—			(2,593,992	)		2,593,992			—			—			—
	Retirement of treasury stock in consolidated subsidiaries		—		(14,784	)		—			—			—			(135,069	)		(149,853	)
	Dividends (note 27)		—		—			—			(632,276	)		—			—			(632,276	)
	Dividends in consolidated subsidiaries		—		—			—			—			—			(50,037	)		(50,037	)
	Increase (decrease) in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities		—		—			—			—			32,596			(1,418	)		31,178
	Unrealized losses on equity securities of affiliates		—		—			—			—			(4,041	)		(1,281	)		(5,322	)
	Stock options		—		—			—			—			4,941			1,188			6,129
	Changes in translation adjustments of foreign subsidiaries		—		—			—			—			3,012			(2,814	)		198
	Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries		—		—			—			—			—			148,931			148,931
	Other		—		(2,211	)		—			—			33			774			(1,404	)
Balance at December 31, 2004		W	1,560,998	W	1,291,617		W	5,431,862		W	2,901,378		W	(3,969,052	)	W	1,809,577		W	9,026,380

F-38

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(20) Capital Surplus

      Capital surplus as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2002			2003			2004
Paid-in capital in excess of par value	W	1,440,258		W	1,440,258		W	1,440,258
Goodwill of additional equity in consolidated subsidiaries		(16,007	)		(181,649	)		(181,649	)
Other, net		23,700			50,003			33,008
	W	1,447,951		W	1,308,612		W	1,291,617

      The line item, “Other, net”, mainly consists of the effects of common stock issuance of subsidiaries, retirement of treasury stock in consolidated subsidiaries and merger between subsidiaries.

(21) Appropriated Retained Earnings

      Retained earnings appropriated to various restricted reserves as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

		Millions
		2002		2003		2004
Involuntary reserve:
	Legal reserve	W	780,499	W	780,499	W	780,499
Voluntary reserve:
	Reserve for business rationalization		193,101		443,416		443,416
	Reserve for technology and human resource development		6,667		3,334		—
	Reserve for social overhead capital		23,333		3,333		—
	Reserve for business expansion		5,230,718		6,587,325		4,000,000
	Reserve for redemption of telephone bonds		207,947		207,947		207,947
		W	6,442,265	W	8,025,854	W	5,431,862

      Retained earnings appropriated to the legal reserve are restricted in use as cash dividends under the applicable laws and regulations of the Republic of Korea. The Korean Commercial Code requires KT to appropriate to a legal reserve an amount equal to at least 10% of the cash dividend amount at the end of each accounting period until the reserve equals 50% of stated capital. The legal reserve may be used to reduce a deficit or may be transferred to stated capital.

      The Company is allowed to appropriate from retained earnings amounts necessary to establish reserves for business expansion and research and development. These reserves may be used for research, development and facilities expansion of the Company.

      Under the Special Tax Treatment Control Law, the Company is allowed to make certain deductions from taxable income. The Company is, however, required to transfer from retained earnings the amount of tax benefits obtained and transfer such amount into reserves for social overhead capital and technology and human resource development.

      Through 2001, under the Special Tax Treatment Control Law, investment tax credits were allowed for certain investments. The Company was, however, required to transfer from retained earnings the amount of tax benefits obtained into a reserve for business rationalization. Effective December 11, 2002, the Company is

F-39

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

no longer required to establish a reserve for business rationalization despite tax benefits received for certain investments, and consequently the existing balance is now regarded as a voluntary reserve.

(22) Treasury Stock

     (a) Trust fund

      During 2000, in order to stabilize the price of the Company’s common stock in the market, the Company established a treasury stock fund of W100 billion. This trust fund is managed by a bank, which is used primarily as a vehicle for trading the common stock of the Company. The trust fund (which is recorded at cost) held treasury stock of 1,259,170 shares as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

     (b) Issuance to the notes holders

      During 2004, certain holders of convertible notes (as described in note 15), which were issued on May 25, 2003, converted their notes into shares of the Company’s common stock. As part of this transaction, 556 shares of treasury stock were issued to the note holders.

     (c) Purchase and retirement of treasury stock

      The Company and SK Telecom agreed to an equity swap on December 20, 2002, under which each company sold all of the other’s equity shares it held in the other. According to the agreement, the Company exchanged 4,457,635 shares of SK Telecom for 15,454,659 shares of the Company’s common stock and cash of W211,868 million on December 30, 2002 and retired these treasury stock for W786,666 million by a charge to retained earnings on January 6, 2003. In addition, on January 10, 2003, the Company exchanged 3,809,288 shares of SK Telecom for 14,353,674 shares of the Company’s common stock amounting W730,704 million and cash of W122,679 million.

      During 2003, the Company initiated a stock buyback and retirement program approved by the Board of Directors. The Company reacquired 8,773,600 shares of treasury stock during 2003 and retired these treasury shares amounting to W411,833 million by a charge to retained earnings. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts under the stock buyback and retirement programs are outstanding.

     (d) Sale and contribution to Employee Stock Ownership Association

      On August 28, 2003, the Company sold 1,803,296 shares of treasury stock to the KT Employee Stock Ownership Association (“ESOA”). The difference between carrying value and the fair value of W13,886 million was recorded as a loss on retirement of treasury stock and the difference between the fair value and the sales proceeds of W40,754 million was expensed in 2003.

F-40

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Changes in treasury stock for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		2003						2004
		Number of						Number of
		Shares			Millions			Shares			Millions
Balance at beginning of year			76,988,771		W	4,112,225			74,090,974		W	3,962,598
	Purchase of the Company’s common stock		23,127,274			1,142,537			—			—
	Issuance to convertible note holders		(2,356	)		(127	)		(556	)		(30	)
	Purchase by trust fund, net		8,840			414			—			—
	Retirement of treasury stock		(24,228,259	)		(1,198,499	)		—			—
	Sale and contribution to ESOA		(1,803,296	)		(93,952	)		—			—
Balance at end of year			74,090,974		W	3,962,598			74,090,418		W	3,962,568

(23) Commitments and Contingencies

(a)             Legal matters

      On February 20, 2001, the Fair Trade Commission alleged that the Company had unfairly assisted its affiliates by paying them unreasonably high service fees through the violation of the Fair Trade Laws. The Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine of approximately W30,700 million, and the Company expensed W30,700 million for this claim during 2001. In November 2004, the Seoul High Court partially reversed the Fair Trade Commission’s decision and decreased the fine from W30,700 million to W2,400 million. As of December 31, 2004, the ruling of the Seoul High Court’s decision is not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company believes that the Fair Trade Commission will appeal to the Supreme Court of Korea.

      The Company is also in litigation as a defendant in other cases for damages allegedly resulting from various claims, disputes and legal actions in the normal course of operations. These claims amounted to W111,230 million as of December 31, 2004. The Company accrued W9,309 million as contingent liabilities related to the claims as of December 31, 2004. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these matters, and the matter described in the previous paragraph, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

(b)             Interest rate swap

      During 2002, the Company entered into interest rate swaption contract with a bank for variable rates of interest in place of fixed rates of interest. Details of the interest rate swaption contract outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Swaption

Fixed

Premium

Notional

Interest Rate

Variable Interest

Bank

(Millions)

Amount

(1 Year)

Rate (3 Months)

Exercise Date

Type

Citibank

W1,913

W100,000

7.9

%

91-Day CD rate

April 25, 2005

Selling

      Under the interest rate swaption contract, the Company recognized a valuation gain of W2,448 million and a valuation loss of W(636) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-41

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(c)             Interest rate swap

      During 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company entered into various interest rate swap contracts with financial institutions for variable rates of interest in place of fixed rates of interest. Details of these interest rate swap contracts as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Nominal		Notional
	Premium		Amount		Fixed
Bank	(Millions)		(Millions)		Interest Rate		Variable Interest Rate		Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan	$	1.6		US$ 150		7.50%		6-month LIBOR + 4.32%		June 1, 2006
J.P. Morgan	$	0.5		US$ 200		7.63%		6-month LIBOR + 4.61%		April 15, 2007
Citibank		—	W	110,000		5.29%		3-month LIBOR + 1.47%		April 30, 2008
Shinhan Bank		—	W	180,000		6.35%		3-month LIBOR + 2.47%
								+ Contingent spread		September 30, 2007
Shinhan Bank		—	W	57,810		4.70%		6-month LIBOR + 0.69%		June 24, 2009
UBS		—	W	57,810		4.70%		6-month LIBOR + 0.69%		June 24, 2009
UBS		—	W	57,810		4.64%		6-month LIBOR + 0.69%		June 24, 2009
BNP Paribas		—	W	110,000		5.29%		3-month LIBOR + 1.54%		April 30, 2008
CSFB		—	W	57,810		4.64%		6-month LIBOR + 0.69%		June 24, 2009

      Under the interest rate swap contracts, the Company recognized a valuation loss of W(13,645) million and gain of W222 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and a valuation loss of W(2,943) million and gain of W12,427 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

      In addition, the Company settled two contracts and three contracts in 2003 and 2004, respectively, and recognized a transaction gain of W8,170 million and a transaction loss of W(1,252) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

(d)             Currency swap

      During June 2003, the Company entered into two currency swap contracts for principal and interest denominated in Korean Won in place of principal and interest of long-term debt denominated in U.S. dollars. Details of these currency swap contracts as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Receiving		Paying
	Amount		Amount
Bank	(Millions)		(Millions)		Receiving Interest Rate	Paying Interest Rate	Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan	US$	50		W 59,750	4.30% (US$) per year	6.17% (Won) per year		January 3, 2005
J.P. Morgan	US$	150		W179,760	3-month LIBOR + 0.80%(US$)	3-month LIBOR + 2.64% (Won)		June 24, 2006

      Under the currency swap contracts, the Company recognized valuation losses of W(2,429) million and W(37,244) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

(e)             Interest currency swap

      In October 2003, the Company entered into five interest currency swap contracts with financial institutions for principal and the fixed rate of interest denominated in Korean Won in place of principal and the variable rate of interest of long-term debt denominated in U.S. dollars. The principal amounts in Korean Won will be adjusted according to the foreign exchange rate of the terminal date within certain ranges. In addition, during 2004, the Company entered into five interest currency swap contracts with financial institutions for principal and interest denominated in Korean Won in place of principal and interest of long-

F-42

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

term debt denominated in U.S. dollars. Details of these interest currency swap contracts as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Receiving
	Amount		Paying Amount		Fixed Interest
Bank	(Millions)		(Millions)		Rate (1 Year)	Variable Interest Rate (6 Months)	Terminal Date
J.P. Morgan	US$	50	W	55,000,60,000	4.3% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 4.55% (Won)		January 3, 2005
J.P. Morgan(*)	US$	100	W	115,620	5.9% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 1.87% (Won)
					5.5% (Won)			June 24, 2014
J.P. Morgan(**)	US$	200	W	231,240	5.5% (Won)	6-month LIBOR + 0.69% (Won) 5.9%-Contingent Spread (US$)		June 24, 2014
Merrill Lynch	US$	100	W	116,400	5.0% (Won)	5.9%-Contingent Spread (US$)		June 24, 2014
Merrill Lynch	US$	50	W	53,325	4.7% (Won)	5.9%-Contingent Spread (US$)		June 24, 2014
Citibank	US$	25	W	27,500,30,000	4.3% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 4.45% (Won)		January 3, 2005
UBS	US$	25	W	27,500,30,000	4.3% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 4.45% (Won)		January 3, 2005
Deutsche Bank	US$	50	W	55,000,60,000	4.3% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 4.57% (Won)		January 3, 2005
Deutsche Bank	US$	50	W	53,325	4.7% (Won)	5.9%-Contingent Spread (US$)		June 24, 2014
Shinhan Bank	US$	50	W	55,000,60,000	4.3% (US$)	6-month LIBOR + 4.45% (Won)		January 3, 2005

(*)  The interest will be received at 5.9% (US$) and paid at 6-month LIBOR + 1.87% (Won) every six months over the first five years. Then, the interest will be received at 5.9% (US$) every six months and paid at 5.5% (Won) per year over the following five years.

(**)  The interest will be received at 5.9%-contingent spread (US$) and paid at 6-month LIBOR + 0.69% (Won) every six months over the first five years. Then, the interest will be received at 5.9%-contingent spread (US$) every six months and paid at 5.5% (Won) per year over the following five years.

      Under the interest currency swap contracts, the Company recognized valuation gain of W5,083 million and valuation loss of W(105,899) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

     (f) Currency Forward

      During 2004, the Company entered into eight currency forward contracts with financial institutions related to the convertible notes which are due on January 4, 2005 (note 16). As of December 31, 2004, these fixed amount US dollar forward contracts amounting to $870 million are outstanding with a terminal date of January 3, 2005. Under the currency forward contracts, the Company recognized a valuation loss of W(10,025) million and a valuation gain of W164 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004.

      In 2004, KTFT and KTSC, subsidiaries of KT, entered into eight currency forward buying contracts with financial institutions. As of December 31, 2004, one currency forward contract amounting to $3.4 million in KTSC is outstanding with a terminal date of March 7, 2005. Under the currency forward contract, KTSC recognized a valuation gain of W42 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

      During 2004, KTFT settled seven contracts at the terminal date and recognized a transaction loss of W(730) million and gain of W508 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

F-43

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (g) Currency option

      In 2004, KTF has entered into two currency option contracts with Shinhan Bank. Each currency option contract consists of a call and put option. The details of the currency option contracts as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

	Contract
	Amount				Fixed
Bank	(millions)		Position		Exchange Rate		Terminal Date
Shinhan Bank		JPY 2,000		JPY Call/ JPY Put		10.30,10.85		May 24 2005
Shinhan Bank		JPY 2,000		JPY Call/ JPY Put		10.65,13.40		April 20, 2006

      Under these currency option contracts, KTF recognized a valuation loss of W(1,349) million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

     (h) Loans and Borrowings

      As of December 31, 2004, the Company has entered into bank overdraft agreements with two banks for borrowings up to W750,000 million and a collection agreement for foreign currency denominated checks up to US$1 million with Korea Exchange Bank. In addition, the Company has received letters of credit up to US$35 million with four banks.

      In October 2004, the Company has entered into revolving stand-by credit line agreements with 12 banks for borrowing up to US$200 million. However, as of December 31, 2004, there is no outstanding amount under these agreements.

      As of December 31, 2004, KTP has received letter of credits up to US$4,235 thousand and W1,000 million with three banks.

      As of December 31, 2004, KTF has entered into bank overdraft agreements with Shinhan Bank for borrowings up to W50,000 million. The Company also has received letter of credits up to US$20,000 thousand with Shinhan Bank.

      In addition, as of December 31, 2004, KTH also has entered into bank overdraft agreements with Korea First bank for borrowings up to W1,000 million.

     (i) Guarantee Provided by a Third Party

      As of December 31, 2004, three financial institutions are providing guarantees for the Company covering contract biddings up to US$7,403 thousand, SAR8 million and W57,701 million.

     (j) Disposal of KTF accounts receivable

      On November 4, 2003, KTF transferred handset installment receivables of W339,677 million and guarantee insurance and other incident rights to KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd. As a result of this disposal, KTF received cash of W312,000 million and subordinate debt securities of W19,254 million, and KTF recognized a loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable of W8,423 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

      In addition, on December 19, 2003, KTF transferred PCS service receivables of W253,247 million as of October 31, 2003, and future trade receivables, which were expected to be incurred until February 28, 2007 to Shinhan Bank Trust. As a result of this disposal, on December 19, 2003, KTF received cash of W200,000 million and beneficiary certificate of W53,247 million. Under this program, KTF sells receivables on a monthly basis. As a result, the beneficiary certificate will change depending on the amount of disposals. KTF recognized a loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable of W1,680 million and

F-44

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

W11,816 million for the years ended 2003 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the uncollected trade receivables under this program were W301,802 million and W342,672 million, respectively.

     (k) Leases

     (i) Operating leases

      The Company maintains operating lease agreements for certain machinery and equipment from Macquarie IT KOREA Lease Company and others. Annual future lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Millions
2005	W	67,600
2006		66,819
2007		6,268
2008		5,915
2009		5,915
Thereafter		31,621
	W	184,138

     (ii) Capital leases

      The Company has capital lease agreements with GE Capital Korea Ltd. for certain machinery and equipment, of which acquisition cost amounts to W22,860 million. Depreciation on the machinery and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 amounted to W312 million and W4,505 million, respectively. Annual future minimum payments under the lease agreements as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Millions
2005	W	4,955
2006		4,955
2007		4,955
2008		4,782
2009		2,123
		21,770
Less: amount representing interest		(1,683	)
	W	20,087

F-45

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(24) Operating Revenues

      Operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
	2002		2003		2004
Internet services	W	1,989,915		W2,369,593		W2,606,852
Data communication services		1,262,377		1,083,093		962,627
Telephone services		6,895,301		6,610,982		6,189,290
PCS services		4,127,323		4,164,286		4,799,586
Sales of PCS handsets		1,366,548		1,153,505		1,754,968
Satellite services		123,616		119,639		119,412
Other		672,342		566,681		635,636
	W	16,437,422		W16,067,779		W17,068,371

      Starting from January 1, 2003, revenues from real estate rental services are accounted for as operating revenues. For comparative purposes, revenues from real estate rental services which were accounted for as other income in 2002 are reclassified into operating revenues.

F-46

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(25) Operating Expenses

      Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

			Millions
			2002		2003		2004
Cost of services:
	Salaries and wages		W	2,065,564	W	1,918,479	W	1,870,317
	Provision for retirement and severance benefits, including early retirement payments (note 17)			257,619		999,607		264,754
	Employee benefits			588,615		569,463		479,244
	Communications			33,729		34,549		30,458
	Utilities			156,853		176,554		191,657
	Taxes and dues			86,309		92,497		97,333
	Rent			149,746		138,677		183,560
	Depreciation			3,351,008		3,305,255		3,319,305
	Amortization			59,762		67,155		169,435
	Repairs and maintenance			408,953		444,867		484,108
	Automobile maintenance			24,006		23,811		24,492
	Commissions and professional fees			526,166		552,593		718,101
	Entertainment			3,256		2,969		6,060
	Advertising			113,616		101,503		111,344
	Education and training			11,484		15,102		14,140
	Research and development			116,747		99,130		102,747
	Travel			33,199		32,326		32,373
	Supplies			36,315		36,997		36,177
	Cost of services (commissions for system integration service and other miscellaneous service)			743,055		532,424		420,149
	Cost of goods sold			1,345,950		1,131,475		1,782,140
	Interconnection charges			1,187,882		1,077,082		973,429
	International line usage			173,779		184,326		194,143
	Other			47,656		70,495		72,963
				11,521,269		11,607,336		11,578,429
		Less: amounts included in construction in progress		143,538		119,986		125,600
				11,377,731		11,487,350		11,452,829
	Selling, general and administrative expenses			2,677,888		2,757,993		3,135,010
			W	14,055,619	W	14,245,343	W	14,587,839

      In September 2003, the Company offered a voluntary early retirement plan (the “Plan”) to its employees. Under the terms of the Plan, employees participating in the Plan would receive additional amounts of retirement and severance benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded costs of W831,535 million related to this Plan covering approximately 5,500 employees. The aggregate amounts of normal retirement and severance benefits, previously accrued as retirement and severance benefits liabilities,

F-47

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

of the employees electing to retire pursuant to this plan amounted to W110,932 million. Substantially all of these costs were paid during the fourth quarter of 2003.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		Millions
		2002		2003		2004
Salaries and wages		W	129,186	W	119,987	W	75,397
	Compensation expenses (note 29)		1,172		6,966		6,129
	Provision for retirement and severance benefits, including early retirement payments (note 17)		17,388		67,469		16,699
	Employee benefits		29,351		28,396		24,613
	Travel		7,107		5,643		4,969
	Communications		28,978		29,682		26,155
	Utilities		4,834		4,805		2,693
	Taxes and dues		44,597		47,794		44,290
	Rent		66,380		55,653		86,107
	Depreciation		89,137		87,920		84,334
	Amortization		297,187		296,896		224,414
	Repairs and maintenance		12,109		5,683		4,299
	Automobile maintenance		2,410		1,871		1,856
	Commissions and professional fees		268,755		282,253		343,625
	Commissions to sales agent		631,964		565,082		940,039
	Entertainment		1,051		1,576		1,843
	Advertising		213,399		182,466		182,918
	Education and training		49,824		44,152		36,232
	Research and development		128,808		145,495		162,460
	Supplies		9,913		10,099		2,632
	Promotion		406,833		376,834		537,927
	Provision for doubtful accounts		194,288		363,774		287,073
	Other		43,217		27,497		38,306
		W	2,677,888	W	2,757,993	W	3,135,010

(26) Income Taxes

      (a) The Company is subject to a number of income taxes based upon taxable income which results in the following normal tax rates (including resident tax):

Taxable Earnings	2002-2004		2005 and Thereafter
Up to W100 million		16.5%		14.3%
Over W100 million		29.7%		27.5%

      In December 2003, the Korean government reduced the corporate income tax rate (including resident tax) beginning in 2005. Specifically, effective from January 1, 2005, the income tax rate will be reduced from 29.7% to 27.5%. As a result, a change in deferred income taxes of W33,974 million is charged to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003.

F-48

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		Millions
		2002		2003		2004
Current income tax expense		W	592,322	W	477,337	W	470,925
Deferred income tax expense			149,032		46,294		106,964
	Income taxes for the year	W	741,354	W	523,631	W	577,889

      (b) The provision for income taxes calculated using tax rates differs from the actual provision for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 for the following reasons:

		Millions
		2002			2003			2004
Provision for income taxes at normal tax rate		W	892,546		W	469,575		W	596,684
	Tax effect of prior years income tax additional payment (refund)		(1,887	)		16,036			280
	Tax effect of permanent differences, net		56,955			85,689			39,024
	Utilization of loss carryforwards		(44,744	)		(40,273	)		(32,628	)
	Investment tax credits		(161,516	)		(174,952	)		(206,344	)
	Effect of tax rate change		—			33,974			6,535
	Impairment of deferred tax asset		—			133,582			174,338
Income taxes for the year		W	741,354		W	523,631		W	577,889

      The effective tax rates, after adjustments for certain differences between amounts reported for financial accounting and income tax purposes, were approximately 24.7%, 33.1% and 28.8% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-49

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      (c) The tax effects of temporary differences that result in significant portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are presented below:

			Millions
			2003		2004
Deferred income tax assets:
	Retirement and severance benefits		W	9,309	W	8,357
	Allowance for doubtful accounts			161,473		149,093
	Refundable deposits for telephone installation			20,022		18,157
	Equity in losses of affiliates			221,957		352,926
	Investment securities			50,469		36,669
	Tax credit carryforwards			25,816		61,526
	Loss carryforwards			—		22,283
	Other, net			90,355		107,347
		Total deferred income tax assets		579,401		756,358
Deferred income tax liabilities:
	Accumulated depreciation		W	28,166	W	64,708
	Accrued interest income			2,257		10,004
		Total deferred income tax liabilities		30,423		74,712
Write-off				133,582		307,920
		Deferred income tax asset, net	W	415,396	W	373,726

      Following the Company’s acquisition of a controlling financial interest in KTM in July 2000, KTM reassessed its business plan with the Company in KTM’s future business. As part of the revised strategy, KTM’s intent was to seek a merger partner and undertake other operational changes. During December 2000, KTM concluded that it was not likely that it would be able to realize the tax benefit of its loss carryforward and, therefore, wrote off the related deferred tax assets in the amount of W233,496 million as of December 31, 2000 by a charge to deferred income tax expense in 2000.

      In 2001, KTM was merged into KTF with the combined entity operating under the name of KTF. Upon the merger in 2001, the Company recognized a deferred tax asset for the net operating loss of KTM. However, subsequent to the initial realization, the Company provided a valuation allowance as a component of income tax expense for this deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of realization. As a result of KTM’s operating performance in 2001 as well as a change in tax regulations, KTF was able to utilize KTM’s loss carryforward as a benefit to income tax expense in the amount of W44,744 million in 2002, W40,273 million in 2003 and W33,628 million in 2004. In addition, KTF further reduced its valuation allowance by W13,450 million as of December 31, 2004 for the portion of net operating loss that KTF estimates it will utilize in 2005. As of December 31, 2004, KTF’s remaining loss carryforwards are W131,885 million and will expire during 2005.

      The Company concluded that it was not probable that it would be able to realize the tax benefit of its equity in losses of affiliates within the near future which is construed usually to mean 5 years and, therefore, wrote off the related deferred income tax assets in the amount of W133,582 million and W169,963 million by a charge to deferred income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      In addition, in April 2004, KTR was merged into KTN, a subsidiary of KT, and KTN wrote off the deferred tax assets in the amount of W4,375 million.

F-50

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      During 2003, the Korea National Tax Service initiated a tax audit of the Company for the periods from 1998 to 2002. In September 2003, the Company received a final notice from the Korea National Tax Service asserting income tax deficiencies. As a result of the tax audit, the Company paid W67,410 million which consisted of W1,639 million of deferred income tax asset and W65,771 million of income tax expense resulting from a change in estimate, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003.

      During 2004, the Korea National Tax Service initiated a tax audit with the Company for a stock transaction which took place in 2000. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized a deferred income tax asset of W65,294 million and income tax expense resulting from a change in estimate of W943 million, respectively, from the cash payment related to this tax audit.

(27) Dividends

     (a) Interim dividends

      On July 29, 2004, an interim dividend was declared by the Board of Directors and the Company paid this dividend to common shareholders on August 13, 2004. Dividends relating to each of the year’s earnings based upon the par value of common stock are as follows:

	Rate					Millions
	2003		2004			2003		2004
Dividends paid		—		20.0	%	W	—		210,759

      (b) Dividends are generally proposed based on each year’s earnings and are declared and paid in the subsequent year. Dividends relating to each of the following year’s earnings based upon the par value of common stock are as follows:

	Rate									Millions
	2002			2003			2004			2002		2003		2004
Dividends proposed		17.2	%		40.0	%		40.0	%	W	212,887	W	421,517	W	421,518

      Proposed dividends of W421,518 million were not recorded in the 2004 financial statements. They will be recorded upon the approval by the shareholders in 2005.

(28) Earnings Per Share

      Earnings per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are calculated as follows:

     (a) Basic earnings per share

	Millions
	(Except Number of Shares
	and Earnings per Share)
	2002		2003		2004
Net earnings	W	1,946,934	W	821,734	W	1,282,216
Weighted-average number of shares of common stock (in thousands)		259,450		216,106		210,759
Basic earnings per share (in Won)	W	7,504	W	3,802	W	6,084

F-51

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (b) Diluted earnings per share

		Millions
		(Except Number of Shares
		and Earnings per Share)
		2002		2003		2004
Net earnings		W	1,946,934	W	821,734	W	1,282,216
Adjustments:
	Interest expense on convertible notes		34,070		51,373		46,662
Net earnings available for common and common equivalent shares			1,981,004		873,107		1,328,878
Weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares (in thousands)			300,097		263,556		233,270
Diluted earnings per share (in Won)		W	6,601	W	3,313	W	5,697

      Diluted earnings per share are calculated based on the effect of potentially dilutive securities that were outstanding during the year. The denominator for the diluted earnings per share computation is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potentially dilutive securities had been converted into common stock. In addition, the numerator is adjusted to include the after-tax amount of interest recognized associated with convertible notes.

      Potentially dilutive securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	No. of Potentially
	Dilutive Shares
	(Thousands)
	2003		2004
Convertible notes (note 15)		45,770		22,511
Stock options (note 29)		616		512

      Stock options were not considered in the determination of diluted earnings per share in 2003 and 2004 because of the anti-dilutive effect on the exercise of stock options.

(29) Stock Options

      The Company granted stock options to its executive officers and directors in accordance with the stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors. The details of the stock options granted are as follows:

	1st Grant			2nd Grant			3rd Grant
Grant date		2002.12.26			2003. 9.16			2003.12.12
Exercise price (in Won)		70,000			57,000			65,000
Number of shares		371,632			34,200			106,141
Exercise period		2004.12.27,2009.12.26			2005.9.17,2010.9.16			2005.12.13,2010.12.12
Valuation method	Fair value (Black-Scholes model)		Fair value (Black-Scholes model)			Fair value (Black-Scholes model)

      The first grant of stock options consisted of 680,000 shares of common stock, including 220,000 shares under performance condition at the option price of W70,000 per share. However, the number of stock options decreased to 371,632 shares and the total cost of compensation decreased from W10,602 million to W8,311 million because of the resignation of two officers and not achieving performance criteria.

F-52

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The second grant of stock options consisted of 36,400 shares of common stock at the option price of W57,000 per share. However, the number of stock options decreased to 34,200 shares and the total cost of compensation decreased from W453 million to W426 million because of the resignation of an outside director.

      The third grant of stock options consisted of 120,000 shares of common stock, including 40,000 shares under performance condition at the option price of W65,000 per share. As of December 31, 2004, the total shares that are expected to be exercised are 106,141 and the total cost of compensation is W1,160 million.

      The options are fully vested upon completion of two years mandatory service periods starting from the grant dates. The first and third granted option holders can exercise one third of total options annually from 2004 and 2005, respectively. The second granted options holders can exercise total options when the options are vested.

      The Company adopted the fair value method (Black-Scholes model) for the calculation of compensation costs which are amortized to expense over the option vesting periods.

      The valuation assumptions of stock options based on the fair value method under the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

	1st Grant		2nd Grant		3rd Grant
Risk free interest rate		5.46%		4.45%		5.09%
Expected option life		4.5 years to 5.5  years		4.5 years		4.5 years to 5.5  years
Expected volatility		49.07% , 49.90%		34.49%		31.26% , 33.90%
Expected dividend yield ratio		1.10%		1.57%		1.57%
Fair value per option (in Won)		W22,364		W12,443		W10,926
Total compensation cost (in millions)		W8,311		W426		W1,160

      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized a compensation benefit of W1,167 million because certain directors left the Company prior to completion of mandatory service periods.

      Changes in the total cost of compensation for the year ended December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

		Millions
Adjusted total cost of compensation
	Total cost of compensation before adjustment	W	12,215
	Cost of compensation — forfeited		(2,318	)
			9,897
Accumulated cost recognized in prior periods			(5,479	)
Cost recognized for the year
	Cost of compensation — forfeited		1,167
	Cost of compensation for the year		(4,887	)
			(3,720	)
Cost to be recognized in future years		W	698

      In addition, KTF and KTP, subsidiaries of KT, granted stock options to its officers and adopted the fair value based method for the calculation of compensation expense which is amortized to expense over the option vesting period. KTF and KTP recognized W2,487 million (accumulated) as capital adjustments as of

F-53

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

December 31, 2004 and recognized stock option expense of W1,590 million and W2,409 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

(30) Segment Information

      The Company has two reportable operating segments — wireline communications and PCS services (including IMT-2000 services). Wireline communications include all services provided to fixed line customers, including internet services, data communication services, wire and other facilities, leased line services and telephone services. Beginning in 2003, the IMT-2000 services operating segment is included within the PCS services operating segment due to the merger between the two separate legal entities, KTF and KTICOM during 2003. In prior years, IMT-2000 services was reported as a separate operating segment. PCS service is a digital wireless telephone system that uses light handsets with a long battery life to communicate via low-power antennas. PCS telephones have the capacity to receive and send data as well as voice transmission. IMT-2000 service is a third-generation, high-capacity wireless communication system that enables subscribers to utilize a full range of mobile multi-media services including video phone and wireless data transmission. The operations of all other entities which fall below the reporting thresholds are included in the “Miscellaneous” segment below, and include entities providing, among others, submarine cable construction and group telephone management.

      The Company’s reportable segments are separate legal entities that offer different products and services and/or serve different customers. No single customer accounted for revenues in excess of 10% of total revenues. The entities are managed differently since they utilize different technology and marketing strategies and have different capital requirements. Management primarily evaluates the performance of the segments based on operating income (loss).

      The Company accounts for intersegment revenues and costs as if the related transactions were with third parties. The adjustments included in “Reconciling Adjustments,” and “Other income (expenses), net” line items include minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries of W(316,918) million, W(235,695) million and W(148,931) million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and elimination of the parent company’s equity in net earnings of KTF and other subsidiaries of W(208,756) million, W(160,161) million and W(91,880) million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Reconciling adjustments also include reclassification of amortization of goodwill between the line items “Other income (expenses), net” and “Operating expenses — depreciation and amortization” in the amount of W294,652 million, W294,306 million and W212,210 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Additionally, reconciling adjustments include intersegment eliminations in all line items.

F-54

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The following table provides information for each operating segment as of and for year ended December 31, 2002:

		2002
		Wireline									Reconciling
		Communications			PCS Services			Miscellaneous			Adjustments			Consolidated
								(Millions)
Operating revenues:
	External customers	W	11,291,130		W	4,806,875		W	339,417		W	—		W	16,437,422
	Intersegment		455,113			552,334			358,745			(1,366,192	)		—
			11,746,243			5,359,209			698,162			(1,366,192	)		16,437,422
Operating expenses:
	Depreciation and amortization		2,714,437			728,845			62,713			291,099			3,797,094
	Other		7,200,342			3,841,340			626,417			(1,409,574	)		10,258,525
			9,914,779			4,570,185			689,130			(1,118,475	)		14,055,619
	Operating income (loss)		1,831,464			789,024			9,032			(247,717	)		2,381,803
Interest income			53,890			57,976			12,280			(1,028	)		123,118
Interest expense			(425,482	)		(216,092	)		(9,914	)		1,028			(650,460	)
Other income (expenses), net			1,155,746			(19,710	)		(22,779	)		(279,430	)		833,827
	Earnings (loss) before income taxes		2,615,618			611,198			(11,381	)		(527,147	)		2,688,288
Income taxes			651,801			79,921			11,129			(1,497	)		741,354
	Net earnings (loss)	W	1,963,817		W	531,277		W	(22,510	)	W	(525,650	)	W	1,946,934
Total assets		W	21,761,117		W	8,909,766		W	893,828		W	(2,514,565	)	W	29,050,146
Capital expenditures		W	2,145,210		W	1,034,693		W	56,722		W	(4,279	)	W	3,232,346

F-55

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The following table provides information for each operating segment as of and for year ended December 31, 2003:

		2003
		Wireline									Reconciling
		Communications			PCS Services			Miscellaneous			Adjustments			Consolidated
		(Millions)
Operating revenues:
	External customers	W	11,090,939		W	4,520,348		W	456,492		W	—		W	16,067,779
	Intersegment		483,610			566,999			462,716			(1,513,325	)		—
			11,574,549			5,087,347			919,208			(1,513,325	)		16,067,779
Operating expenses:
	Depreciation and amortization		2,514,299			849,500			101,874			291,553			3,757,226
	Other		7,817,106			3,459,638			775,515			(1,564,142	)		10,488,117
			10,331,405			4,309,138			877,389			(1,272,589	)		14,245,343
	Operating income (loss)		1,243,144			778,209			41,819			(240,736	)		1,822,436
Interest income			78,670			34,842			12,046			(10,104	)		115,454
Interest expense			(432,200	)		(272,992	)		(10,452	)		10,104			(705,540	)
Other income (expenses), net			400,055			(76,937	)		(55,685	)		(154,418	)		113,015
	Earnings (loss) before income taxes		1,289,669			463,122			(12,272	)		(395,154	)		1,345,365
Income taxes			459,603			51,657			11,671			700			523,631
	Net earnings (loss)	W	830,066		W	411,465		W	(23,943	)	W	(395,854	)	W	821,734
Total assets		W	19,573,181		W	7,591,888		W	1,229,309		W	(2,837,703	)	W	25,556,675
Capital expenditures		W	2,083,370		W	953,377		W	186,830		W	(14,201	)	W	3,209,376

F-56

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The following table provides information for each operating segment as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

		2004
		Wireline									Reconciling
		Communications			PCS Services			Miscellaneous			Adjustments			Consolidated
		(Millions)
Operating revenues:
	External customers	W	11,315,054		W	5,206,380		W	546,937		W	—		W	17,068,371
	Intersegment		535,765			634,890			724,857			(1,895,512	)		—
			11,850,819			5,841,270			1,271,794			(1,895,512	)		17,068,371
Operating expenses:
	Depreciation and amortization		2,361,257			1,090,645			135,583			210,003			3,797,488
	Other		7,362,443			4,211,186			1,136,658			(1,919,936	)		10,790,351
			9,723,700			5,301,831			1,272,241			(1,709,933	)		14,587,839
Operating income (loss)			2,127,119			539,439			(447	)		(185,579	)		2,480,532
Interest income			102,398			12,691			21,056			(19,420	)		116,725
Interest expense			(450,740	)		(220,606	)		(26,588	)		19,420			(678,514	)
Other income (expenses), net			20,748			(22,914	)		(27,902	)		(28,570	)		(58,638	)
	Earnings (loss) before income taxes		1,799,525			308,610			(33,881	)		(214,149	)		1,860,105
Income taxes			544,003			24,709			9,209			(32	)		577,889
	Net earnings (loss)	W	1,255,522		W	283,901		W	(43,090	)	W	(214,117	)	W	1,282,216
Total assets		W	20,114,036		W	7,960,430		W	1,285,758		W	(2,886,992	)	W	26,473,232
Capital expenditures		W	1,818,507		W	945,623		W	210,482		W	(3,236	)	W	2,971,376

(31) Non-cash Financing and Investing Activities

      Significant non-cash investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	2003			2004
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities	W	(13,045	)	W	4,752
Change in unrealized gains (losses) due to the sales of available-for-sale securities		(781,406	)		27,844
Available-for-sale securities transferred to treasury stock		730,704			—
Exchange on available-for-sale securities		—			18,798
Construction in progress transferred to property, plant and equipment		2,473,599			2,585,478

(32) Contribution Payments for Research and Development and Donations

      For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company made contributions of W69,314 million, W63,407 million and W74,413 million, respectively, to the Korean government (Information and Telecommunication Improvement Fund), the Korea Electronic Telecommunication Research Institute (ETRI), and other institutes. In addition, the Company established a labor welfare fund as a

F-57

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

separate entity and contributed W50,000 million, W100,000 million and W50,000 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

(33) Contributions Received for Losses on Universal Telecommunications Services

      Starting on January 1, 2000, all telecommunications service providers must contribute towards the supply of universal telecommunications services in Korea. Telecommunications service providers designated as universal service providers by the MIC are required to provide universal telecommunications services, including local services, local public telephone services, telecommunications services for remote islands and wireless communication services for ships. The Company has been designated a universal service provider. The losses incurred by universal service providers in connection with providing these universal telecommunications services are to be apportioned among the service providers based on their respective annual revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, amounts reimbursed to the Company were W113,908 million, W28,539 million and W80,310 million, respectively. As the only universal telecommunication service provider in Korea, the Company incurred estimated contribution costs of W205,910 million, W86,704 million and W120,915 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These costs are subject to review by the MIC before being finalized.

(34) Fourth Quarter Information (Unaudited)

      Operating revenues, operating income, net earnings and basic earnings per share for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
	(Except per Share Data)
	2003		2004
Operating revenues	W	3,977,336	W	4,187,416
Operating income		491,410		430,921
Net earnings		82,516		383,998
Basic earnings per share		382		1,822

(35) Subsequent Events

      As described in note 15, on January 4, 2005, the principal amount of US$1,115 million of convertible notes and US$500 million of bonds with nondetachable warrants was repaid.

      In the second half of 2004, the Fair Trade Commission began an antitrust investigation of the Company into alleged unfair collaborative practices of fixed-line telephone and broadband Internet service providers during the period from 2002 to 2004. Under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act, the maximum fine that the Fair Trade Commission may impose upon the Company is up to 5% of revenues derived from unfair collaborative practices during the period in which the unfair collaborative practices were committed. On May 25 2005, the Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine of W116 billion against the Company. Although the Company plans to appeal, the Company has provided for this penalty in its fiscal 2005 consolidated financial statements.

(36) Reconciliation to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

      The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The significant differences between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP that affect the Company’s financial statements are described below.

F-58

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (a) Companies Included in Consolidation

      Under Korean GAAP, all majority-owned subsidiaries and entities of which the Company or a controlled subsidiary owns more than 30% of total outstanding voting stock and is the largest stockholder are included in the consolidation. However, U.S. GAAP generally requires that majority-owned subsidiaries be consolidated and that any entity of which the Company owns twenty to fifty percent of total outstanding voting stock not be consolidated; rather that entity should be accounted for under the equity method. The following table shows the Company’s percentage of ownership and carrying value of each of its affiliates that are excluded from consolidation under U.S. GAAP and instead are accounted for under the equity method:

		Percentage of Ownership						Carrying Value (Millions)
		December 31,						December 31,
Entity		2002		2003		2004		2003			2004
Listed:
	KTF		40.3		46.9		48.7		1,712,126	(*)		1,678,164
	KTSC		36.9		36.9		38.9		23,311			22,710
Unlisted:
	KTP		45.4		44.8		44.8		39,148			43,313

      The quoted market values(based on closing Korea Stock Exchange and KOSDAQ prices) of KTF and KTSC shares held by the Company as of December 31, 2004 are W2,214,110 million and W9,524 million respectively.

(*) As discussed at Note 36(d), for the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recognized an impairment loss amounting to W789,603 million relating to KTF due to the significant decrease of the quoted market value of KTF.

      In addition, under Korean GAAP, the Company consolidates KTFT (owned 70.8% by KTF) as of December 31, 2004, KTICOM of which KTF owned 87.3% as of December 31, 2002, before being merged into KTF on March 6, 2003. These entities are also accounted for under the equity method under U.S. GAAP.

      Presented below is summarized combined financial information of the above companies in accordance with Korean GAAP as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004.

		Millions
		2003		2004
Current assets		W	1,314,125	W	1,808,900
Other assets			6,628,830		6,558,844
	Total assets		7,942,955		8,367,744
Current liabilities			2,464,485		2,516,174
Other liabilities			2,175,495		2,479,817
	Total liabilities		4,639,980		4,995,991
Net assets		W	3,302,975	W	3,371,753

	Millions
	2002		2003		2004
Operating revenues	W	5,589,271	W	5,414,326	W	6,352,211
Operating income		791,933		779,982		542,599
Net earnings	W	538,529	W	423,943	W	298,232

F-59

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	Millions
	2002			2003			2004
Cash flows from operating activities	W	1,853,459		W	1,016,529		W	1,105,929
Cash flows from investing activities		(1,426,192	)		(173,047	)		(1,010,857	)
Cash flows from financing activities		(590,395	)		(1,344,627	)		(87,174	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(163,128	)		(155,051	)		7,898
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		363,708			200,580			45,529
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	W	200,580		W	45,529		W	53,427

      The Company’s proportionate share of U.S. GAAP adjustments of KTF, KTSC, KTFT, KTICOM and KTP are presented in the line item “U.S. GAAP adjustments of equity method affiliates” in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation of net earnings and shareholders’ equity for the applicable periods. Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and condensed consolidated income statements and condensed statements of cash flows of the Company under U.S. GAAP for each of the years in three-year period ended December 31, 2004 are presented elsewhere in note 36.

     (b) Debt and Equity Securities

      Under Korean GAAP, non-marketable securities should be classified as available-for-sale and carried at cost or fair value if applicable, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a capital adjustment. However, investments in equity securities and limited partnerships that do not have readily determinable fair value are stated at cost. For U.S. GAAP purposes, non-marketable securities are classified as cost method investments and carried at cost.

      For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company accounts for investments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, requires that marketable equity securities and all debt securities be classified in three categories and accounted for as follows:

•  Debt securities that the enterprise has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities and reported at amortized cost.

•  Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the short term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

•  Debt and equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity securities or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

F-60

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Information under U.S. GAAP with respect to investments under SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, at December 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

		2003
				Gross		Gross
		Cost or		Unrealized		Unrealized
		Amortized		Holding		Holding
		Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
		(Millions)
Equity securities
	(available-for-sale)		W14,523		W3,170		W481		W17,212
Debt securities
	(available-for-sale)		669,838		11,010		12,594		668,254
Debt securities
	(held-to-maturity)		12,068		—		—		12,068
			W696,429		W14,180		W13,075		W697,534

		2004
				Gross		Gross
		Cost or		Unrealized		Unrealized
		Amortized		Holding		Holding
		Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
		(Millions)
Equity securities
	(available-for-sale)		W1,776		W—		W511		W1,265
Debt securities
	(available-for-sale)		581,721		26,184		—		607,905
Debt securities			13,297		—		—		13,297
	(held-to-maturity)
			W596,794		W26,184		W511		W622,467

      In addition, the Company has trading securities of W16,340 million and W6,160 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004.

      The proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were W306,552 million in 2002, W166,281 million in 2003 and W577,616 million in 2004. The gross realized gains (losses) on those sales were W1,128,442 million in 2002, W763,779 million in 2003 and W(6,254) million in 2004. The average-cost method is used to calculate gains or losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities.

      In addition, prior to 1995, the Company’s investment in SK Telecom was accounted for under the equity method for both Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP. In 1995, the Company’s investment in SK Telecom decreased to below 20% and the Company concluded that it no longer had significant influence with respect to its investment in SK Telecom. As a result, under both Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP, the Company discontinued the use of the equity method. However, under Korean GAAP, certain previously recognized equity in earnings were reversed as an adjustment to retained earnings. As a result, the Company’s cost basis for its investment in SK Telecom was higher under U.S. GAAP than under Korean GAAP. This difference was eliminated since the investment in SK Telecom was reported at fair value under both Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP, with the unrealized gain reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

      In 2003, as described in note 8, the Company sold all of its shares in SK Telecom. As a result of the higher cost basis under U.S. GAAP, an adjustment has been recorded in the net earnings reconciliation to reduce U.S. GAAP net earnings. Subsequent to January 10, 2003, the Company no longer has any shares of SK Telecom.

F-61

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      On September 30, 2004, the FASB voted unanimously to delay the effective date of EITF 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments.” The delay applies to both debt and equity securities and specifically applies to impairments caused by interest rate and sector spreads. In addition, the provisions of EITF 03-1 that have been delayed relate to the requirements that a company declare its intent to hold the security to recovery and designate a recovery period in order to avoid recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment charge through earnings. The FASB will be issuing implementation guidance related to this topic. Once issued, The Company will evaluate the impact of adopting EITF 03-1. The Company has included the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 in the following paragraph.

      The following table shows the investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2003 and 2004:

	2003
	Less than
	12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
	Value		Losses		Value		Losses		Value		Losses
	(Millions)
Equity-linked notes	W	—	W	—	W	116,248	W	12,594	W	116,248	W	12,594
Common stock		—		—		1,295		481		1,295		481
Total temporarily impaired securities	W	—	W	—	W	117,543	W	13,075	W	117,543	W	13,075
Common stock	W	—	W	—	W	1,265	W	511	W	1,265	W	511
Total temporarily impaired securities	W	—	W	—	W	1,265	W	511	W	1,265	W	511

     (c) Business Combinations

      Under Korean GAAP, upon acquiring a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary, either the difference between the Company’s cost of an acquired business and the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired or the difference between the cost of an acquired business and the corresponding share of stockholders’ equity (book value) of an acquired business, depending on the availability of fair value information, is presented as goodwill. In addition, acquisitions are accounted for assuming such transactions occur as of the date of the audited or reviewed financial statements of the acquired business which are closest to the date of acquisition.

      Under U.S. GAAP, the cost of an acquired business is allocated to the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with any excess presented as goodwill and the acquisitions are accounted for as of the date the transaction occurred.

     (d) Goodwill Impairment including Investor-level Goodwill

      Under Korean GAAP, goodwill, which represents the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired, is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic useful life. The useful life of goodwill cannot exceed 40 years. When it is no longer probable that goodwill will be recovered from expected future economic benefits, it is expensed immediately. Also, for investments in affiliated companies accounted for using the equity method, the excess of acquisition cost of the affiliates over the Company’s share of their net assets at the acquisition date is being amortized by the straight-line method over its estimated useful life.

F-62

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis by comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to their carrying amounts.

      KTF, an equity investee accounted for using the equity method of accounting included in the PCS service segment, was tested for impairment during 2003 because of the significant decrease of the quoted market value of its stock. In 2003, the Company recognized an impairment loss amounting to W789,503 million relating to KTF.

      The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, including investor-level goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
	PCS Service			Miscellaneous		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2003		W755,644			W14		W755,658
Goodwill acquired during the period		—			—		—
Impairment loss		(755,644	)		—		(755,644	)
Balance as of December 31, 2003		W—			W14		W14
Balance as of January 1, 2004		W—			W14		W14
Goodwill acquired during the period		—			—		—
Impairment loss		—			—		—
Balance as of December 31, 2004		W—			W14		W14

     (e) Additional Equity Investments in and Transactions of Subsidiaries

      Under Korean GAAP, subsequent to acquiring a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary, additional equity investments by the Company in subsidiaries stock and other equity transactions of subsidiaries are accounted for assuming such transactions occur as of the date of audited or reviewed financial statements of the acquired subsidiary closest to the date of acquisition. In addition, the difference between the Company’s cost of the acquired additional interest and the corresponding share of stockholders’ equity of the acquired subsidiary is presented as an adjustment to capital surplus.

      Under U.S. GAAP, such equity investments in and transactions of affiliates and subsidiaries are recorded and accounted for as of the date the transaction occurs. As a result, the Company has a different basis in its equity investments in the subsidiaries under Korean GAAP as compared to U.S. GAAP. Therefore, any gains or losses recorded by the Company (which are recorded as capital transactions in stockholders’ equity) when an equity investee sells shares of its stock will be different under U.S. GAAP as compared to Korean GAAP. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, the cost of an additional equity interest would be allocated based on the fair value of net tangible and identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the excess allocated to goodwill.

     (f) Depreciation

      In 1995, KT adopted a method of depreciation, as allowed under Korean GAAP, whereby property, plant and equipment placed in service at any time in the first half of the year received a full year of depreciation expense, and property, plant and equipment placed in service at any time in the second half of the year received one-half year of depreciation. Also, as permitted under Korean GAAP, depreciation of these assets was based on lives which are shorter than their economic useful lives. In 1996, KT readopted the policy utilized, also acceptable under Korean GAAP, whereby property, plant and equipment is depreciated from the

F-63

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

actual date it is placed in service, while continuing to use useful lives which are shorter than the economic useful lives of such assets. In 1998, under Korean GAAP, as required under a ruling by the National Tax Service (which is also applicable under Korean GAAP), the Company changed the estimated useful lives of certain assets, including underground access to cable tunnels and concrete and steel telephone poles acquired after 1995, from 6 years to periods ranging from 20 years to 40 years, and changed the depreciation method from the declining-balance method to the straight-line method.

      In 1999, under Korean GAAP, the Company changed its depreciation method for buildings and structures acquired before December 31, 1994, from the declining-balance method to the straight-line method in order to be consistent with the method applied to buildings and structures acquired after January 1, 1995.

      Under U.S. GAAP, property, plant and equipment is generally depreciated over its estimated useful life in a systematic and rational manner. In addition, the depreciation method in the year of acquisition based on the Company’s in-service dates for its capital additions in 1995 described above, does not comply with U.S. GAAP in that significant depreciation expense is recognized prior to the actual use of the asset. The change in estimated useful lives in 1998, and the changes in 1998 and 1999 from the declining-balance method to the straight-line method would also not be appropriate under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, adjustments have been reflected for U.S. GAAP purposes for the effect of each of these items.

      Under U.S. GAAP, property, plant and equipment is generally depreciated by using the declining-balance method except for the assets of certain subsidiaries, buildings and structures acquired in 1995 and thereafter which are depreciated using the straight-line method.

      Under U.S. GAAP, the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

			Estimated Useful Lives
Buildings and structures				5-60 years
	Underground access to cable tunnels, and concrete and steel telephone poles			10-40 years
	Machinery and equipment			8-10 years
Vehicles				3-5 years
	Tools, furniture and fixtures:
		Steel safe boxes		20 years
		Tools, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures		2-8 years

     (g) Special Depreciation

      Special depreciation was an acceleration of depreciation on certain assets under Korean GAAP. The U.S. GAAP reconciliation reflects the adjustment of special depreciation to a declining balance method, based on the economic useful life of the asset. During 2002, the assets under special depreciation were fully depreciated under U.S. GAAP. Therefore, the adjustment under U.S. GAAP is no longer required in 2003 and 2004.

     (h) Interest Capitalization

      Under Korean GAAP, prior to January 1, 2003, interest was capitalized on borrowings related to the construction of all property, plant and equipment and IMT-2000 frequency usage right, incurred prior to completing the acquisition, as part of the cost of such assets. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 7 “Capitalization of Financing Costs”. As allowed by this standard, the Company has elected to expense all interest costs as incurred beginning in 2003.

F-64

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Under U.S. GAAP, interest is capitalized in the amount that would have theoretically been avoided had expenditures not been made for assets which require a period of time to get them ready for their intended use. Under U.S. GAAP, details of interest capitalization for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
	2002		2003		2004
Total interest costs incurred	W	488,970	W	443,078	W	467,365
Less amounts charged to expense		461,117		421,609		455,211
Interest capitalized	W	27,853	W	21,469	W	12,154

     (i) Intangible Assets

      Under Korean GAAP, prior to January 1, 2003, pre-operating costs and research costs were expensed as incurred, and development costs and organization costs were deferred and amortized over estimated useful lives provided such costs are recoverable from future earnings. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 3 “Intangible Assets”, which requires that organization costs are to be expensed as incurred. In addition, the cumulative effects of organization costs on prior years of this change in accounting method of W1,530 million have been charged to the retained earnings and W2,198 million of minority interest as of January 1, 2003. As allowed by the transition clause of the Statement, prior to January 1, 2003, development costs were not applied to the Statement. All of these costs are expensed as incurred under U.S.GAAP except for capitalized internal software costs. Therefore, accounting for such costs under Korean GAAP is consistent with U.S.GAAP for period after adoption of SKAS No. 3, “Intangible Assets”. The company has capitalized software costs amounting to W10,735 million and W54,921 million and W88,053 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The Company did not capitalize any pre-operating or organization costs for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

      Identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, are as follows:

	2003
	Gross Carrying				Accumulated
Amortized intangible assets:	Amount		Amortization		Net Amount
	(Millions)
Internal-use software	W	284,523	W	107,028	W	177,495
Buildings and facility utilization rights		103,443		41,630		61,813
Purchased consumer data		946		128		818
Other		16,231		6,254		9,977
Total	W	405,143	W	155,040	W	250,103

	2004
	Gross Carrying		Accumulated
Amortized intangible assets:	Amount		Amortization		Net Amount
	(Millions)
Internal-use software	W	386,343		W150,795		W235,548
Buildings and facility utilization rights		111,796		46,920		64,876
Purchased consumer data		954		137		817
Other		16,572		6,422		10,150
Total	W	515,665		W204,274		W311,391

F-65

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Amortization expense:
For the year ended December 31, 2003	W	47,489  million
For the year ended December 31, 2004	W	66,547  million

      Estimated amortization expense:

For Years Ended December 31,	Millions
2005		64,399
2006		60,082
2007		42,869
2008		22,630
2009		15,800

      The weighted-average amortization period of total amortized intangible assets, internal-use software and utilization rights are 9 years, 6 years and 20 years, respectively. The Company has no identifiable intangible assets that are not subject to amortization.

     (j) Bonds with Stock Warrants

      Under Korean GAAP, prior to January 1, 2003, all proceeds received for bonds issued with detachable stock warrants, were recorded as a debt obligation and were not allocated between the debt and stockholders’ equity components. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 9, “Convertible Securities”, which requires that the proceeds from the issuance of bonds with detachable stock warrants should be allocated between the debt obligation and the warrants. In accordance with SKAS No. 9, “Convertible Securities”, the new requirements are applicable on a prospective basis to bonds with warrants issued or modified after December 31, 2002.

      Under U.S. GAAP and consistent with SKAS No. 9, “Convertible Securities”, the proceeds from the issuance of bonds with detachable stock warrants should be allocated between the debt obligation and the warrants. The allocations is based on the relative fair values at the date of issuance and the portion of proceeds allocated to the stock warrants is recorded in stockholders’ equity.

      With respect to the bond with detachable stock warrants issued on January 4, 2002 (note 15), proceeds from bonds with detachable stock warrants were not allocated between debt and stockholders’ equity under Korean GAAP. However, under U.S.GAAP, proceeds net of tax of W13,850 million was allocated to the detachable stock warrants included in the stockholders’ equity.

     (k) Revenue Recognition

      Under Korean GAAP, non-refundable service initiation fees for telephone, broadband Internet access, PCS services and leased-line service are recognized as revenue upon receipt.

      Under U.S. GAAP, service installation fees related to activation of ongoing service are deferred and recognized as revenue over the expected estimated terms of customer relationships. The Company defers service installation fees over the expected terms of customer relationship. The expected terms of customer relationships for telephone, broadband Internet access, PCS services and leased-line service are 15 years, 3 years, 4 years and 3 years, respectively. Incremental direct costs related to customer acquisition are expensed as incurred.

     (l) Foreign Currency Transactions

      Under Korean GAAP, prior to January 1, 2003, all unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses on monetary assets and liabilities, except for amounts included in the cost of property, plant and

F-66

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

equipment, were included in results of operations. Effective January 1, 2003 the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 7, “Capitalization of Financing Costs”. As allowed by the Standard, the Company elected to include all unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses (including property, plant and equipment) in the results of operations.

      Under U.S. GAAP, all foreign exchange transaction gains and losses (referred to as translation gains and losses under Korean GAAP) are included in the results of operations for the current period and therefore, the amounts included in property, plant and equipment under Korean GAAP are reversed.

      Under Korean GAAP, the convertible notes denominated in a foreign currency are regarded as non-monetary liabilities since they have equity-like characteristics, and the Company does not recognize the associated foreign currency translation gain or loss. In 2004, certain holders of the convertible notes elected their option to redeem the convertible notes and the redeemed portion is regarded as a monetary liability and subject to foreign currency translation as of December 31, 2004.

      Under U.S.GAAP, the convertible notes denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the rate of exchange on the balance sheet date, and the resulting foreign currency transaction gain or loss is included in the results of operations.

     (m) Equity-Linked Securities

      Under Korean GAAP, the equity-linked securities owned by the Company are considered as available-for-sale securities and recorded at fair value at the balance sheet date. Fair value is calculated based on the quoted market price of SK Telecom shares. Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

      Under U.S. GAAP, the equity-linked securities are separated into two components, the host contract and the embedded derivative. The host contract is recorded as an available-for-sale debt security and unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and included as a separate component of stockholder’s equity. The fair value of the debt security is based on the third party’s appraisal value. The embedded derivative is recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in results of operations. The fair value of the derivative is based on commonly accepted valuation methods.

      All equity-linked securities matured during 2004, and the Company does not have any equity-linked securities as of December 31, 2004.

     (n) Convertible Notes

      Under Korean GAAP, prior to January 1, 2003, the convertible notes entered into between KT and KTF during 2002 were treated as long-term investment securities and were reported at cost. However, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 9, “Convertible Securities”, which requires that convertible notes are treated as available-for-sale securities and are reported at fair value. The Company recognizes interest income on convertible notes as determined using the effective interest method and unrealized holding gain and losses of the difference between fair value and book value as a component of stockholders’ equity. However, since these convertible notes are between the parent and the consolidated subsidiary under Korean GAAP, the convertible notes and related interest income/expense are eliminated in consolidation.

      For U.S. GAAP purposes, convertible notes are considered a hybrid instrument with a conversion option embedded in a debt instrument. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the conversion option is separated from the debt instrument and accounted for separately. The conversion option is recorded at fair value with gains and losses included in earnings. The debt instrument has been classified as an available-for-sale debt security and reported at fair value, with unrealized

F-67

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Since KTF is treated as an equity method investment under U.S. GAAP, the equity income of affiliate would include the earnings impact of the above accounting.

     (o) Income Taxes

      Under Korean GAAP, deferred taxes are not recognized for temporary differences related to unrealized gains and losses on investment securities that are reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Any income tax refund (payment) attributable to a prior year is included in other income (expense).

      Under U.S. GAAP, deferred taxes are recognized on the temporary difference related to unrealized gains and losses on investment securities that are reported in other comprehensive income. Any income tax refund (payment) attributable to a prior year is included in income tax benefit (expense).

      Under Korean GAAP, recognition of deferred tax benefit from equity in losses of affiliates requires realization of the benefit within near future, which is construed to mean 5 years. The Company does not believe it is probable to realize such benefit within 5 years.

      Under U.S. GAAP, since there is no periodic limitation to realize deferred tax assets from investment in affiliates, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the temporary difference in the investment in affiliates will be realized. Accordingly, the Company has not provided a valuation allowance.

     (p) Minority Interest in Consolidated Subsidiaries

      Under Korean GAAP, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries are presented for all periods as a component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet.

      Under U.S. GAAP, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries are not included in stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet

     (q) Other

      Korean GAAP requires gains and losses from the sale of assets and impairment write-downs to be included as part of “non-operating income (expenses)”. For U.S. GAAP purposes, gains and losses from the sale of assets and impairment write-downs are required to be recorded as a component of “operating income”.

     (r) Comprehensive Income

      Under U.S. GAAP, the Company applies the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income”, which requires the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses). Such presentation is not required under Korean GAAP. Comprehensive income

F-68

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

for the years ended and accumulated other comprehensive income balances as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

			Millions
			As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
												2004
			2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Net earnings as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP			W	1,556,262			W395,443			W1,404,616		$	1,357.0
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:
	Foreign currency translation adjustments			(1,339	)		2,087			3,012			2.9
	Unrealized gains (losses) on investments:
		Unrealized holding gains (losses) net of tax of, W(54,057) million, W6,215 million and W3,842 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively		(127,952	)		10,276			10,128			9.8
		Less: reclassification adjustment, net of tax of, (W396,319) million, (W226,842) million and W1,997 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively		(938,090	)		(536,936	)		4,257			4.1
Comprehensive income (loss) as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP			W	488,881			W(129,130	)		W1,422,013		$	1,373.8
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances:
		Foreign currency translation adjustments	W	(7,946	)		W(5,859	)		W(2,847	)	$	(2.7	)
		Unrealized gains on investments		527,840			1,180			15,565			15.0
			W	519,894			W(4,679	)		W12,718		$	12.3

     (s) Statement of Cash Flows

      Statements of cash flows under Korean GAAP include the cash flows of KTF, KTFT, KTSC and KTP, which are accounted for under the equity method under U.S. GAAP.

      Under Korean GAAP, cash flows from trading securities is included in investing activities, and refundable deposits for telephone installation, guarantee and leasehold deposits and acquisition of additional equity interest in consolidated subsidiaries are included in financing activities. For U.S. GAAP purposes, cash flows from trading securities and, refundable deposits for telephone installation and guarantee and leasehold deposits are included in operating activities and cash flows from acquisition of additional equity interest are included in investing activities.

     (t) Recent Changes in U.S. GAAP

      In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs, which clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling cost, and wasted material (spoilage). Under this Statement, such items will be recognized as current-period charges. In addition, the Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This Statement will be effective for the Company for inventory costs incurred on or after January 1, 2006. The Company believes that the adoption of this statement will not have significant impact on its financial position or operating results.

F-69

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      In December 2003, FASB Statement No. 132 (revised), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, was issued. Statement 132 (revised) prescribes employers’ disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans; it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. The Statement retains and revises the disclosure requirements contained in the original Statement 132. It also requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The new annual disclosure requirements became effective for the Company as of the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company’s disclosures in note 36 (x) incorporate the requirements of Statement 132 (revised).

      In March 2005, FASB issued FIN No. 47 (“FIN 47) “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143”. FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. FIN 47 requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. Based on its preliminary assessment, the Company does not believe that the adoption of FIN 47 will have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

     (u) Impact on Reconciliation of Adoption of Statement of Korean Accounting Standards

      As described in note 2, the Korean Accounting Standards Board (“KASB”) has published a series of Statements of Korean Accounting Standards (“SKAS”), which will gradually replace the existing financial accounting standards, established by the Korea Financial Supervisory Board. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted SKAS No. 2 “Interim Financial Reports”, No. 4 “Revenue Recognition”, No. 5 “Tangible Assets”. Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted No. 10 “Inventories”, No. 12 “Construction-Type Contracts” and No. 13 “Troubled Debt Restructuring”. The adoption of these standards did not have any impact on net income, stockholders’ equity or balance sheet classification under Korean GAAP as those standards mainly clarified existing standards.

      Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the following Korean GAAP standards which had an impact on the U.S. GAAP reconciliation:

      The impact of adopting SKAS No. 3 “Intangible Assets” on the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP in 2003 and 2004 is described in footnote 36 (i).

      SKAS No. 6 “Subsequent Events after the Balance Sheet Date” requires that dividends not be recorded until approved by the shareholders. Any such adjustment under this standard would be recorded retroactively. As a result, the Company retroactively adjusted stockholders’ equity as of January 1, 2002 and December 31, 2002 by W226,272 million and W212,887 million, respectively. These amounts represent the dividends recorded as a payable as of January 1, 2002 and December 31, 2002 but not yet approved by the shareholders. Under U.S. GAAP in 2001 and 2002, the Company did not record dividends until approved by the shareholders. Accordingly, these amounts were in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation of stockholders’ equity in 2002. After adoption of SKAS No. 6 “Subsequent Events after the Balance Sheet Date”, U.S. and Korean GAAP are the same related to the recording of dividends.

      The impact of adopting SKAS No. 7 “Capitalization of Financing Costs” on the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP in 2002 is described in footnote 36 (h).

      As described in footnote 36 (b), SKAS No. 8, “Investments in Securities” is similar to existing U.S. GAAP (primarily SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”). Prior to adoption of SKAS No. 8, “Investments in Securities”, Korean GAAP generally required that the Company classify equity and debt securities as non-current assets.

F-70

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The impact of adopting SKAS No. 9 “Convertible Securities” on the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP in 2002 is described in footnote 36 (j) and 36 (n).

     (v) U.S. GAAP Reconciliations

      The effects of the significant adjustments to net earnings and stockholders’ equity which would be required if U.S. GAAP were to be applied instead of Korean GAAP are summarized as follows:

			Millions
			Years Ended December 31,
												2004
			2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Net earnings in accordance with Korean GAAP			W	1,946,934		W	821,734		W	1,282,216		$	1,238.7
Adjustments:
	Intangible assets			7,424			10,264			3,767			3.6
	Special depreciation			(189	)		—			—			—
	Depreciation			(85,008	)		(135,905	)		(71,534	)		(69.1	)
	Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates
		Reversal of goodwill amortization		130,113			130,113			130,113			125.7
		Different useful life of intangibles		7,807			7,807			22,682			21.9
		Additional acquisitions of equity investees		(12,506	)		(40,591	)		(48,631	)		(47.0	)
		Impairment loss relating to equity investee		(663,345	)		(789,503	)		—			—
	Goodwill impairment			(12,947	)		—			—			—
	U.S. GAAP adjustments of equity method affiliates			24,528			33,171			(4,737	)		(4.6	)
	Interest capitalization (including related depreciation), net			24,608			54,089			27,487			26.6
	Capitalized foreign exchange transactions, net			5,879			5,859			2,133			2.1
	Foreign currency translation of convertible notes			139,730			(6,426	)		(130,247	)		(125.8	)
	Service installation fees			(17,528	)		20,729			8,059			7.8
	Reversal of gain on disposition of investment			(25,256	)		(17,628	)		—			—
	Equity-linked securities			(25,095	)		3,613			21,482			20.8
	Convertible notes of KTF			(14,427	)		(9,810	)		1,106			1.1
	Bonds with stock warrants			(7,435	)		(6,043	)		(6,376	)		(6.2	)
	Deferred income tax — methodology difference			—			133,582			172,982			167.1
	Deferred income tax effects of U.S. GAAP adjustments			132,975			180,388			(5,886	)		(5.7	)
				(390,672	)		(426,291	)		122,400			118.3
Net earnings as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP			W	1,556,262		W	395,443		W	1,404,616		$	1,357.0

F-71

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

	Millions, Except per Share Data
	Years Ended December 31,
							2004
	2002		2003		2004		(Note 3)
Net earnings as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	1,556,262	W	395,443	W	1,404,616	$	1,357.0
Basic earnings per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	5,997	W	1,830	W	6,663	$	6.44
Diluted earnings per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	4,972	W	1,655	W	6,215	$	6.00
Dividend per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	720	W	860	W	3,000	$	2.90

      The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

	Millions, Except per Share Data
	Years Ended December 31,
								2004
	2002			2003		2004		(Note 3)
Net earnings available to common shareholders	W	1,556,262		W	395,443	W	1,404,616	$	1,357.0
Dilutive effect of convertible notes		(64,161	)		3,431		45,452		43.9
		1,492,101			398,874		1,450,068		1,400.9
Weighted average outstanding shares of common stock		259.5			216.1		210.8
Dilutive effect of convertible notes		40.6			25.2		22.5
Common stock and common stock equivalents		300.1			241.3		233.3
Basic earnings per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	5,997		W	1,830	W	6,663	$	6.44
Diluted earnings per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP	W	4,972		W	1,653	W	6,215	$	6.00

      Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of outstanding convertible notes using the “if-converted method”. The denominator of the diluted earnings per share computation is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding had the dilutive potential common stock been issued. In addition, the numerator is adjusted to include the after-tax amount of interest and foreign currency translation gain (loss) recognized associated with the convertible notes. Bonds with warrants and stock options were not considered when calculating diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the warrants and stock options was greater than the average market price of the shares and, therefore, the effect would have been antidilutive.

F-72

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

			Millions
			Years Ended December 31,
									2004
			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Stockholders’ equity in accordance with Korean GAAP			W	8,396,620		W	9,026,380		$	8,720.4
Adjustments:
	Intangible assets			(5,701	)		(1,934	)		(1.9	)
	Depreciation			(16,474	)		(88,008	)		(85.0	)
	Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates:
		Reversal of goodwill amortization		260,226			390,339			377.1
		Different useful life of intangibles		96,449			119,131			115.1
		Additional acquisitions of equity investees		352,650			304,972			294.6
		Impairment loss relating to equity investee		(1,452,848	)		(1,452,848	)		(1,403.6	)
	Goodwill impairment			(12,947	)		(12,947	)		(12.5	)
	U.S. GAAP adjustments of equity method affiliates			46,129			46,517			44.9
	Interest capitalization, net			(55,629	)		(28,142	)		(27.2	)
	Capitalized foreign exchange transactions, net			(5,280	)		(3,147	)		(3.0	)
	Foreign currency translation of convertible notes			133,304			3,057			3.0
	Deferred service installation fees			(521,897	)		(513,838	)		(496.4	)
	Bonds with stock warrants			6,376			—			—
	Deferred tax effects of U.S. GAAP adjustments			385,303			379,417			366.5
	Deferred tax-methodology difference			133,582			306,564			296.1
	Deferred income taxes on investment securities			(65	)		(5,904	)		(5.7	)
	Minority interests			(1,849,303	)		(1,809,577	)		(1,748.2	)
				(2,506,125	)		(2,366,348	)		(2,286.2	)
Stockholders’ equity as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP			W	5,890,495		W	6,660,032		$	6,434.2

F-73

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

     (w) Condensed Consolidated U.S. GAAP Financial Information

      Consolidated balance sheets in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

			Millions
							2004
			2003		2004		(Note 3)
ASSETS
Current assets
	Notes and accounts receivable — trade		W	1,878,179	W	1,682,923	$	1,625.9
	Other current assets			1,845,458		4,089,151		3,950.5
		Total current assets		3,723,637		5,772,074		5,576.4
Investments				2,501,212		1,957,154		1,890.8
Property, plant and equipment, net				11,515,315		10,846,328		10,478.5
Other assets				1,791,955		1,808,176		1,746.8
			W	19,532,119	W	20,383,732	$	19,692.5

			Millions
							2004
			2003		2004		(Note 3)
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
	Notes and accounts payable — trade		W	925,567	W	745,341	$	720.1
	Other current liabilities			2,897,098		5,789,425		5,593.1
		Total current liabilities		3,822,665		6,534,766		6,313.2
Long-term debt, excluding current portion				7,669,463		5,160,254		4,985.3
Other long-term liabilities				2,059,782		1,947,202		1,881.2
		Total liabilities		13,551,910		13,642,222		13,179.7
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries				89,714		81,478		78.6
Stockholders’ equity				5,890,495		6,660,032		6,434.2
			W	9,532,119	W	20,383,732	$	19,692.5

F-74

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Condensed consolidated income statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	Years Ended December 31,
										2004
	2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Operating revenues	W	11,507,729		W	11,776,189		W	12,240,151		$	11,825.1
Cost of services		8,862,201			9,467,818			8,932,097			8,629.2
Gross profit		2,645,528			2,308,371			3,308,054			3,195.9
Selling, general and administration expenses		813,124			1,166,197			1,306,068			1,261.8
Other operating income (expense), net		27,676			24,486			(58,339	)		(56.3	)
Operating income		1,860,080			1,166,660			1,943,647			1,877.8
Gain on disposition of available-for-sale securities		1,151,353			752,117			5,821			5.6
Impairment loss of equity method affiliates		(663,345	)		(789,503	)		(37,030	)		(35.8	)
Foreign currency translation gain, net		236,047			3,674			395,542			382.1
Other expense, net		(511,453	)		(519,959	)		(518,190	)		(500.6	)
Earnings before income tax and minority interest		2,072,682			612,989			1,789,790			1,729.1
Income tax		519,642			217,568			386,934			373.8
Earnings before minority interest		1,553,040			395,421			1,402,856			1,355.3
Minority interest in losses of consolidated subsidiaries		3,222			22			1,760			1.7
Net earnings	W	1,556,262		W	395,443		W	1,404,616		$	1,357.0

      Changes in consolidated stockholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

	Millions
										2004
	2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Beginning of year	W	11,189,176		W	7,270,245		W	5,890,495		$	5,690.7
Net earnings		1,556,262			395,443			1,404,616			1,357.0
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(1,339	)		2,087			3,012			2.9
Unrealized earning (losses) on investments, net of tax		(1,066,042	)		(526,660	)		14,385			13.9
Treasury stock		(4,188,435	)		(1,048,872	)		30			—
Dividends		(224,054	)		(212,887	)		(632,276	)		(610.8	)
Other, net of tax of W5,182 million and W(4,019) million in 2003 and 2004, respectively		4,677			11,139			(20,230	)		(19.5	)
End of year	W	7,270,245		W	5,890,495		W	6,660,032		$	6,434.2

F-75

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are set out below:

				Millions
													2004
				2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Cash flows from operating activities:
	Net earnings			W	1,556,262		W	395,443		W	1,404,616		$	1,357.0
	Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
		Depreciation and amortization			2,772,281			2,683,464			2,505,800			2,420.8
		Provision for doubtful accounts			170,250			305,652			249,884			241.4
		Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment			84,696			52,326			89,456			86.4
		Equity in losses (gains) of affiliates including intangible assets amortization			(51,519	)		5,000			19,531			18.9
		Deferred income tax expense (benefit)			22,220			(240,922	)		(107,417	)		(103.8	)
		Gain on disposition of available-for-sale securities			(1,151,353	)		(752,117	)		(5,821	)		(5.6	)
		Impairment losses of equity method affiliates			663,345			789,503			37,030			35.8
		Foreign currency translation gain, net			(236,047	)		(3,674	)		(395,542	)		(382.1	)
			Changes in assets and liabilities:
			Notes and accounts receivable — trade		(334,046	)		(287,510	)		34,128			33.0
			Inventories		(174,806	)		(151,198	)		57,850			55.9
			Notes and accounts payable — trade		(1,130	)		46,684			(133,327	)		(128.8	)
			Advance receipts from customers		7,500			(21,897	)		11,077			10.7
			Income taxes payable		237,475			(229,368	)		72,917			70.4
			Prepaid expenses		(2,275	)		(3,612	)		(8,924	)		(8.6	)
			Withholdings		(109,025	)		2,657			(11,219	)		(10.8	)
			Accrued expenses		(15,056	)		(52,181	)		2,899			2.8
			Accounts payable-other		341,357			154,646			(37,091	)		(35.8	)
			Refundable deposits of telephone installation		(749,546	)		(307,026	)		(140,720	)		(135.9	)
			Retirement and severance benefits		223,875			43,464			183,138			176.9
			Other, net		(281,057	)		(255,463	)		(214,827	)		(207.6	)
Net cash provided by operating activities					2,973,401			2,173,871			3,613,438			3,491.0

F-76

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

			Millions
												2004
			2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Additions to property, plant and equipment			(2,187,075	)		(2,219,902	)		(1,966,224	)		(1,899.5	)
	Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment			45,605			115,914			106,487			102.9
	Decrease (increase) in short-term financial instruments			(71,720	)		198,724			(911,223	)		(880.3	)
	Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities			306,552			166,281			577,616			558.0
	Proceeds from the sale of equity security of affiliates			553,921			18,401			46,877			45.3
Proceeds from maturity on held-to-maturity securities				9,994			218			17,985			17.4
	Purchases of available-for-sale securities			(540,331	)		(312,881	)		(492,696	)		(476.0	)
	Purchases of equity security of affiliates			—			(483,886	)		—			—
	Purchases of held-to-maturity securities			(392	)		(11,412	)		(3,075	)		(3.0	)
	Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable — other			(27,149	)		527,954			(865	)		(0.8	)
	Other, net			(728,116	)		346,670			18,164			17.5
		Net cash used in investing activities		(2,638,711	)		(1,653,919	)		(2,606,954	)		(2,518.5	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Payment of dividends			(224,955	)		(213,308	)		(633,171	)		(611.7	)
	Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings, net			81,702			(237,621	)		(211,410	)		(204.2	)
	Repayments of long-term debt			(1,391,816	)		(1,150,639	)		(1,117,240	)		(1,079.4	)
	Proceeds from long-term debt			4,675,158			1,282,661			1,944,080			1,878.2
	Acquisition of treasury stock			(3,401,186	)		(412,247	)		—			—
	Other, net			7,219			40,432			(1,580	)		(1.5	)
		Net cash used in financing activities		(253,878	)		(690,722	)		(19,321	)		(18.6	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents				80,812			(170,770	)		987,163			953.9
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year				805,297			886,109			715,339			691.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year			W	886,109		W	715,339		W	1,702,502		$	1,645.0
Supplemental schedule
	Interest payment			391,728			437,195			454,983			439.6
	Income tax payment			288,316			670,674			419,596			405.4
	Non-cash investing and financing activities*		W	786,666		W	730,704		W	—		$	—

*  The Company financed W786,666 million and W730,704 million of its purchase of treasury stock in 2002 and in 2003, respectively, through the transfer of shares of SK Telecom which the Company previously held as available-for-sale securities.

     (x) Additional U.S. GAAP Disclosures

      The Company is subject to a number of income taxes based upon earnings which result from the application of a statutory corporate income tax rate (including resident tax) of approximately 29.7% for the years ended December 31 2004, 2003 and 2002.

F-77

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      In December 2003, the Korean government reduced the corporate income tax rate (including resident tax) beginning in 2005. Specifically, effective from January 1, 2005, the income tax rate will be reduced from 29.7% to 27.5%. As a result, a change in deferred income taxes of W64,820 million and W865 million is charged to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

		Millions
										2004
		2002		2003			2004			(Note 3)
Current income tax expense			W497,422	W	458,490		W	494,351		$	477.6
Deferred income net expense (benefit)			22,220		(240,922	)		(107,417	)		(103.8	)
	Income tax expense		W519,642	W	217,568		W	386,934		$	373.8

      Substantially all pretax income and related income tax expense (benefit) is attributable to domestic operations. The provision for income taxes using statutory tax rates differs from the actual provision for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 for the following reasons:

	Millions
										2004
	2002			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Provision for income taxes at statutory tax rates	W	615,587		W	182,058		W	531,078		$	513.1
Prior years income tax additional payment (refund)		(6,354	)		61,928			2,105			2.0
Nondeductible expenses		60,990			66,748			29,698			28.7
Nontaxable income		(9,251	)		(5,945	)		(1,844	)		(1.8	)
Investment tax credits		(141,330	)		(152,041	)		(174,968	)		(169.0	)
Effect of tax rate change		—			64,820			865			0.8
Actual provision for income taxes	W	519,642		W	217,568		W	386,934		$	373.8

      The effective tax rates after adjustments of certain differences between amounts reported for financial accounting and income tax purpose, were approximately 25.1%, 35.5% and 21.6% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-78

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      The tax effects of temporary differences that resulted in significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003 and 2004, computed under U.S. GAAP, and a description of financial statement items that created these differences are as follows:

			Millions
			Years Ended December 31,
									2004
			2003			2004			(Note 3)
Deferred tax assets
	Accrual for retirement and severance benefits		W	3,207		W	2,076		$	2.0
	Allowance for doubtful accounts			122,880			129,825			125.4
	Refundable deposits for telephone installation			20,022			18,157			17.5
	Investment securities			27,417			20,481			19.8
	Inventories			479			5,444			5.3
	Intangible assets			1,568			532			0.5
	Unearned income			143,522			141,305			136.5
	Equity securities of affiliates			488,375			553,182			534.4
	Tax credit carryforwards			—			34,393			33.2
	Other			24,762			69,571			67.2
		Total deferred tax assets		832,232			974,966			941.8
Deferred tax liabilities
	Investment securities			(65	)		(5,904	)		(5.7	)
	Property, plant and equipment			(8,732	)		(32,634	)		(31.5	)
	Accrued interest income			(2,171	)		(9,567	)		(9.2	)
		Total deferred tax liabilities		(10,968	)		(48,105	)		(46.4	)
		Net deferred tax assets	W	821,264		W	926,861		$	895.4

      In 2004, the Company was eligible for investment tax credit amount of W174,968 million. However, due to the minimum tax provisions, the Company utilized W140,575 million out of total W174,968 million. The remaining tax credit will expire in 2009. During 2004, the Company concluded that the remaining tax credit was probable of realization in the future based on future taxable income estimates. As a result, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of W34,393 million of the tax credit.

      In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences and tax carryforwards.

F-79

KT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

      Gross and net property, plant and equipment under U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

	Millions
	Years Ended December 31,
					2004
	2003		2004		(Note 3)
Gross property, plant and equipment	W	34,695,320	W	34,774,357	$	33,595.2
Accumulated depreciation		23,180,005		23,928,029		23,116.7
Net property, plant and equipment	W	11,515,315	W	10,846,328	$	10,478.5

      The Company expects to pay the following future benefits to its employees upon their normal retirement age:

For Years Ended December 31,	Millions
2005		W1,573
2006		1,719
2007		2,716
2008		5,049
2009		6,821
2010-2014		129,827

      The above amounts were determined based on the employees’ current salary rates and the number of service years that will be accumulated upon their retirement date. These amounts do not include amounts that might be paid to employees that will cease working with the Company before their normal retirement age.

      Concentration — Collective Bargaining Agreement with Employees.

      As of December 31, 2004, a majority of the Company’s labor force is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. This agreement expires on August 7, 2005.

F-80

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

KT Freetel Co., Ltd.:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of KT Freetel Co., Ltd. (“KT Freetel”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, all expressed in Korean won. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of KT ICOM Co., Ltd. (“KT ICOM”) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2002, which reflect 23 percent of the total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2002. Those financial statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for KT ICOM, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of its operations, the changes in its shareholders’ equity and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with financial accounting standards in the Republic of Korea.

      Our audits also comprehended the translation of Korean won amounts into U.S. dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 2. Such U.S. dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of readers in the United States of America.

      As explained in Note 24, effective March 6, 2003, KT ICOM, a former affiliate, was merged into KT Freetel. In connection with the merger, KT ICOM transferred to KT Freetel its net assets of W1,818,604 million at book value as shown in the consolidated financial statements of KT Corporation, the parent company. As a result of the merger, the investment securities of KT ICOM accounted for using the equity method of W1,590,360 million were eliminated, and common shares at par value of W35,412 million was issued to KT ICOM’s shareholders. The difference between the carrying value of the investment securities and the value of net assets transferred amounting to W228,244 million, less common shares issued at par value of W35,412 million and the issuance cost of W177 million, was recorded as paid-in capital in excess of par value.

      Accounting practices used by the Company in preparing the accompanying financial statements conform with generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Korea, but do not conform with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. The description of the significant differences and the reconciliation of net income and shareholders’ equity to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are set forth in Note 25.

Deloitte HanaAnjin LLC

Seoul, Korea

March 25, 2005

A-1

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

							Translation into
			Korean Won				U.S. Dollars (Note 2)
			2003		2004		2004
							(In thousands)
			(In millions)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
	Cash and cash equivalents (Note 18)			W20,424		W30,941	$	29,892
	Short-term investment securities (Note 6)			7,788		6,551		6,329
	Trade accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W163,016 million in 2003 and W140,561 million in 2004, and net of discount on present value of W5,145 million in 2004 (Notes 2, 4, 18 and 20)			831,487		1,185,079		1,144,893
	Accounts receivable-other, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W4,714 million in 2003 and W2,577 million in 2004 (Notes 2 and 20)			67,549		97,658		94,346
	Prepaid expenses			13,490		11,320		10,936
	Inventories, net of allowance of W1,681 million in 2004			192,165		257,802		249,060
	Short-term loans (Note 5)			7,915		20,196		19,511
	Other current assets			18,950		31,437		30,371
				1,159,768		1,640,984		1,585,338
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
	Long-term financial instruments (Note 3)			52		25		24
	Long-term investment securities (Note 7)			175,779		144,967		140,051
	Investment securities using the equity method (Note 8)			3,178		—		—
	Long–term trade accounts and notes receivable, net of discount on present value of W6,336 million in 2004 (Note 2)			—		83,046		80,230
	Long-term loans (Notes 5 and 18)			51,191		37,879		36,595
	Guarantee deposits, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W4,989 million in 2003 and W2,012 million 2004			239,111		210,030		202,908
	Deferred income tax assets (Note 17)			97,464		114,444		110,563
	Property and equipment, net (Notes 9 and 11)			4,685,914		4,613,488		4,457,046
	Intangibles (Note 10)			1,239,633		1,153,903		1,114,774
	Other non-current assets			8,752		11,292		10,909
				6,501,074		6,369,074		6,013,025
		Total Assets		W7,660,842		W8,010,058	$	7,738,438

(continued)

A-2

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

										Translation into
				Korean Won						U.S. Dollars (Note 2)
				2003			2004			2004
										(In thousands)
				(In millions)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
	Short-term borrowings (Note 12)			W	293,339		W	326,286		$	315,222
	Trade accounts and notes payable (Notes 18 and 20)				209,323			202,663			195,791
	Current portion of long-term debt, net of discount on debentures of W 4,997 million in 2003 and W565 million in 2004 and addition of accrued interest of W 17,013 million in 2004 (Notes 12 and 13)				1,050,812			1,036,370			1,001,227
	Accounts payable-other (Notes 18 and 20)				584,177			517,754			500,197
	Accrued expenses				113,445			145,661			140,721
	Withholdings				75,037			124,586			120,361
	Income tax payable				34,342			26,214			25,325
	Other current liabilities				16,495			28,422			27,458
					2,376,970			2,407,956			2,326,302
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
	Debentures, net (Note 13)				1,579,953			1,819,182			1,757,494
	Long-term accounts payable-other, net (Note 15)				518,761			538,207			519,957
	Accrued severance indemnities, net (Note 2)				32,740			37,517			36,245
	Other long-term liabilities				9,380			17,047			16,469
					2,140,834			2,411,953			2,330,165
			Total Liabilities		4,517,804			4,819,909			4,656,467
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
	Common stock (Note 16)				955,702			955,702			923,294
	Capital surplus				1,327,625			1,324,536			1,279,621
	Retained earnings				945,501			985,573			952,152
	Capital adjustments:										—
		Treasury stock (Note 16)			(97,587	)		(93,798	)		(90,617	)
		Loss on disposal of treasury stock			(1,535	)		—			—
		Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities (Notes 6 and 7)			7,377			5,031			4,860
		Stock compensation (Note 16)			2,655			5,064			4,893
	Minority interests				3,300			8,041			7,768
			Total Shareholders’ Equity		3,143,038			3,190,149			3,081,971
			Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	W	7,660,842		W	8,010,058		$	7,738,438

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

A-3

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

											Translation into
		Korean Won									U.S. Dollars (Note 2)
		2002			2003			2004			2004
											(In thousands, except
		(In millions, except per share amounts)									per share amounts)
OPERATING REVENUE (Notes 19, 20 and 22)		W	5,320,028		W	5,123,612		W	5,942,892		$	5,741,370
OPERATING EXPENSES (Notes 19 and 20)			4,475,837			4,341,960			5,402,745			5,219,539
OPERATING INCOME			844,191			781,652			540,147			521,831
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES), NET:
	Interest income		17,950			24,502			12,832			12,397
	Rental income		11,526			11,074			10,560			10,202
	Gain on foreign currency transactions, net		1,083			565			8,409			8,124
	Gain (loss) on foreign currency translation, net		2,182			(28,111	)		18,857			18,218
	Interest expense		(216,092	)		(274,885	)		(222,688	)		(215,137	)
	Loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable (Note 4)		(15,147	)		(10,222	)		(12,186	)		(11,773	)
	Loss on valuation of inventories		(2,155	)		(975	)		—			—
	Loss on valuation using the equity method of accounting (Note 8)		(122	)		(2,257	)		(1,042	)		(1,007	)
	Gain (loss) on disposal of short-term investment securities, net		—			(1,746	)		423			409
	Loss on disposal of long-term investment securities, net		(36	)		(2,773	)		(3,541	)		(3,421	)
	Loss on disposal of property and equipment, net		(45,606	)		(70,559	)		(14,053	)		(13,576	)
	Impairment loss on investment securities (Note 7)		(2,774	)		(2,280	)		(45,856	)		(44,301	)
	Recovery of impairment loss on investment securities		—			3,579			—			—
	Loss on valuation of currency options (Note 14)		—						(1,349	)		(1,303	)
	Other, net		17,443			28,092			25,075			24,225
			(231,748	)		(325,996	)		(224,559	)		(22,922	)
ORDINARY INCOME			612,443			455,656			315,588			304,888
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM			—			—			—			—
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX			612,443			455,656			315,588			304,888
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 17)			(80,280	)		(50,702	)		(25,566	)		(24,699	)
MINORITY INTERESTS IN NET LOSS (INCOME) OF CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES			—			1,075			(2,159	)		(2,086	)
NET INCOME		W	532,163		W	406,029		W	287,863		$	278,103
EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 2)		W	2,904		W	2,167		W	1,566		$	1.513
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 2)		W	2,894		W	2,105		W	1,535		$	1.483

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

A-4

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

	Korean Won
	Common		Capital			Retained			Capital			Minority
	Stock		Surplus			Earnings			Adjustments			Interests			Total
	(In millions)
Balance at December 31, 2001	W	920,290	W	1,132,834		W	10,481		W	(31,609	)	W	—		W	2,031,996
Net income for 2002		—		—			532,163			—			—			532,163
Effect of changes in consolidated subsidiaries		—		(3,265	)		—			2,104			235,842			234,681
Compensation expense resulting from with stock options		—		—			—			1,064			—			1,064
Loss on valuation of investment securities using the equity method		—		(295	)		—			—			—			(295	)
Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities		—		—			—			698			—			698
Purchase of treasury stock		—		—			—			(1	)		—			(1	)
Balance at December 31, 2002		920,290		1,129,274			542,644			(27,744	)		235,842			2,800,306
Net income for 2003		—		—			406,029			—			(1,075	)		404,954
Merger		35,412		192,654			—			—			—			228,066
Effect of changes in consolidated subsidiaries		—		3,561			(16	)		(1,614	)		(231,467	)		(229,536	)
Amortization of organization cost		—		—			(3,156	)		—			—			(3,156	)
Compensation expense resulting from with stock options		—		—			—			1,591			—			1,591
Gain on valuation of investment securities using the equity method		—		2,136			—			—			—			2,136
Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities										5,266			—			5,266
Purchase of treasury stock		—		—			—			(66,589	)					(66,589	)
Balance at December 31, 2003	W	955,702	W	1,327,625		W	945,501		W	(89,090	)	W	3,300		W	3,143,038
Net income for 2004		—		—			287,863			—			—			287,863
Effect of changes in consolidated subsidiaries		—		(953	)		(2,266	)		—			2,582			(637	)
Retirement of treasury stock		—					(149,853	)		149,853			—
Dividends		—					(94,137	)		—			—			(94,137	)
Loss on disposal of treasury stock		—					(1,535	)		1,535			—			—
Compensation expense resulting from with stock options		—		—			—			2,409			—			2,409
Gain on valuation of investment securities using the equity method		—		(2,136	)		—			—			—			(2,136	)
Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities		—		—			—			(2,346	)		—			(2,346	)
Effect of changes in minority interests		—		—			—			—			2,159			2,159
Purchase of treasury stock		—		—			—			(146,064	)		—			(146,064	)
Balance at December 31, 2004	W	955,702	W	1,324,536		W	985,573		W	(83,703	)	W	8,041		W	3,190,149
Translation into U.S. Dollars (In thousands) (Note 2)		$923,294		$1,279,621			$952,152			$(80,864	)		$7,768			$3,081,971

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

A-5

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

											Translation into
											U.S. Dollars
		Korean Won									(Note 2)
		2002			2003			2004			2004
											(In thousands)
		(In millions)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income			W532,163			W406,029			W287,863		$	278,103
Addition of expenses not involving cash outflows:
	Loss on disposal of property and equipment, net		45,606			70,559			14,053			13,576
	Depreciation		723,667			839,430			997,110			963,298
	Amortization of intangibles		1,832			19,287			110,692			106,938
	Long-term accrued interest		—			7,420			7,643			7,384
	Amortization of discounts on debentures		33,452			11,883			12,789			12,355
	Amortization of discounts on long-term payable-other		—			14,722			20,015			19,336
	Provision for severance indemnities		15,100			12,311			12,670			12,240
	Loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable		15,147			10,222			12,186			11,773
	Loss on valuation using the equity method of accounting		122			2,257			1,042			1,007
	Loss on disposal of short-term investment securities, net		—			1,746			—			—
	Loss on disposal of long-term investment securities, net		36			2,773			3,541			3,421
	Loss on valuation of inventories		2,155			975			—			—
	Loss on foreign currency translation, net		—			28,111			—			—
	Stock compensation		1,064			4,560			2,409			2,327
	Impairment loss on investment securities		2,774			2,280			45,856			44,301
	Bad debt expense		23,555			52,488			25,485			24,621
	Loss on valuation of currency options		—			—			1,349			1,303
	Minority interest in net income of consolidated subsidiaries		—			—			2,159			2,086
	Other		2,161			1,617			5,172			4,997
			866,671			1,082,641			1,274,171			79,635
Deduction of revenues not involving cash inflows:
	Gain on foreign currency translation, net		2,182			—			19,023			18,378
	Gain on disposal of short-term investment securities, net		—			—			423			409
	Recovery of impairment loss in investment securities		—			3,579			—			—
	Minority interest in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries		—			1,075			—			—
	Other		3			676			2,974			2,873
			2,185			5,330			22,420			2,873
Changes in assets and liabilities resulting from operations:
	Increase in trade accounts and notes receivable		(396,750	)		(433,633	)		(388,636	)		(375,457	)
	Decrease (Increase) in accounts receivable-other		27,537			(3,991	)		(19,815	)		(19,143	)
	Decrease (Increase) in prepaid expenses		(1,908	)		14,504			9,123			8,814
	Increase in inventories		(88,072	)		(32,229	)		(68,182	)		(65,870	)
	Decrease (Increase) in other current assets		(23,173	)		34,534			(18,686	)		(18,052	)
	Payment of severance indemnities		(9,487	)		(13,873	)		(8,219	)		(7,940	)
	Increase (Decrease) in trade accounts and notes payable		168,328			(199,829	)		(32,619	)		(31,513	)
	Increase (Decrease) in accounts payable-other		334,530			(151,212	)		(82,732	)		(79,927	)
	Increase in accrued expenses		29,083			28,838			32,439			31,339
	Increase (Decrease) in withholdings		(10,308	)		(29,529	)		49,549			47,869
	Increase (Decrease) in income tax payable		40,804			(9,101	)		(8,883	)		(8,582	)
	Increase (Decrease) in other current liabilities		(19,509	)		(6,303	)		11,764			11,365
	Increase in long-term trade accounts and notes receivable		—			—			(83,046	)		(80,230	)
	Decrease in National Pension		325			337			144			139
	Increase in deferred income tax assets		(2,025	)		(20,919	)		(18,378	)		(17,755	)
	Increase in other long-term liabilities		4,165			4,028			6,561			6,339
			53,540			(818,378	)		(619,616	)		(11,416	)
	Net cash provided by operating activities		1,450,189			664,962			919,998			888,802

(continued)

A-6

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

											Translation into
											U.S. Dollars
		Korean Won									(Note 2)
		2002			2003			2004			2004
											(In thousands)
		(In millions)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash inflows from investing activities
	Proceeds from sale of short-term investment securities	W	—		W	417,249		W	100,437		$	97,031
	Collection of short-term loans		33,170			24,432			22,844			22,069
	Proceeds from sale of long-term investment securities		5,101			23,145			19,147			18,498
	Withdrawal of guarantee deposits		25,439			48,750			60,530			58,477
	Withdrawal of short-term financial instruments		2,500			370,000			—			—
	Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment		6,553			137,114			2,927			2,828
	Proceeds from disposal of intangibles		4			100			236			228
	Other		169			93			27			26
			72,936			1,020,883			206,148			3,082
Cash outflow from investing activities
	Purchase of short-term financial instruments		—			(35,000	)		(520	)		(502	)
	Purchase of short-term investment securities		—			(35,684	)		(100,000	)		(96,609	)
	Purchase of long-term investment securities		(1,354,787	)		(2,614	)		(7,943	)		(7,674	)
	Payment of guarantee deposits		(34,307	)		(46,131	)		(32,763	)		(31,652	)
	Acquisition of property and equipment		(1,014,278	)		(935,326	)		(955,119	)		(922,731	)
	Increase in intangibles		(3,443	)		(31,205	)		(23,318	)		(22,527	)
	Extension of long-term loans		(34,537	)		(32,152	)		(22,156	)		(21,405	)
	Other		(382	)		(5	)		(781	)		(755	)
			(2,441,734	)		(1,118,117	)		(1,142,600	)		(1,097,691	)
	Net cash used in investing activities		(2,368,798	)		(97,234	)		(936,452	)		(904,698	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash inflows from financing activities
	Proceeds from sale of trade accounts and notes receivable		470,000			512,000			—			—
	Proceeds from short-term borrowings		1,295,000			3,876,831			5,775,000			5,579,171
	Proceeds from issuance of debentures		1,111,208			—			1,275,396			1,232,148
	Proceeds from long-term debt		100,000			—			—			—
	Increase from merger		—			314,610			—			—
	Other		—			—			13,361			12,908
			2,976,208			4,703,441			7,063,757			12,908
Cash outflows from financing activities
	Repayment of short-term borrowings		(1,415,000	)		(4,130,000	)		(5,741,052	)		(5,546,374	)
	Repayment of debentures		—			(177	)		(94,137	)		(90,945	)
	Repayment of current portion of long-term debt		(672,290	)		(831,802	)		(1,055,529	)		(1,019,736	)
	Repayment of long-term debt		—			(315,775	)		—			—
	Acquisition of treasury stock		(1	)		(4,317	)		(146,064	)		(141,111	)
	Repayment of other non-current liabilities		(10	)		(19	)		(4	)		(4	)
			(2,087,301	)		(5,282,090	)		(7,036,786	)		(6,798,170	)
	Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		888,907			(578,649	)		26,971			26,057
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS			(29,702	)		(10,921	)		10,517			10,161
INCREASE (DECREASE) FROM CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES			124,895			(116,210	)		—			—
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR			52,362			147,555			20,424			19,731
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR		W	147,555		W	20,424		W	30,941		$	29,892

A-7

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

								Translation into
		Korean Won						U.S. Dollars (Note 2)
		2002		2003		2004		2004
								(In thousands)
		(In millions)
TRANSACTIONS NOT INVOLVING CASH:
	Transfer of trade accounts and notes receivable to long-term investment securities	W	43,430	W	119,168	W	30,831	$	29,786
	Transfer of debentures to current portion of long term debt		571,103		994,014		1,014,556		980,153
	Transfer of long-term obligation under capital lease to current portion of long-term debt		2,235		550		15,732		15,199
	Transfer of interest expense to construction in progress		34,116		—		—		—
	Transfer of long-term debt to current portion of long-term debt				216,994		100,000		—
	Transfer of long-term loans to short-term loans		17,672		26,752		34,534		33,363
	Transfer of long-term investment securities to trade accounts and notes receivable		—		22,332		—		—
	Transfer of long-term investment securities to short-term investment securities		—		1,420		—		—
	Transfer of property and equipment to accounts receivable-other		—		—		12,030		11,622
	Retirement of treasury stock		—		—		149,853		144,772
	Recognition of loss on valuation of investment securities using the equity method as capital adjustments		296		58,197		2,117		2,045

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

A-8

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

1. GENERAL:

(1)             KT Freetel Co., Ltd.

      KT Freetel Co., Ltd. (“KT Freetel”) was incorporated on January 3, 1997, under the Commercial Code of the Republic of Korea, and listed on the Korean Securities Dealers Association Automated Quotation System (the KOSDAQ) in December 1999. On April 19, 2004, the Company transferred the listing of its shares from the KOSDAQ Market Division of the Korea Exchange to the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange. The Company is currently engaged in providing personal communications service (“PCS”), value added services, and sale and lease of personal communication devices.

      As of December 31, 2004, the shareholders of KT Freetel are as follows:

	Number of		Percentage of
	Shares		Ownership (%)
KT Corporation		89,640,088		48.70
Qualcomm Incorporated		4,416,350		2.40
HyoSung Corp.		3,017,276		1.64
Microsoft Corp.		2,030,000		1.10
SSB-WTCO NA		1,580,690		0.86
NTC-GOV SPORE		1,118,240		0.61
Others		82,264,675		44.69
		184,067,319		100.00

(2)             Consolidated Subsidiary

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of KT Freetel and the controlled subsidiary listed below (collectively referred to as the “Company”), of which KT Freetel owns a majority of the issued shares. Significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

				Ownership Percentage(%)
		Year Control
Subsidiary		Was Obtained		2002		2003		2004		Primary Business
KTF Technologies Co., Ltd.			2002		57.40		57.40		70.75	Developing and manufacturing
	(“KTF Technologies”)									of PCS handsets

      The acquisition of KTF Technologies was recorded in accordance with the purchase method of accounting, with the W3,258 million excess of the fair value of KTF Technologies’ net assets over the acquisition cost being assigned as negative goodwill. Negative goodwill is recognized as income on a systematic basis over the remaining weighted average useful life (5 years) of the identifiable acquired depreciable or amortizable assets.

      On June 17, 2004, KT Freetel acquired 13.35% of KTF Technologies’ common stock. The acquisition of KTF Technologies was recorded in accordance with the purchase method of accounting, with the W953 million excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of KTF Technologies’ net assets being assigned as capital surplus.

A-9

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

      The Company maintains its official accounting records in Korean won and prepares statutory financial statements in the Korean language (Hangul) in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Certain accounting principles applied by the Company that conform with financial accounting standards and accounting principles in the Republic of Korea may not conform with generally accepted accounting principles in other countries. Accordingly, these financial statements are intended for use by those who are informed about Korean accounting principles and practices. The accompanying financial statements have been condensed, restructured and translated into English (with certain expanded descriptions) from the Korean language financial statements.

      The U.S. dollar amounts presented in these financial statements were computed by translating the Korean won into U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate of W1,035.10 to US$1.00 at December 31, 2004 in the City of New York for cable transfers in won as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, solely for the convenience of the reader. This convenience translation into U.S. dollars should not be construed as a representation that the Korean won amounts have been, could have been, or could in the future be, converted at this or any other rate of exchange.

      Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in preparing the accompanying financial statements are summarized as follows:

Adoption of Newly Effective Statements of Korea Accounting Standards

      The Company newly adopted the Statements of Korea Accounting Standards (“SKAS”) No. 10 — “Inventories”, No. 12 — “Construction-Contracts” and No. 13 — “Troubled Debt Restructurings”, effective from January 1, 2004. The comparative financial statements were reclassified applying these accounting standards. This reclassification does not affect the net income and net assets of the prior period.

Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in accordance with Korean GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates and assumptions relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts and depreciation. Actual results could differ from those estimates and may affect amounts reported in future periods. Management believes that the estimates are reasonable.

Revenue Recognition

      The Company’s revenues are principally derived from sales of PCS handsets and PCS service revenues, which consist of non-refundable initial subscription fees, fixed monthly access fees and usage charges. The Company recognizes sales on PCS handsets when they are delivered to the dealers, fixed monthly access fees in the period earned, and usage charges and non-refundable initial subscription fees at the time services are rendered.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

      The allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based on the estimated loss on uncollectible accounts and historical bad debt experience.

A-10

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Changes in allowance for doubtful trade accounts and notes receivable and accounts receivable-other for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows (won in millions):

	2002			2003			2004
Beginning of year		W176,313			W163,617			W167,730
Write-offs		(36,734	)		(48,375	)		(50,077	)
		139,579			115,242			117,653
Provision		23,555			52,488			25,485
Increase from changes in consolidated subsidiaries		483			—			—
End of year		W163,617			W167,730			W143,138

Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realized value, cost being determined using the average cost method. If the net realizable value of inventories is lower than cost, inventories are adjusted to net realizable value and the difference between cost and revalued amount is charged to current operations.

Investment Securities Other than those Accounted for Using the Equity Method

     (1) Classification of Securities

      At acquisition, the Company classifies securities into one of the three categories: trading, held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. Trading securities are those that were acquired principally to generate profits from short-term fluctuations in prices. Held-to-maturity securities are those with fixed and determinable payments and fixed maturity that an enterprise has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Available-for-sale securities are those not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities. Trading securities are classified as short-term investment securities, whereas available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities are classified as long-term investment securities, except for those maturity dates or whose likelihood of being disposed of are within one year from balance sheet date, which are classified as short-term investment securities.

     (2) Valuation of Securities

      Securities are recognized initially at cost, which includes the market value of the consideration given and incidental expenses. If the market price of the consideration given is not available, the market prices of the securities purchased are used as the basis of measurement. If neither the market price of the consideration given nor those of the acquired securities are available, the acquisition cost is measured at the best estimates of its fair value.

      After initial recognition, held-to-maturity securities are valued at amortized cost. The difference between their acquisition costs and face values is amortized over the remaining term of the securities by applying the effective interest method and added to or subtracted from the acquisition costs and interest income of the remaining period. Trading securities are valued at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses included in current operations. Available-for-sale securities are also valued at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses included in capital adjustments, until the securities are sold or if the securities are determined to be impaired and the lump-sum cumulative amount of capital adjustments are reflected in current operations. However, available-for-sale securities that are not traded in an active market and whose fair values cannot be reliably estimated are accounted for at acquisition costs. For those securities that are traded in an active market (marketable securities), fair values refer to the quoted market prices, which are measured as the closing price at the balance sheet date. The fair values of non-marketable securities are measured at the discounted future cash

A-11

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

flows by using the discount rate that appropriately reflects the credit rating of the issuing entity assessed by a publicly reliable independent credit rating agency. If application of such measurement method is not feasible, estimates of the fair values may be made using a reasonable valuation model or quoted market prices of similar debt securities issued by entities conducting similar business in similar industries.

      Securities are evaluated at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any objective evidence of impairment loss. When any such evidence exists, unless there is a clear counter-evidence that recognition of impairment is unnecessary, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the impaired security and recognizes any impairment loss in current operations. The amount of impairment loss of held-to-maturity security or non-marketable equity security is measured as the difference between the recoverable amount and the carrying amount. The recoverable amount of held-to maturity security is the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the securities’ original effective interest rate. For available-for-sale debt or equity security, the amount of impairment loss to be recognized in the current period is determined by subtracting the amount of impairment loss of debt or equity security already recognized in prior period from the amount of amortized cost in excess of the recoverable amount for debt security or from the amount of acquisition cost in excess of fair value for equity security.

      If the realizable value subsequently recovers, in case of a security stated at fair value, the increase in value in recorded in current operations, up to the amount of the previously recognized impairment loss, while security stated at amortized cost or acquisition cost, the increase in value is recorded in current operations, so that its recovered value does not exceed what its amortized cost would be as of the recovery date if there had been no impairment loss.

     (3) Reclassification of Securities

      When transfers of securities between categories are needed because of changes in an entity’s intention and ability to hold those securities, such transfer is accounted for as follows: trading securities cannot be reclassified into available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, and vice versa, except when certain trading securities lose their marketability. Available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities can be reclassified into each other after fair value recognition. When held-to-maturity security is classified into available-for-sale security, the difference between fair value and book value is recorded as capital adjustments. Whereas, in case available-for-sale security is reclassified into held-to-maturity security, the difference is recorded as capital adjustments and amortized using effective interest rate method for the remaining periods.

Investment Securities Using the Equity Method

      Equity securities held for investments in companies in which the Company is able to exercise significant influence over the investees are accounted for using the equity method. The Company’s share in net income or net loss of investees is reflected in current operations. Changes in the retained earnings, capital surplus or other capital accounts of investees are accounted for as an adjustment to retained earnings or to capital adjustments.

Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment are stated at cost. Routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that result in enhancement of the value or extension of the useful lives of the facilities involved are capitalized as additions to property and equipment.

A-12

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

	Estimated Useful Lives
Buildings and structures		15  30 years
Machinery and equipment		8 years
Vehicles		4  8 years
Other		4  8 years

Capitalization of Financing Costs

      Interest expense, discount and other financial charges, including certain foreign exchange translation gains and losses on borrowings associated with the manufacture, purchase, or construction of property and equipment, incurred prior to the completion of the acquisition, were capitalized until the year ended December 31, 2002, and are no longer capitalized from January 1, 2003 in compliance with SKAS No. 7.

Long-Lived Assets

      Long-lived assets are subject to review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Leases

      Lease agreements that include a bargain purchase option, result in the transfer of ownership by the end of the lease term, have a term equal to at least 75% of the estimated economic life of the leased property or where the present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term equals or exceeds 90% of the fair value of the leased property are accounted for as capital leases. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Assets and liabilities related to capital leases are recorded as property, plant and equipment and long-term debt, respectively, and the related interest is calculated using the effective interest rate method. In respect to operating leases, the future minimum lease payments are expensed ratably over the lease term while contingent rentals are expensed as incurred.

Intangibles

      Intangible assets are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets as described below.

	Estimated Useful Lives
Frequency use rights		13 years
Goodwill		5 years
Intellectual property rights		5  10 years
Facility use rights		10  20 years
Development costs		4  5 years
Other		5 years

A-13

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Long-term Accounts and Notes Receivable

      Long-term accounts and notes receivable arising from long-term contracts are recorded at the net present value of future cash flows, calculated using the effective interest rate at the time of the contract execution. The difference between the nominal value and the present value of these accounts and notes receivable is amortized over the contract period using the effective interest rate method and recognized as interest income.

Convertible bonds

      Interest expense on convertible bonds is recognized using the effective interest rate, which equalizes the issued amount of bonds to the present value of the future cash outflow of bonds. Accordingly, the differences between accrued interest and interest paid are presented as an addition to the normal value of bonds.

Discounts on Debentures

      Discounts on debentures are amortized over the redemption period of the debentures using the effective interest rate method. Amortization of discounts is recognized as interest expense.

Accrued Severance Indemnities

      All employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump-sum payment upon termination of their employment with the Company, based on their length of service and rate of pay at the time of termination. The severance indemnities that would be payable assuming all eligible employees were to resign amount to W33,897 million and W38,806 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      Before April 1999, the Company and its employees paid 3 percent and 6 percent, respectively, of monthly pay (as defined) to the National Pension Fund in accordance with the National Pension Law of Korea. The Company paid half of the employees’ 6 percent portion and is paid back at the termination of service by offsetting the receivable against the severance payments. Such receivables, with a balance of W1,157 million and W1,289 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are presented as deduction from accrued severance indemnities. Starting April 1999, the Company and its employees each pay 4.5 percent of monthly pay to the National Pension Fund under the revised National Pension Law of Korea.

      Changes in accrued severance indemnities for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2002			2003			2004
Beginning of year	W	25,792		W	31,604		W	33,897
Severance payments		(9,487	)		(13,873	)		(8,219	)
		16,305			17,731			25,678
Provision		15,100			12,311			13,076
Increase due to merger		18			3,292			52
Increase from changes in consolidated subsidiaries		181			563			—
End of year	W	31,604		W	33,897		W	38,806

Accounting for Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

      The Company maintains its accounts in Korean won. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in Korean won based on the prevailing rates of exchange on the transaction date. Monetary accounts with balances denominated in foreign currencies are recorded and reported in the accompanying financial statements at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date and the translation gains or losses are

A-14

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

reflected in current operations. The balances have been translated using the rate of 1,197.80 and W 1,043.80 to US$1.00 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments

      All derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with the valuation gain or loss recorded as an asset or liability. If the derivative instruments in not part of a transaction qualifying as a hedge, the adjustment to fair value is reflected in current operations. The accounting for derivative transactions that are part of a qualified hedge based both on the purpose of the transaction and on meeting the specified criteria for hedge accounting differs depending on whether the transaction is a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Fair value hedge accounting is applied to a derivative instrument designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability or a firm commitment (hedged item) that is attributable to a particular risk. The gain or loss both on the hedging derivative instruments and on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is reflected in current operations. Cash flow hedge accounting is applied to a derivative instrument designated as hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows of an asset or liability or a forecasted transaction that is attributable to a particular risk. The effective portion of gain or loss on a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is recorded as capital adjustment and the ineffective portion is recorded in current operations. The effective portion of gain or loss recorded as a capital adjustment is reclassified to current earnings in the same period during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. If the hedged transaction results in the acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, the gain or loss in capital adjustment is added to or deducted from the asset or the liability.

Income Tax

      The provision for income tax consists of the corporate income tax and resident surtax currently payable and changes in deferred income taxes for the period. The Company recognizes deferred taxes arising from temporary differences between amounts reported for financial accounting and income tax purposes. Deferred income taxes will be offset against those incurred in the future, if any. Deferred income taxes are recalculated based on the actual rate, effective at each balance sheet date.

Stock Compensation Expense

      The Company records the difference between the present value of the exercise price and the stock price at the grant date as compensation expense with a corresponding credit to the capital adjustment account (using the fair value method). The computed deferred compensation expenses are allocated over the contracted vesting period. When the stock options are exercised with the issuance of new shares, the difference between the exercise price plus the stock option cost recorded in the capital adjustment account and the par value of the new shares issued, is recorded as additional paid-in capital.

Basic and Diluted Ordinary Income per Share and Earnings per Share

      Ordinary income per share and earnings per share are computed by dividing ordinary income (after deducting the income tax effect) and net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The number of shares used in computing earnings and ordinary income per share was 183,236 thousand, 187,405 thousand and 183,802 thousand shares for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      Diluted ordinary income per share and earnings per share are computed by dividing diluted ordinary income (after deducting the income tax effect) and net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the additional common share that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued during the period. The number of shares used in computing diluted earnings and ordinary income per share was 184,108 thousand, 197,322 thousand and 193,748 thousand shares

A-15

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Diluted ordinary income and earnings were W 532,732 million, W 415,315 million and W297,334 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      The dilutive potential shares as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

				Number of
				Common Shares
		Exercise Period		to be Issued
Convertible bonds		Nov. 29, 2003—Nov. 29, 2005			9,946,236
Stock options		March 29, 2004—March 28, 2009			18,000
	”	March 25, 2005—March 24, 2010			44,800
	”		Sep. 9. 2005—Sep. 8. 2010		629,500

3. RESTRICTED DEPOSITS:

      As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the deposits under long-term financial instruments amounting to W52 million and W25 million, respectively, are subject to withdrawal restriction as collateral for borrowings and guarantee of checking accounts.

4. DISPOSAL OF TRADE ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE:

      On December 16, 2002, the Company transferred the handset installment receivables of W528,578 million and guarantee insurance and other rights to KTF First Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd. As a result of this disposal, the Company received the cash of W470,000 million and the subordinate debt investment of W43,430 million, and the Company recognized a loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable of W15,147 million.

      On November 4, 2003, the Company transferred the handset installment receivable of W339,677 million and guarantee insurance and other incident rights to KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd. As a result of this disposal, the Company received cash of W312,000 million and subordinate debt securities of W19,254 million, and the Company recognized a loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable of W8,423 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition, on December 19, 2003, the Company transferred PCS service receivables of W253,247 million as of October 31, 2003, and future trade receivables, which were expected to be incurred until February 28, 2007 to Shinhan Bank Trust. As a result of this disposal, the Company received cash of W200,000 million and beneficiary certificate of W53,247 million, and the Company recognized a loss on disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable of W1,680 million and W11,816 million for the years ended 2003 and 2004, respectively.

5. LOANS TO EMPLOYEES:

      As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company has provided loans to its employees for housing and purchase of KT Freetel’s stock with the balance of W1,697 million and W1,465 million, respectively, in short-term loans and W5,235 million and W3,242 million, respectively, in long-term loans.

A-16

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

6. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

      (1) Short-term investment securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

		2003		2004
Trading securities:
	Beneficiary certificates	W	516	W	—
Available-for-sale securities:
	Listed equity securities		7,272		6,551
		W	7,788	W	6,551

(2) Listed equity securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003		2004
			Acquisition				Gain on
	Fair Value		Cost		Fair Value		Valuation
Listed equity securities	W	7,272	W	2,918	W	6,551	W	3,633

      The gain on valuation of the above listed equity securities is recorded in capital adjustments.

7. LONG-TERM INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

      (1) Long-term investment securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

		2003		2004
Available-for-sale securities:
	Listed equity securities	W	5,391	W	4,687
	Non-listed equity securities		8,500		11,040
	Investments in funds		40,633		38,382
	Debt securities		21,341		2,191
Held-to maturity securities:
	Beneficiary certificates		99,914		88,667
		W	175,779	W	144,967

      (2) Listed equity securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003		2004
			Acquisition				Gain (Loss) on
	Fair Value		Cost		Fair Value		Valuation
Wide Telecom Co.	W	24	W	300	W	11	W	(289	)
Gaeasoft Co., Ltd.		913		532		514		(18	)
KRTnet Corp.		4,454		1,954		3,634		1,680
Beneficiary Certificates		—		503		528		25
	W	5,391	W	3,289	W	4,687	W	1,398

      The gain (loss) on valuation of the above listed equity securities is included in capital adjustments.

A-17

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      (3) Non-listed equity securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003		2004
	Book		Ownership		Acquisition		Net Asset		Book
	Value		(%)		Cost		Value		Value
Mondex Korea Co., Ltd.	W	—		6.02	W	920	W	—	W	—
Internet Metix Inc.		23		2.00		200		21		23
Geotel Co., Ltd.		263		10.55		263		498		263
Inews24. Co., Ltd.		—		3.58		350		—		—
ENtoB Corp.		500		3.13		500		483		500
The Radio News Co., Ltd.		—		10.73		624		—		—
Prime Venture Capital Co., Ltd.		1,000		10.00		1,000		—		93
Onse Telecom Corp.		105		0.17		2,148		162		105
NAZCA Entertainment Co., Ltd.		46		11.74		500		111		46
Toysoft Co., Ltd		80		8.78		500		41		80
Ohmylove Co., Ltd.		1,200		12.06		1,200		131		131
Vacom Wireless, Inc.		1,880		16.77		1,880		719		719
Citylover Co., Ltd.		38		3.45		38		—		—
MDS Planning Co., Ltd.		120		4.00		120		—		—
Directmedia Co., Ltd.		—		16.09		435		233		435
KTFMhows Co., Ltd.				51.00		2,550		2,550		2,550
Harex Info Tech Ltd.				23.12		3,375		1,896		3,375
Others		3,245		—		3,423		3,202		2,720
	W	8,500			W	20,026	W	10,047	W	11,040

      In 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company recognized an impairment loss of W2,774 million, W2,280 million and W3,778 million, respectively, on non-listed equity securities of which the net equity value had declined compared to the acquisition cost and it is not expected to recover. KTFMhows Co., Ltd. and Harex Info Tech Ltd. are not subject to the equity method in accordance with the interpretation 42-59 of the financial accounting standards in Korea.

      (4) Investments in funds as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003						2004
	Ownership		Acquisition		Net Asset		Ownership		Acquisition		Net Asset
	(%)		Cost		Value		(%)		Cost		Value
CEC Mobile Ltd.		16.67	W	4,456	W	4,456		16.67	W	4,456	W	4,456
PT. KTF Indonesia		99.00		234		234		99.00		234		234
Korea IT Fund		10.00		30,000		30,000		10.00		30,000		30,000
Korea Telecom Strategy Fund		10.00		2,000		2,000		10.00		2,000		2,000
KT Freetel Internal Venture		95.00		950		950		—		—		—
Others		—		2,993		2,993		—		1,692		1,692
			W	40,633	W	40,633			W	38,382	W	38,382

      PT. KTF Indonesia is not subject to the equity method in accordance with the interpretation 42-59 of the financial accounting standards in Korea.

A-18

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      (5) Debt securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003				2004
	Acquisition		Book		Acquisition		Book
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value
KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd.	W	19,254	W	19,254	W	—	W	—
Government bonds		1,587		1,587		1,691		1,691
Convertible bonds		500		500		500		500
	W	21,341	W	21,341	W	2,191	W	2,191

      (6) Maturities of debt securities as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2-5 Years		6-10 Years
Government bonds	W	1,688	W	3
Convertible bonds		500		—
	W	2,188	W	3

      (7) Held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2003				2004
	Acquisition		Book		Acquisition		Book
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value
Beneficiary certificates	W	99,914	W	99,914	W	130,745	W	88,667

      The Company acquired the above beneficiary certificates issued by Shinhan Bank Trust in relation to the disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable (Note 4). The Company recognized the difference between fair value and acquisition cost as impairment loss of W42,078 million, which may arise from the uncollectibility of the trade accounts and notes receivable.

8. INVESTMENT SECURITIES USING THE EQUITY METHOD:

      (1) Investment securities using the equity method as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

			2003				2004
	Ownership		Acquisition		Book		Acquisition		Book
	(%)		Cost		Value		Cost		Value
Korea Digital Satellite Broadcasting Co., Ltd.		2.38	W	9,954	W	3,178	W	9,954	W	—

      (2) Details of valuation using the equity method for the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	Beginning of		Loss on						End of
	Year		Valuation			Other Changes			Year
Korea Digital Satellite Broadcasting Co., Ltd.	W	3,178	W	(1,042	)	W	(2,136	)	W	—

A-19

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

      Changes in property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

      <2003>

			Increase				Decrease				Changes in
	Beginning										Consolidated		End of
	of Year		Acquisition		Other		Disposal		Other		Subsidiaries		Year
Land	W	124,401	W	2,388	W	—	W	4,077	W	—	W	—	W	122,712
Buildings and structures		284,979		25,484		479		8,128		—		29		302,843
Machinery and equipment		5,563,211		465,831		351,079		134,058		243		14,543		6,260,364
Vehicles		10,099		295		501		506		—		1,334		11,723
Other		461,027		111,869		20,806		10,072		1,802		113		581,363
Construction in progress		514,108		329,480		—		130,306		370,820		12,206		354,668
	W	6,957,825	W	935,347	W	372,865	W	287,147	W	372,865	W	28,225	W	7,633,673

			Increase				Decrease				Changes in
	Beginning										Consolidated			End of
	of Year		Depreciation		Other		Disposal		Other		Subsidiaries			Year
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Buildings and structures	W	39,232	W	10,079	W	4	W	1,656	W	—	W	—		W	47,659
Machinery and equipment		1,910,743		726,207		10,963		70,701		9,721		(697	)		2,566,794
Vehicles		4,576		1,786		—		304		—		(71	)		5,987
Other		231,521		101,358		—		5,519		162		(706	)		326,492
Accumulated impairment loss		577		—		250		—		—		—			827
		2,186,649		839,430		11,217		78,180		11,096		(1,474	)		2,947,759
	W	4,771,176												W	4,685,914

      <2004>

			Increase				Decrease
	Beginning										End of
	of Year		Acquisition		Other		Disposal		Other		Year
Land	W	122,712	W	88	W	—	W	960	W	—	W	121,840
Buildings and structures		302,843		3,182		5,773		3,408		76		308,314
Machinery and equipment		6,260,364		357,825		671,977		32,472		70,607		7,187,087
Vehicles		11,723		402		—		242		—		11,883
Other		581,363		53,195		104,724		6,367		65		732,850
Construction in progress		354,668		540,427		51		—		711,867		183,279
	W	7,633,673	W	955,119	W	782,525	W	43,449	W	782,615	W	8,545,253

A-20

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

			Increase				Decrease
	Beginning										End of
	of Year		Depreciation		Other		Disposal		Other		Year
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Buildings and structures	W	47,659	W	10,816	W	—	W	779	W	—	W	57,696
Machinery and equipment		2,566,794		846,067		—		8,857		30,799		3,373,205
Vehicles		5,987		1,859		—		116		—		7,730
Other		326,492		139,274		30,798		4,704		—		491,860
Accumulated impairment loss		827		447		—		—		—		1,274
		2,947,759		998,463		30,798		14,456		30,799		3,931,765
	W	4,685,914									W	4,613,488

      The market value of the Company’s land based on the official price of land (published by the Ministry of Construction and Traffic) is W93,919 million as of December 31, 2004.

      Depreciable assets are insured against fire and other casualty losses up to W629,070 million as of December 31, 2004.

10. INTANGIBLES:

      (1) Changes in intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

      <2003>

				Increase				Decrease					Changes in
	Beginning of												Consolidated
	Year			Acquisition		Other		Amortization			Other		Subsidiaries			End of Year
Goodwill	W	1,951		W	12,798	W	—	W	1,608		W	—	W	—		W	13,141
Intellectual property rights		1,038			608		—		311			1		—			1,334
Facility use rights		9,832			814		—		1,044			2,070		—			7,532
Frequency use rights		1,208,854			7,369		—		7,794			—		—			1,208,429
Development costs		4,639			12,535		—		4,193			3,254		(4,314	)		5,593
Organization cost		3,645			—		—		—			3,645		—			—
Other		1,655			6,707		—		1,528			640		—			6,194
Negative goodwill		(3,258	)		—		—		(668	)		—		—			(2,590	)
	W	1,228,356		W	40,831	W	—	W	15,810		W	9,610	W	(4,314	)	W	1,239,633

      <2004>

				Increase				Decrease
	Beginning												End of
	of Period			Acquisition		Other		Amortization			Other		Year
Goodwill	W	13,141		W	3,565	W	90	W	3,626		W	209	W	12,961
Intellectual property rights		1,334			768		—		387			—		1,715
Facility use rights		7,532			2,112		—		1,252			31		8,361
Frequency use rights		1,208,429			—		—		92,433			—		1,115,996
Development costs		5,593			15,488				11,046			277		9,758
Other		6,194			3,359				2,498					7,055
Negative goodwill		(2,590	)		—		—		(647	)		—		(1,943	)
	W	1,239,633		W	25,292	W	90	W	110,595		W	517	W	1,153,903

A-21

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      (2) W18,325 million and W9,583 million of ordinary development costs were charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

      (3) On December 15, 2000, KT ICOM acquired the license to provide third generation mobile services utilizing 2Ghz frequency band (“IMT-2000 service”) with W-CDMA technology. KT ICOM paid W650 billion of the total license fee of W1,300 billion on March 20, 2001 and the remaining balance was required to be paid including interest for the period from 2007 to 2011. On December 4, 2001, MIC granted the license to KT ICOM and assigned the related frequency band, giving KT ICOM the right to provide IMT-2000 services using W-CDMA technology for 15 years from that date.

      On March 6, 2003, KT ICOM was merged into the Company, and the Company started to provide IMT-2000 service on December 28, 2003.

11. LEASED ASSETS:

      The Company maintains operating lease agreements for certain machinery and equipment. The following are the future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2004 (won in millions):

	Operating
Year	Lease Payment
2005	W	61,307
2006		60,527
	W	121,834

12. BORROWINGS:

      (1) Short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions, JPY in millions, U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Interest Rate
	per Annum (%)
	2004		2003			2004
General loans		4.18,4.19		W 60,000			W 105,000
Discounted promissory notes		3.96,4.02		213,000			205,000
Usance		0.60,1.80		10,185			8,208
			US$	(8,503	)	US$	(7,863	)
		0.60,1.80		10,154			8,078
				JPY(907	)		JPY(798	)
				W 293,339			W 326,286

      (2) Long-term debt as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions, U.S. dollars in thousands):

		Interest Rate
		per Annum (%)
		2004		2003			2004
Long-term debt in local currency:
	General loans		—	W	50,000		W	—
	Less: Current portion				(50,000	)		—
				W	—		W	—

A-22

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

13. DEBENTURES:

      (1) Debentures as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

		Interest Rate
		per Annum (%)
		2004		2003			2004
General debentures			2.64-7.00	W	2,213,666		W	2,472,147
Convertible bonds			1.00		375,080			374,800
					2,588,746			2,846,947
Less: Current portion					(1,005,274	)		(1,019,922	)
	Discount on debentures				(11,608	)		(7,843	)
Add: Long-term accrued interest					8,089			—
				W	1,579,953		W	1,819,182

      (2) General debentures as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions, JPY in millions):

			Interest Rate
			per Annum (%)
	Due Date		2004		2003			2004
20th		Feb. 9, 2006		6.00		W300,000			W300,000
21st		Mar. 19, 2004		6.00		400,000			—
22nd		Apr. 18, 2004		2.70		104,994			—
						JPY (9,391	)		—
23rd		Apr. 20, 2006		3.13		52,492			47,025
						JPY(4,695	)		JPY(4,695	)
28th		Apr. 8, 2004		7.00		200,000			—
37th		May 24, 2005		2.64		106,180			95,122
						JPY(9,497	)		JPY(9,497	)
38th		July 16,2004		6.00		300,000			—
40th		Feb. 18, 2005		6.00		350,000			350,000
41st		Aug. 26, 2005		5.92		200,000			200,000
42nd		Nov. 14, 2007		5.94		200,000			200,000
44th		Feb. 19, 2009		5.66		—			360,000
45th		Mar. 15, 2008		5.24		—			320,000
46th		May 10, 2007		4.61		—			300,000
47-1st		July 13, 2009		4.95		—			230,000
47-2nd		July 12, 2011		5.32		—			70,000
						W2,213,666			W2,472,147
						JPY(23,583	)		JPY(14,192	)

      Discounts on debentures are amortized over the period from the issue date to the maturity date, using the effective interest rate, and the amortized amounts are charged as interest expense.

A-23

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      (3) Convertible bonds as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

			Interest Rate
			per Annum (%)
							Conversion
	Due Date		Coupon		Guaranteed		Price		Amount
3rd		Sep. 11, 2005		—		9.00		33,202	W	4,800
43rd		Nov. 29, 2005		—		3.00		37,200		370,000
									W	374,800

      For the bonds not converted, the Company will redeem the bonds with a premium calculated by applying the compound interest rate method to the difference between the guaranteed interest rate and the coupon interest rate. In relation to these convertible bonds, the Company recorded W17,013 million as accrued interest, which is shown as addition to debentures (current portion of long-term debt), as of December 31, 2004.

      (4) Payment schedules for the Company’s debentures as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

Year	Amount
2005	W	1,019,922
2006		347,025
2007		500,000
2008		320,000
2009		590,000
2011		70,000
	W	2,846,947

14. DERIVATIVES:

      The Company has entered into currency option contracts with Shinhan Bank to hedge the exposure to the change in value of debentures that are linked with the Japanese yen. Currency option contracts as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

							Exercisable Exchange
	Term		Contract Amount		Type		Rate (JPY/W)
Shinhan Bank		2004.05.10-2005.5.24		JPY2,000,000,000		JPY Call/JPY Put		10.3-10.85
		2004.05.10-2006.4.20		JPY2,000,000,000		JPY Call/JPY Put		10.65-13.4

      In relation to the currency option contracts, the Company recognized loss on valuation of currency options of W1,349 million.

15. LONG-TERM ACCOUNTS PAYABLE-OTHER:

      Long-term account payable-other is related to frequency use right and required to be paid including applicable interest from 2007 to 2011.

A-24

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Long-term accounts payable-other as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 is stated at the net present value of future cash flows, calculated using the effective interest rate (9.93%) at the time of receipt of frequency use license as follows (won in millions):

	2003			2004
Long-term account payable-other	W	650,000		W	650,000
Discount		(131,239	)		(111,793	)
	W	518,761		W	538,207

      The maturities of the Company’s long-term account payable-other as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

Year	Amount
2007	W	90,000
2008		110,000
2009		130,000
2010		150,000
2011		170,000
	W	650,000

16. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

     (1) Capital stock

      The Company has authorized 400,000,000 common shares of W5,000 par value and issued 184,067,319 shares as of December 31, 2004.

      On March 9, 2004 and December 28, 2004, the Company retired 4,796,200 shares of treasury stock amounting to W96,975 million and 2,277,000 shares of treasury stock amounting to W53,088 million, respectively.

     (2) Treasury stock

      In 2003, the Company contributed 132,864 shares of treasury stock to Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). The fair value of treasury stock of W2,969 million is recorded as salaries and wages, and the difference between the acquisition cost and the fair value amounting to W1,535 million is recorded as capital adjustments.

      As of December 31, 2004, the Company holds 2,766,951 shares of treasury stock and intends to dispose of the treasury stock in the near future.

     (3) Stock Option Plan

      The Company entered into stock option agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and senior managers. The details of the stock options granted as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

			Number of		Exercise
Grant Date	Employee		Shares		Price/Share		Methods		Exercise Period
2001. 3.29		Former CEO		18,000	W	41,273		New stock issue		2004.3.29,2009.3.28
2002. 3.25		Senior managers		44,800		45,178		New stock issue		2005.3.25,2010.3.24
2003. 9. 8		CEO, Senior managers		541,900		30,000		New stock issue		2005.9.9,2010.9.8

A-25

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The Company values stock options granted based on the fair value method (see Note 2). Total compensation expense of W6,656 million was allocated over the vesting period, and the compensation expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are W1,064 million, W1,591 million and W2,409 million, respectively.

     (4) Dividends

      The Company is scheduled to pay cash dividends of W99,715 million for the 181,300 thousand outstanding shares at W550 per share and accordingly, the dividend pay out ratio (dividend/ net income) is 35.1% in 2004.

17. INCOME TAX AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES:

      (1) The statutory corporate income tax rate (including resident surtax) applicable to the Company is approximately 29.7 percent in 2002, 2003 and 2004. Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is as follows (won in millions):

		2002			2003			2004
Income before income tax		W	612,443		W	455,656		W	315,588
Adjustments:
Permanent differences			8,163			16,624			17,458
Temporary differences, net			(5,949	)		46,499			20,402
			2,214			63,123			37,860
Taxable income before tax loss carryforward			614,657			518,779			353,448
Tax loss carryforward			(150,653	)		(135,600	)		(109,860	)
Taxable income			464,004			383,179			243,588
Tax rate (%)			29.7			29.7			29.7
Tax calculated on taxable income			137,809			113,804			72,346
Tax credit			(55,505	)		(42,485	)		(28,402	)
Income tax currently payable			82,304			71,319			43,944
Foreign income tax			—			35			—
Decrease (Increase) in deferred income taxes:
	Temporary differences		1,767			(12,978	)		(4,486	)
	Utilization of accumulated tax losses carried forward		5,518			—			(13,750	)
	Utilization of accumulated tax credit carried forward		(9,309	)		(7,674	)		(142	)
Income tax expense		W	80,280		W	50,702		W	25,566

      (2) The changes in deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	2002			2003			2004
Beginning of year	W	75,657		W	68,508		W	97,464
Increase		9,309			37,261			18,377
Decrease		(7,285	)		—			—
Decrease from changes in consolidated subsidiaries		(9,173	)		(8,305	)		(1,397	)
End of year	W	68,508		W	97,464		W	114,444

A-26

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

18. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES:

      As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, other than debentures in foreign currencies described in Note 13 are as follows (foreign currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars; Korean won in millions):

	2003				2004
Account	U.S. Dollars		Won Equivalent		U.S. Dollars		Won Equivalent
Cash and cash equivalents	$	163	W	195	$	1,026	W	1,075
Trade accounts and notes receivable		1,447		1,733		—		—
Long-term loans		1,450		1,737		7,185		7,500
Trade accounts and notes payable		6,623		7,933		6,205		6,477
Accounts payable- other		3,019		3,616		19,289		20,134

19. OPERATING REVENUE AND EXPENSES:

      (1) Operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 consist of the following (won in millions):

	2002		2003		2004
PCS service	W	4,208,409	W	4,246,131	W	4,695,733
Sales of PCS handsets		1,111,619		877,481		1,247,159
	W	5,320,028	W	5,123,612	W	5,942,892

A-27

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      (2) Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are summarized below (won in millions).

	2002		2003		2004
Salaries and wages	W	133,695	W	146,271	W	175,541
Provision for severance indemnities		15,100		12,257		12,485
Employee welfare		23,686		27,041		29,665
Rent		80,885		100,925		114,220
Lease		50,383		40,839		61,307
Commissions		353,628		424,255		439,524
Depreciation		723,667		838,747		996,044
Amortization		1,832		15,288		108,243
Tax and dues		41,451		47,887		45,400
Interconnection charges		462,117		464,264		506,982
Leased line charges		367,800		355,936		357,257
Ordinary development costs		19,991		13,146		9,583
Sales promotion		173,646		131,394		180,574
Sales commissions		553,015		457,760		718,089
Advertisements		144,938		123,842		135,663
Bad debt		23,555		52,488		25,485
Water and electricity		39,521		43,980		49,686
Communications		28,125		29,397		28,907
Repairs and maintenance		71,597		59,373		58,456
Cost of PCS handset sales		1,102,273		881,678		1,268,367
Other		64,932		75,192		81,267
	W	4,475,837	W	4,341,9600	W	5,402,745

20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

      (1) Transactions with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

Revenues:

	Transaction		2002		2003		2004
KT Corporation		Interconnection charges and others	W	549,493	W	599,176	W	631,544
KT Solutions		Interconnection charges and others		5,671		9,683		8,772
KT Hitel		”		25		—		43
Others		”		511		775		1,478
			W	555,700	W	609,634	W	641,837

A-28

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Expenses:

	Transaction		2002		2003		2004
KT Corporation		Leased line charges and others	W	1,270,716	W	475,648	W	482,900
KT Solutions		Interconnection charges and others		261		2,437		8,258
KT Hitel		”		539		280		6,933
Others		”		1,196		3,591		2,191
			W	1,272,712	W	481,956	W	500,282

(2) Receivables and payables with related parties as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

	Receivables				Payables
	2003		2004		2003		2004
KT Corporation	W	160,042	W	155,301	W	354,893	W	389,725
KT Solutions		150		300		201		377
KT Hitel		—		—		28		2,584
Others		17		384		1,323		293
	W	160,209	W	155,985	W	356,445	W	392,979

21. COMMITMENT:

      The Company has entered into an agreement covering the resale of PCS with KT Corporation. In return for providing access to the telecommunications network, the Company receives a certain amount computed by multiplying outgoing calls generated from KT Corporation’s subscribers by a rate per minute.

22. SEGMENT INFORMATION:

      The Company’s reportable segments are separate legal entities that offer different products and services. The segments are managed separately based on the difference in products and services. The Company has three reportable operating segments: PCS service, IMT 2000 service and sales of PCS handsets. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2.

      Details of the Company’s business segment operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

			IMT 2000		PCS
2002	PCS Service		Service		Handsets		Total
Operating revenue	W	5,320,028	W	—	W	—	W	5,320,028
Operating income		844,191		—		—		844,191
Ordinary income		612,443		—		—		612,443
Depreciation		723,667		—		—		723,667
Property and equipment, net(*)		4,241,471		11,732		3,865		4,257,068

A-29

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

			IMT 2000		PCS
2003	PCS Service		Service		Handsets			Total
Operating revenue	W	5,076,526	W	—	W	47,086		W	5,123,612
Operating income		782,231		—		(579	)		781,652
Ordinary income		459,084		—		(3,428	)		455,656
Depreciation		837,971		—		1,459			839,430
Property and equipment, net(*)		4,272,653		49,714		8,879			4,331,246

			IMT 2000		PCS
2004	PCS Service		Service		Handsets		Total
Operating revenue	W	5,830,818	W	—	W	112,074	W	5,942,892
Operating income		528,987		—		11,160		540,147
Ordinary income		308,610		—		6,978		315,588
Depreciation		992,900		—		3,144		996,044
Property and equipment, net(*)		4,340,936		76,679		12,594		4,430,209

(*)  construction in progress is not included.

23. EVENT OCCURRING AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE:

      On February 5, 2005, the Company issued debentures amounting to W200,000 million.

24. MERGER:

      Effective March 6, 2003, KT ICOM, a former affiliate, was merged into KT Freetel. The overview of the merger is as follows:

     (1) Relation of the two companies

      Prior to the merger, both KT ICOM and KT Freetel were subsidiaries of KT Corporation.

     (2) Schedule of merger

      The merger was approved at the general meeting of shareholders on January 28, 2003 and became effective on March 6, 2003.

     (3) Exchange rate of shares

      0.55636 share of KT Freetel was issued in exchange for one share of KTI COM, and KT ICOM had 100,000,000 issued shares of W5,000 par value at the time of the merger. The number of the newly issued common shares to KT ICOM shareholders were 7,082,476.

     (4) Result of the merger

      Assets, liabilities and treasury stock transferred from KT ICOM to KT Freetel at book value as shown on the consolidated financial statements of the parent company were W2,458,989 million, W707,162 million and W66,777 million, respectively.

      As a result of the merger, the investment securities of KT ICOM accounted for using the equity method of W1,590,360 million were eliminated. The common shares at par value of W35,412 million was issued to KT ICOM’s shareholders and the value of net assets transferred was W1,818,604 million. The difference between the carrying value of the investment securities and the value of net assets transferred amounting to W

A-30

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

228,244 million, less capital stock issued at par value of W35,412 million and the issuance cost of W177 million, was recorded as paid-in capital in excess of par value.

     (5) Summarized financial statements of KT ICOM are as follows (won in millions):

Summarized Balance Sheets

		2003.3.5		2002.12.31
Current assets		W	1,080,950	W	1,114,766
Non-current assets			1,378,039		1,349,660
	Total assets	W	2,458,989	W	2,464,426

		2003.3.5			2002.12.31
Current liabilities		W	196,745		W	130,625
Long-term liabilities			510,417			515,619
	Total liabilities		707,162			646,244
Capital stock			500,000			500,000
Capital surplus			1,300,000			1,300,000
Accumulated retained earnings			18,604			18,182
Capital adjustments			(66,777	)		—
	Total shareholders’ equity		1,751,827			1,818,182
	Total liabilities and shareholders equity	W	2,458,989		W	2,464,426

       Summarized Statements of Income

	2003.1.1-2003.3.5			2002.1.1-2002.12.31
Operating revenue	W	—		W	—
Operating expenses		14,570			61,303
Operating loss		(14,570	)		(61,303	)
Other income		10,571			60,058
Ordinary loss		(3,999	)		(1,245	)
Extraordinary item		—			—
Loss before income tax		(3,999	)		(1,245	)
Income tax benefits		(8,038	)		(359	)
Net income (loss)	W	4,039		W	(886	)

25. RECONCILIATION TO ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED STATES:

      Accounting practices used by the Company in preparing the accompanying financial statements conform with generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Korea (“Korean GAAP”), but do not conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The significant differences applicable to the Company are described below. Other differences do not have a significant effect on either net income or shareholders’ equity.

A-31

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     (1) Capitalization of foreign currency translation gain (loss)

      Under previous Korean GAAP, certain unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses were excluded from the results of operations and included in the cost of property and equipment. However, under U.S. GAAP, all unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses on monetary assets and liabilities are to be included in the current year’s results of operations.

      The amounts of foreign currency translation gains and losses included in property and equipment under Korean GAAP were adjusted to comply with U.S. GAAP.

     (2) Interest Capitalization

      As explained in Note 2, under Korean GAAP, starting from January 1, 2003, interest expense is no longer capitalized. However, under U.S. GAAP, the Company’s policy is to capitalize interest that would have theoretically been avoided had expenditures not been made for assets, which require a period of time to get them ready for their intended uses.

     (3) Licensing Cost

      Under Korean GAAP, the licensing cost paid by the initial shareholders to obtain the operating licenses prior to the establishment of the Company were not recorded in the accounts of the Company.

      Under U.S. GAAP, licensing costs were accounted for as an intangible asset and capital surplus at the time of establishment of the Company.

     (4) Deferred Charges

      Deferred charges in intangibles consist primarily of development costs which are deferred under Korean GAAP.

      Under U.S. GAAP, development costs are charged to expenses when incurred and are classified as operating expenses.

     (5) Revenue Recognition

      Under Korean GAAP, activation fees are recorded as revenue when billed and the related direct incremental acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

      Under U.S. GAAP, such amounts are deferred and recognized over the period of the customer relationship.

     (6)     Merger with KTM.Com Co., Ltd.

      Under Korean GAAP, as KT Freetel and KTM.Com Co., Ltd. were subsidiaries of KT Corporation prior to merger, assets and liabilities were transferred from KTM.Com Co., Ltd. to KT Freetel at book value as shown in the consolidated financial statements of KT Corporation and the difference between the par value of capital stock issued and the value of net assets transferred was recorded in the capital surplus account.

      Under U.S. GAAP, assets and liabilities were transferred from KTM.Com Co., Ltd. to KT Freetel at fair value and the difference between the fair value of capital stock issued and the fair value of net assets transferred was recorded as intangible assets.

      The Company classified the intangible assets into two components: subscriber base and goodwill.

A-32

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     (7) Merger with KT ICOM

      Under Korean GAAP, as KT Freetel and KT ICOM were subsidiaries of KT Corporation prior to the merger, assets and liabilities were transferred from KT ICOM to KT Freetel at book value as shown in the consolidated financial statements of KT Corporation and the difference between the par value of capital stock issued and the value of net assets transferred was recorded in the capital surplus account.

      Under U.S. GAAP, assets and liabilities were transferred from KT ICOM to KT Freetel at fair value. As the fair value of net assets transferred exceed the fair value of capital stock issued, the non-current assets were reduced proportionally.

     (8) Goodwill and Other Intangibles

      Under Korean GAAP, the purchase price over the fair value of net assets being acquired was recorded as goodwill and it is amortized over 20 years. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the fair value.

      Under SFAS No. 142 — “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, intangible assets with finite lives continue to be amortized over their useful economic lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but tested for impairment, at least annually.

      In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the goodwill and intangibles acquired from KTM.Com and KT ICOM and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

				Amortization Expense
		Initial Amount		2002		2003		2004
KTM.Com	Goodwill	W	558,505	W	—	W	—	W	—
	Subscriber base		605,563		126,159		162,204		162,204
	License cost		83,875		—		—		—
KT ICOM	Frequency use right		1,209,883		—		7,753		91,945

     (9) Disposal of Trade Accounts and Notes Receivable

      Under Korea GAAP, the transactions between KT Freetel and KTF First Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd., between KT Freetel and KTF Second Securitization Specialty Co., Ltd. and between KT Freetel and Shinhan Bank Trust are recorded as a sale of trade accounts and notes receivable. Under U.S. GAAP, those transactions do not qualify for sale accounting and as such, the transactions are classified as borrowings.

     (10) Minority Interests in Consolidated Subsidiary

      Under Korean GAAP, minority interests in consolidated subsidiary are presented as a component of shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets. Under U.S. GAAP, minority interests in consolidated subsidiary are not included in shareholders’ equity; rather, it is presented between liabilities and shareholders’ equity item in the consolidated balance sheets.

     (11) Accrued Severance Benefits

      Under the Korean labor law, employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump sum payment upon voluntary or involuntary termination of their employment. The amount of the benefit is based on the terminated employee’s length of employment and rate of pay prior to termination. Korean GAAP requires that a company record the vested benefit obligation at the balance sheet date assuming all employees

A-33

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

were to terminate their employment as of that date. The change in the vested benefit obligation during the year is recorded as the current year’s severance expense.

      The severance benefits program in the Republic of Korea is similar to a defined benefit plan in the United States. Generally, in the United States, plan assets are maintained by an independent trustee and therefore, the benefit obligation is recorded net of plan assets, while in Korea, the Company records the plan assets in its financial statements.

      Under U.S. GAAP, for employee benefit plans with the characteristics of the Korean plans, if the assumption for salary progression is less than the assumption for the discount rate, it is acceptable to assume that the vested benefit obligation is larger than the present value of the projected benefit obligation and the Company may record a pension liability equal to the vested benefit obligation at the balance sheet date. Under these circumstances, the periodic pension expense is equal to the change in the vested benefit obligation during the year and there is no significant difference between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP. The Company’s management believes that the liability and expense recorded under Korean GAAP in the accompanying financial statements do not differ from that required under U.S. GAAP.

      The Company expects to pay the following future benefits over next 10 years to its employees upon their normal retirement age (won in million):

Year	Amount
2012	W	439
2013		207
2014		1,029
	W	1,675

      The above amounts were determined based on the employees’ current salary rates and the number of service years that will be accumulated upon their retirement date. These amounts do not include amounts that might be paid to employees that will cease working with the Company before their normal retirement age.

     (12) Comprehensive Income

      Under the Korean GAAP, there is no requirement to present comprehensive income. Whereas, U.S. GAAP requires to present comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements. Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period except those resulting from investment by, or distribution to owners, including certain items not included in the current year’s results of operations.

      Comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is summarized as follows:

		Korean Won
		2002		2003			2004
		(In millions)
Net income as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP		W	460,679	W	332,756		W	173,856
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
	Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax of W745 million in 2002, W1,540 million in 2003 and W697 million in 2004		1,762		3,646			(1,649	)
Reclassification adjustment			—		(548	)		—
Comprehensive income as adjusted in accordance with U.S. GAAP		W	462,441	W	335,854		W	172,207

A-34

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     (13) Effect on Net Earnings and Shareholders’ Equity

      The effects of the significant adjustments to net earnings and shareholders’ equity that are required if U.S. GAAP were applied instead of Korean GAAP are summarized as follows (won in millions, except per share amounts):

		2002			2003			2004
Net income under Korean GAAP		W	532,163		W	406,029		W	287,863
Adjustments:
	(1)  Capitalization of foreign currency translation gain (loss), net		1,278			820			820
	(2)  Interest capitalization		4,398			75,867			12,402
	(4)  Deferred charges		248			(3,210	)		(3,693	)
	(5)  Revenue recognition		4,482			4,150			(1,075	)
	(7)  Merger with KT ICOM		—			240			2,884
	(8)  Amortization of subscriber base		(126,159	)		(162,204	)		(162,204	)
	(9)  Disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable		14,068			(7,357	)		(6,385	)
Deferred tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments			30,201			18,421			43,244
			(71,484	)		(73,273	)		(114,007	)
	Adjusted net income under U.S. GAAP	W	460,679		W	332,756		W	173,856
	Basic earnings per share	W	2,514		W	1,776		W	946

		2003			2004
Shareholders’ equity under Korean GAAP		W	3,143,038		W	3,190,149
Adjustments:
	(1)  Capitalization of foreign currency translation gain (loss), net		(2,246	)		(1,427	)
	(2)  Interest capitalization		57,386			69,789
	(3)  Licensing cost		44,953			44,953
	(4)  Deferred charges		(3,210	)		(6,903	)
	(5)  Revenue recognition		(1,743	)		(2,818	)
	(6)  Merger with KTM.Com		793,800			631,596
	(7)  Merger with KT ICOM		(37,249	)		(34,365	)
	(9)  Disposal of trade accounts and notes receivable		6,711			326
	(10)  Minority interests in consolidated subsidiary		(3,300	)		(8,040	)
Deferred tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments			(237,247	)		(194,003	)
			617,855			499,108
Shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP		W	3,760,893		W	3,689,257

A-35

KT FREETEL CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The condensed balance sheets in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (won in millions):

		2003		2004
Assets:
	Current assets	W	1,770,935	W	1,986,830
	Property and equipment		4,710,105		4,653,296
	Intangible assets		2,127,992		1,876,382
	Other assets		358,894		399,296
		W	8,967,926	W	8,915,804
Liabilities:
	Current liabilities	W	2,604,848	W	2,414,635
	Long-term liabilities		2,600,613		2,805,940
			5,205,461		5,220,575
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries			1,572		5,972
Shareholders’ equity			3,760,893		3,689,257
		W	8,967,926	W	8,915,804

A-36

SIGNATURES

      The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

KT CORPORATION

(Registrant)

/s/ Yong-Kyung Lee

Name: Yong-Kyung Lee

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 28, 2005

Exhibit Index

1		Articles of Incorporation of KT Corporation (English translation)
2	.1*	Form of Common Stock Certificate of KT Corporation, par value Won 5,000 per share (including translation in English) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-7630) on Form F-1).
2	.2*	Deposit Agreement dated as of May 25, 1999 entered into among KT Corporation, Citibank, N.A., as depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by the American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipt (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(i) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-13578) on Form F-6).
2	.3*	Form of Amendment No. 1 Deposit Agreement dated as of May 25, 1999 entered into among KT Corporation, Citibank, N.A., as depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by the American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipt (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(ii) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-13578) on Form F-6).
2	.4*	Letter from Citibank, N.A., as depositary, to the Registrant relating to the pre-release of the American depositary receipts (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-10330) on Form F-6).
7	.1	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
8	.1	List of subsidiaries of KT Corporation
12	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12	.2	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13	.1	Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15	.1	Consent of KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp. with respect to the financial statements of KT Corporation
15	.2	Consent of Deloitte HanaAnjin LLC with respect to the financial statements of KT Freetel Co., Ltd.
15	.3	The Telecommunications Basic Law (English translation)
15	.4	Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Basic Law (English translation)
15	.5	The Telecommunications Business Law (English translation)
15	.6	Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Business Act (English translation)

* Filed previously as indicated.

EX-1

Exhibit 1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
(English Translation)

Adopted on

October 1, 1997

Amended on

December 8, 1997
September 18, 1998
March 19, 1999
March 24, 2000
March 21, 2001
March 22, 2002
August 20, 2002
March 14, 2003
March 12, 2004
March 11, 2005

CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1. (Name)

The name of the Corporation shall be “Chusik Hoesa KT”, which shall be written in English as “KT Corporation” (hereafter “KT”).

Article 2. (Purpose)

The objective of KT is to engage in the following business activities:

1 Information and communications business;

2 New media business;

3 Development and sale of software and contents;

4 Sale and distribution of information communication equipment;

5 Testing and inspection of information communication equipment, device or facilities;

6 Advertisement business;

7 Retail business via telephone, mail order or online;

8 IT facility construction business;

9 Real estate and housing business;

10 Electronic banking and finance business;

11 Research and technical development, education, training and promotion, overseas businesses, and export and import, manufacture and distribution related to activities mentioned in Subparagraphs 1 through 10; and

12 Any and all other activities or businesses incidental to or necessary for the attainment of the foregoing.

Article 3. (Location of Offices)

1

The head office of KT (the “head office”) shall be located in Seoul or Kyunggi Province. KT may establish requisite sub-offices at site(s) pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors.

Article 4. (Method of Public Notice)

Public notices by KT shall be given in The Seoul Shinmun circulated in Seoul, Republic of Korea. Provided, however, that if the public notices cannot be published in The Seoul Shinmun due to unavoidable circumstances, such public notices may be given in any daily newspaper published in Seoul, Republic of Korea.

CHAPTER II. SHARES OF STOCK

Article 5. (Amount of Authorized Capital)

The total number of shares authorized to be issued by KT shall be one billion shares.

Article 6. (Par Value and Types of Shares and Share Certificates)

1 Par value per share issued by KT shall be 5,000 Korean Won. The type of shares shall be common shares and preferred shares, both of which shall be in registered form.

2 Share certificates shall be in eight (8) denominations of one (1), five (5), ten (10), fifty (50), one hundred (100), five hundred (500), one thousand (1000) and ten thousand (10,000) shares.

Article 7. (Shares to be Issued at the Time of Incorporation)

The total number of shares to be issued by KT at the time of incorporation shall be 395,675,369 shares.

Article 8. (Number and Description of Preferred Shares)

1 The total number of Preferred Shares to be issued by KT shall be up to one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares issued and outstanding, which shall be without voting rights.

2 Dividends on Preferred Shares shall be an amount not less than nine (9) percent p.a. of the par value as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance.

3 If the dividends on the Common Shares exceed those on Preferred Shares, the excess dividend amount shall also be paid to the holders of Preferred Shares commensurate to the rate applicable to Common Shares.

4 If dividends on Preferred Shares are not paid for any fiscal year, the holders of such Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive such accumulated unpaid dividend in priority to the holders of Common Shares from the dividends payable in the next fiscal year.

Article 9. (Preemptive Rights)

1 When KT issues new shares, the shareholders of KT shall be entitled to subscribe for such new shares in proportion to their existing shareholdings.

2 Notwithstanding Paragraph (1) above, new shares may be issued to persons other than the shareholders of KT, in the following cases:

1. When the new shares are issued by public offering or subscribed by underwriters pursuant to Article (2) and Article (8) of the Securities and Exchange Act (“SEA”);

2. When the members of the Employee Stock Ownership Association of KT have preemptive rights to subscribe for such new shares pursuant to Article 191-7 of the SEA;

3. When the new shares are represented by depositary receipt pursuant to Article 192 of the SEA;

2

4. When the new shares are issued by the exercise of stock options set forth in Article 10 of these Articles of Incorporation;

5. When the new shares are issued in order to accomplish specific business purposes such as strategic alliance, inducement of foreign funds, other capital raising requirements, introduction of new technology, and improvement of financial structure;

6. When the new shares are issued by a resolution of the Board of Directors through a general public offering pursuant to Article 189-3 of the SEA. However, in such case, the total number of the shares to be issued shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of KT issued and outstanding; or

7. When there exists an immediate need for the company to raise funds, new shares can be issued to domestic and foreign financial institutions (enacted on March 21, 2001).

3 The method of disposition of shares in respect of which preemptive rights have not been exercised or where fractions of shares occur shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

4 Notwithstanding Paragraph (1) above, shareholders who acquire shares in violation of any laws and regulations or these Articles of Incorporation shall not be entitled to subscribe for new shares in respect of such shares.

Article 10. (Stock Options)

1 KT may grant stock options to its officers and employees who have contributed, or are capable of contributing, to the establishment, management or technical innovation of KT, except for officers or employees in any of the following cases, by a Special Resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Article (189-4) of the SEA, to the extent not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of issued shares, provided that KT may grant stock options by a resolution of the Board of Directors, to the extent not exceeding one percent (1%) of the total number of issued shares. In such case, the provision of the latter part of the Proviso of Paragraph 1 of Article 38 shall apply mutatis mutandis:

1. The largest shareholder of KT and the Related Person thereto (refers to the Related Person as prescribed in Paragraph (2), Article (10-3) of the Enforcement Decree of the SEA. The same shall apply in this Article);

2. Major Shareholders (refers to the Major Shareholders as prescribed in Paragraph (1) of Article (188) of the SEA. The same shall apply hereinafter) and the Related Person thereto; or

3. Any person who shall become a Major Shareholder of KT by exercising his/her stock options.

2 The shares to be issued to the officers or employees by the exercise of their stock options (in case where KT pays in cash or shares the difference between the exercise price of stock options and the market price, refers to the shares which are the basis for such calculation) shall be Common Shares in registered form.

3 The method of disposition of shares in respect of which preemptive rights have not been exercised or where fractions of shares occur shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

4 Notwithstanding the Paragraph (1) above, shareholders who acquire shares in violation of any laws and regulations or these Articles of Incorporation shall not entitled to subscribe for new shares in respect of such shares.

Article 12. (Stock Options)

1 KT may grant stock options to its officers and employees who have contributed, or are capable of contributing, to the establishment, management or technical innovation of KT, except for officers or employees in any of the following cases, by a Special Resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Article (189-4) of the SEA, to the extent not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of issued shares, provided that KT may grant stock options by a resolution of the Board of

3

Directors, to the extent not exceeding one percent (1%) of the total number of issued shares. In such case, the provision of the latter part of the Proviso of Article 38(1) shall apply mutatis mutandis:

1. The largest shareholder of KT and the Related Person thereto (refers to the Related Person as prescribed in Paragraph (2), Article (10-3) of the Enforcement Decree of the SEA. The same shall apply in this Article);

2. Major Shareholders (refers to the Major Shareholders as prescribed in Paragraph (1), Article (188) of the SEA. The same shall apply hereinafter) and the Related Person thereto; or

3. Any person who shall become a Major Shareholder of KT by exercising his/her stock options.

2 The shares to be issued to the officers or employees by the exercise of their stock options (in case where KT pays in cash or shares the difference between the exercise price of stock options and the market price, refers to the shares which are the basis for such calculation) shall be Common Shares in registered form.

3 The number of officers and employees of KT who are granted with stock options shall not exceed ninety nine percent (99%) of the total number of officers and employees in office. Stock options granted to one single officer or employee shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of total number of shares issued and outstanding.

4 The exercise price per share of the stock options shall not be less than the price as set forth in the SEA. (amended on March 24, 2000)

5 Unless otherwise provided for by the relevant laws, the exercise period of stock options shall be determined by separate agreements, to the extent that such exercise periods shall not exceed seven (7) years from the date two (2) years have elapsed after the date of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Meeting of the Board of Directors at which a resolution to grant such stock option rights is adopted.

6 KT may cancel the grant of stock options by a resolution of the Board of Directors in any of the following cases:

1. When the relevant officer or employee of KT voluntarily retires from his/her office within two (2) years after the date of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Meeting of the Board of Directors at which a resolution to grant such stock option rights is adopted;

2. When the relevant officer or employee of KT is dismissed for substantial damages incurred to KT due to his/her willful misconduct or gross negligence; or

3. When any event for the cancellation set forth in the agreement for granting such stock options occurs.

Article 11. (Base Date Regarding Dividends of the New Shares)

In case KT issues new shares through right issues, bonus issues and stock dividends, with respect to the distribution of dividends on the new shares, the new shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the end of the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year during which the new shares are issued.

Article 12. (Transfer Agent)

1 KT may appoint a transfer agent to make entries in the register of shareholders.

2 The transfer agent, and the place and scope of business of the transfer agent shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and a public notice shall be given thereof.

Article 13. (Report of Names, Addresses and Seals of Shareholders)

1 Shareholders and registered pledges shall report their names, addresses, and seals to the transfer agent referred to in Article 12. Any changes thereto shall also be reported.

4

2 Shareholders and registered pledgees who reside in foreign countries shall appoint and report the place where, and an agent to whom, notices will be given in Korea. Any changes there to shall also be reported.

Article 14. (Closing of the Register of Shareholders and the Record Date)

1 KT shall suspend the entries of any changes into the register of shareholders regarding any rights on Shares from January 1 to January 31 of each year.

2 KT shall let the shareholders who are entered into the register of shareholders on December 31 of each year exercise their rights thereof at the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

3 KT may, for convening an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders or when necessary, by a resolution of the Board of Directors, set the record date or close the register of shareholders for a certain period not exceeding three (3) months by giving at least two (2) weeks’ prior public notice.

CHAPTER III. DEBENTURES

Article 15. (Issuance of Convertible Bonds)

1 KT may issue convertible bonds to persons other than shareholders to the extent that the aggregate face value of the convertible bonds so issued shall not exceed 2 trillion (2,000,000,000,000) Korean Won. Provided that, the issuance of convertible bonds to persons other than shareholders may be made in cases provided for by any of the Subparagraphs of Paragraph (2) of Article 9.

2 The Board of Directors may determine that the convertible bonds referred to in Paragraph (1) may be issued on the condition that conversion rights will be attached to only a portion of the convertible bonds.

3 The type of shares to be issued upon conversion of convertible bonds shall be common shares. The conversion price, which shall be equivalent to or more than the par value of the shares, shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance.

4 The period during which conversion rights may be exercised shall commence on the date set forth in the SEA after the date of issuance of the relevant convertible bonds and end on the date immediately preceding the redemption date thereof. However, the Board of Directors may adjust the conversion period in accordance with relevant laws within the above period by its resolution.

5 For the purposes of any distribution of dividends on the shares issued upon conversion or any payment of interest on the convertible bonds, the convertible bonds shall be deemed to have been converted into shares at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the relevant conversion rights are exercised.

Article 16. (Issuance of Bonds with Warrants)

1 KT may issue bonds with warrants to persons other than shareholders to the extent that the aggregate face value of the bonds with warrants so issued shall not exceed 2 trillion (2,000,000,000,000) Korean Won. Provided that, the issuance of bonds with warrants to persons other than shareholders may be made in only in cases provided for by Subparagraphs of Paragraph(2) of Article 9.

2 The amount of new shares which can be subscribed by the holders of the bonds with warrants shall be determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the maximum amount of such new shares shall not exceed the aggregate face value of the bonds with warrants.

3 The type of shares to be issued upon exercise of warrants shall be common shares. The issue price, which shall be equivalent to or more than the par value of the shares, shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance.

4 The period during which warrants may be exercised shall commence on the date set forth in the SEA after the date of issuance of the relevant bonds with warrants and end on the date immediately preceding the redemption date thereof. Provided that, the Board of Directors may adjust the conversion period in accordance with the relevant laws within the above period by its resolution.

5

5 For the purposes of any distribution of dividends on the shares issued upon exercise of warrants, shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the subscription monies therefor are fully paid.

Article 17. (Applicable Provisions regarding Issuance of Bonds)

The provisions of Articles 12 and 13 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the issuance of bonds.

CHAPTER IV. GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Article 18. (Convening of General Meeting)

1 Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be convened within three (3) months after the end of each fiscal year, and Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders may be convened at any time, by the President pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the relevant laws and regulations. Provided, however, that Article (29), Paragraph (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event the President fails to perform his duties.

2 Notice of the General Meeting of Shareholders specifying the time, place and purpose thereof shall be sent to each shareholder two (2) weeks prior to the date set for the General Meeting of Shareholders. However, such notice to the shareholders who hold less than one-hundredth (1/100) of the total number of shares with voting rights may be given in the form of a public notice of the meeting appearing twice or more in The Seoul Shinmun, The Maeil Business Newspaper and The Korean Economic Daily instead.

3 General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held at the location of the head office, Seoul or its neighboring place.

Article 19. (Chairman)

The President shall preside at the General Meeting of Shareholders; provided, however, that Paragraph (2) of Article 29 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event that the President fails to perform his duties.

Article 20. (Chairman’s Right to Maintain Order)

1 The Chairman shall suspend or cancel the proposal of any person who intentionally disrupts, by speech or behavior, the proceedings of the General Meeting of Shareholders or shall order such person to leave the General Meeting of Shareholders.

2 If the Chairman deems it necessary for the smooth proceeding of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman may restrict the time and frequency of a shareholder’s proposal.

Article 21. (Voting by Proxy)

1 A shareholder may exercise its voting rights by proxy.

2 The proxy described in Paragraph (1) must file with KT a power of attorney before the opening of the General Meeting.

Article 22. (Method of Adoption of Resolutions)

Resolutions of the General Meetings of Shareholders, except as otherwise provided by the relevant laws and regulations, shall be adopted if the approval of a majority vote of the shareholders present at such meeting is obtained and such majority also represents at least one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares issued and outstanding.

Article 22-2 (Exercise of Voting Rights by Writing)

1 The Shareholders may exercise their voting rights by writing without attending the General Meetings of Shareholders in person.

6

2 In case of Paragraph (1) above, KT shall send the notice of convening the General Meeting of Shareholders, together with written documents and reference materials necessary for the Shareholders to exercise their voting rights.

3 The Shareholders desiring to exercise their voting rights by writing shall enter necessary matters in the written documents under paragraph (2) and submit them to KT by the date immediately preceding the date set for the Meeting.

Article 23. (Minutes of the General Meeting)

With respect to the proceedings of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the details of the proceedings and its resolutions shall be recorded in the minutes which shall bear the names and seals or signatures of the Chairman and the Directors present, and shall be preserved at the head office and branches.

CHAPTER V. DIRECTORS AND AUDITOR

Article 24. (Number of Directors)

KT shall have not more than twelve (12) directors. The number of standing directors including the President shall not exceed four (4), and the number of outside directors shall not exceed eight (8).

Article 25. (Election of President and Directors)

1 The President shall be elected by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders among those who are recommended by the President Recommendation Committee pursuant to Article (32) of these Articles of Incorporation, and the standing director recommended by the President may be elected the Representative Director by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

2 The dismissal of the President requires a resolution by the General Meeting of Shareholders adopted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the voting rights of the shareholders in attendance at the Meeting; provided, however, that such votes shall represent at least one-third (1/3) of the total number of issued shares of KT. Dismissal of the Representative Director other than the President shall be in accordance with the resolution under Article 38 of these Articles of Incorporation.

3 Standing directors other than the President shall be elected at the General Meeting of Shareholders among the executive officers under the provision of Article 35 of these Articles of Incorporation who are recommended by the President with the consent of the Board of Directors. The President may propose to the General Meeting of Shareholders with the consent of the Board of Directors the dismissal of any standing director even during his/her term of office, when any of the following event occurs. In this case, the standing directors other than the President shall not participate in the resolution of the Board of Directors:

1. Inability to perform his/her duties for a period not less than one (1) year due to his/her physical and/or mental disorders; or

2. Remarkably poor results of his/her business management due to deficient management abilities.

4 Notwithstanding Paragraph 3 above, if the President Recommendation Committee has recommended a candidate for the President, the candidate for the President shall recommend candidates for the standing directors with the consent of the Board of Directors. Provided, however, that the candidate for the President is not elected as the President at the General Meeting of Shareholders, his recommendation of the candidacy for the standing directorship shall become null and void.

5 Any person who falls under any of the following categories shall not become a director of KT, and upon any elected director of KT falling under any of the following categories, such director shall be dismissed:

1. Person who retired from his/her office within the last three (3) years due to his/her own faults or business responsibilities;

7

2. Person who is sentenced to imprisonment or more severe punishment, and three (3) years have not elapsed after the expiration of the execution of such imprisonment or determination not to execute such imprisonment;

3. Person who is currently under the suspension of pronouncement or who is sentenced to probation, and two (2) years have not elapsed after the expiration of the probation period;

4. The same person and his/her related party as defined in the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act (“MRFTA”) who controls a company in competition with KT (however, with respect to the definition of competitor of KT used herein, if the company engages in the same business as KT and belongs to the same enterprise group of KT, such company is not deemed to be in competition with KT. This shall have the same meaning hereafter);

5. Any person who presently serves or has served at any time during the past two (2) years, as an officer or an employee for the company which is in competition with KT and for other companies which belong to the same enterprise group under the MRFTA of such company;

6. Any person who presently works or has worked at any time during the past two (2) years, as an officer or an employee for the largest or second largest shareholding company which is in competition with KT and for other companies which belong to the same enterprise group under the MRFTA of such company; or

7. The scope of a company which has competitive relationship with another company as prescribed in Subparagraphs 4 through 6 shall include a related party under the SEA.

6 An outside director shall be a person who has expert knowledge or certain experience in the field of communication, economy, management, law or related professions and is capable of contributing to the development of KT and the protection of shareholder’s interests.

7 Any candidate for the outside director falling under the disqualification criteria under the Commercial Code of Korea, the SEA of Korea and other relevant laws and regulations shall not become an outside director and any outside director subject to such disqualification criteria shall be dismissed.

Article 26. (Staggered Term of Office of Outside Director)

One-third of the total number of the outside directors shall be elected every year.

Article 27. (Term of Office of Directors)

The term of office of directors shall be not more than three (3) years; where the term of office expires before the closing date of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders in the last fiscal year of such term, the term of office shall be extended to the closing date of such General Meeting.

Article 28. (By-election of Directors)

1. In case of any vacancy in the office of a director, a director shall be elected to fill such vacancy at the General Meeting of Shareholders, provided that election thereof may not be made unless such vacancy results in lack of the requisite number of the directors or a difficulty in the administration of business.

2. The term of office of an outside director elected to fill a vacancy shall be the remainder of the term of office of his/her predecessor.

Article 29. (Duties of President and Directors)

1 The Representative Directors shall respectively represent KT, the Representative Director/President shall execute businesses resolved by the Board of Directors and supervise all businesses of KT. Duties of the Representative Director elected through recommendation of the President shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

2 Standing directors shall assist the President and shall perform their duties. In the event the President fails to perform his duties, a standing director shall perform his/her duties in accordance with the order as provided in the Office Regulation. However, in the event both the President and standing directors fail

8

to perform their duties, a director shall perform his/her duties in accordance with the order as provided in the Office Regulation.

3 If a director becomes aware of any event which may cause a material damage to KT, such director should immediately report to the Auditors’ Committee thereof.

Article 30. (Duties of Directors)

1 Directors shall perform their duties faithfully for the good of KT in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations and the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation.

2 The directors shall not disclose any business secret of KT that they obtained in the course of performance of their duties, during and after their terms of offices.

Article 31. (Remuneration and Severance Allowance for Directors)

1 In case of any vacancy in the office of a director or auditor, then a director or an auditor shall be elected to fill such vacancy at a General Meeting of Shareholders, provided that election thereof may not be made unless such vacancy results in lack of the requisite number of Directors or a difficulty in the administration of business.

2 The term of office of a non-standing director elected to fill a vacancy shall be the remainder of the term of office of his/her predecessor.

Article 31. (Duties of Representative Director and Directors)

1 The Remuneration for the directors shall be determined by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, and such remuneration may be paid either in cash or in combination of cash and stock.

2 The criteria for remuneration for the President and the standing directors, and the method of payment thereof shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors, which shall be reported to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

3 The President and the standing directors shall not participate in the resolution of the Board of Directors as set forth in Paragraph (2) above.

4 Severance allowances for directors shall be paid in accordance with KT’s regulations for payment of officers’ severance allowance adopted at the General Meeting of Shareholders.

5 The Outside directors may be reimbursed for expenses necessary for the performance of their duties.

Article 32. (President Recommendation Committee)

1 The auditor shall audit the accounting and business activities of KT.

1. Three (3) outside directors who are elected by drawing from among the outside directors;

2. One (1) person who is designated by the Board of Directors from among ex-Presidents or the current President of KT; (provided, however, that the incumbent President who is interested to apply for candidacy for the new President shall not participate in any resolution of the Board of Directors.); and

3. One (1) non-government person who is designated as a member of the President Recommendation Committee by the Board of Directors with the President and the standing directors excluded (in any event excluding former (within 2 years) and present officers and employees of any telecommunications business operator who is in competition with KT and any of their related persons as defined in MRFTA, and officers and employees of KT, and the public officials).

2 The President Recommendation Committee shall be organized two (2) months prior to the date of expiration of the term of office of the President (or within two (2) weeks from the date of retirement of the President when such retirement is due to reasons other than the expiration of the term of office

9

thereof), and shall be dissolved after the execution of management agreement between the President so elected and the chairman of the President Recommendation Committee.

3 The chairman of the President Recommendation Committee shall be elected by the Board of Directors from among its members who hold the position of outside directors of KT. In this case, the President and the standing directors shall not participate in the resolution of the Board of Directors.

4 A resolution of the President Recommendation Committee shall be adopted by the affirmative votes of a majority of the members in office other than the chairman thereof. In this case, the chairman shall not have any voting rights.

5 The President Recommendation Committee shall examine all the presidential candidates in compliance with the criteria for the examination of a candidate for the President prescribed by the Board of Directors, in consideration of the following requirements:

1. Experiences and scholastic achievements under which his/her knowledge with respect to the field of business management and economics can be evaluated in objective point of view;

2. Past business results and the management period of being in office under which his/her business experience can be evaluated in objective point of view;

3. Any requirements to evaluate qualification and ability as a chief executive officer; and

4. Any requirements to evaluate professional knowledge and experience with respect to the telecommunications and related fields.

Article 33. (Election of President)

1 President shall be elected from among CEO-qualified candidates who have a knowledge of management and economics or who have much managerial work experience.

2 KT shall give a public notice to recruit candidates for its President and may, if necessary, conduct separate search for such candidates or hire a third party agency to perform searches.

3 The President Recommendation Committee shall examine the candidates for the President who applied pursuant to the provision of Paragraph 2 above, in accordance with the candidates evaluation criteria determined by the Board of Directors.

4 The President Recommendation Committee shall, in selecting the candidates for the President, consult with such candidates regarding the terms of employment contract including the management goal established by the Board of Directors. In such case, if deemed necessary, the President Recommendation Committee may change the terms of employment contract.

5 The President Recommendation Committee shall recommend a candidate for the President to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, based on the evaluation under Paragraph 3 and the consultation under Paragraph 4 above, concurrently submitting a draft employment contract including the management goal during the tenure of the President.

6 The President and standing directors shall not attend the Board of Directors’ Meeting for the resolution of the agenda prescribed in Paragraphs 2 through 4.

Article 34. (Execution of Employment Contract with the Candidate for President)

1 When the draft employment contract submitted pursuant to Paragraph 5 of Article 33 above is approved at the General Shareholders’ Meeting, KT shall enter into such management contract with the candidate for President. In such case, the Chairman of the President Recommendation Committee shall, in the capacity of the representative of KT, sign the management contract.

10

2 The Board of Directors may conduct a performance review to determine if the new President has performed his/her duties under the management contract as provided in Paragraph 1 or hire a professional evaluation agency for such purpose.

3 When the Board of Directors determines, based on the result of performance review under the provision of Paragraph 2 above, that the new President has failed to achieve the management goal, it may propose to dismiss the President at the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

4 The management goal shall include revenue increase, profitability improvement, investment plan and other related business objectives. and shall be determined, on a yearly basis, at the Board of Directors’ Meeting within the scope of target achievement during the term of office to be determined at the General Shareholders’ Meeting. Such management goal may be established on a numerical basis, if possible.

5 The performance review prescribed in Paragraph 2 above, shall be conducted by the Board of Directors at the closing of each fiscal year or may be delegated by the Board of Directors to a professional evaluation agency; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors deems necessary, it may conduct the performance review during any fiscal year.

6 The Board of Directors shall report the result of the performance review prescribed in Paragraph 2 above to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

7 The President and the standing directors may not attend the Board of Directors’ Meeting for the resolution of the agenda prescribed in Paragraphs 2 through 4.

Article 35. (Executive Officers)

1 For the efficient operation, KT shall have executive officers including standing directors.

2 The executive officers shall be referred to as the Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President.

3 The number and remuneration of the executive officers who do not hold the position of standing directors of KT shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The severance allowance for the said executive officers shall be paid in accordance with KT’s regulations for payment of officers’ severance allowance adopted at a General Meeting of Shareholders.

4 Executive officers who do not hold the position of standing directors of KT shall be elected by the President of KT, whose term of office shall not exceed three (3) years.

5 All matters concerning the respective duties of executive officers shall be determined by the President.

Article 36. (Advisor, etc.)

The President may employ an Advisor or appoint an Advisory Council in order to receive advice and suggestions regarding important matters concerning the operation of KT’s businesses.

CHAPTER VI. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Article 37. (Organization and Operation)

1 The Board of Directors shall consist of the directors, and shall resolve important matters related to the execution of business of KT as prescribed in the laws and regulations and these Articles of Incorporation, which were submitted by a director as an agenda.

2 The Board of Directors’ Meeting shall be convened by each director. However, this shall not apply in the event that a director to convene the Board of Directors’ Meeting is determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors’ Meeting.

11

3 The rest of directors may request the director designated under Paragraph 2 above to convene the Board of Directors’ Meeting. However, if the designated director refuses to convene the Board of Directors’ Meeting without any justifiable reason therefor, other directors may convene the Board of Directors’ Meeting.

4 In convening a meeting of Board of Directors, the notice thereof shall be given at least three (3) days prior to the date set for such meeting to each director; provided, however, that the above procedure may be omitted with the consent of all of the directors.

5 Matters necessary for the operation of the Board of Directors shall be set forth in the Regulations of the Board of Directors.

6 For the efficient management of the Board of Directors, a self evaluation regarding the activities of the Board of Directors may be conducted, and detailed matters therefor, including the evaluation method, etc. shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Article 38. (Resolution and Delegation)

1 A resolution at a meeting of Board of Directors shall be adopted by the presence of a majority of all directors in offices and by the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors present. However, the resolution on the sale of equity in any subsidiary of KT accompanying transfer of management shall be adopted by affirmative votes of two-thirds (2/3) of the directors in offices, and the resolution on the dismissal of the President shall be adopted by the affirmative votes of two-thirds (2/3) of the outside directors in offices.

2 The Board of Directors may delegate part of its authorities to the President.

Article 39. (Chairman)

1 The chairman of the Board of Directors shall be elected from among the outside directors by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

2 The term of office of the chairman shall be one (1) year.

Article 40. (Minutes of the Board of Directors)

The proceeding and the result of meeting of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in the minutes, which shall bear the names, seals or signatures of the Chairman and the directors present at the meeting, and shall be kept at the head office.

Article 41. (Committees within the Board of Directors)

1 The Board of Directors may have expert committees under its control by its resolution, in order to deliberate or decide with respect to the specific matters submitted to the Board of Directors.

1. Outside Director Candidates Recommendation Committee;

2. Audit Committee;

3. Other Committees which the Board of Directors deems necessary.

2 Any matters necessary for the organization, powers and operation of the committees within the Board of Directors set forth in Paragraph (1) above shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Article 42. (Outside Director Candidates Recommendation Committee)

1 The Outside Director Candidates Recommendation Committee shall consist of one (1) standing director and four () outside directors.

12

2 The Outside Director Candidates Recommendation Committee shall recommend outside director candidates to the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

3 Any other detailed matters regarding organization and operation of the Outside Director Candidates Recommendation Committee shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Article 43. (Audit Committee)

1 The Audit Committee shall consist of not less than three (3) outside directors.

2 The Audit Committee shall perform an audit of KT’s accounting books and records, and of other aspects of its business operations.

3 Any other detailed matters regarding organization and operation of the Audit Committee shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Article 44. (Executive Officers’ Meeting)

1 KT may convene executive officers’ meeting in order to consider and resolve matters delegated by the Board of Directors.

2 Matters necessary for the organization and operation of the executive officers’ meeting set forth in Paragraph 1 above shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

CHAPTER VII. ACCOUNTING

Article 45. (Fiscal Year)

The fiscal year of KT shall be from January 1 to December 31 of each year.

Article 46. (Preparation, Submission and Maintenance of the Financial Statements)

1 The President of KT shall prepare the following documents and supplementary documents thereto and the business report for each fiscal year, and submit such documents, after approved by the Board of Directors, to the Audit Committee, six (6) weeks prior to the date of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders:

1. A balance sheet;

2. A statement of profit and loss; and

3. A statement of appropriation of retained earnings or a statement of disposition of deficit.

2 The Audit Committee shall submit an auditor’s report to the President at least one (1) week before the General Shareholders’ Meeting after the receipt of the documents listed in Paragraph (1) above.

3 The President shall keep each document listed in Paragraph (1) together with the business report and the auditor’s report at the head office for a period of five (5) years, commencing from one week prior to the date of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders. Certified copies of these documents shall be kept in each respective branch office for a period of three (3) years.

4 The President shall submit each document listed in Paragraph (1) to the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders and request approval therefor. With respect to the business report, he/she shall report the contents thereof to the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

5 When the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders is obtained for the documents listed in Paragraph (1), the President shall, without delay, give a public notice of the balance sheet and the audit opinion thereon of an independent auditor.

13

Article 47. (Disposition of Profits)

1 Disposition of Profits

1. Legal Reserves;

2. Other statutory reserves;

3. Amortization by way of the appropriation of the retained earnings;

4. Dividends; and

5. Voluntary reserve.

Article 48 (Retirement of Shares)

Pursuant to Article 189 of the SEA, KT may, by a resolution of the Board of Directors, retire the shares within the scope of profits attributable to the shareholders.

Article 49. (Payment of Dividends)

1 Dividends may be paid either in cash or in shares.

2 In case of stock dividends, if KT has issued several types of shares, different types of shares may be allotted by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

3 Pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, KT may pay interim dividends in cash once during a fiscal year with June 30 as a base date(referred to as the fixed interim dividend date).

4 The dividends referred to in Paragraphs (1) and (3) shall be paid to the shareholders or registered pledgees who are registered in the registry of shareholders as of the end of each fiscal year or as of the fixed interim dividend date.

5 The rights to dividends shall be extinguished if it is not exercised within five (5) years from the date when the relevant dividend was declared, and such unclaimed dividends shall belong to KT.

CHAPTER VIII. Supplementary Provisions

Article 50. (Guarantee of Personnel Status)

1 Any employee of KT shall not receive a dismissal, suspension, reduction in compensation, reprimand and other disadvantageous orders, without any justifiable reasons therefor.

2 The retirement age of the employee of KT shall be prescribed in accordance with Paragraph 2 of Article (6)of Addenda of the Laws Repealing the Korea Telecom Act.

Article 51 (Publication of Management Information)
KT shall make public any and all matters deemed to be necessary for the promotion of transparency in management.

ADDENDUM

Article 1. (Enforcement Date)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from October 1, 1997.

Article 2. (Term of Office of the First President and Standing Directors)

Notwithstanding Paragraph (1) of Article (29) hereof, the term of office of the first President and the standing directors to be elected at the General Meeting of Shareholders convened after the execution of

14

these Articles of Incorporation shall be extended until the end of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders convened after the expiration of the said term of office.

Article 3. (Term of Office of First Non-Standing Director)

1 Pursuant to Article (3) of the Addenda of the Special Act, candidates for non-standing directors who are recommended by the Temporary Non-standing Directors Recommendation Committee shall be classified into three groups, i.e., first, second and third groups, which shall consist of two, two and three persons, respectively.

2 Notwithstanding Paragraph (1) of Article (29) hereof, the term of office of a non-standing director in the first group shall expire at the close of the first Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders convened after one (1) year has elapsed. The term of office of non-standing directors in the second and third group shall expire at the close of the first Ordinary General Meetings of Shareholders convened after two (2) and three (3) years have elapsed, respectively.

Article 4. (Special Provisions for Term of Office of Standing Directors succeed to the Term of Office of an Executive Officer)

In the event that a former executive officer who has been elected prior to the date of enforcement of these Articles of Incorporation is elected as a first standing director of KT after the enforcement of these Articles, his/her term of office may be shortened to the remainder of the term of office of a executive officer prior to the date of enforcement of these Articles of Incorporation.

ADDENDUM (December 8, 1997)

These articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders thereon.

ADDENDUM (September 18, 1998)

Article 1. (Enforcement Date)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution thereon of the General Meetings of Shareholders.

Article 2. (Interim Measures for the Acquisition of Shares of KT by non-Korean nationals)

Those provisions of Paragraph (3) of Article (10) hereof shall not be applicable where non-Korean nationals have acquired any shares of KT prior to the date of enforcement of these Articles of Incorporation pursuant to the relevant laws and regulations. In this regard, the number of shares so acquired shall be included in the maximum aggregate shareholdings ceiling prescribed in Subparagraph 1, of Paragraph (2), of Article (10) above.

ADDENDUM (March 19, 1999)

Article 1. (Enforcement Date)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution thereon of the General Meetings of Shareholders.

Article 2. (Interim Measure)

The cumulative voting system provided for in Article (382-2) of the Commercial Code of Korea shall not apply until every requirement set forth in Paragraph (1), of Article (21) of the Special Act has been satisfied.

ADDENDUM (March 24, 2000)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution thereon of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

15

ADDENDUM (March 21, 2001)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution thereon of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

ADDENDUM (March 22, 2002)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective as of the date of resolution thereon of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

ADDENDUM (August 20, 2002)

Article 1. (Enforcement Date)

These Articles of Incorporation shall become effective from the date on which a resolution on the foregoing amendments is adopted at the General Meeting of Shareholders. Provided, however, that the amended provision of Article 41-3 shall become effective from the date following the day on which the first General Meeting of Shareholders is convened after the enforcement of these amended Articles of Incorporation.

Article 2. (Interim Measures regarding Auditor)

1 The amended provisions regarding auditor in Articles 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 37 and 40 shall remain invalid, until the Audit Committee is established.

2 The term, “auditor” referred in Paragraph 3 of Article 31 and Article 44, shall be interpreted to be “Audit Committee”, respectively, until the establishment of the Audit Committee.

Article 3. (Interim Measures on Increase in Number of Outside Directors)

Notwithstanding the amended provision of Article 26, a candidate for outside director recommended by the Shareholders’ Committee established in accordance with the previous AOI, shall be deemed to have been recommended by the Outside Director Recommendation Committee, and the term of office of such additionally appointed outside director in the above shall be until the date on which the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders is held in the year of 2005.

ADDENDUM (March 14, 2003)

These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective from the date of resolution thereon of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Addendum (March 12, 2004)

These Articles of Incorporation shall become effective as of the date of resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Addendum (March 11, 2005)

These Articles of Incorporation shall become effective as of the date of resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

16

EX-7.1

Exhibit 7.1

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Year Ended December 31,
Korean GAAP	2002			2003			2004
	(Millions of Won)
Earnings:
Net earnings		1,946,934			821,734			1,282,216
Income tax		741,354			523,631			577,889
Income from equity investees		(8,524	)		(5,462	)		(11,310	)
Dividend from equity method affiliates		469			554			333
Fixed charges		828,079			720,744			708,364
Less interest capitalized (a)		(158,482	)		—			—
Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries		316,918			235,695			148,931
Total earnings		3,666,748			2,296,896			2,706,423
Fixed charges:
Interest expense		650,460			705,540			678,514
Capitalized interest (a)		158,482			—			—
One-third of rent expenses on operating leases, deemed to be representative of interest expense		19,137			15,204			29,850
Total fixed charges		828,079			720,744			708,364
Radios of earnings to fixed charges		4.43:1			3.19:1			3.82:1

U.S. GAAP
Earnings:
Net earnings	1,556,262		395,443		1,404,616
Income tax	519,642		217,568		386,934
Income from equity investees	(10,713	)	(10,559	)	(36,136	)
Dividend from equity method affiliates	1,278		958		45,153
Fixed charges	488,970		443,078		467,365
Less interest capitalized	(27,853	)	(21,469	)	(12,154	)
Minority interest in losses of consolidated subsidiaries	(3,222	)	(22	)	(1,760	)
Total earnings	2,524,364		1,024,997		2,254,018
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	461,117		421,609		455,211
Capitalized interest	27,853		21,469		12,154
One-third of rent expense on operating leases, deemed to be representative of interest expense	—		—		—
Total fixed charges	488,970		443,078		467,365
Radios of earnings to fixed charges	5.16:1		2.31:1		4.82:1

(a) Effective on January 1, 2003, in accordance with Korean GAAP, the Company elected to no longer capitalize interest costs on all borrowings incurred related to qualifying assets.

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

List of Subsidiary of KT Corporation
(As of December 31, 2004)

	Jurisdiction of
Name	Incorporation
KT Freetel Co., Ltd.	Korea
KT Hitel Co., Ltd.	Korea
KT Submarine Co., Ltd.	Korea
KT Powertel Co. Ltd.	Korea
KT Networks Corporation	Korea
KT Linkus Co., Ltd.	Korea
Korea Telecom America, Inc.	U.S.A.
Korea Telecom Philippines, Inc.	Philippines
New Telephone Company	Russia
Korea Telecom Japan Co., Ltd.	Japan
KTF Technologies Inc.	Korea
KT Commerce Inc.	Korea
KT China Co., Ltd.	China

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Yong-Kyung Lee, President and Chief Executive Officer of KT Corporation, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of KT Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 28, 2005

/s/ Yong-Kyung Lee  

Yong-Kyung Lee
President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-12.2

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Haing Min Kwon, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of KT Corporation, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of KT Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 28, 2005

/s/ Haing Min Kwon  

Haing Min Kwon
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-13.1

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

     Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of KT Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

     The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Form 20-F”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: June 28, 2005	/s/ Yong-Kyung Lee
	Yong-Kyung Lee
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: June 28, 2005	/s/ Haing Min Kwon
	Haing Min Kwon
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to KT Corporation and will be retained by KT Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-15.1

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors
KT Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form F-3 (No. 333-100251) of KT Corporation of our report dated March 25, 2005 except as to the second paragraph of note 35, which is as of May 25, 2005 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of KT Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and retained earnings, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and which report, which is partially based on the reports of other auditors, appears in the December 31, 2004, annual report on Form 20-F of KT Corporation.

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.
Seoul, Korea
June 28, 2005

EX-15.2

Exhibit 15.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of KT Corporation on Form F-3 (No. 333-100251) of our reports dated March 25, 2005, relating to our audits of the financial statements of KT Freetel Co., Ltd. (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include explanatory paragraphs relating to the merger of KT Freetel Co., Ltd. with KT ICOM Co., Ltd.), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 20-F of KT Corporation for the three years ended December 31, 2004, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 of KT Corporation.

/s/ Deloitte HanaAnjin LLC

Seoul, Korea
June 28, 2005

EX-15.3

Exhibit 15.3

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC LAW (TRANSLATION)

FRAMEWORK ACT ON TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Wholly amended By	1991· 8· 10	Act No. 4393
Amended By	1992· 12· 8	Act No. 4528
Amended By	1993· 3· 6	Act No. 4541
Amended By	1995· 1· 5	Act No. 4905
Amended By	1996· 12· 30	Act No. 5219
Amended By	1997· 8· 28	Act No. 5385
Amended By	1997· 8· 28	Act No. 5386
Amended By	1997· 12· 13	Act No. 5453
Amended By	1997· 12· 13	Act No. 5454
Amended By	1999· 1· 29	Act No. 5733
Amended By	2000· 1· 28	Act No. 6231
Amended By	2001· 1· 16	Act No. 6360
Amended By	2002· 1· 14	Act No. 6602
Amended By	2002· 2· 4	Act No. 6656
Amended By	2002· 12· 26	Act No. 6823
Amended By	2004· 3· 11	Act No. 7188
Amended By	2004· 3· 22	Act No. 7210
Amended By	2004· 12· 31	Act No. 7303
	(enforcement date: July 1, 2005)

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1 (Purpose)

The purpose of this Act is to contribute to the enhancement of the public welfare by managing telecommunications efficiently and stimulating the development of telecommunications by providing basic matters on telecommunications.

Article 2 (Definitions)

1

The definitions of the terms as used in this Act shall be as follows:

1. The term “telecommunications” means transmission or reception of code, words, sound or image through wired, wireless, optic, and other electro-magnetic processes;

2. The term “telecommunications facilities and equipment” means machinery, appliances, lines for telecommunications, and other facilities necessary for telecommunications;

3. The term “telecommunications line facilities and equipment” means the facilities and equipment which constitute communications channels between sending and receiving points for telecommunications among the telecommunications facilities and equipment, and the transmission and line facilities and equipment, with the exchange facilities installed as one body of the transmission and line facilities, and all facilities attached thereto;

4. The term “telecommunications business facilities and equipment” means the telecommunications facilities and equipment to be provided for telecommunications businesses;

5. The term “private telecommunications facilities and equipment” means the telecommunications facilities and equipment other than the telecommunications business facilities and equipment, installed by an individual to be used for his own telecommunications;

6. The term “telecommunications equipments” means apparatus, machinery, parts or line equipments, etc. used by the telecommunications facilities and equipment;

7. The term “telecommunications service” means services that mediate a third party’s communication through the telecommunications facilities and equipment or to provide the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the third party’s telecommunications; and

8. The term “telecommunications business” means a business that provides telecommunications services.

Article 3 (Supervision of Telecommunications)

The matters concerning telecommunications shall be governed by the Minister of Information and Communication, except the ones stipulated specifically by this Act or other Acts. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

2

Article 4 (Government Policies)

The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise basic and comprehensive government policies concerning telecommunications to attain the purpose of this Act. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 5 (Establishment of Basic Telecommunications Plans)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish and publicly notify basic telecommunications plans (hereinafter referred to as the “basic plan”) for smooth development of telecommunications and the promotion of the information society. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The following matters shall be included in the basic plan of paragraph (1):

1. Matters concerning utilization efficiency of telecommunications;

2. Matters concerning maintenance of telecommunications order;

3. Matters concerning telecommunications business;

4. Matters concerning telecommunications facilities and equipment;

5. Matters concerning promotion of telecommunications technology (including technology about telecommunications construction; hereinafter the same shall apply); and

6. Other basic matters concerning telecommunications.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall consult in advance with the heads of administrative agencies concerned, when establishing the basic plan for the matters of paragraph (2) 4 and 5 of this Article. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 6 (Annual Report)

The Government shall present an annual report on the policy and trend about telecommunications developments to the National Assembly prior to the opening of the regular session.

Article 7 (Classification of Telecommunications Business Operator)

The telecommunications business operator shall be classified as the key communications business operator, the special communications business operator and the value-added communications

3

business operator pursuant to the Telecommunications Business Act. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995]

CHAPTER II PROMOTION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY

Article 8 (Establishment and Execution of Enforcement Plan for Technology Development)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish and execute enforcement plans for the development of telecommunications technology as stipulated in Article 5 (2) 5. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The following matters shall be included in the enforcement plans of the above paragraph (1):

1. Matters concerning the research and development of telecommunications technology;

2. Matters concerning the training and the supply and demand of telecommunications technicians;

3. Matters concerning the adoption of new telecommunications technologies and modes;

4. Matters concerning the standardization of telecommunications technologies;

5. Matters concerning promotion of telecommunications technology research institutes and organizations;

6. Matters concerning the international cooperation of telecommunications technology; and

7. Other matters concerning the development of telecommunications technology.

Article 9 (Management of Technical Information on Telecommunications)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise measures necessary for the systematic and comprehensive management and the popularization of technical information on telecommunications for the promotion of telecommunications technology. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may give advance notices of new technology concerning telecommunications for harmonious telecommunications development. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 10 (Promotion of Research Institutes, etc.)

4

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall guide and promote telecommunications research institutes and organizations for the development of telecommunications. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Government may give financial aid to the institutes and organizations under the above paragraph (1).

(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(4) The scope of the institutes and organizations under above paragraph (1), the ways for guidance and promotion thereof and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Article 11 (Designation of Research Projects, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may select research projects concerning telecommunications technology and designate researchers, when necessary for research and development of telecommunications technology. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) Matters necessary for selection of research projects, designation of researchers and support for the research expenses, etc., under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Article 12 (Investment, etc. for Research and Development)

When specially necessary for the promotion of telecommunications technology, the Minister of Information and Communication may advise the key communications business operator to invest more than the amount corresponding to a specific ratio of annual turnover to the business for research and development of high technology concerning telecommunications, or to contribute to the institutes and organizations carrying out the business for research and development of common technology or communication modes concerning telecommunications. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 13 (Technical Guidance)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall provide technical guidance for technical standardization, technical training, supply of technical information or cooperation with international organizations, etc., to a manufacturer of telecommunications equipments and materials (hereinafter

5

referred to as the “manufacturer of telecommunications equipments and materials”) or a constructor of information and telecommunications works under the Information and Communications Work Business Act, when necessary for an accurate application of telecommunications modes and standards, etc., of telecommunications equipments and materials from their manufacturing stage and for securing quality of telecommunications works. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5386, Aug. 28, 1997>

(2) The subjects, contents and other necessary matters of technical guidance under paragraph (1) above shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Articles 14 and 15

Deleted. <by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 15-2

Deleted. <by Act No. 5733, Jan. 29, 1999>

CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

SECTION 1 Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment for Business

Article 16 (Maintenance and Repair of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)

The telecommunications business operator shall maintain and repair his telecommunications facilities and equipment so as to have them compatible with technical criteria as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, for a stable supply of his telecommunications services. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 17 (Installation Report of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, and Approval thereon, etc.)

(1) Any key communications business operator shall, where he intends to install or alter major telecommunications facilities and equipment, file in advance a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That with respect to any

6

telecommunications facilities and equipment which are first installed under a new telecommunications technology mode, an approval shall be obtained from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(2) The scope of major telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 18 (Joint Installation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)

(1) The key communications business operator may jointly construct and use the telecommunications facilities and equipment with other key communications business operators. In this case, the key communications business operator shall make in advance a consultation with another key communications business operator. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where a key communications business operator makes a consultation under paragraph (1), investigate and provide the required information, under the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to effectively perform the investigation of data under paragraph (2), have a specialized institution in the field of telecommunications perform the relevant investigation under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs, advise the key communications business operator under paragraph (1) to jointly construct the telecommunications facilities and equipment, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

1. Where the consultation under paragraph (1) has not been achieved, and where there exists a request from the relevant key communications business operator; and

7

2. Where deemed necessary for promoting the public interests.

(5) Where it is necessary to use the land or structures, etc. owned by the State, local government, government-invested institution, or other key telecommunications business operator for a joint installation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, and where an agreement is not reached on it, the key communications business operator may ask the Minister of Information and Communication for his cooperation in the use of the relevant land or structures, etc.

(6) The Minister of Information and Communication may, upon receipt of a request for his cooperation under paragraph (5), ask the head of the State agency, local government or government-invested institution or other key communications business operator to comply with a consultation on the use of the relevant land or structures, etc. with the key communications business operator who has asked for a cooperation under paragraph (5). In this case, the State agency, local government, or the head of government-invested institution or other key communications business operator shall comply with a consultation with the key telecommunications business operator unless there exist any justifiable causes. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002> [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 19

Deleted. <by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

SECTION 2 Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment

Article 20 (Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)

(1) A person who intends to install private telecommunications facilities and equipment shall report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. The same shall also apply in case where he intends to alter the important matters as determined by the Presidential Decree from among the reported matters. <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), the private telecommunications facilities and equipment with wireless modes, the military telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc., which are specially stipulated by other statutes, shall be governed by such statutes.

8

(3) A person who has made a report or a modified report on the installation of private telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall obtain, upon completion of an installation work or a modifying work, a confirmation by the Minister of Information and Communication, prior to their use, under the conditions as stipulated by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) Any private telecommunications facilities and equipment prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication may, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), be installed without filing any report. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 21 (Restriction on Use Beyond Its Purpose)

(1) Any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment shall not mediate a third party’s communications with the facilities, nor operate the facilities against the installation purpose: Provided, That this shall not apply to cases of special provisions in other statutes or of uses falling under any of the following subparagraphs, within the limits not against the installation purposes: <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

1 In case of use for maintaining public peace or providing emergency rescue mission by the person engaged in police or accident rescue works;

2 In case of use, prescribed by the Minister of Information and Communication, between the person who installed private telecommunications facilities and equipment and the one specially related with him for the purpose of work; and

3 Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(2) Any person who has installed his private telecommunications facilities and equipment may provide telecommunications facilities and equipment including line tracks, line equipments, etc., to the key communication business operator, pursuant to the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5, 34-6 (excluding paragraph (5)), and 35 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the above paragraph (2)

9

concerning the supply of facilities and equipment. <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

Article 22 (Securing of telecommunications in Case of Emergency)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the person who installed private telecommunications facilities and equipment to provide telecommunications services or other important communication services, or to interconnect the private facilities and equipment in question with other telecommunications facilities and equipment, when war, natural disaster or other national emergency situation corresponding to such happens or is likely to happen. This shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provisions concerning telecommunications services under the Telecommunications Business Act. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may make the key telecommunications business operator deal with such services, when deemed necessary of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The expenses necessary for performing the services or for interconnection of the facilities of paragraph (1) shall be borne by the Government: Provided, That when the private telecommunications facilities and equipment are provided for telecommunications services, then the key communications business operator provided with the facilities, shall bear such expenses.

Article 23 (Orders for Correction, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment violates this Act or the orders under this Act, order him to make a correction thereof with fixing a specified period. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment falls under any of the following subparagraphs, order him to suspend the relevant uses with fixing a period of not more than one year: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

10

1 Where he fails to execute an order under paragraph (1);

2 Where he uses the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining a confirmation in contravention of Article 20 (3); and

3 Where he intermediates other’s communications or operates the private telecommunications facilities and equipment in a manner contrary to the installation purposes, in contravention of Article 21 (1).

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where deemed that any private telecommunications facilities and equipment impede other’s telecommunications or likely undermine other’s telecommunications facilities and equipment, order the person who has installed the relevant facilities and equipment to suspend a use of them or to renovate or repair them, or take other measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 24 (Imposition of Penalty Surcharge)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in issuing an order to suspend a use of any private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 23 (2), and where a suspension of the relevant use is likely to cause any serious inconveniences to users of telecommunications services which are rendered by using such private telecommunications facilities and equipment, or to undermine other public interests, impose a penalty surcharge of not exceeding 1 billion won in lieu of such order to suspend the relevant use.

(2) Classifications of the violating acts subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the amount of penalty surcharge as determined by the relevant levels and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where any person liable for the payment of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to pay such penalty surcharge by a payment term, collect it according to the example of a disposition on the national taxes in arrears.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]

SECTION 3 Technical Standards, etc. for Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment

11

Article 25 (Technical Standards)

(1) A person who installs and operates the telecommunications facilities and equipment shall keep such facilities and equipment compatible with the technical standards as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) In case of the installation of telecommunications facilities and equipment as determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication or of the expansion of installed facilities and equipment, the key communication business operator and the special communications business operator shall test whether the relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment conform with the technical standards under paragraph (1) above, prior to commencing a provision of telecommunications services, and record and manage the results thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(3) The installation and conservation of telecommunications facilities and equipment shall be executed according to the design documents.

(4) Matters necessary for making the design documents under paragraph (3) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) If it is necessary to verify whether the telecommunications facilities and equipment are installed and operated in conformity with the technical standards, the Minister of Information and Communication may have public officials belonging to him investigate or test the facilities of the person who installs and operates the telecommunications facilities and equipment. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(6) The public official who conducts the investigation or test under paragraph (5) shall carry a certificate indicating his authority, and present it to the person concerned. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 26 (Management Rules)

12

(1) The key communications business operator shall set forth the management rules for communications facilities and equipment and manage them, in order to provide a stable telecommunications service. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) Matters to be explicitly stipulated in the management rules under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 27 (Correction Order for Violations of Technical Standards)

When the installed telecommunications facilities and equipment have come not to conform with the technical standards under Article 25, the Minister of Information and Communication may issue an order to make a correction thereto or take other necessary measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 28 (Adoption of New Telecommunications Modes, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may adopt the new telecommunications modes, etc., for a smooth development of telecommunications.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he has adopted the new telecommunications modes, etc. under paragraph (1), make a pubic announcement thereof. [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 29 (Promotion of Standardization)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may promote the standardization of telecommunications, and recommend it to the telecommunications business operator or the manufacturers of telecommunications equipments, for a sound development of telecommunications and for ensuring the convenience of users: Provided, That in a case of matters for which the Korean Industrial Standards under the Industrial Standardization Act are set, such standards shall govern. <Amended by Act No. 4528, Dec. 8, 1992; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he has adopted the telecommunications standards, make a public announcement thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

13

(3) Matters necessary for the promotion of standardization of telecommunications under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

Article 30 (Telecommunications Technology Association)

(1) The Telecommunications Technology Association (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”) may be established for efficient promotion of the business concerning telecommunications standardization. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Association shall be established in the form of a juristic person.

(3) The Government may contribute to the Association within the budget limit, when necessary for the establishment and operation of the Association.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may order changes of articles of incorporation, project plans, or reelection of officers, when the operation of the Association is deemed in violation of the Acts and subordinate statutes or articles of incorporation. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) Except for those stipulated under this Act, the provisions pertaining to an incorporated foundation in the Civil Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to matters on the Association.

SECTION 4 Integrated Operation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.

Article 30-2 (Securing Pipeline Facilities, etc.)

(1) A person who installs or builds up the facilities, etc. falling under any of the following subparagraphs (hereinafter referred to as the “facilities installer”) shall listen to the views of key communications business operators on the installation of joint-use tunnels in which the telecommunications facilities and equipment may be accommodated and the pipelines, etc. as well, and reflect its contents: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where the reflection of the views of key communications business operators are very difficult: <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002; Act No. 7210, Mar. 22, 2004; Act No. 7303, Dec 31, 2004>

14

1. Roads under Article 2 of the Road Act;

2. Railroads under subparagraph 1 of Article 2 of the Railroad Act;

3. Urban railroads under subparagraph 1 of Article 3 of the Urban Railroad Act;

4. Industrial complex under subparagraph 5 of Article 2 of the Industrial Sites and Development Act;

5. Free trade zone under subparagraph 1 of Article 2 of the Act on the Designation and Management of Free Trade Zone;

6. Airport area under subparagraph 7 of Article 2 of the Aviation Act;

7. Harbor area under subparagraph 4 of Article 2 of the Harbor Act; and

8. Other facilities or housing sites as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

(2) Any views expressed by the key communications business operators on the installation of joint-use tunnels or pipelines under paragraph (1) shall be in conformity with the standards for the installation of pipelines as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5, 34-6 (excluding paragraph (5) of the same Article) and 35 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the offer of joint-use tunnels or pipelines, etc., installed under paragraph (1).

(4) A facilities installer shall, where he is unable to reflect the views of key communications business operators under paragraph (1), notify the relevant key communications business operators of the relevant reasons within 30 days from the date of receiving their views.

(5) Where any facilities installer fails to reflect the views of key communications business operators under paragraph (1), the relevant telecommunications business operator may ask the Minister of Information and Communication for his adjustments.

15

(6) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he makes such adjustments upon receipt of a request for adjustments under paragraph (5), consult in advance with the heads of the related central administrative agencies.

(7) Matters necessary for the adjustments under paragraphs (5) and (6) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]

Article 30-3 (Installation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment for Extension)

(1) The structures under subparagraph 2 of Article 2 of the Building Act shall be equipped with the telecommunications line facilities, etc. for extension, and secure a specified area for a connection with the telecommunications line facilities and equipment.

(2) Matters on the scope of structures, the criteria for installation of telecommunications line facilities, etc., and the securing, etc., of an area for a connection with telecommunications line facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996] <Deleted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 31 (Integrated Operation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where it is necessary for an efficient management and operation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, have a key communications business operator selected according to the standards and procedures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “communications business operator under integrated operations”) make an integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment installed under this Act or other Acts, and the land, buildings and other structures appurtenant thereto (hereinafter referred to as the “telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc.”). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5454, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to put the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. under an integrated operation under paragraph (1),

16

formulate an integrated operation plan for telecommunications facilities and equipment (hereinafter referred to as the “integrated operation plan”), consult with the heads of the related administrative agencies, and obtain an approval of the President by going through a deliberation by the State Council. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The integrated operation plan under paragraph (2) shall contain the matters falling under one of the following subparagraphs:

1 Objects, time, methods and procedures for the integration;

2 Matters concerning an operation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. after integration; and

3 Other matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to formulate an integrated operation plan under paragraph (2), consult in advance with the installer of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. to be integrated. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 32 (Purchase of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.)

(1) The communications business operator under integrated operations may, when necessary for an integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. under Article 31 (1), make a request for purchase of the relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. In this case, the owner of relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. shall not refuse it without any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(2) National or public telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. for which the communications business operator under integrated operations has made a request for their purchase under paragraph (1) may be sold to the communications business operator under integrated operations, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 20 of the State Properties Act or Article 82 of the Local Finance Act. In this case, matters necessary for the sale such as the calculation method of sale price, procedures for the sale, and payment methods of sale price, etc., shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

17

(3) The provisions of Articles 67 (1), 70, 71, 74 through 77, and 78 (5) through (7) of the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation Therefor shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the calculation method, criteria, etc. for purchase price of the telecommunications facilities and equipment other than the national or public ones which are purchased by the communications business operator under integrated operations under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

CHAPTER IV MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENTS

Article 33 (Approval for Types)

(1) A person who intends to manufacture, sell or import the telecommunications equipments which are specified by the Minister of Information and Communication after consulting with the heads of the related administrative agencies, shall obtain an approval with respect to such telecommunications equipments from the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the cases of telecommunications equipments as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as the telecommunications equipments for the purpose of test, research or export. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) Objects, methods and procedures, etc. for the approval of types under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall grant a type approval, when the telecommunications equipments conform with technical criteria for telecommunications equipments as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) When a person who has obtained a type approval of telecommunications equipments under paragraph (1) intends to sell or display such telecommunications equipments, the sign of type approval shall be marked pursuant to the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) A person who has obtained the type approval for the telecommunications equipments under paragraph (1) shall, when he intends to modify the matters for which a type approval has been

18

obtained, file a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. In this case, if the matters reported on modification are related to the technical criteria under paragraph (3), the said paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(6) A person who intends to obtain the type approval under paragraph (1) or a person who files a report on modification under paragraph (5) shall pay the fees as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

Article 33-2 (Designation, etc. of Performance Testing Institution)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in granting the type approval under Article 33, have a testing institution designated by the said Minister (hereinafter referred to as the “designated testing institution”) conduct the performance test.

(2) A person who is eligible for a designation as a designated testing institution shall be limited to a juristic person.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may inspect any designated testing institution under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a designated testing institution falls under any of the following subparagraphs, cancel the relevant designation or order a suspension of the testing service, in whole or in part, for a fixed period of not more than one year: Provided, That where it falls under subparagraph 1, its designation shall be cancelled:

1 When it has obtained a designation by deceit or other illegal means;

2 When it has failed to conduct the testing service without any justifiable reasons;

3 When it has conducted an inaccurate testing service by deliberation or gross negligence;

4 When it has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection under paragraph (3) without any justifiable reasons, or flunked the inspection; and

19

5 When it has violated the Acts and subordinate statutes relating to telecommunications.

(5) Any person who intends to be designated as a testing institution under paragraph (1) and a person who undergoes the inspection under paragraph (3) shall pay fees under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(6) Matters necessary concerning the designation, management, testing standards, and supervision, etc. of any designated testing institution shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]

Article 33-3 (Mutual Recognition of Type Approval between States)

(1) The Government may conclude an agreement with a foreign government on the mutual recognition of type approval of telecommunications equipment.

(2) Where the Government has concluded an agreement under paragraph (1), it may recognize the telecommunications equipment which have obtained an authentication of a foreign government same as or similar to the type approval under Article 33 as have been granted a type approval under Article 33, or make the designation of a foreign testing agency as a designated testing institution under Article 33-2 (1) the content of the relevant agreement.

(3) Where an agreement has been concluded with a foreign government on the mutual recognition of type approval of the telecommunications equipment under paragraph (1), the Minister of Information and Communication shall publicly announce its contents.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34

Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 34-2 (Termination of Type Approval)

(1) When a person who has obtained the type approval of telecommunications equipment under Article 33 (1) intends to discontinue the manufacture, sale or import of the telecommunications

20

equipment, he may make an application to the Minister of Information and Communication for a termination of the relevant type approval.

(2) Matters necessary for the application for a termination of the type approval under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 35 (Cancellation, etc. of Type Approval)

(1) In case where a person who has obtained a type approval of the telecommunications equipments under Article 33 (1) falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the Minister of Information and Communication may cancel the relevant type approval, or suspend the manufacture of relevant products or take other necessary measures: <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

1 When he has obtained a type approval by deceit and other illegal means;

2 When the telecommunications equipments have come not to conform with the technical criteria under Article 33 (3); and

3 When the sign of type approval under Article 33 (4) is not marked, or a false sign is marked.

(2) Where a person who has obtained a type approval under Article 33 (1) comes to fall under paragraph (1) 1 or 3 and his type approval has thus been cancelled, he shall not file an application for the type approval of telecommunications equipments within the period as fixed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the scope of 6 months after from the day when type approval is cancelled. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 36 (Follow-up Management)

(1) No person shall sell, or display for the purpose of selling, the telecommunications equipments for which a type approval under Article 33 (1) has not been obtained or other telecommunications equipments which are not marked with a sign of the type approval under Article 33 (4): Provided, That the same shall not apply to the telecommunications equipments for tests or research. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

21

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where necessary to confirm whether the matters concerning a type approval of the telecommunications equipments are implemented, have the public officials belonging to him investigate or test the telecommunications equipments in the process of production, import or circulation. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order a person who has manufactured, imported, sold or displayed with intention of sale the telecommunications equipments which have been sold or displayed with intention of sale in violation of paragraph (1), or the telecommunications equipments which have been found as the inferior goods upon the investigation or tests under paragraph (2), to destroy or recall the relevant telecommunications equipments, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) The provisions of Article 25 (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cases under paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) Matters necessary for the procedures for and methods of the investigation or tests under paragraph (2) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

CHAPTER V KOREA COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Article 37 (Establishment and Composition of Korea Communications Commission)

(1) In order to create an environment of fair competition in the telecommunications business, to make deliberations and decisions on matters related to the protection of the rights and interests of the users of telecommunications service, and to rule the disputes among the telecommunications business operators or between the telecommunications business operator and the users, the Korea Communications Commission shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000><Amended by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) The Korea Communications Commission shall consist of not more than nine members including one chairman, and among the members, one shall be permanent. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

22

(3) The members including the chairman shall be appointed or commissioned by the President, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

(4) A secretariat shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Korea Communications Commission in order to manage the affairs of the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 38 (Qualifications, etc. for Members)

(1) The qualifications for members shall be as follows: <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

1 A person who holds or has held a post of public officials higher than Grade III;

2 A person who serves or has served as a judge, prosecutor or attorney at law for not less than fifteen years;

3 A person who has majored in law, economics, business administration, electronic engineering, communications engineering, and other courses of study related to telecommunications, and who serves or has served in a position higher than an associate professorship at a university under the Higher Education Act or an approved research institution, or who serves or has served at a position equivalent to it for not less than ten years;

4 A person who has served as the representative of organizations or institutions, or as an officer of a company related to telecommunications for not less than ten years; and

5 A person who serves or has served in a position related to the protection of users of telecommunications service for not less than fifteen years.

(2) The tenure of office for the members who are not government officials shall be three years, but he may be reappointed.

Article 39 (Guarantee of Status of Members)

23

The members of the Korea Communications Commission shall not be dismissed or withdrawn from his commissioned post against his own will, except for the following cases:

1 Where he is sentenced to imprisonment without prison labor or heavier punishment; and

2 Where he becomes unable to perform the duties due to the mental and physical weakness for a long period.

Article 40 (Functions of Korea Communications Commission)

The Korea Communications Commission shall deliberate and decide on the matters falling under any of the following subparagraphs in accordance with the provisions of this Act and other laws and regulations, and make a ruling under Article 40-2: <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002> <Amended by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 Matters relating to the supply of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (3) of the Telecommunications Business Act, to a joint utilization of the subscriber’s lines under Article 33-6 (2) of the same Act, to a joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (3) of the same Act, to the interconnections of the telecommunications facilities under Article 34 (2) of the same Act, to a joint use, etc. of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 34-3 (2) of the same Act, or to the standards for providing information under Article 34-4 (2) of the same Act;

2 Matters relating to the approval of criteria under Article 34-4 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act;

3 Matters relating to the supply, joint utilization, interconnection or joint use, etc., of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, or the authorization or report of the agreement on supply of information under Article 34-6 of the Telecommunications Business Act;

4 Matters relating to the formulation and modification of a plan for the administration of telecommunications numbers under Article 36 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act; <Deleted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

6 Matters relating to the measures against prohibited acts under Article 37 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act;

24

6-2 Matters relating to the imposition of fines for the acts prohibited under Article 37-2 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act.

7 Matters concerning the performance of the prior selection systems of telecommunications business operators under Article 38-3 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act, and those necessary for the designation of the prior selection registration center and the method of its business dispositions, etc.;

8 Matters concerning the plans for mobility of numbers of telecommunications under Article 38-4 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act;

9 Matters prescribed by other Acts as the matters to be deliberated by the Korea Communications Commission; and

10 Other matters deemed by the Minister of Information and Communication to be in need of a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission, in order to create an environment of fair competition of the telecommunications business and to protect the interest of the users of the telecommunications service. [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 40-2 (Ruling by Korea Communications Commission)

(1) The telecommunications business operators or users may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling, in case where an agreement between the parties has not been reached, or they are unable to make an agreement on the matters falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

1 Compensation for damages under Article 33-2 of the Telecommunications Business Act, or compensation for actual expenses under Article 46;

2 The supply of telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act, the joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (1) and (2) of the same Act, the interconnection under Article 34 (1), the joint use, etc. under Article 34-3 (1), or the conclusion of an agreement on supply, etc. of information under Article 34-4 (1);

25

3 The supply of telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act, the joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (1) and (2) of the same Act, the interconnection under Article 34 (1), the joint use, etc. under Article 34-3 (1), or the implementation of an agreement on supply, etc. of information under Article 34-4 (1) or a compensation for damages; and

4 Other disputes related to the telecommunications business, or other matters prescribed by other Acts as the matters to be ruled by the Korea Communications Commission.

(2) The Korea Communications Commission shall, upon receipt of an application for ruling under paragraph (1), notify the other party of the relevant fact, and provide him with an opportunity to state an opinion with fixing a period: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where the interested parties fail to comply to it without any justifiable reasons.

(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, in case where it makes a ruling on the application for ruling under paragraph (1), forward the document of such ruling to the parties concerned without delay.

(4) When the Korea Communications Commission makes a ruling, and where a lawsuit has not been initiated or it has been withdrawn concerning the content of the relevant ruling, within sixty days from the date when the authentic copy of the document of ruling is served to the parties concerned, an agreement which is identical with the content of the relevant ruling is deemed to have been reached between the parties concerned.

(5) A person who is dissatisfied with the amount which shall be paid or received by the parties concerned from among the rulings of the Korea Communications Commission, may request an increase or decrease of the relevant amount by a lawsuit, within sixty days from the date when he has been served with the written ruling.

(6) In the lawsuit under paragraph (5), the other party shall be the defendant.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 40-3 (Good Offices of Disputes)

26

The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed inadequate to make a ruling or when necessary, upon receipt of an application for ruling under Article 40-2 (1), set up the subcommission by cases of dispute, and offer its good offices thereon.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 41 (Quorum of Voting)

The deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission shall be decided by a majority of registered members.

Article 42 (Exclusion, Avoidance, Refrainment of Members)

(1) Any member of the Korea Communications Commission shall, where he falls under any of the following subparagraphs, be excluded from the deliberation and resolution of a relevant case:

1 Where he or his spouse or his former spouse is a party to the relevant case, or in a relationship of a co-creditor or a liable person with regard to the relevant case;

2 Where he is or has been in a kinship with a party to the relevant case;

3 Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs serves as a consultant or an advisor on the legal and management affairs, etc. of a party concerned;

4 Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs testifies or appraises; and

5 Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs intervenes or has intervened as an agent for a party concerned.

(2) A party concerned may, when the situation exists that makes it difficult to expect a fair deliberation or resolution, file an application for the avoidance. In this case, the Korea Communications Commission shall decide on it by a resolution.

(3) A member falling under the causes of paragraph (1) or (2) may refrain by himself from the deliberation or resolution of a relevant case.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]

27

Article 43 (Investigation and Listening to Opinions, etc.)

The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed necessary to deal with a case for ruling, carry out the acts falling under any of the following subparagraphs, upon a request from a party concerned or ex officio:

1 A request for the presence of a party concerned or a relevant witness, and listening to his opinions;

2 A request to an appraiser for an appraisal;

3 A request for the furnishing of any document or articles related to a case of dispute, and the provisional holding of furnished document or articles; and

4 An act of letting civil servants belonging to the Korea Communications Commission enter the business place of a party concerned and other places related to the case of dispute to examine and peruse the documents or articles, or copy such documents. [This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]

Article 44 (Operation, etc. of Korea Communications Commission)

Matters necessary for the organization, operation, etc. of the Korea Communications Commission other than those stipulated in this Act shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Article 44-2 (Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)

(1) In order to deliberate on the major policies related to the information and communications falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Information and Communication:

1 Basic plans for telecommunications under Article 5;

2 Enforcement plan for technology promotion under Article 8;

28

3 Permission for the key communications service under Article 5 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act;

4 Principal policies related to the information and communications industry; and

5 Other matters recognized by the Minister of Information and Communication to require the deliberation by the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council.

(2) Matters necessary for the composition and operation of the Information and Communication Policy Deliberation Council under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

CHAPTER V-2

TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISASTERS <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 44-3 (Establishment of Basic Plan on Telecommunications Disasters Management)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish a basic plan on telecommunications disasters management (hereinafter referred to as the “Basic Plan”) to prevent disasters under the Basic Law on Safety and Disaster Management, calamities under the Act on Natural Disaster Countermeasures and any physical and technical defects (the “Telecommunications Disasters”) related to telecommunication services of telecommunication service providers (the “Primary Telecommunication Service Providers”) as set forth in the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and to control and recover from such a Telecommunications Disaster rapidly. The Basic Plan shall be considered to be a plan for telecommunications under the national safety management plans provided for under the provisions of Article 22 of the Basic Law on Safety and Disaster Management and under the Basic Disaster Management Plan in Article 16 of the Act on Natural Disaster Countermeasures. <Amended by Act No. 7188, Mar. 11, 2004>

(2) The Basic Plan shall include the following matters:

1 Designation and management of telecommunications equipments and installation areas with high risks of Telecommunication Disasters or need for constant management to prevent Telecommunications Disasters;

29

2 The following matters required to prepare for Telecommunications Disasters:

A. Circuitous routes of telecommunications,

B. Organization of an information system to operate multi-telecommunications circuit equipments, and

C. Other supplies for damage recovery

3 Other matters recognized to be required for Telecommunication Disaster management

(3) Before the establishment of the Basic Plan set forth in the previous paragraph, the Minister of Information and Communication shall formulate guidelines on the establishment of the Basic Plan and give Primary Telecommunication Service Providers notice of such guidelines.

(4) Primary Telecommunication Service Providers shall formulate plans on Telecommunications Disasters Management in accordance with the guideline under the previous Paragraph and submit the plans to the Minister of Information and Communication.

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall put all the basic management plans of Telecommunications Disasters together submitted by Primary Telecommunication Service Providers under the previous paragraph, and formulate a Basic Plan. Such Basic Plan shall be confirmed after the review of the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee under Article 44-5.

(6) The Minister of Information and Communication shall give a notice to Primary Telecommunication Service Providers on the matters concerning Primary Telecommunication Service Providers in the basic plan confirmed under the previous Paragraph.

(7) The detailed matters required to establish the Basic Plan shall be set forth by a Presidential decree.

(8) Paragraphs from (3) to (7) shall apply to changing the Basic Plan.

Article 44-4 (Provisions for Telecommunications Disasters)

30

(1) If any telecommunications disaster occurs or it is clear that such a disaster will occur, the Minister of Information and Communication may allow a telecommunication service provider to integrate the operations of the telecommunications equipments with the operations of the equipments of the other telecommunication service provider or a private telecommunication equipment owner to facilitate restoration of communications in the affected area.

(2) If the operations of the telecommunication equipment is integrated under the previous Paragraph and the operating expenses incurred is reimbursed, Article 22-3 shall apply.

(3) Any matters required to integrate operations of such telecommunication equipments under Paragraph (1) shall be set forth under an Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

Article 44-5 (Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee)

(1) The Ministry of Information and Communication shall have the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee to review matters related to managing telecommunication disasters.

(2) The Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee shall consist of 15 or less members including one Chairman.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall be the Chairman and the Vice Ministers of concerned central governmental agencies as set forth under a Presidential decree, and the persons appointed by the Chairman among the following shall be the members:

1. Representatives of Primary Telecommunication Service Providers;

2. Presidents of organizations of telecommunication service carriers, and

3. Persons of learning and experience on telecommunication disaster management.

(4) To effectively operate the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee, the Committee shall have an Executive Committee.

31

(5) Any matters related to the organization and operation of the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee and the Executive Committee shall be set forth under a Presidential decree.

Article 44-6 (Functions of the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee)

The Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee shall review the following matters:

1 Fundamental directions of Telecommunication Disaster Management,

2 The Basic Plan, and

3 Other policy-making matters related to Telecommunications Disasters that the Chairman shall submit to the Committee.

Article 44-7 (Report of Telecommunications Disasters)

If any Telecommunication Disaster occurs related to their telecommunication services, the Primary Telecommunication Service Providers shall promptly report the situation, causes, temporary measures and recovery plans to the Minister of Information and Communication.

Article 44-8 (Telecommunication Disaster Prevention and Countermeasures Headquarters)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish and operate Telecommunication Disaster Prevention and Countermeasures Headquarters (the “TDPCH”) if such a Telecommunication Disaster brings broad and heavy damages and the government’s comprehensive countermeasures are required.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall be the head of the TDPCH.

(3) The matters required to constitute and operate the Countermeasures Headquarters shall be set forth under a Presidential decree.

(4) Primary Telecommunication Service Providers shall report the progresses of Telecommunications Disaster recovery as set forth under an Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication to the TDPCH.

32

CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS

Article 45 (Report, Inspection, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may have, when the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication so determines, the installer of the telecommunications facilities and equipment report on the relevant facilities, the government officials belonging to him enter the relevant office, business office, factory or business place and inspect the status of facilities, account books or documents, etc. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where there exists a person who has installed the telecommunications facilities and equipment in violation of this Act, order him to remove the relevant facilities and take other necessary measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The provisions of Article 25 (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cases under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 45-2 (Hearing)

The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to make a disposition falling under any of the following subparagraphs, hold a hearing: <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

1 Cancellation of a designation under Article 33-2 (4); and

2 Cancellation of a type approval under Article 35 (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5453, Dec. 13, 1997]

Article 46 (Delegation and Entrustment of Authority)

(1) Part of the authority of the Minister of Information and Communication under this Act may be delegated to the head of Communications Office or of the Radio Research Laboratory, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

33

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may commission the tasks under Article 29 to the Association, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

CHAPTER VII PENAL PROVISIONS

Article 47 (Penal Provisions)

(1) A person who has publicly made a false communication over the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the purpose of harming the public interest shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won.
<Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) A person who has publicly made a false communication over the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the purpose of benefiting oneself or the third party or inflicting damages on the third party shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding thirty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) In case where the false communication under paragraph (2) is of a telegraphic remittance, it shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) When a person engaged in the telecommunications business commits the act under paragraph (1) or (3), he shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than ten years or by a fine not exceeding 100 million won, and in case of committing the act under paragraph (2), he shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 48 (Penal Provisions)

A person who has produced, sold, or imported the telecommunications equipment without obtaining type approval, in violation of Article 33 (1), shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding thirty million won. [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 48-2

34

Deleted. <by Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

Article 49 (Penal Provisions)

A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine not exceeding ten million won:

1 A person who has installed or modified the telecommunications facilities and equipment without making a report under the text of Article 17 (1), or who has installed the telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining an approval under the proviso of the same Article and same paragraph;

2 A person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without making a report or modified report under Article 20 (1);

3 A person who has intermediated other person’s communications by utilizing the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 21 (1), or who has operated them in a manner contrary to the installation purposes;

4 A person who has violated an order to provide telecommunications services or other important communication services, or to interconnect the relevant facilities and equipment with other telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 22 (1);

5 A person who has violated an order to suspend the use under Article 23 (2), or an order to suspend their use, to renovate, or to repair under paragraph (3) of the same Article;

6 A person who has displayed the telecommunications equipments with intention of sale without obtaining type approval under Article 33 (1);

7 A person who has violated an order to suspend production under Article 35 (1);

8 A person who has violated an order to destroy or recall under Article 36 (3); and

9 A person who has violated an order to remove telecommunications facilities under Article 45

35

(2) [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002]

Article 50

Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 51 (Joint Penal Provisions)

When the representative of a juristic person, or an agent, employee or any other employed of the juristic person or of an individual commits violations of Articles 48, 48-2 and 49 concerning the business of the relevant juristic person or individual, the relevant juristic person or individual shall be punished by a fine as stipulated under the corresponding Articles, in addition to the punishment of the violator. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 52 (Legal Fiction of Government Officials in Application of Penal Provisions)

Members of the Korea Communications Commission who are not public officials, from among the members of the said Committee, a person who carries out a performance test under Article 33-2 (1), and a person who deals with the entrusted business under Articles 46 (2), shall be deemed the public officials in the application of Articles 129 through 132 of the Criminal Act. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 53 (Fine for Negligence)

(1) A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for negligence not exceeding ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002> <Amended by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A person who has used the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining a confirmation, in contravention of Article 20 (3);

2 A person who has failed to conduct the testing under Article 25 (2) or to record and manage its results;

3 A person who has committed the act of refusing, evading or obstructing the inspection and the testing under Article 25 (5);

36

4 A person who has managed the telecommunications facilities and equipment without setting forth the management regulations under Article 26 (1);

5 A person who has violated the orders under Article 27;

6 A person who has sold the telecommunications equipments, or displayed them with intention of sale, without making any indication of type approval, in violation of Article 33 (4);

7 A person who has produced or imported the telecommunications equipments which were judged as inferior goods by the investigation or test under Article 36 (2), or who has sold them or displayed them with intention of sale while being aware that they were judged as inferior goods;

8 A person who has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection and testing under Article 36 (2);

9 A person who has not submitted the management plans of telecommunications disasters under Article 44-3(4);

10 A person who has not reported the telecommunication disaster under Article 44-7 or made a false report thereon;

11 A person who has not reported the progresses of telecommunications disaster recovery, etc. under Article 44-8 (4) or made a false report thereon;

12 A person who has failed to file a report under Article 45 (1), or filed a false report; and

13 A person who has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection under Article 45 (1).

(2) The fine for negligence under paragraph (1) shall be imposed and collected by the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) A person who does not accede to a disposition of fine for negligence under paragraph (2) may raise an objection to the Minister of Information and Communication within 30 days from the date of notification of such disposition. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

37

(4) When the person notified of a disposition of fine for negligence under paragraph (2) raises an objection under paragraph (3), the Minister of Information and Communication shall notify without delay the competent court thereof, and the court so notified shall make judgements of a fine for negligence based on the Non-Contentious Case Litigation Procedure Act. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) In case where neither an objection to nor the payment of the fine for negligence within the period specified under paragraph (3) is made, it shall be collected pursuant to the example of the disposition on the national taxes in arrears.

ADDENDA

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force four months after its promulgation.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Confirmation of Technical Criteria Suitability)

The person who installed the telecommunications line facilities and equipment and ran the public telecommunications business, at the time of implementation of this Act, shall obtain confirmation from the Minister of Information and Communication as stipulated under Article 25 (2), on the telecommunications facilities and equipment already installed within one year from the effective date of this Act.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Management Rules)

The person who installed the telecommunications line facilities and equipment and ran the public telecommunications business, at the time of implementation of this Act, shall make the management rules pursuant to Article 26 and report to the Minister of Information and Communication within one year from the time when this Act enters into force.

Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Type Approval)

The telecommunications equipments that already obtained the type approval under above Article 30 (1), at the time of implementation of this Act, shall be presumed to have obtained the type approval from the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 33 (1), and the valid

38

period shall be presumed to have been renewed pursuant to Article 34 (1) at the time when this Act enters into force.

Article 5 (Transitional Measures on Association)

(1) The incorporated juristic person, Korea Telecommunications Technology Association established pursuant to Article 32 of the Civil Act (hereinafter referred to as the “juristic person”), at the time when this Act enters into force, may apply for the approval from the Minister of Information and Communication in order that the Association to be established pursuant to Article 30 of this Act may succeed all rights and duties of the foundation, through resolutions of the board of directors thereof.

(2) The juristic person which obtained the approval through application, pursuant to the above paragraph (1), shall be presumed to be dissolved in spite of the provisions concerning dissolution and liquidation of a juristic person in the Civil Act, simultaneously with establishment of the Association under this Act, and the Association to be established pursuant to this Act shall succeed all rights and duties that belonged to the foundation.

Article 6 (Transitional Measures on Approval, etc.)

In case where there exist corresponding provisions in this Act, apart from Articles 2 and 4 of the Addenda, to those approval, license, measures, orders, application, etc., pursuant to the former provisions, at the time when this Act enters into force, then these shall be presumed to have been made pursuant to this Act.

Article 7

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 4528, Dec. 8, 1992>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force six moths after the date of its promulgation.

Articles 2 through 11

Omitted.

39

ADDENDA <Act No. 4541, Mar. 6, 1993>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on the day of its promulgation. (Proviso Omitted.)

Articles 2 through 5

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three moths after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the preparatory works for enforcement of Article 2 (1) of the Addenda may be initiated even before the enforcement date of this Act.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures, etc. on Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute)

(1) When the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under an approval of the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 32 of the Civil Act at the time when this Act entered into force, obtains an approval from the Minister of Information and Communication on a succession of its status via the resolution of the board of directors, it shall be considered as the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under the amendment to Article 15-2 (hereinafter referred to as the “Research Institute”).

(2) When the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute obtains an approval under paragraph (1), it shall without delay file a registration of incorporation for the research institute. In this case, the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be considered to have been dissolved.

(3) In a case of paragraph (1), all properties, rights and duties of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to belong to the

40

Research Institute, and the title of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute on the register and public books, etc. related to its property, rights and duties shall be considered as that of the Research Institute.

(4) The value of property which is considered as that of the Research Institute under paragraph (3), shall be calculated according to a book value, based on the prior date of the registration of incorporation under paragraph (2).

(5) In a case of paragraph (1), the activities done before the enforcement of this Act by the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to have been done by the Research Institute under this Act, and the activities done before the enforcement of this Act against the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to have been done against the Research Institute under this Act.

(6) In a case of paragraph (1), the officers and employees of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be presumed to have been elected or appointed to the positions of the Research Institute. In this case, the tenure of office for officers shall be reckoned from the date elected as an officer of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Supply Agreements of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)

The approval of supply agreements of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, obtained pursuant to former Article 18 at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be presumed as the report done pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 18.

Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Valid Period of Type Approval)

The valid period of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, the type approval of which were obtained pursuant to Article 33, prior to enforcement of this Act, but the valid period thereof has not been expired, shall be regulated pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 34, In this case, the valid period shall be reckoned from the type approval date obtained.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

41

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force one month after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, etc.)

(1) The Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, under the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed the research institute established pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 15-2.

(2) The Korea Telecommunications Technology Association under the previous provisions at the time when this act enters into force shall be deemed the Association established pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 30.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)

The person who has obtained the permission of installation or permission of modified installation of the private telecommunications facilities and equipment, pursuant to the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed to have made a report to the relevant authority pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 20 (1).

Article 4

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.

Articles 2 through 8

Omitted.

42

ADDENDA <Act No. 5386, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)

Articles 2 through 8

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5453, Dec. 13, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)

Article 2

Omitted.

ADDENDUM <Act No. 5454, Dec. 13, 1997>

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)

ADDENDA <Act No. 5733, Jan. 29, 1999>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Articles 2 through 11

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.

43

(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) In the application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act, the previous provisions shall govern.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2001.

Articles 2 through 6

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.

(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) In the application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act, the previous provisions shall govern.

(3) Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 2003.

Articles 2 through 12

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

44

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDA <Act No. 7188, Mar. 11, 2004>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on the date as prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the limit not exceeding three months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 through 11

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 7210, Mar. 22, 2004>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 through 16

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 7303, Dec. 31, 2004>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force six months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 through 7

Omitted.

45

EX-15.4

Exhibit 15.4

ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC LAW (TRANSLATION)

ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE FRAMEWORK ACT ON TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Wholly amended By	1991·12·31	Presidential Decree No. 13557
Amended By	1994·4·30	Presidential Decree No. 14226
Amended By	1995·4·6	Presidential Decree No. 14571
Amended By	1997·2·22	Presidential Decree No. 15282
Amended By	1997·12·31	Presidential Decree No. 15598
Amended By	1998·6·24	Presidential Decree No. 15817
Amended By	1999·1·29	Presidential Decree No. 16093
Amended By	2000·4·29	Presidential Decree No. 16797
Amended By	2002·6·29	Presidential Decree No. 17659
Amended By	2003·6·5	Presidential Decree No. 17989
Amended By	2004·3·17	Presidential Decree No. 18312
Amended By	2004·5·24	Presidential Decree No. 18390
Amended By	2004·12·3	Presidential Decree No. 18594
Amended By	2005·3·18	Presidential Decree No. 18743

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1 (Purpose)

The purpose of this Decree is to provide matters delegated under the Framework Act on Telecommunications (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”) and matters necessary for its enforcement.

Article 2 (Definitions)

The definitions of terms used in this Decree shall be in accordance with the Act.

1

CHAPTER II PROMOTION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY

Article 3

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 4 (Financial Support for Research Institute, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may appropriate into the budget the required funds for the financial support under Article 10 (2) of the Act and for subsidies of research funds under Article 11 (2) of the Act. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall determine detailed matters necessary for the method and procedure of financial support and performance of research tasks. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 5 (Research Institute, etc. Subject to Guidance and Fostering and Method of Guidance and Fostering)

(1) The research institutes, etc. which the Minister of Information and Communication guides and fosters under Article 10 (4) of the Act are: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16093, Jan. 29, 1999>

1 The Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under Article 8 of the Act on the Establishment, Operation and Fosterage of Government-Invested Research Institutions, etc.;

2 Research institutes established for the purpose of conducting researches on telecommunications and designated by the Minister of Information and Communication;

3 An institute or an organization which carries out researches, developments, education, or training in telecommunications; and

2

4 A corporation or an organization which is engaged in collecting, analyzing, and publicizing information on telecommunications.

(2) Methods of the guidance and fostering concerning research institutes, etc. under paragraph (1) shall be as follows:

1 Financial support for the ground research and performance of special tasks in the field of telecommunications;

2 Support of the education and training in order to foster skilled technicians in the field of telecommunications;

3 Supply of technological information on telecommunications; and

4 Support for cooperations with other institutes, organizations, or international bodies.

(3) The following funds shall be given to the institutes mentioned in paragraph (1) 1 and 2:

1 Research and development funds for telecommunications technology and policy on telecommunications;

2 Construction expenses for facilities, etc. necessary for research and development; and

3 Expenses for the management of other research institutes.

Article 6 (Selection of Research Tasks)

The Minister of Information and Communication may select, under Article 11 (2) of the Act, the following research tasks: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

1 Matters of the basic research relating to telecommunications;

2 Matters concerning the research and development of a new telecommunications method or of technology;

3

3 Matters concerning the technical improvement on telecommunications equipment; and

4 Other matters necessary for the security of the core telecommunications technology.

Article 7 (Designation of Researcher)

The Minister of Information and Communication designates, under Article 11 (2) of the Act, a person who will work on the research task in accordance with the following order: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

1 A proposer of research tasks concerned; and

2 A person who has successfully carried out a research dealing with similar subject matters to the research tasks concerned.

Article 8 (Joint Research, etc.)

The Minister of Information and Communication may allow the designated person under Article 7 to work jointly on the research tasks under Article 6, if it is deemed specially necessary to do so. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 9 (Contents of Technical Guidance, etc.)

(1) The subject matters and contents for technical guidance conducted by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 13 (2) of the Act shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

1 Matters concerning the application of technical standards of telecommunications equipment;

2 Matters concerning the adoption, practical application and development of a new telecommunications method and technology;

3 Matters concerning the improvement of production technology of telecommunications equipment;

4

4 Matters concerning the improvement of functions and special features of telecommunications equipment; and

5 Matters concerning the standard construction method applied to the installation and maintenance of telecommunications facilities.

(2) Methods of the technical guidance carried by the Minister of Information and Communication for the person subject to the technical guidance shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

1 Guidance concerning the quality assurance of telecommunications equipment;

2 Supply of technical information;

3 Support for technical training and overseas technical cooperation; and

4 Transfer of technology.

CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES

Article 10 (Selection of Specialized Agency for Data Survey)

(1) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to have a specialized agency in the field of telecommunications conduct data survey necessary for consultation among the key communications business operators regarding joint installation of telecommunications facilities under the provisions of Article 18 (3) of the Act, he shall select an agency recognized as having speciality with regard to the relevant survey and being capable of ensuring impartiality and objectiveness and have such agency conduct it.

(2) When the Minister of Information and Communication selects a specialized agency to conduct data survey as provided for in paragraph (1), he shall inform the key communications business operators concerned thereof.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002]

Articles 11 through 13

5

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 14 (Report of Private Telecommunications Facilities)

(1) A person who intends to install private telecommunications facilities under Article 20 of the Act shall submit a report (which term includes reports in electronic format) specifying the following contents to the Minister of Information and Communication in accordance with the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication not later than twenty-one days prior to the beginning date of installation work for such facilities: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>

1 Reporter;

2 Type of business;

3 Purpose of business;

4 Telecommunications method;

5 Installation place of facilities;

6 Outline of the installation; and

7 (Expected) Date of the facilities’ use.

(2) “Matters specified by the Presidential Decree” in the latter part of Article 20 (1) of the Act means matters in paragraph (1) 2 through 6 inclusive.

(3) If a person, who has made a report on installation of private telecommunications facilities, intends to alter the matters stipulated in paragraph (2), he shall file with the Minister of Information and Communication a report (which term includes reports in electronic format) on alteration stating the matters he intends to alter not later than twenty-one days (beginning date of the relevant alteration work in case where intending to alter the facilities falling under paragraph (1) 4 through 6) prior to the relevant beginning date of alteration. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282,

6

Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>

(4) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995]

Article 15 (Confirmation on Construction Work, etc. for Installation)

(1) A person who has made installation or modification report on private telecommunications facilities under Article 20 (3) of the Act shall be confirmed by the Minister of Information and Communication within seven days after the construction work for the installation of facilities and modification is completed. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

(2) A person who intends to be confirmed by the Minister of Information and Communication under paragraph (1) shall confirm whether it has been executed properly meeting the following requirements and shall submit the results (which term includes results in electronic format) to the Minister of Information and Communication: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

1 Technical criteria referred to in Article 25 (1) of the Act; and

2 Contents of the design documents referred to in Article 25 (3) of the Act.

Articles 16 and 17

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 18

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 19 (Supply of Private Telecommunications Facilities)

(1) A person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities may supply them for the facilities-based telecommunications service provider where there are the unused

7

telecommunications facilities in excess of the capacity necessary for his employment of telecommunication from among the private telecommunications facilities installed where the facilities-based telecommunications service provider asked to install pursuant to Article 21 (2) of the Act.

(2) The consideration for supply where the private telecommunications facilities are supplied for the facilities-based telecommunications service provider pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in accordance with the criteria announced publicly by the Minister of Information and Communication within the limit of the amount which adds the amount of investment and repair to the expenses required for the network and operation of the private telecommunications facilities concerned.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 19-2

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 19-3 (Facilities Subject to Securing Pipeline)

The term “other facilities or housing sites as determined by the Presidential Decree” in Article 30-2 (1) 8 of the Act means the facilities, etc. of falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15817, Jun. 24, 1998; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>

1 Passenger automobile terminals under the Passenger Automobile Transport Business Act;

2 Freight terminals under the Goods Distribution Promotion Act;

3 Complexes for the cooperating business of small and medium enterprises created under the Promotion of Small and Medium Enterprises and Encouragement of Purchase of Their Products Act;

4 Distribution complexes developed under the Promotion of Distribution Complex Development Act;

5 Tourist resorts or sightseeing complexes created under the Tourism Promotion Act; and

8

6 Sewer box culvert under the Sewerage Act.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 19-4 (Conciliation on Rights of Way)

(1) Where the Minister of Information and Communication is asked for conciliation referred to in Article 30-2 (5) of the Act and prepares a draft conciliation, he shall be advised by the head of the related administrative agency and the parties.

(2) Where the Minister of Information and Communication prepares a draft conciliation referred to in paragraph (1), he shall notify it to the parties and may recommend an acceptance by specifying a period of not less than 30 days.

(3) Where the draft conciliation referred to in paragraph (2) is accepted by the parties concerned, the Minister of Information and Communication shall prepare a draft conciliation containing matters falling under the following subparagraphs and have the parties concerned sign and seal it:

1 Case number;

2 Names and addresses of parties, appointed parties or agents;

3 Purport of request for conciliation;

4 Conciliation provisions; and

5 Date of preparation.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 19-5 (Selection of Operators of Integrated Operation Communication Service)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to select operators of key communication business who are able to operate telecommunication facilities and equipment, etc. in an integrated manner under Article 31 (1) of the Act, examine matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs and select such operators from among the operators of key communication business who render the telecommunications service in areas or their adjacent areas where telecommunications facilities and equipment subject to the integrated operation are installed:

9

1 Manpower and organizations of the operators of key communication business;

2 Facilities and equipment in possession of the operators of key communication business;

3 Technical levels of the operators of key communication business; and

4 Financial structures of the operators of key communication business.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to select operators of integrated operation communication business in accordance with Article 31 (1) of the Act, go through in advance deliberation of the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council (hereinafter referred to as the “Council”) pursuant to Article 44-2 (1) of the Act.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000]

Article 20 (Matters to be Included in Integrated Operation Plan)

“Other matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 31 (3) 3 of the Act means matters falling under the following subparagraphs:

1 Matters concerning charge for integrated telecommunications facilities; and

2 Matters concerning workers who operated integrated telecommunications facilities.

Article 21 (Purchase of Telecommunications Facilities, etc.)

(1) Sale price of telecommunications facilities, etc. under Article 32 (2) of the Act is calculated by an appraisal of certified public appraisers under the Public Notice of Values and Appraisal of Lands, etc. Act: Provided, That if it is difficult for certified public appraisers to appraise the telecommunications facilities, selling price may be calculated through the consultation between parties concerned.

(2) Purchase procedure of telecommunications facilities and payment method of sale price under Article 32 (2) of the Act are decided by virtue of the consultation between parties concerned.

CHAPTER IV MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

10

Article 22

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 23

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 24

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 25 (Disposal and Collection of Telecommunications Equipment)

An order of the Minister of Information and Communication for the disposal or collection of telecommunications equipment under Article 36 (3) of the Act shall be made in writing and the reason and period for the disposal or collection shall be specified. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

CHAPTER V KOREA COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Article 26 (Designation of Officials, etc.)

Officials including the chairman of the Korea Communications Commission under Article 37 (1) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as “Korea Communications Commission”) shall be appointed or commissioned by the President after seconded by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 27 (Management, etc. of Meeting)

(1) A chairman of the Korea Communications Commission shall convene a meeting of the Commission and preside over the meeting.

(2) When the chairman of the Korea Communications Commission intends to convene the meeting, he shall fix date, place, and matters to be presented in the meeting and notify thereof in writing to

11

each official by seven days before the fixed date for the meeting: Provided, That this shall not apply to an urgent matter.

(3) The Korea Communications Commission may allow interested parties or witnesses to present the meeting and state their opinions or submit necessary information.

(4) Witnesses presented in the meeting under paragraph (3) may be supplied with traveling expenses within the scope of budget.

Article 28 (Payment of Allowance, etc.)

For officials of the Korea Communications Commission, allowance within the scope of budget may be paid: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where a commissioner, who is a public official, presents himself in the meeting directly in relation to his own tasks.

Article 29 (Detailed Management Provisions)

Necessary matters concerning the management of the Korea Communications Commission other than ones provided in this Decree shall be stipulated by the Korea Communications Commission.

Article 30 (Period for Ruling)

(1) The Korea Communications Commission shall make a ruling within 60 days after it receives an application for a ruling under Article 40-2 of the Act. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

(2) If the Korea Communications Commission fails to make a ruling within the fixed period as provided in paragraph (1) due to an unavoidable circumstance, a period for the ruling may be extended, for one occasion only, for not more than 30 days by the resolution of the Korea Communications Commission.

Article 31 (Ruling)

(1) Ruling of the Korea Communications Commission shall be in writing.

12

(2) A ruling as provided paragraph (1) shall specify an order, the reason of order, and date of decision, and the chairman, and officials presented in the meeting shall sign or seal the ruling and send it to parties concerned.

Article 31-2 (Composition of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council, etc.)

(1) The Council shall be composed of not more than 20 members including one chairman. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

(2) The chairman and members of the Council shall be those appointed or commissioned by the Minister of Information and communication from among those falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

1 Public officials of Grade 3 or higher, or equivalent to Grade 3 or higher of related administrative agencies;

2 Persons in charge of lecture and research on the information and communications-related fields at universities or research institutes under the Higher Education Act;

3 Representatives of information and communications-related organizations or agencies, or persons who have been or were in office as executive officers of information and communications-related enterprises not less than 5 years;

4 Persons who have much knowledge and experience in information and communications; and

5 Persons who are recommended by civil groups (referring to nonprofit organizations under Article 2 of the Assistance for Nonprofit Non-Governmental Organizations Act.

(3) The terms of office for members shall be two years, but they may be reelected: Provided, That the term of office for any member who is designated or commissioned after the decision of his office shall be the period for which he holds such office. <Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 31-3 (Functions of Chairman)

13

(1) The chairman shall exercise overall control over the affairs and represent the Council.

(2) Where the chairman is unable to discharge his functions due to compelling reasons, a member appointed in advance by the chairman shall act as chairman on his behalf.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 31-4 (Meetings of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)

(1) The chairman shall convene a meeting of the Council and shall preside over it.

(2) Decisions of a meeting of the Council shall be taken by a majority of all the members attending and by affirmative vote of a majority of members present.

(3) Where deemed necessary, the Council may be advised by the related public officials or related experts.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 31-5 (Secretary of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)

The Council shall have a secretary to handle the affairs of the Council, and the secretary shall be appointed by the Minister of Information and Communication from among the public officials belonging to the Ministry of Information and Communications.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 31-6 (Subcommissions)

The Council may have subcommissions where the matters which the Minister of Information and Communication submits for deliberation need the technical review.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 31-7 (Allowance)

The members who attend the Council or subcommissions shall be paid allowance within the limits of the budget: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where the members who are public officials attend it in direct connection with their affairs concerned.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

14

Article 31-8 (Operational Regulations)

The necessary matters, as except provided in this Decree, about the operation of the Council and the composition and operation etc. of subcommissions shall be determined by the chairman through a resolution of the Council.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

CHAPTER V-2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISASTERS MANAGEMENT
<Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, June. 5, 2003>

Article 31-9 (Establishment Procedures for Basic Plan on Telecommunications Disasters Management)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall formulate guidelines on the establishment of the basic plan on telecommunications disasters management for the following year by the end of April every year under Article 44-3-(3) of the Act and give notice to primary telecommunication service providers (the “Primary Telecommunication Service Providers”) under Article 44-3-(1) of the Act.

(2) The Primary Telecommunication Service Providers shall formulate plans on telecommunications disasters for the following year in accordance with the guideline under the previous Paragraph and submit the plans to the Minister of Information and Communication by the end of May every year.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall formulate a Basic Plan on telecommunications disasters management for the following year until the end of July every year in accordance with Article 44-3-(5) of the Act.

Article 31-10 (Organization and Operation of the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee)

(1) The Vice Ministers who may be appointed as members of the Telecommunication Disaster Management Committee (the “Committee”) set forth in Article 44-4-(3) of the Act shall be the Vice Minister of Government Administration and Home Affairs, the Administrator of the National Emergency Management Agency, the Vice Minister of National Defense, the Deputy Director of

15

National Intelligence Service, and other vice ministers of central government agencies as recognized to be required by the Chairman.

(2) The Chairman shall call meetings of the Committee and preside at the meeting.

(3) If the Chairman fails to perform his duties due to an unavoidable reason, members shall act as the Chairman in an order designated by the Chairman.

(4) If the Chairman calls a meeting of the Committee, the Chairman shall give a notice of the meeting specifying date, time, place and agenda in writing or electronically to each member at least seven days before the meeting, except in situations where a meeting involves an urgent matter or where it is inevitable.

(5) The agenda shall be decided in the presence of majority of the members and agreement of majority of members who are present at the meeting.

(6) The Committee may hear opinions of a concerned public official or a concerned expert, if necessary.

(7) To administrate the affairs of the Committee, the Committee shall have one executive secretary, who shall be appointed among the public officials in the Ministry of Information and Communication by the Chairman.

Article 31-11 (Organization and Operation of Executive Committee)

(1) The Executive Committee in the Committee under the Article 44-5-(4) of the Act shall consist of no more than 15 executive members including one Chairman.

(2) The Chairman shall be the Director of the Telecommunication Business Promotion Bureau in the Ministry of Information and Communication, and the following persons shall be executive members:

1 A person who serves as public official equivalent to the class four level in any related administrative agencies mentioned in Article 31-10-11) which is recognized by the central government agency and the Chairman of the Executive Committee, can be designated by the director of the agency, and

16

2 Persons of the following who are appointed by the Chairman of the Executive Committee:

A person who takes responsibility of Telecommunications Disasters among employees of the Primary Telecommunication Service Providers and telecommunication service carriers, and

B A person has knowledge and experience on Telecommunications Disasters management.

(3) The Chairman of the Executive Committee shall call meetings and preside at the meetings as the Chairman.

(4) To administrate the affairs of the Committee, the Committee shall have one executive secretary, who shall be appointed, among public officials which the Ministry of Information, by the Chairman.

(5) The Executive Committee shall review and discuss the bills submitted to the Committee and the matters entrusted from the Committee or instructed by the Chairman of the Committee.

Article 31-12 (Allowances)

Allowances may be paid to members or executive members who are present at the Committee or the Executive Committee meeting within the scope of the budget. However, exceptions will be made if such a member or an executive member attends a meeting as a public official directly related to his duties.

Article 31-13 (Rules for Committee Administration)

Other matters which are required to organize and operate the Committee which are not set forth in this enforcement decree shall be stipulated by the Chairman through the final decision of the Committee and the matters required to organize and operate the Executive Committee shall be set forth by the Chairman of the Executive Committee though the resolution of the Executive Committee.

Article 31-14 (Organization and Operation of Telecommunication Disaster Prevention and Countermeasure Headquarters)

(1) Telecommunication Disaster Prevention and Countermeasure Headquarters (the “TDPCH”) shall consist of public officials of central government agencies directly related to the

17

telecommunication disaster recovery and employees of the primary Telecommunication Service Providers.

(2) To settle a telecommunication disaster rapidly, the Minister of Information and Communication shall set the organization of the TDPCH in advance and give notice to the director of the central government agencies and the Primary Telecommunication Service Providers for whom the members of the Countermeasure Headquarters works for.

(3) The director of the TDPCH shall represent the TDPCH and govern the following duties:

1 Mobilize materials for urgent recovery and command and control recovery activities of the Primary Telecommunication Service Providers,

2 Set up a recovery system in emergency, and establish countermeasures for more effective recovery activities by assigning roles between the Primary Telecommunication Service Providers,

3 Support telecommunication services to the areas suffering Telecommunication Disasters, and

4 Other matters which the president of the TDPCH recognizes to be needed.

(4) The director of the TDPCH may request a Primary Telecommunication Service Provider to dispatch its employees for more effective operation of the TDPCH. In such case, the primary telecommunication service provider shall consent to the dispatch unless there is a valid excuse.

(5) Other matters, which are required in organizing and operating the TDPCH which are not set forth in this enforcement decree, shall be stipulated by the director of the TDPCH.

CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS

Article 32 (Opinion Statement Procedure)

(1) If the Korea Communications Commission intends to give an opportunity to state an opinion under Article 40-2 (2) of the Act, it shall notify a person concerned or his representative not later than ten days before the fixed date for stating opinion. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

18

(2) The person or his representative notified under paragraph (1) may present himself in the fixed date and state his opinion or submit his opinion in writing.

(3) When the person concerned or his representative present himself and state his opinion as provided in paragraph (2), public officials concerned shall write out the abstract thereof, have the present person confirm it and affix sign and seal thereto.

(4) Notification under paragraph (1) shall specify that the person concerned be deemed to have no opinion in the absence of any oral or written statement of opinion without due reason.

(5) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15598, Dec. 31, 1997>

Article 33 (Delegation and Commission of Powers)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall delegate following powers to the chief of the competent communications office under Article 46 (1) of the Act: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995: Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>

1 Acceptance of report on the installation of private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 20 (1) of the Act, and an acceptance of modification report on the installation of the facilities;

1-2 Confirmation under Article 20 (3) of the Act;

2 Order for handling telecommunications business affairs concerning the person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 22 (1) of the Act, or an order for connection between a private telecommunications facility concerned and the other telecommunications facility;

3 Order given to a person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 23 (1) of the Act to make corrections;

4 Order given to suspend the use of private telecommunications facilities, and an order for the reorganization and repair of the facilities, etc. under Article 23 (2) and (3) of the Act;

19

5 Imposition and collection of penalty surcharges under Article 24 of the Act;

6 Examination and/or testing of the suitability of telecommunications technical standards under the provisions of Article 25 (5) of the Act;

7 Correction with respect to the person who installs the telecommunications facilities under Article 27 of the Act and other necessary measures;

8 Investigation of telecommunications equipment (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act) under Article 36 (2) of the Act;

9 Order for destruction or taking away of telecommunications equipment as referred to in Article 36 (3) of the Act (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the provisions of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act);

10 Acceptance of report with respect to a person who installs telecommunications facilities and inspection under Article 45 (1) of the Act;

11 Order for the elimination of illegal telecommunication facilities under Article 45 (2) of the Act, and other necessary measures; and

12 Imposition of a fine for negligence on any person who falls under Article 53 (1) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 (limited to any person who has rejected, hindered and dodged investigation for the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act), 9 or 10 of the Act in accordance with Article 53 (2) of the Act.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall delegate the following authorities to the head of Radio Waves Institute under Article 46 (1) of the Act: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002; Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>

1 Deleted <by Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>;

2 Type approval of telecommunications equipment under Article 33 (1) of the Act;

20

3 Designation, inspection, cancellation, suspension of business and supervision of designated testing institutions referred to in Article 33-2 of the Act;

4 Deleted; <by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

5 Termination of the type approval under Article 34-2 of the Act;

6 Cancellation of the type approval and suspension of manufacturing product under Article 35 (1) of the Act, and other necessary measures;

7 Affairs concerning investigation and test of telecommunications equipment (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has been granted under the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act) under Article 36 (2) of the Act;

8 Order for destruction or tacking away of telecommunications equipment referred to in Article 36 (3) of the Act (limited to the telecommunications equipment for which sign of type approval has not been marked in contravention of the provisions of Article 33 (4) of the Act, or which has been judged inferior in quality after investigation and test as referred to in Article 36 (2) of the Act);

9 Hearing under Article 45-2 of the Act; and

10 Imposition of a fine for negligence on any person who falls under Article 53 (1) 6, 7 or 8 (limited to any person who has rejected, hindered or dodged investigation and test for the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has been granted under the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act) of the Act in accordance with Article 53 (2) of the Act.

(3) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 34 (Fine for Negligence)

(1) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to impose a fine for negligence under Article 53 (2) of the Act, he shall, after investigating and confirming the offense in question, specify in writing what has been violated, the method of objection, period for the submission of objection, and notify the person subject to the disposition of the fine for negligence to pay the fine. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

21

(2) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to impose the fine pursuant to paragraph (1), he shall specify the period not less than 10 days and give the person subject to the disposition of an opportunity to state his opinion. In this case, it is deemed that there is no opinion in the absence of any oral or written statement of opinion within that period. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

(3) In determining the amount of the fine, the Minister of Information and Communication shall take into account the motive and consequence of such an offense. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

(4) Procedure for the collection of the fine shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

ADDENDA

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Disposition, etc.)

At the time when this Decree enters into force, any disposition, procedure, and other conducts carried by the previous provisions shall be deemed to be performed by this Decree if there is a provision applicable to the disposition, procedure, and other conducts in this Decree.

Article 3

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 14226, Apr. 30, 1994>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation

(2) (Transitional Measures on Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities) A person obtaining a permission on the installation of private telecommunications facilities under the

22

previous provisions who is falling under the amended provisions of Article 12 (2) 7 shall be regarded to make a report under the same provisions.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

This Decree shall enter into force on April 6, 1995.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Article 2

Omitted.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 15598, Dec. 31, 1997>

This Decree shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 15817, Jun. 24, 1998>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Articles 2 through 6

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 16093, Jan. 29, 1999>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

23

Articles 2 through 4

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into on April 29, 2000.

(2) (Application Example for Terms of Office of Members of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council) The amended provisions of Article 31-2 (3) of the Act shall apply starting with members of the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council who are commissioned first after the enforcement of this Decree.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>

This Decree shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 18312, Mar. 17, 2004>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 18390, May 24, 2004>

This Decree shall enter into force on June 1, 2004.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 18594, Dec. 3, 2004>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

24

Article 2 through 5 Omitted

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

25

EX-15.5

EXHIBIT 15.5

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LAW (TRANSLATION)

TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT

Wholly amended By	1991·8·10	Act No. 4394
Amended By	1991·12·14	Act No. 4439
Amended By	1991·12·14	Act No. 4441
Amended By	1995·1·5	Act No. 4861
Amended By	1995·1·5	Act No. 4903
Amended By	1996·12·30	Act No. 5220
Amended By	1997·8·28	Act No. 5385
Amended By	1998·9·17	Act No. 5564
Amended By	1999·2·8	Act No. 5835
Amended By	1999·5·24	Act No. 5986
Amended By	2000·1·28	Act No. 6230
Amended By	2001·1·8	Act No. 6346
Amended By	2001·1·16	Act No. 6360
Amended By	2002·1·14	Act No. 6602
Amended By	2002·2·4	Act No. 6656
Amended By	2002·12·26	Act No. 6822
Amended By	2004·2·9	Act No. 7165
Amended By	2005·3·31	Act No. 7445

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1 (Purpose)

The purpose of this Act is to contribute to the promotion of public welfare by encouraging sound development of telecommunications business and ensuring convenience to the users of telecommunications service through proper management of such business.

Article 2 (Definitions)

(1) For the purpose of this Act, <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

1

1 the term “telecommunications business operator” means a person who provides telecommunications service with holding a license or making a registration or report under this Act;

2 the term “user” means a person who has made a contract for the use of any telecommunications service with the telecommunications business operator in order to receive a provision of telecommunications service; and

3 the term “universal service” means the basic telecommunications service which any user may receive at reasonable fees anytime and anywhere.

(2) The terms used in this Act shall be the same as defined in the Framework Act on Telecommunications, except for those defined in paragraph (1) above.

Article 3 (Duty of Providing Services, etc.)

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not refuse to provide any telecommunications service, without justifiable reasons.

(2) A telecommunications business operator shall guarantee the fairness, speediness and accuracy in performing his business.

(3) A fee for telecommunications service shall be reasonably fixed so as to ensure a smooth development of telecommunications business and to provide the users with convenient and diverse telecommunications services in the fair and inexpensive manner.

Article 3-2 (Universal Service)

(1) All telecommunications business operators shall have the obligation to provide universal service or to replenish the losses incurred by such provisions. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), exempt the telecommunications business operator determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication as a telecommunications business operator for whom an imposition of obligation under paragraph (1) is deemed inadequate in view of the peculiarity of telecommunications service, or the telecommunications business operator whose

2

turnover of telecommunications service is less than the amount as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the limit of 1/100 of total turnover of the telecommunications services, from the relevant obligations. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(3) The details of universal service shall be determined in consideration of the following matters:

1 Level of the development of information and communications technology;

2 Level of the dissemination of telecommunications service;

3 Public interest and safety;

4 Promotion of social welfare; and

5 Acceleration of informationalization.

(4) Matters necessary for the details of universal service, designation of a business operator providing universal service, and compensation for losses incurred in the course of providing universal service and creation of relevant financial resources shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

CHAPTER II TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS

SECTION 1 General Provisions

Article 4 (Classification, etc. of Telecommunications Business)

(1) The telecommunications businesses shall be classified into a key communications business, a specific communications business and a value-added communications business. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

(2) The key communications business shall be the business to install telecommunications line facilities, and thereby provide telecommunications services such as telegraph and telephone service (hereinafter referred to as the “key telecommunications services”), whose types and contents are determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, in consideration

3

of impacts on the public interest and national industries and the necessity for stable provision of services. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The specific communications business shall correspond to one of the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

1 Business which provides a key telecommunications service by making use of telecommunications line facilities, etc. of a person who has obtained a license for key communications business under Article 5 (hereinafter referred to as a “key communications business operator”); and

2 Business which installs the telecommunications facilities in the premises as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and provides a telecommunications service therein by making use of the said facilities.

(4) The value-added communications business shall be the business which leases telecommunications line facilities from a key communications business operator, and provides a telecommunications business service other than the key telecommunications services under paragraph (2) (hereinafter referred to as the “value-added communications service”). <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]

SECTION 2 Key Communications Business

Article 5 (License, etc. of Key Communications Business Operator)

(1) A person who intends to run a key communications business shall obtain a license from the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant a license under paragraph (1), go through a deliberation by the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council under Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications: Provided, That this shall not apply to the licence of minor business as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

4

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in granting a license under paragraph (1), comprehensively examine the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

1 Propriety of the plans for providing the key telecommunications services;

2 Appropriateness of the size of telecommunications facilities;

3 Financial and technical capability;

4 Actual results of technical developments related to key telecommunications services to be provided;

5 Technical development plans related to key telecommunications services;

6 Support plans for technical developments for promoting telecommunications; and

7 Other necessary matters for the performance of business.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth the detailed examination criteria by examining item under paragraph (3), period for license and outline of application for license, and make a public announcement thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where he grants a license for key communications business under paragraph (1), attach the conditions necessary for provision of services, or research and development, etc. for promotion of telecommunications industry. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(6) A person subject to a license under paragraph (1) shall be limited to a juristic person.

(7) Procedures for a license under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]

Article 5-2 (Reason for Disqualification for License)

5

Persons falling under each of the following subparagraphs shall not be entitled to obtain the license for a key communications business as referred to in Article 5:

1. The State or local governments:

2. Foreign governments or foreign corporations: and

3. Corporations whose stocks are owned by foreign governments or foreigners in excess of the restrictions on stock possessions as referred to in Article 6(1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004]

Article 6 (Restrictions on Stock Possessions of Foreign Governments or Foreigners)

(1) The stocks of a key communications business operator (limited to the voting stocks, and including the stock equivalents with voting rights, such as stock depositary receipts, etc. and investment equities; hereinafter the same shall apply) shall not be owned in excess of 49/100 of the gross number of issued stocks, when adding up all of those owned by the foreign governments or foreigners.

(2) A corporation whose largest stockholder is a foreign government or a foreigner (including a specially-related person as referred to in sub-paragraph 3 of Article 36 of the Securities and Exchange Act; hereinafter the same shall apply), and when not less than 15/100 of the gross number of its issued stocks are owned by the said foreign government or foreigner (hereinafter referred to as the “fictitious corporation of foreigners”), it shall be regarded as a foreigner.

(3) A corporation that owns less than 1/100 of the gross number of stocks issued by a key communications business operator shall not be regarded as a foreigner, even if it is equipped with the requirements as referred to in paragraph (2).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]

Article 6-2 (Qualification Requirements for Officers)

(1) A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall not become an officer of a key communications business operator: <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A minor or a person who has been declared as incompetent or quasi-incompetent;

6

2 A person who has been declared bankrupt and not yet reinstated;

3 A person who has been sentenced to an imprisonment or heavier punishment for violations of this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act or the Act on Promotion, etc. of Utilization of Information System, and for whom three years have not passed since the termination of execution of the sentence (including the case of deemed termination of execution) or the confirmation of non-execution of the sentence;

4 A person who has been sentenced to an imprisonment or heavier punishment for violations of this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act or the Act on Promotion, etc. of Utilization of Information System, and who is in the period of suspended sentence;

5 A person who has been sentenced to a fine or heavier punishment for violations of this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications or the Act on Promotion, etc. of Utilization of Information System, and for whom three years have not passed since such sentence;

6 A person for whom three years have not passed since a revocation of his license under Article 15 (1), a revocation of his registration under Article 28 (1), or a receipt of an order for business closedown under paragraph (2) of the same Article. In this case, if it is a juristic person, it refers to the person who has committed an act causing a revocation of license or registration, or an order for business closedown, and the representative thereof.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

(2) If an officer falls into any of subparagraphs of paragraph (1) above or if it is found that an officer fell into any of those at the time of appointment, such officer shall resign from his/her office.

(3) Any action made by the officer who resigns pursuant to paragraph (2) above shall not be invalidated due to such resignation.

Article 6-3 (Examination of Public Interest Nature of Stock Acquisition, etc. by Key Communications Business Operator)

(1) The Public Interest Nature Examination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) shall be established in the Ministry of Information and Communication in order to make an examination regarding whether or not what falls under each of the following subparagraphs

7

impedes the public interest as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “examination of public interest nature”), such as the national safety guarantee and maintenance of public peace and order, etc.:

1 Where the principal comes to own not less than 15/100 of the gross number of stocks issued by a key communications business operator, when adding up those owned by the specially-related person as referred to in subparagraph 3 of Article 36 of the Securities and Exchange Act (hereinafter referred to as the “specially-related person”);

2 Where the largest stockholder of a key communications business operator is altered;

3 Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator concludes a contract for important management matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, such as the appointment and dismissal of executives and the transfer or takeover, etc. of business of the relevant key communications business operator, with a foreign government or a foreigner; and

4 Other cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, where there exists a change in the stockholders who have de facto management rights of a key communications business operator.

(2) Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator comes to fall under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1), he shall file a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication within seven days from the time when such a fact took place.

(3) Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator is to come to fall under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1), he may, prior to the said situation, request the Minister of Information and communication to make an examination as referred to in paragraph (1).

(4) Where the Minister of Information and Communication has received a report as referred to in paragraph (2) or a request for examination as referred to in paragraph (3), he shall refer it to the Committee.

(5) Where the Minister of Information and Communication judges that there exists a danger of impeding the public interests by the cases falling under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in view of the result of examination as referred to in paragraph (1), he may order the alteration of

8

contract detail and suspension of its implementation, the suspension of exercise of voting rights, or the sale of relevant stocks.

(6) The report as referred to in paragraph (2) or (3), or the scope of key communications business operators to be examined, the procedures for reports and examinations and other necessary matters shall be stipulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]

Article 6-4 (Composition and Operation, etc. of Public Interest Nature Examination Committee)

(1) The Committee shall consist of not less than five but not more than ten members including one Chairman.

(2) The Chairman shall be the Vice Minister of Information and Communication, and the members shall be the persons commissioned by the Chairman from among the public officials ranking Grade III or higher grade of related central administrative agencies as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and those falling ender each of the following subparagraphs:

1 Persons having profound knowledge and experiences in the information and communications;

2 Persons recommended by the Governmental-contributed research institutes relating to the national safety guarantee and maintenance of public peace and order;

3 Persons recommended by the nonprofit non-governmental organizations as referred to in Article 2 of Assistance for Nonprofit Non- Governmental Organizations Act; and

4 Other persons deemed necessary by the Chairman.

(3) The Committee may conduct necessary investigations for the examination of public interest nature, or request the interested parties or the reference witnesses to provide the data. In such case, the relevant interested parties or the reference witnesses shall comply with it unless they have any justifiable reasons.

(4) Where the Committees deems it necessary, it may have the interested parties or the reference witnesses attend the Committee, and hear their opinions.

9

(5) Matters necessary for the organization or operation, etc. of the Committee shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]

Article 7 (restrictions, etc. on Stockholders of Excessive Possession)

(1) Where a Foreign Government or a foreigner has acquired the stocks in contravention of the provision of Article 6 (1), no voting rights shall be exercised for the stocks under the said excessive possession.

(2) The Minister of information and Communication may order the stockholder who has acquired stocks in contravention of the provisions of Article 6 (1), a key communications business operator wherein exists the said stockholder, or the stock-holder of the fictitious corporation of foreigners, to make corrections in the relevant matters, with specifying the period within the limit of six months.

(3) Persons subjected to the order for corrections as referred to in paragraph (2) shall make corrections in the relevant matters within the specified period.

(4) With regard to the stockholder in contravention of the provisions of Article 6 (1), a key communications business operator may refuse any renewals for the excessive portion in the register of the stockholders or of members.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004

Article 7-2 (Charge for Compelling Execution)

(1) Against the persons who were subjected to the order as referred to in Articles 6-3 (5) or 7 (2) (hereinafter referred to as the “corrective orders”) and has failed to comply with them within the specified period, the Minister of the Information and Communication may levy the charge for compelling the execution, In such case, the charge for compelling the execution leviable per day shall be not more than 3/1,000 of the purchase prices of relevant possessed stocks, but in the case not related with the stock possession, it shall be the amount not exceeding 100 million won.

(2) The period subject to a levy of the charge for compelling the execution as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be from the day next to the date of expiration of the period set in the corrective orders to the date of implementing the corrective orders. In such case, a levy of the day next to the expiration date of the period set in the corrective orders, except for the case where there exists a special reason.

10

(3) Provisions of the Article 37-2 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the collection of the charge for compelling the execution.

(4) Matters necessary for the levy, payment, refund, etc. of the charge for compelling the execution shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]

Article 8 (Issuance of Stocks)

A key communications business operator shall, in a case of an issuance of stocks, issue the registered ones. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>

Article 9 (Obligation of Commencing Business)

(1) A key communications business operator shall install telecommunications facilities and commence business within the period as fixed by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where the said business operator is unable to commence business within the period under paragraph (1) due to force majeure and other unavoidable reasons, extend the relevant period only once, upon an application of the key communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

Article 10 (Addition of Service and Modification of License)

(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to additionally provide a key communications service other than that already licensed under Article 5, obtain a modified license for such change from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That where a key communications business operator who provides a telephone service intends to additionally provide a key communications service prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the limit of not hampering a key communications service

11

which is provided by making use of existing facilities, he shall make a report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication.

(2) Where a key communications business operator intends to modify the important matters prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the matters licensed under Article 5, he shall obtain a modified license from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(3) The provisions of Articles 5 (5) and Article 9 shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to a modified license for change under paragraph (1). [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

Article 11 (Concurrent Operation of Business)

(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to run a business other than the telecommunications, obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall grant approval under paragraph (1), in case where deemed that a key communications business operator is not likely to cause any impediments to the operation of telecommunications service by running a business under paragraph (1), and that it is required for the development of telecommunications. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 12

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 13 (Takeover of Business and Merger of Juristic Persons, etc.)

(1) A person who intends to take over the whole or part of a business of a key communications business operator or to merge with a juristic person which is a key communications business operator, or a key communications business operator intending to sell the telecommunications business operator intending to sell the telecommunications circuit installations necessary for

12

providing a key communications service, shall obtain an authorization from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. [Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004]

(2) Where a key communications business operator intends to establish a juristic person in order to provide a part of key communications services from among the plural key communications services licensed, he shall obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant authorization or approval under paragraph (1) or (2), comprehensively examine the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

1 Appropriateness of financial and technical capability and business operational capability;

2 Appropriateness of management of resources for information and communications, such as frequencies and telecommunications numbers, etc.;

3 Impact on the competition of key communications business; and

4 Impact on the protection of users and the public interests.

(4) Matters necessary for the detailed examination standards by examination items and the examination procedures, etc. under paragraphs (3) shall be fixed and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(5) A person who has taken over the business of a key communications business operator by obtaining an authorization under paragraph (1), or a juristic person surviving a merger or that established by a merger, or that established by obtaining an authorization under paragraph (2), shall succeed to the status which is related to a license of the relevant key communications business.

(6) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where he grants authorization or approval under paragraph (1) or (2), attach conditions required for fair competition and protection of users, etc. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(7) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant an authorization under paragraph (1), go through a deliberation by the Information and

13

Communications Policy Deliberation Council under Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications, and consultation with the Fair Trade Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(8) The provisions of Article 5-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to an authorization under paragraph (1) and approval under paragraph (2). [Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004]
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

Article 14 (Suspension, Closedown of Business or Dissolution of Juristic Persons, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to suspend or discontinue the whole or part of a key communications business run by him, obtain approval from Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The resolution for a dissolution of a juristic person which is a key communications business operator or all employee’s consent to such dissolution shall be subject to authorization from the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where an application for approval or authorization under paragraph (1) or (2) is made, and where deemed that suspension, discontinuance of relevant business or a dissolution of a juristic person is likely to hamper the public interests, not grant the relevant approval or authorization. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]

Article 15 (Cancellation of License, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where a key communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, cancel the relevant license or give an order to suspend the whole or part of business with fixing a period of no more than one year: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

1 Where he has obtained a license by deceit and other illegal means;

2 Where he has failed to implement the conditions under Articles 5 (5) and 13 (6);

14

3 Where he has failed to observe the orders under Article 7 (2);

4 Where he has failed to commence business within the period under Article 9 (1) (in case of obtaining an extension of the period under Article 9 (2), the extended period);

5 Where he has failed to comply with the standardized use contract, that is authorized or reported under Article 29 (1); and

6 Where he has violated this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 and 36-4), the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act, the Act on Promotion, etc. of Utilization of Information System, the Framework Act on Informationalization Promotion or the orders under these Acts.

(2) Criteria and procedures for the dispositions under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 16

Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

SECTION 3 Deleted.

Articles 17 and 18

Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>

SECTION 4 Specific Communications Business and Value-Added Communications Business

Article 19 (Registration of Specific Communications Business Operator)

(1) A person who intends to operate a specific communications service shall register the following matters with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication:

1 Financial and technical capability;

15

2 Plans for a user protection; and

3 Business plans, etc, and other matters as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, upon receipt of the registration of a specific communications business under paragraph (1), attach the conditions necessary for a provision of services or research and development for the promotion of telecommunications industry.

(3) A person subject to the registration of specific communications business under paragraph (1) shall be limited to a juristic person.

(4) Procedures and requirements for the registration under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]

Article 20

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 21 (Report, etc. of Value-Added Communications Business Operator)

A person who intends to run a value-added communications business shall report to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That this shall not apply to a case where a key communications business operator intends to run a value-added communications business. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7445, March 31, 2005>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]

Article 22 (Modification of Registered or Reported Matters)

A person who has registered as a specific communications business operator under Article 19 (hereinafter referred to as a “specific communications business operator”) or who has made a report of a value-added communications business operator under Article 21 (hereinafter referred to as a “value-added communications business operator”) shall, when he intends to modify the matters as

16

determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the relevant registered or reported matters, make in advance a modified registration or modified report to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the said Ordinance.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]

Article 23

Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>

Articles 24 and 24-2

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 25 (Transfer or Takeover, etc. of Business)

In case where there exists a transfer or takeover of the whole or part of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, or a merger or succession of a juristic person which is a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator, a person who has taken over the relevant business, the juristic person surviving the merger, the juristic person founded by the merger, or the successor shall make the report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

Article 26 (Succession of Business)

In case where there have existed a transfer or takeover of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, a merger of a juristic person which is a value-added communications business operator, or a succession of a value-added communications business, under Article 25, a person who has taken over the business, a juristic person surviving a merger, a juristic person founded by a merger or a successor shall succeed to the status of a former specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 27 (Suspension or Closedown, etc. of Business)

17

(1) A specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to suspend or close down the whole or part of his business, notify the relevant contents to the users of relevant services, and report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication not later than thirty days prior to the slated date of the relevant suspension or closedown. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

(2) Where a juristic person which is a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator is dissolved for reasons other than a merger, a relevant liquidator (referred to a trustee in a bankruptcy, when it is dissolved by bankruptcy) shall report thereon without delay to the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 28 (Cancellation of Registration and Order for Closedown of Business)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a specific communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, cancel his registration, or suspend his business by specifying the period of not more than one year: Provided, That when he falls under subparagraph 1, the Minister of Information and Communication shall cancel his registration: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

1 Where he makes a registration by deceit and other illegal means;

2 Where he fails to commence business within one year from the date on which a registration was made under Article 19 (1), or continually suspends business operation for not less than one year;

3 Where he fails to implement the conditions under Article 19 (2);

4 Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

5 Where he fails to comply with an order for correction under Article 65 (1) without any justifiable reasons;

6 Where he fails to comply with an order under Article 7 (2) which applies mutatis mutandis under Article 6 (2) of the Addenda; and

18

7 Where he violates this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 and 36-4), the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act, the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc., or the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion, or any order issued under such Acts.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a value-added communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, issue an order to him for a closedown of business or for a suspension of business by specifying a period of not more than one year: Provided, That where he falls under subparagraph 1, the said Minister shall issue an order to him for a closedown of business: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

1 Where he makes a report by deceit and other illegal means;

2 Where he fails to commence the business within one year from the reporting date under Article 21, or suspend the business operation for not less than one year;

3 Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

4 Where he fails to comply with a correction order under Article 65 (1) without any justifiable reasons; and

5 Where he violates this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 and 36-4), the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act, the Act on the Promotion, etc. of Utilization of Information Communication Networks, the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion or any order issued under such Acts.

(3) Criteria and procedures for dispositions taken under paragraph (1) or (2) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

Article 29 (Report, etc. of Standardized Use Contract)

19

(1) A key communications business operator shall set forth the fees and other terms for use by service with respect to the telecommunications service which he intends to provide (hereinafter referred to as the “standardized use contract”), and report thereon (including a modified report) to the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That in a case of a key communications service whose size of business and market share correspond to the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, it shall obtain an authorization of the Minister of Information and Communication (including a modified authorization). <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall authorize the standardized use contract under the proviso of paragraph (1), if it falls under the criteria of any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

1 Fees for telecommunications service shall be proper, fair and reasonable;

2 Computing methods of telecommunications service fees shall be proper and definite;

3 Matters concerning the responsibility of key communications business operators and relevant users, cost-sharing methods concerning the installation work of telecommunications facilities and other works shall be proper and definite;

4 Forms of use of telecommunications line facilities by other telecommunications business operators or users shall not be unduly restricted;

5 Undue discriminatory treatments shall not be made to specific persons; and

6 Matters on securing the important communications under Article 55 shall be adequately considered.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when there exists any need for a key communications business operator to provide telecommunications service on a trial basis, grant a temporary authorization for a standardized use contract, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

20

(5) The standardized use contract under paragraph (1) shall be applicable with respect to use of telecommunications line facilities, in case where a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator makes use of telecommunications line facilities of a key communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 30 (Alteration, etc. of Standardized Use Contract)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, after going through a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission under Article 37 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications (hereinafter referred to as the “Korea Communications Commission”), order the telecommunications business operator to make alterations in the standardized use contract, with fixing a considerable period, in case where deemed that there exist obstructions to the advancement of the public interests as the standardized use contract by the telecommunications business operator becomes significantly unreasonable due to the fluctuations in the social or economic status. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) A telecommunications business operator shall, in case where there exists an order for alterations under paragraph (1), make alterations in the relevant standardized use contract within the specified period.

Article 31

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 32 (Reduction or Exemption of Fees)

A key communications business operator may reduce or exempt the fees for telecommunications service, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Article 32-2 (Restriction on Use by Others)

No person shall intermediate other’s communications or provide for other’s communications by making use of telecommunications services provided by a telecommunications business operator: Provided, That this shall not apply to any of the following cases:

21

1 If necessary to prevent, or rescue from, accident, or to secure transportation, communications and electricity and to maintain the public order under the national emergent circumstances;

2 If the telecommunications services are incidentally provided to the customers of the business other than a telecommunications business;

3 If the telecommunications services are used for the purpose of test of telecommunications equipment, such as telephones, etc., to be developed and sold;

4 If the telecommunications services are not repeatedly used by a third party; or

5 If necessary for public interest or if the use of telecommunications services does not interfere with the business of a telecommunications business operator, as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002]

Article 32-3

Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

Article 32-4 (Use of Transmission or Line Equipments, etc.)

(1) The composite cable TV business operator, transmission network business operator, or relay cable broadcasting business operator under the Broadcasting Act may provide the transmission or line equipments or the cable broadcasting equipments possessed under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree to the key communications business operators. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(2) The composite cable TV business operator, transmission network business operator, or relay cable broadcasting business operator under the Broadcasting Act shall, when he intends to provide a value-added communications services by making use of the transmission or line equipments or cable broadcasting equipments, make a report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 21. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5 through 37 and 38 shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to the transmission or line facilities or cable broadcasting facilities under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

22

(4) The provisions of Article 25 (2) through (6) of the Framework Act on Telecommunications shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to the offer of services under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 33 (Protection of Users)

(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

(2) A telecommunications business operator shall take a prompt measure on the reasonable opinions or dissatisfactions raised by the users with respect to the telecommunications service. In this case, if it is difficult to take a prompt measure, he shall notify the users of the reasons thereof and the schedule for measures.

(3) Compensations for the damages incurred by the occurrence of reasons causing the opinions or dissatisfactions under paragraph (2) and by the delay of relevant measures shall be made pursuant to Article 33-2. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 33-2 (Compensation for Damages)

A telecommunications business operator shall make compensations when he inflicts any damages on the users in the course of providing telecommunications services: Provided, That if such damages are the results of force majeure, or of intent or negligence of the users, the relevant liability for compensations shall be reduced or exempted.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 33-3 (Request for Ruling and Compensation Procedures for Damages)

(1) In a case of making a compensation for damages under Article 33-2, a consultation shall be made with the recipient of compensations for damages.

(2) If a consultation on the compensations for damages under paragraph (1) has not been made or is unable to be made, the parties concerned may request the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002]

23

CHAPTER IV PROMOTION OF COMPETITION AMONG THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

Article 33-4 (Promotion of Competition)

The Minister of Information and Communication shall exert efforts to construct an efficient competition system and to promote fair competitive environments, in the telecommunications services.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 33-5 (Provision of Telecommunications Facilities)

(1) A key communications business operator may, upon receipt of a request for the provision of telecommunications facilities from other key communications business operator, provide the telecommunications facilities by concluding an agreement with him.

(2) A key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1), provide the telecommunications facilities by concluding an agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1): <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

1 A key communications business operator who possesses the equipments which are indispensable for other telecommunications business operators in providing the telecommunications services; and

2 A key communications business operator whose business scale and market shares, etc. of key telecommunications services are equivalent to the criteria as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of telecommunications facilities, the conditions, procedures and methods for the provision of facilities, and the standards for calculation of prices under paragraphs (1) and (2). In this case, the scope of telecommunications facilities to be provided under paragraph (2) shall be determined in view of the demand for telecommunications facilities by the key communications business operators falling under each subparagraph of the same paragraph. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

24

(4) A key communications business operator in receipt of provisions of the telecommunications facilities may install the apparatus enhancing the efficiency of the relevant facilities, within the limit necessary for the provision of the licensed telecommunications services.

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (3). <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 33-6 (Joint Utilization of Subscriber’s Lines)

(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where other telecommunications business operators as determined and publicly noticed by the Minister of Information and Communication have made a request for a joint utilization with respect to the lines installed in the section from the exchange facilities directly connected with the users to the users (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “subscriber’s lines”), allow it.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of joint utilization of the subscriber’s lines under paragraph (1), its conditions, procedures and methods, and the standards for calculation of prices.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to set forth the criteria under paragraph (2), go through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

Article 33-7 (Joint Utilization of Radio Communications Facilities)

(1) A key communications business operator may, upon receipt of a request for the joint utilization of radio communications facilities (hereinafter referred to as the “joint utilization”) from other key communications business operators, allow it by concluding an agreement. In this case, the prices for the joint utilization among the key communications business operators as set forth and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication shall be computed and settled accounts by a fair and reasonable means.

(2) The key communications business operators as determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication shall, upon receipt of a request for the joint utilization from other key communications business operators as determined and publicly notified by the Minister of

25

Information and Communication, allow it by concluding an agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), in order to enhance the efficiency of the telecommunications business and to protect the users.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the standard for computing the prices for joint utilization under the latter part of paragraph (1) and its procedures and payment methods, etc., and the scope of joint utilization under paragraph (2), its conditions, procedures and methods, and the computation of prices, etc.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to set forth the criteria under paragraph (3), go through in advance the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

Article 34 (Interconnection)

(1) A telecommunications business operator may allow the interconnection by concluding an agreement, upon a request from other telecommunications business operators for an interconnection of telecommunications facilities.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of interconnections of telecommunications facilities, the conditions, procedures and methods, and the standards for calculation of prices under paragraph (1).

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2), the key communication business operators falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall allow the interconnection by concluding an agreement, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1):

1 A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications services by other telecommunications business operators; and

2 A key telecommunications business operator whose business size of key communications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

26

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34-2 (Prices of Interconnection)

(1) Prices for using the interconnection shall be calculated by a fair and proper means and deducted from each other’s accounts. The detailed standards for such calculation, their procedures and methods shall be governed by the standards of Article 34 (2).

(2) A key communications business operator may deduct the prices for interconnection from each other’s accounts under the conditions as prescribed by the standards under Article 34 (2), if he suffers any disadvantages due to the causes of no liability on his part, in the method of interconnection, the quality of connected conversations, or the provision of information required for interconnection, etc.

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34-3 (Joint Use, etc. of Telecommunications Facilities)

(1) A key communications business operator may allow an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities by concluding an agreement, upon receipt of a request from other telecommunications business operators for an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities such as pipes, cables, poles, or stations of the relevant key communications business operator, for the establishment or operation of facilities required for interconnection of telecommunications facilities.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth, and make a public notice of, the scope, conditions, procedures and methods for an access to or a joint use of telecommunications equipment or facilities, and the standards for computation of prices under paragraph (1).

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall allow an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities under paragraph (1) by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request under paragraph (1):

27

1 A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications services by other telecommunications business operators; and

2 A key telecommunications business operator whose business size of key telecommunications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34-4 (Provision of Information)

(1) A key communications business operator may provide requested information by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request from other telecommunications business operators for a provision of information related to technological information or the user’s personal matters which are required for a provision of telecommunications facilities, interconnection, or joint use, etc. and imposition and collection of fees and a guide to the telecommunications number. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth, and make a public notice of, the scope, conditions, procedures and methods for a provision of information, and the standards for computation of prices under paragraph (1).

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall provide the requested information by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request under paragraph (1):

1 A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications services by other telecommunications business operators; and

2 A key communications business operator whose business size of key telecommunications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

28

(4) A key communications business operator under paragraph (3) shall set forth the technical standards required for a use by other telecommunications business operators or users by means of a connection of a monitor and other telecommunications equipment on the relevant telecommunications facilities, the standards for use and provision, and other standards required for a creation of fair competitive environments, and make a public notice thereof by obtaining approval from the Minister of Information and Communication.

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, when determining the standards under paragraph (2), or granting approval under paragraph (4).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34-5 (Prohibition of Information Diversion)

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not divulge any information concerning an individual user which has been obtained due to a provision of his own service, a provision of telecommunications facilities, or an interconnection: Provided, That the same shall not apply, when there exists the consent of the principal or the case under a lawful procedure pursuant to the provisions of the Acts.

(2) A telecommunications business operator shall use the information obtained under Article 34-4 within the context of purposes thereof, and may not use it unjustly, or provide it to the third parties.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 34-6 (Report, etc. of Agreement on Interconnection, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator shall conclude an agreement under Articles 33-5 (1) and (2), the former part of 33-7 (1), 34 (1), 34-3 (1) or 34-4 (1) and report it to the Korea Communications Commission within ninety days unless there exist any special reasons, upon receipt of a request from other telecommunications business operators for a provision or joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint use or a provision of information. The same applies in the case of a change or abolition of the agreement. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) Notwithstanding the provision of paragraph (1), in a case of the agreement in which a key communications business operator under the latter part of Article 33-7 (1) and (2), Articles 34 (3), 34-3 (3) and 34-4 (3) is a party concerned, an authorization of the Korea Communications

29

Commission shall be obtained. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(3) The agreement under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall meet the standards which are publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 33-5 (3), 33-7 (3), 34 (2), 34-3 (2), or 34-4 (2). <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(4) The Korea Communications Commission may, upon receipt of a request for an authorization under paragraph (2), order the relevant supplement with fixing a period, if such supplement is required. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(5) The agreement under Articles 34-3 (1) and 34-4 (1) may be concluded by an inclusion in the agreement under Article 34 (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 35 (Application for Ruling, etc.)

(1) A telecommunications business operator may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling under Article 40-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications, when the agreement between the telecommunications business operators on a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, or a joint use, etc. or a furnishing of information is not concluded within the period specified by Article 34-6 (1) or is unable to be concluded. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(2) A telecommunications business operator may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling with the contents of an implementation of the agreement or a compensation for damages, when the damages occur due to the non-performance of the agreement concerning a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint use, etc. or a furnishing of information, on the part of other telecommunications business operators. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(3) through (5) Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 36 (Telecommunications Number, etc.)

30

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall formulate and enforce the management plan for telecommunications number, in order to make an efficient provision of telecommunications service, and the promotion of user’s convenience and of the environments of fair competition among telecommunications business operators.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, when he has formulated the plans under paragraph (1), make a public notice thereof. This shall also apply to any alterations in the established plan.

(3) A telecommunications business operator shall observe the matters publicly noticed under paragraph (2).

(4) Where the Minister of Information and Communication intends to formulate or change the management plan for the telecommunications number under paragraph (1), he shall go in advance through a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 36-2 (Accounting Adjustment)

(1) A key communications business operator shall adjust the accounting, prepare a business report for the preceding year by the end of March every year, and submit it to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Korea Communications Commission , and keep the related books and authoritative documents. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, when he intends to determine the matters of accounting adjustments under paragraph (1), go in advance through a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission and a consultation with the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

(3) The Korea Communications Commission may validate the contents of business report submitted by the key communications business operators under paragraph (1).. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

31

(4) The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed necessary for a validation under paragraph (3), order the key communications business operators to submit the related data, or carry out an investigation for a confirmation of facts. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(5) When the Korea Communications Commission completes the validation of the contents of business report under paragraph (3), the Korea Communications Commission shall notify the Minister of Information and Communication of the results of such validation. < Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 36-3 (Prohibited Acts)

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not commit any of the following acts (hereinafter referred to as “prohibited acts”) which hamper, or are likely to hamper, fair competitions and the users’ interests, or have other telecommunications business operators or the third parties commit these acts: <Amended by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 Acts of unfair discriminations in a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint application or use, etc. or a provision of information, etc. or acts of unfairly refusing a conclusion of agreement, or acts of non-performance of the concluded agreement without any justifiable reasons;

2 Acts of unfairly diverting the information of other telecommunications business operators to his own business activities, which have been known to him in the course of a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint application or use, etc. and a provision of information, etc.;

3 Acts of computing the fees for a use of telecommunications services, or the prices for a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint application or use, etc. or a provision of information, by unfairly itemizing the expenses or revenues; and

4 Acts of providing the telecommunications services in a manner different from the standardized use contract, or acts of providing the telecommunications services in a manner which significantly hampers the profits of users.

32

5 Acts of supporting or assisting the users for all or portion of purchase price of telephone on condition of signing of service agreement when a telecommunications business operator provides key communications services by using the frequency allotted pursuant to Article 11 or 12 of the Radio Waves Act. Provided that, it shall not apply to the case necessary for the sound development of a telecommunications business and for the users’ and public interest, as set forth by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) If a person representing a telecommunications business operator by contract for the singing of agreement with the users, etc. (including the change of such agreement) commits any acts of subparagraph 4 or 5 of paragraph (1), the telecommunications business operator shall be deemed to do so and the provisions of Articles 37 and 37-2 shall apply to the telecommunications business operator. Provided that, it shall not apply the case where the telecommunications business operator takes reasonable actions to prevent such prohibited acts. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(3) The types and standards of prohibited acts shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 36-4 (Investigation, etc. of Facts)

(1) The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed by a report or acknowledgement that there has been an act under Article 36-3, have its public officials conduct an investigation required for it. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) The Korea Communications Commission may, where required for the investigation under paragraph (1), order a telecommunications business operator to submit the necessary data or articles, and have its public official visit an office and business place of a telecommunications business operator or a business place of a person who is entrusted with the affairs of a telecommunications business operator, and investigate the books, documents, other data or articles, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(3) A person who investigates by visiting the offices or workplaces of the telecommunications business operators, or the workplaces of the persons handling, under an entrustment, the business of telecommunications business operators, under paragraph (2) shall carry a certificate indicating the authority, and present it to the persons concerned. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

33

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 37 (Measures on Prohibited Acts)

(1) The Korea Communications Commission may order the following measures upon the telecommunications business operators when it is recognized that the act under Article 36-3 has taken place: <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7445, March 31, 2005>

1 Separation of the supply system of telecommunications service;

2 Change of internal accounting regulations, etc. concerning telecommunications service;

3 Disclosure of information concerning telecommunications service;

4 Conclusion, performance or change of contents of the agreement between the telecommunications business operators;

5 Change of the standardized use contract and the articles of incorporation of the telecommunications business operators;

6 Suspension of prohibited acts;

7 Public announcement of a fact of receiving a correction order due to committing the prohibited acts;

8 Measures necessary for restoring the violated matters due to the prohibited acts to their original status, such as the removal of telecommunications facilities which have caused the prohibited acts; and

9 Reform of procedures for conduct of business related to telecommunications services;

10 Other matters necessary for the measures referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 9 above, as determined by the Presidential Decree.

(2) The telecommunications business operators shall carry out an order of the Korea Communications Commission under paragraph (1) within the period specified by the Presidential

34

Decree: Provided, That the said Minister may extend the relevant period only once, if it is deemed that the telecommunications business operators are unable to carry out the order within the specified period due to natural disasters and other unavoidable causes. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, before ordering the measures under paragraph (1), notify the parties concerned of the content of relevant measures, and provide them with an opportunity to make a statement within a specified period, and may hear, where deemed necessary, the opinions of the interested parties: Provided, That this shall not apply when the parties concerned fail to respond without any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 37-2 (Imposition, etc. of Penalty Surcharge on Prohibited Acts)

(1) The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where there exists an act under Article 36-3, impose a penalty surcharge equal to not less than 3/100 of the turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree on the relevant telecommunications business operators: Provided, That where there is no turnover or it is difficult to calculate the turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, he may impose the penalty surcharge not exceeding one billion won. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) The classifications of offenses subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the upper limit of the penalty surcharge on such offenses, and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, where a person liable to pay a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to do so within a payment deadline, collect an additional due equivalent to 6/100 per year, with respect to the penalty surcharge in arrears, from the day following the expiry of such payment deadline. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000> <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(4) The Korea Communications Commission shall, where a person liable to pay a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to do so by the payment deadline, demand him to pay it with fixing a period, and if he fails to pay the penalty surcharge and an additional due under paragraph (3) within the fixed period, collect them according to the example of a disposition taken to collect the national taxes in arrears. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

35

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

Article 37-3 (Relations with Other Acts)

In case where a measure is taken under Article 37 or a penalty surcharge is imposed under Article 37-2 against the acts of a telecommunications business operator under any subparagraph of Article 36-3 (1), a corrective measure or an imposition of penalty surcharge under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act shall not be made under the same grounds against the same acts of the relevant business operator. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

Article 38 (Compensation for Damages)

In case where a correction measure has been taken under Article 37 (1), a person who is damaged by the prohibited act may claim for compensation against the telecommunications business operator who conducted the prohibited act, and the relevant telecommunications business operator may not shirk liability unless he can prove that there was no malicious intention or negligence.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 38-2 (Quality Improvement of Telecommunications Services)

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall endeavor to make a quality improvement of the telecommunications services he provides.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise the required policy measures, such as an evaluation of quality of the telecommunications services, in order to improve a quality of telecommunications services and to enhance the conveniences of users.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the telecommunications business operator to furnish data necessary for an evaluation of quality of the telecommunications services, etc. under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000]

Article 38-3 (Prior Selection Systems)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall perform the systems in which the users may select in advance the telecommunications business operator from whom they desire to receive

36

the telecommunications service (hereinafter referred to as the “prior selection systems”). In this case, the telecommunications service shall refer to the telecommunications service as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the same telecommunications service provided by the plural number of telecommunications business operators.

(2) The telecommunications business operator shall not force the users to select in advance a specified telecommunications business operator, or commit the acts to recommend or induce by unlawful means.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, for the purpose of performing the prior selection systems efficiently and neutrally, designate the specialized institutes performing the registration or alteration affairs of the prior selection (hereinafter referred to as the “prior selection registration center”).

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall determine and publicly notify the matters necessary for performing the prior selection systems and for the designation of the prior selection registration center and the method of dealing with its affairs, etc., by going through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

Article 38-4 (Mobility of Numbers)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to have the users to be able to maintain the previous telecommunications numbers despite of the changes of the telecommunications business operators, etc., devise and perform the plans for mobility of telecommunications numbers (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “plans for mobility of numbers”).

(2) The plans for mobility of numbers shall contain the contents falling under any of the following subparagraphs:

1 Kinds of services subject to the mobility of telecommunications numbers;

2 Time for introduction by service subject to the mobility of telecommunications numbers; and

37

3 Matters on sharing the expenses required for the performance of mobility of telecommunications numbers by telecommunications business operator.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to perform the plans for mobility of numbers, order the relevant telecommunications business operators to take the necessary measures.

(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he devises or alters the plans for mobility of numbers, go in advance through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication may designate a specialized agency to perform the duties of registration, change, etc. of numbers (hereafter referred to as the “numbers mobility administration agency”) in order to efficiently and fairly carry out the mobility of numbers. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(6) Matters regarding the performance of the mobility of numbers, designation of the numbers mobility administration agency and its handling of duties, etc. shall be determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 38-5 (Restrictions, etc. on Mutual Possession of Stocks)

(1) Where a key communications business operator falling under Article 34(3) 1 or 2 (including the specially-related persons) possesses in excess of 5/100 of the gross number of voting stocks issued by the mutually different key communications business operators, shall not be allowed to exercise any voting rights with regard to the stocks in excess of the relevant ceiling.

(2) Provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply to the relation of possessions between a key communications business operator falling under Article 34(3) 1 or 2 and the key communications business operator established by the said key communications business operator by becoming the largest stockholder.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004]

Article 38-6 (Provision of Number Guidance Service)

38

(1) The telecommunications business operator shall provide an information service of guiding the general public to the telecommunications numbers of the users by means of voice, booklets or Internet, etc. (hereinafter referred to as the “number guidance service”) by obtaining a consent of the users; Provided, That the same shall not apply to the minor business determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and communication by taking account of the numbers of the users and the turnovers, etc.

(2) Matters necessary for a provision of the number guidance service as referred to in paragraph (1) maybe stipulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004]

CHAPTER V INSTALLATION AND PRESERVATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES

Article 39 (Use of Land, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for the installation of line tracks, aerial lines and the appurtenant facilities to be available for telecommunications service (hereinafter referred to as the “line tracks, etc.”), make use of others’ land, or buildings and structures appurtenant thereto, and surface and bottom of the water (hereinafter referred to as the “land, etc.”). In this case, a key communications business operator shall make a consultation with owners or possessors of the relevant land, etc. in advance.

(2) Where a consultation under paragraph (1) is not or may not be made, a key communications business operator may use the land, etc. owned by others, pursuant to the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor. <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 40 (Temporary Use of Land, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for the measurement of line tracks, etc. and the installation or preservation works of the telecommunications facilities, temporarily use the private, national or public telecommunications facilities, and the land, etc., within the limit of not substantially impeding a current use.

39

(2) A key communications business operator shall, when intending to temporarily use the private, national or public property under paragraph (1), notify the possessors, in advance, of the purposes and period of such use: Provided, That in case where it is difficult to make a prior notification, a prompt notification shall be made during or after its use, and in case where such notification may not be made due to an obscurity of address and whereabout of possessors, a public notice thereof shall be made.

(3) The temporary period of use of the land, etc. under paragraph (1) shall not exceed six months.

(4) A person who temporarily uses the private, national or public telecommuication facilities or the land, etc. under paragraph (1) shall carry the certificate indicating the authority, and present it to the persons related.

Article 41 (Entry to Land, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator may enter others’ land, etc., when necessary for a measurement, examination, etc., for the installation and preservation of his telecommunications facilities: Provided, That in case where the place intended for such entry is a residential building, a consent from residents shall be obtained.

(2) The provisions of Article 40 (2) and (4) shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the entry into the private, national or public land, etc., by those engaged in a measurement or examination, etc. under paragraph (1).

Article 42 (Request for Elimination of Obstacles, etc.)

(1) A key communications business operator may request the owners or possessors of gas pipes, water pipes, drain pipes, electric lamp lines, electricity lines or private telecommunications facilities, which impede or are likely to impede the installation of line tracks, etc. or telecommunications facilities themselves (hereinafter referred to as the “obstacles, etc.”), for the removal, remodeling, repair and other measures with respect to the relevant obstacles, etc.

(2) A key communications business operator may request the owners or possessors to remove the plants, when they may impede or are likely to impede the installation or maintenance of line tracks, etc. or telecommunications themselves.

40

(3) A key communications business operator may, when the owners or possessors of the plants do not comply with the request under paragraph (2) or there exist any other unavoidable reasons, fell or transplant the relevant plants by obtaining permission from the Minister of Information and Communication. In this case, a prompt notification shall be made to the owners or possessors of the relevant plants. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) The owners or possessors of the obstacles, etc., which impede or are likely to impede the telecommunications facilities of a key communications business operator, shall make a consultation in advance with a key communications business operator, when they are in need of a new construction, enlargement, improvement, removal or alteration of the relevant obstacles, etc.

Article 43 (Utilization of Transportation Facilities)

(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for establishing a radio-wave station to be provided for the telecommunications service, utilize the private, national or public vessels, airplanes and other transportation facilities, or may make in advance a consultation with the owners or possessors on a special supply or a provision of facilities needed for such establishment, and make use of them.

(2) The provisions of Articles 40 (2) and 44 shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the case of paragraph (1).

Article 44 (Obligation for Restoration to Original State)

A key communications business operator shall restore the relevant land, etc. to its original state, when a use of the land, etc. under Articles 39 and 40 is finished or a need of providing the land, etc. for telecommunications service is gone, and in case where a restoration to the original state becomes impossible, make a proper compensation for damages suffered by the owners or possessors.

Article 45 (Compensation for Damages)

A key communications business operator shall, in case of incurring damages on others in case of Article 40 (1), 41 (1) or 42, make a proper compensation to the suffered person.

Article 46 (Compensation for Actual Expenses)

41

(1) A key telecommunications business operator shall, in case where a special supply or a provision of facilities necessary for establishing a radio-wave station to be provided for telecommunications service has been provided by the owners or possessors of the vessels, airplanes and other transportation facilities under Article 43 (1), make a compensation for the actual expenses thereof.

(2) The provisions of Article 33 (3) shall apply to the request for ruling and compensation procedures for actual expenses under paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 47 (Procedures for Compensation for Damages on Land, etc.)

(1) A consultation with the suffered party shall be made, in case where a compensation under Article 44 or 45 is made due to a use of or an entry into the land, etc., a removal of the obstacles, etc., or an impossibility of restoration to the original state under Article 40 (1), 41 (1), 42 or 44.

(2) When a consultation under paragraph (1) is not or unable to be made, an application for adjudications shall be filed with the competent Land Expropriation Commission under the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor. <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

(3) Except for those as otherwise prescribed by this Act, the provisions of the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the criteria, methods and procedures regarding a compensation for damages, etc. to the land, etc. under paragraph (1), and an application for adjudications under paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>.

Articles 48 and 49

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 50 (Protection of Telecommunications Facilities)

(1) No person shall destruct the telecommunications facilities, and obstruct the flow of telecommunications by impeding the function of telecommunications facilities by means of having other objects contact them or by any other devices.

42

(2) No person shall stain the telecommunications facilities or damage the measurement marks of the telecommunications facilities by means of throwing objects to the telecommunications facilities or fastening an animal, vessel or a log raft thereto.

Article 51 (Moving of Facilities, etc.)

(1) The owners or possessors of the land, etc. may, in case where the telecommunications facilities of a key communications business operator have become an obstacle to a use of the land, etc. due to changes in the purpose of use or in the methods of using the land, etc. where such facilities are located, or the land adjacent to it, request a key communications business operator to move the telecommunications facilities, and take other measures necessary for removing the obstacles.

(2) A key communications business operator shall, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1), take necessary measures, except for the cases where such measures are difficult to be taken for a business performance or technologies.

(3) Expenses necessary for the measures under paragraph (2) shall be borne by the requester: Provided, That they may be reduced or exempted under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

Article 52 (Cooperation of Other Organizations, etc.)

A key communications business operator may ask the related public agencies for a cooperation, in case where the operation of vehicles, vessels, airplanes and other carriers for the installation and preservation of his telecommunications facilities. In this case, the public agency in receipt of a request for cooperation shall comply with it, unless there exist any justifiable reasons.

CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS

Article 53 (Prohibition of Unlawful Communication)

(1) A person in use of telecommunications shall not commit any of the following acts:<Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 Telecommunications activities of distributing, selling, leasing or displaying lewd symbol, words, sound, pictures or image;

43

2 Telecommunications activities of distributing fact or fiction in order to defame other person;

3 Telecommunications activities of repeatedly sending symbol, words, sound, pictures or image, which are likely to cause horror or uneasiness;

4 Telecommunications activities of damaging, changing or forging the information and communication system, data, program, etc., or interfering with the operation thereof without justifiable reason;

5 Telecommunications activities of providing the media materials harmful to juveniles for business profit without performing the obligations, such as affirmation of age of the counter party, indication, etc. under the Juvenile Protection Act;

6 Speculative telecommunications activities prohibited by the laws;

7 Telecommunications activities of disclosing the information classified as secret by the laws or other national confidential information;

8 Telecommunications activities prohibited by the National Security Act; or

9 Telecommunications activities for, or of directing or aiding, crime.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may order a telecommunications business operator to refuse, suspend or restrict the communication under paragraph (1) through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission. Provided that, for the acts of subparagraph 2 or 3 of paragraph (1), such order cannot be given if dissented by the person who suffers damages therefrom, and for the acts of subparagraphs 7 through 9 of paragraph (1), such order can be given only when requested by the head of a central administrative agency. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall give the opportunity to present their opinion to the telecommunications business operator and the user concerned subject to the order under paragraph (2). Provided that, it shall not apply in any of the following instances: <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 If there is need to take urgent action for the public safety or interest;

44

2 If it is difficult, or clearly unnecessary, to hear such opinion, as set forth by the Presidential Decree; or

3 If the telecommunications business operator and the user concerned indicate their intent to waive the opportunity of presentment of their opinion.
<Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 53-2 (Information Communication Ethics Committee)

(1) For the purpose of creating the healthy information culture and promoting good use environment of telecommunications, the Information Communication Ethics Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) shall be established. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) The Committee shall be composed of the members no less than eleven, but no more than fifteen, including the chairman.

(3) The members shall be commissioned by the Minister of Information and Communication from among those engaged in the academic circle, legal circle, users’ organization and business circles related to the information communication. In such case, the Minister of Information and Communication shall commission the members from among those engaged in the legal circle and the users’ organization such that each number of such members from such circle and organization shall be 1/5 or more of the total number of members. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(4) The Committee shall execute the following tasks: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 Presentation of fundamental principles on information communication ethics;

2 Deliberation of information as prescribed by this Act and the Presidential Decree from among those disclosed and circulated to the public through telecommunications line, and a request for correction thereof;

3 Recommendation to devise a countermeasure for making the information sound, which are circulated through telecommunications line;

45

4 Operation of a center for reporting on the information unlawful or harmful to juveniles;

5 Activities necessary for a promotion of healthy information culture; and

6 Other matters entrusted by the Minister of Information and Communication with respect to the activation of the distribution of sound information.

(5) Matters necessary for organization and operation of the Committee shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.

(6) The State may grant a subsidy for the expenses required for a operation of the Committee within the limit of its budget. [This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]

Article 54 (Protection of Communication Secrecy)

(1) No person shall infringe on or divulge the secrecy of communication dealt with by telecommunications business operator.

(2) A person who is or has been engaged in the telecommunications service shall not divulge others’ secrecy obtained with respect to communication while in office.

(3) A telecommunications business operator may, when a court, prosecutor or the head of an investigating authority (including a military investigating agency; hereinafter the same shall apply) or the head of an intelligence and investigating agency asks him for a perusal or submission of the data (hereinafter referred to as “supply of communication data”) concerning the followings, under the necessity of gathering information for the purpose of conducting court hearing or investigations or of executing a sentence, and of preventing harms to the national security, comply with such requests. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 Name of user;

2 Resident registration number of user;

3 Address of user;

4 Telephone number of user;

46

5 ID (user’s identification code to distinguish the proper user of computer system or communication network); and

6 Date of entry or termination of user.

(4) The request for supply of communication data under paragraph (3) shall be made in writing (hereinafter referred to as a “written request for data supply”), which states a reason for such request, relation with the relevant user and the scope of necessary data: Provided, That where an urgent reason exists that makes a request in writing impossible, such request may be made without resorting to writing, and when such reason disappears, a written request for data supply shall be promptly filed with the telecommunications business operator. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(5) A telecommunications business operator shall, where he has supplied the communication data pursuant to the procedures of paragraphs (3) and (4), keep the ledgers as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, which contain necessary matters such as the facts of supplies of communication data, and the related data such as the written requests for data supply, etc. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(6) A telecommunications business operator shall report, to the Minister of Information and Communication, twice a year the current status, etc. of supplying the communication data, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and the Minister of Information and Communication may check whether the content of a report made by a telecommunications business operator is authentic and the management status of related data under paragraph (5). <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(7) A telecommunications business operator shall, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Minister of Information and Communication, notify the contents entered in the ledgers under paragraph (5) to the head of a central administrative agency whereto a person requesting supply of communication data under paragraph (3) belongs. Provided that, if a person requesting supply of communication data is a court, a telecommunications business operator shall notify the Director of the Court Administration Office of such contents. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000> (Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(8) A telecommunications business operator shall establish and operate a setup in full charge of the affairs related to the users’ communication secrets; and the matters concerning the function and

47

composition, etc. of the relevant setup shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(9) Matters necessary for the scope of persons holding the decisive power on the written requests filed with the telecommunications business operators under paragraph (4) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 54-2 (Notice of Transmitter’s Telephone Number)

(1) The telecommunications business operator may, upon request from the recipient, notify him of the transmitter’s telephone number, etc. under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the case where the transmitter expresses his content to refuse the transmission of his telephone number, etc.

(2) The telecommunications business operator may, in case where the recipient requests and where determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the telephone services with the special numbers, notify the recipient of the transmitter’s telephone number, etc. under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication in order to protect the recipients from the violent languages, intimidations, jestings, etc., notwithstanding the proviso of paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

Article 55 (Restriction and Suspension of Business)

The Minister of Information and Communication may order the telecommunications business operators to restrict or suspend the whole or part of telecommunications service under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, when there occurs or is likely to occur a national emergency of war, incident, natural calamity, or that corresponding to them, or when other unavoidable causes exist, and when necessary for securing important communications. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 56

Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Articles 57 and 58

48

Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 59 (Approval for International Telecommunications Services)

(1) When there exist special provisions in the treaties or agreements on international telecommunications business joined by the Government, those provisions shall govern.

(2) A telecommunications business operator shall, where he intends to conclude an agreement or a contract with a foreign government or a foreigner with respect to the adjustments of fees following the handling of international telecommunications services (excluding the case of a value-added communications business operator) and other international telecommunications business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. The same shall apply to the case where he intends to alter or abolish such agreement or contract. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(3) Standards for approving an agreement or a contract with respect to fees on the handling of international telecommunications services shall be determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 59-2 (Transboundary Provision of Key Telecommunications Services)

(1) A person, who intends to provide key telecommunications service from abroad into the homeland without establishing a domestic business place (hereinafter referred to as the “transboundary provision of key telecommunications services”), shall conclude a contract on transboundary provision of key telecommunications services with a domestic key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator who provides the same key telecommunications service.

(2) The provisions of Articles 29, 30, 33 through 33-3, 36-3 through 37, 38, 53 through 55, 62 and 65 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provision of services as determined in a contract by a key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator who has concluded the contract under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

49

(3) Where a person, who intends to provide a transboundary key telecommunications service under paragraph (1), or a key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator, who has concluded a contract with him, violates the relevant provisions which applies mutatis mutandis under paragraph (2), the Minister of Information and Communication may cancel approval under Article 59 (2), or issue an order to suspend a transboundary provision of the whole or part of key telecommunications services as determined in the relevant contract, with fixing a period of less than one year.

(4) Criteria and procedures for dispositions under paragraph (3) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]

Article 60

Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

<Deleted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 62 (Report, etc. on Statistics)

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall report the statistics on a provision of telecommunications service as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as a current status of facilities by telecommunications service, subscription record, current status of users, and the data related to telephone traffic required for the imposition and collection of fees, to the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and keep the related data available. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) A key communications business operator and stockholders thereof, or the specific communications business operator and stockholders thereof shall submit the related data necessary for a verification of the facts of Article 6, pursuant to the provisions of the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004>

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to verify the facts under paragraph (2), or to examine the genuineness of the data submitted, request the administrative

50

agencies and other related agencies to examine the data submitted or to submit the related data. In this case, the agencies in receipt of such request shall accede thereto unless there exist any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 63 (Hearing)

The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to make a disposition falling under any of the following subparagraphs, hold a hearing:

1 Cancellation of license for a key communications business operator under Article 15 (1);

2 Cancellation of registration of a specific communications business or closedown of a value-added communications business under Article 28 (1) and (2); and

3 Cancellation of approval under Article 59-2 (3).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]

Article 64 (Imposition, etc. of Penalty Surcharge)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may impose a penalty surcharge in the amount equivalent to 3% or less of the revenue to be calculated as set forth by the Presidential Decree in lieu of a relevant business suspension, in case where he has to order a business suspension to a telecommunications business operator who falls under subparagraphs of Article 15 (1) or under any of subparagraphs of Article 28 (1) and (2), or a suspension of relevant business is likely to cause substantial inconveniences to the users, etc. of relevant business or to harm other public interests. Provided that, if there is not such revenue or if it is difficult to calculate such revenue, the Minister of Information and Communication may impose a penalty surcharge in the amount equivalent to 1 billion won or less, as set forth by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

(2) Classifications of offenses subject to an imposition of penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the amount of penalty surcharge according to a level of offenses, and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.

51

(3) The provisions of Article 37-2 (3) and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the collection of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 64-2 (Extension of Time Limit of Payment of Penalty Surcharge and Payment in Installments)

(1) Where a penalty surcharge to be paid by a telecommunications business operator under Articles 37-2 and 64 exceeds the amount as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and where deemed that a person liable for a payment of penalty surcharge finds it difficult to pay it in a lump sum due to the reasons falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Minister of Information and Communication may either extend the time limit of payment, or have him pay it in installments. In this case, the Minister may, if deemed necessary, have him put up a security therefor:

1 Where he suffers a severe loss of property due to natural disasters or fire;

2 Where his business faces a serious crisis due to an aggravation of his business environments; and

3 Where it is expected that he will be in great financial difficulty if he pays the penalty surcharge in a lump sum.

(2) Matters necessary for an extension of the deadline for payment of a penalty surcharge, the payment in installments and the laying of a security shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

Article 65 (Correction Orders, etc.)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall issue correction orders in case where a telecommunications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 4441, Dec. 14, 1991; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

1 Where he violates this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications, the Radio Waves Act, the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information

52

Protection, etc., the Framework Act on Informationalization Promotion, or the orders issued under these Acts;

2 Where the procedures for business performances of telecommunications business operator are deemed to inflict significant harms on the users’ interests; and

3 Where he fails to take swift measures necessary for removing obstructions such as repairs, etc. when impediments have occurred to the supply of telecommunications services.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may order a telecommunications business operator to conduct the matters of the following subparagraphs, when necessary for development of telecommunications: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

1 Integrated operation and management of telecommunications facilities, etc.;

2 Expansion of communications facilities for the enhancement of social welfare;

3 Construction and management of communications networks for important communications to achieve efficient performance of State’s functions; and

4 Other matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the persons falling under any of the following subparagraphs to take measures, such as the suspension of acts to provide telecommunications service or the removal of telecommunications facilities, etc.: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

1 Persons who operate a key communications business without obtaining a permit under Article 5 (1);

2 Persons who operate a specific communications business without making a registration under Article 19 (1); and

3 Persons who operate a value-added communications business without making a report under Article 21 (1).

Articles 66 and 67

53

Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

Article 68 (Delegation and Entrustment of Authority)

(1) The authority of the Minister of Information and Communication under this Act may be delegated in part to the Commissioner of Communications Office, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may entrust a part of affairs related to reports under Article 21 (1) to a telecommunications business operator or to the Korea Information Communication Promotion Association under the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc., under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4439, Dec. 14, 1991; Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

CHAPTER VII PENAL PROVISIONS

Article 69 (Penal Provisions)

Any person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding two hundred million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A person who runs a key communications business without obtaining a license under Article 5 (1);

2 A person who obstructs the flow of telecommunications by impeding a function of telecommunications facilities by means of damaging telecommunications facilities, or having the objects contacted thereon and other methods, in violation of Article 50 (1);

3 A person who divulges other’s secrets with respect to communications which have been known to him while in office, in violation of Article 54 (2); and

54

4 A person who supplies communication data, and person who receives such supply, in violation of Article 54 (3).

Article 70 (Penal Provisions)

A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding one hundred fifty million won: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A person who refuses a provision of telecommunications service without any justifiable reasons, in violation of Article 3 (1);

2 A person who is ordered the business suspension under Article 15 (1);

3 A person who operates a specific communications business without making a registration under Article 19 (1);

4 A person who commits the prohibited acts falling under any of subparagraphs 1 through 4 of Article 36-3 (1);

5 A person who fails to implement an order under Article 37 (2);

6 A person who obstructs the measurement of line tracks, etc. and the installation and preservation activities of telecommunications facilities under Article 40 (1); and

7 A person who encroaches upon or divulges a secret of communications handled by telecommunications business operator, in violation of Article 54 (1).

Article 71 (Penal Provisions)

A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than two years or by a fine not exceeding one hundred million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A person who fails to obtain a modified license or to make a report thereon under Article 10;

55

2 A person who fails to obtain approval under Articles 11 (1) and 34-4 (4);

3 A person who fails to obtain an authorization under Article 13 (1) or approval under Article 13 (2) or 14 (1);

4 A person who runs the value-added communications business without making a report under Article 21;

5 A person who is ordered the business suspension under Article 28 (1);

6 A person who is ordered the business closedown under Article 28 (2);

7 A person who discloses, uses or provides the information, in violation of the text of Article 34-5 (1) or paragraph (2) of the same Article;

8 A person who fails to implement orders under Article 53 (2) or 55; and

9 A person who fails to obtain approval, approval for alteration, or approval for abolition, under Article 59 (2).

Article 72 (Penal Provisions)

A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002 >

1 A person who fails to execute the order given under Articles 6-3 (5) or 7 (2) (including the case where the provisions are applied mutatis mutandis under Article 4 (4) of the Addenda of Telecommunications Business Act Amended by Act No. 5385)); <Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004>

2 Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

3 A person who fails to make a modified registration or a modified report under Article 22;

4 A person who fails to make a report under Article 25;

56

5 A person who violates the order of suspension of business under Article 28 (2);

6 A person who provides telecommunications service without making a report or receiving an authorization under Article 29 (1); and

7 A person who intermediates other person’s communication or furnishes them for use by other person, by making use of telecommunications services rendered by the telecommunications business operator, in contravention of the provisions of the text of Article 32-2.

Article 73 (Penal Provisions)

A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine not exceeding fifty million won: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

1 A person who commits any of the prohibited acts set forth in Article 36-3 (1) 5;

2 A person who refuses or impedes a temporary use of private telecommunications facilities or lands under Article 40 (1), without justifiable reasons;

3. A person who refuses or impedes an entry to the land, etc. under Article 41 (1), without justifiable reasons;

4 A person who refuses the moving, alteration, repair and other measures on the obstacles, etc. under Article 42 (1), or the request for removal of the plants under Article 42 (2), without justifiable reasons;

5 A person who refuses a use of transport devices or a request for provision of facilities, etc. under Article 43 (1), without justifiable reasons;

6 Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

7 Deleted; and <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

8 Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

57

Article 74

Deleted. <Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 75 (Penal Provisions)

A person who stains the telecommunications facilities or damages the measurement marks of the telecommunications facilities, in violation of Article 50 (2) shall be punished by a fine not exceeding one million won. [This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

Article 76 (Attempted Criminal)

An attempted criminal under subparagraphs 2 and 3 of Article 69 and subparagraph 7 of Article 70 shall be punished. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 77 (Joint Penal Provisions)

When a representative of a juristic person or an agent, an employee or any other employed person of the juristic person or individual commits violation under Articles 69 through 73 in connection with the business of such juristic person or individual, then a fine under the related Article shall be imposed on the juristic person or individual, in addition to the punishment of the violator.

<Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

Article 78 (Fine for Negligence)

(1) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for negligence not exceeding ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No.7165, Feb. 9, 2004>

1. A person who fails to make a report as referred to in Article 6-3 (2) or to comply with a request for providing the data or an order to attend as referred to in Article 6-4 (3) or (4);

2. A person who fails to make a report under Article 27;

58

3. A person who fails to implement an order for modification in the standardized use contract under Article 30;

4. A person who violates the obligation concerning the protection of users under Article 33 (2);

5. A person who fails to make a public announcement of the technical standards, and the standards for use and provision, or the standards for a creation of fair competitive environments, in violation of Article 34-4 (4);

6. A person who fails to observe the publicly announced matters, in violation of Article 36 (3);

7. A person who fails to adjust the accounting, to submit a business report, or to keep the books or evidential data, in violation of Article 36-2 (1);

8. A person who fails to implement an order for the submission of related data under Article 36-2 (4);

9. A person who refuses, avoids or hampers an order for submission, or an investigation, of the data or articles under Article 36-4 (2);

10. A person who fails to execute orders given to furnish related data under the provisions of Article 38-2 (3);

11. A person who fails to keep related data or makes false entries in such data, in contravention of the provisions of Article 54 (5);

12. A person who fails to notify the head of central administrative agency, in contravention of the provisions of Article 54 (7);

13. Deleted; <by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

14. A person who fails to make reports or submit the data under Article 62, or falsely do such acts; and

15. A person who fails to follow correction orders, etc., under Article 65.

59

(2) The fine for negligence under paragraph (1) shall be imposed and collected by the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(3) A person who is dissatisfied with the imposition of the fine for negligence under paragraph (2) may make an objection to the Minister of Information and Communication within thirty days from the notification date of such imposition. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(4) When a person subjected to the imposition of the fine for negligence under paragraph (2) makes an objection under paragraph (3), the Minister of Information and Communication shall notify a competent court of the fact without delay, and the court so notified shall bring the case of fine for negligence to trial under the Non-Contentious Case Litigation Procedure Act. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(5) When neither the objection against nor the payment of the fine for negligence is made within the specified period under paragraph (3), it shall be collected in accordance with examples of disposition for the national taxes in arrears.

ADDENDA

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force four months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning Public Communications Business Operator, etc.)

(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, the Korea Telecommunications Corporation under the Korea Telecommunication Corporation Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) shall be deemed to have been designated as the one capable of running a general communications business under Article 5 (1).

(2) Among the persons designated to be able to run public telecommunications business by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 7 (2) of the former Framework Act on Telecommunications, at the time when this Act enters into force, the one running a general communications business under Article 4 (3) 1 shall be deemed to have been designated as a general communications business operator under Article 5, and the one running specific

60

communications business under Article 4 (3) 2 shall be deemed to have the license of specific communications business operator under Article 16 (1).

(3) At the time when this Act enters into force, the person providing the information communications services on travel information with the leased telecommunications line facilities from among the persons designated to be able to run public telecommunications business by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 7 (2) of the former Framework Act on Telecommunications, and the person who has made a registration of a business providing the information communications service to the Minister of Information and Communication under former Article 73-2 (1), shall be deemed to have registered the value-added communications business under Article 21 (1).

(4) The person falling under paragraphs (1) through (3) shall report the matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as classifications, contents etc., of telecommunications service provided by him, to the Minister of Information and Communication within one month after enforcement of this Act.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Entrusted Business)

At the time when this Act enters into force, the business entrusted to others under former Article 5 by a public telecommunications business operator with approval from the Minister of Information and Communication shall be deemed to be entrusted by a general communications business operator or a specific communications business operator with approval from the Minister of Information and Communication, under Article 12 (including the case applied mutatis mutandis under Article 20).

Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Authorization of Standard Form of Contract for Users, etc.)

At the time when this Act enters into force, the standard form of contract for users authorized under the former Article 9 (2), shall be considered as the standard form of contract for users authorized by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 29 (1) until three months after the enforcement of this Act.

Article 5 (Transitional Measures concerning Disposition, etc.)

61

Where the approval, license, disposition, orders and applications, etc. have been executed under the former provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, except for the cases under Articles 2 and 3 of the Addenda, and where there exist the provisions which correspond thereto in this Act, such shall be deemed to have been executed under this Act.

Article 6 (Special Case on Ownership Limitation of Stocks, etc.)

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6 (1) 4, the Corporation may, within the limit of par value of stocks issued by other general communications business operator which have been owned by the Corporation at the time when this Act enters into force, possess the relevant stocks up to two years after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, the Corporation shall submit the plans for disposal of the relevant stocks such as a donation to the State, to the Minister of Information and Communication within six months after enforcement of this Act, and take measures so as to have them in conformity with Article 6 (1) 4 according to the said plans.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6 (1) 6, the facilities manufacturer may possess the stocks issued by other general communications business operator within the limit of par value of stocks which have been owned by him at the time when this Act enters into force: Provided, That additional investments shall not be made until the ownership ratio of stocks with voting rights comes to fall short of the ownership limitation ratio under Article 6 (1) 6.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 18 (1) 5, the Corporation may, up to two years after enforcement of this Act, possess in excess of 10/100 of the stocks with voting rights, issued by a specific communications business operator who mainly provides telecommunications service based upon a wireless mode with technical limits: Provided, That when two years have passed after an enforcement of this Act, it shall not possess them in excess of 1/3.

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 18 (1) 5, the Corporation may possess in excess of 10/100 of the stocks with voting rights issued by a specific communications business operator whose main business areas are harbor districts.

Article 7

Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>

Article 8 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc.)

62

(1) through (8) Omitted.

(9) At the time when this Act enters into force, where other Acts cite former provisions of the Public Telecommunication Service Act, and where there exist provisions corresponding thereto in this Act, it shall be considered to have cited the corresponding provisions in this Act in lieu of the former provisions.

ADDENDA <Act No. 4439, Dec. 14, 1991>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Articles 2 through 4

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 4441, Dec. 14, 1991>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1992.

Articles 2 and 3

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 4861, Jan. 5, 1995>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force four months after the date of its promulgation.

Articles 2 through 5

Omitted.

63

ADDENDA <Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning License for Key Communications Business Operator, etc.)

(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, a general communications business operator and a specific communications business operator under the former provisions shall be deemed to have been licensed for a key communications business operator under the amended provisions of Article 5.

(2) At the time when this Act enters into force, the value-added communications business operator under the former provisions shall be deemed to have made the report of a value-added communications business operator under the amended provisions of Article 21.

Article 3 (Special Case on Ownership Limitation of Stocks, etc.)

(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, the stocks issued by other key communications business operator which have been possessed by the Corporation under the Korea Telecommunication Corporation Act, shall be deemed to have been approved under the amended provision of proviso of subparagraph 4 of Article 6.

(2) The amended provisions of subparagraph 5 of Article 6 shall not be applied mutatis mutandis to the case where the Corporation possesses the stocks of Korea Port Telephone Company.

Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Application of Penal Provisions)

In the application of penal provisions to the activities prior to the enforcement of this Act, the former provisions shall govern.

Article 5 (Relations with Other Acts and Subordinate Statutes)

64

At the time when this Act enters into force, where a general communications business operator or a specific communications business operator is cited by other Acts and subordinate statutes, it shall be deemed to have cited a key communication business operator.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force one month after the date of its promulgation.

(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Standard Form of Contract for Users) The standard form of contract for users which has been authorized or reported under the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed to have been authorized or reported under the amended provisions of Article 29.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.

Article 2 (Valid Term)

The amended provisions of subparagraph 6 (c) and (d) of Article 6 shall continue to be valid until December 31, 1998.

Article 3 (Special Cases concerning Application of Disqualifications for License of Key Communications Business)

(1) Notwithstanding the amended provisions of subparagraph 3 of Article 6, a juristic person in which those who fall under subparagraphs 3 (a) through (c) of Article 6 (hereinafter referred to as the “foreigners, etc.”) are major stockholders, shall not obtain a license for a key communications business until December 31, 1998.

(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

Article 4 (Special Cases concerning Acquisition of Stocks)

65

(1) The foreign government or foreigners (where two or more foreign governments or foreigners have agreed to exercise voting rights jointly including the foreign governments or foreigners who have made such an agreement) may not become the major stockholders of the corporation which has succeeded by a universe title of the property and the rights and obligations of the Korea Telecommunications Corporation under Article 3 (1) of the Addenda of the Repeal Act of the Act on the Korea Telecommunications Corporation (Law No. 5387); Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where the stocks falling short of 5/100 are possessed. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 7165, Feb 9, 2004>

(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(3) Deleted.

(4) The provisions of Article 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a violation of paragraph (1).

Article 5 (Transitional Measures on Appointment of Part-time Directors)

A nationwide telephone service provider shall appoint a majority of directors as part-time members at a general meeting of stockholders convened for the first time after the entry into force of this Act.

Article 6 (Special Cases on Application of Disqualifications for Specific Communications Business Operators)

(1) No juristic person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 24, become a specific communications business operator who provides a telephone service by connecting to telecommunications networks:

1 Deleted; and <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

2 Juristic person in which the stocks owned by the foreigners, etc. exceed 49/100 of the total issued stocks until December 31, 2000.

(2) The provisions of Article 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a violation of paragraph (1).

Article 7 (Special Cases on Transboundary Provision of Key Telecommunications Services)

66

A person who intends to provide a telephone service which connects to the telecommunications networks, from among the business falling under Article 4 (3) 1 by a transboundary provision of key telecommunications services, shall establish within the country a juristic person which operates a specific communications business not later than December 31, 2000, and provide the relevant services through the said juristic person.

Article 8

Omitted.

ADDENDUM <Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1999: Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 5-2, subparagraphs 4 and 5 of Article 6, Articles 9 (3), 12, and 16, and the amended provisions of Articles 4 (1) and 6 (1) 1 of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act, shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1999. (Proviso Omitted.)

Articles 2 through 4

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1999.

(2) Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 2000.

67

(2) (Application Example of Application Exclusion of Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act) The amended provisions of Article 37-3 shall apply starting with any act first performed by the telecommunications business operator in accordance with each subparagraph of Article 36-3 (1) after the enforcement of this Act.

(3) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) The application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the amendments to Article 38-4 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation, and the amendments to Article 54-2 two months after the date of its promulgation.

(2) Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2001.

Articles 2 through 6

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.

(2) and (3) Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 2003.

68

Articles 2 through 12

Omitted.

ADDENDA <Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the amendments to Articles 53, paragraph (1), the latter part of paragraph (3) and paragraph (4) of 53-2, and paragraph (3) and proviso of paragraph (7) of Article 54 and subparagraph 8 of Article 71 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation, and the amendments to Article 36-3 (3) six months after the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Valid Term)

The amended provisions of subparagraph 5 of Article 36-3 (1) shall continue to be valid for three years after the enforcement date.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Disposition, etc.)

License, acceptance of report, corrective order for prohibited acts, imposition of penalty, etc. made by the Minister of Information and Communication under the prior provisions of Articles 34-6, 37 and 37-2 shall be deemed made by the Korea Communications Commission under the provisions equivalent thereto.

Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Penalty)

Notwithstanding the amendments to Article 64 (1), the penalty for the acts committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be subject to the prior provisions.

ADDENDA <Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation; Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 38-6 shall enter into force two years after the date of its promulgation.

69

Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning Examination of Public Interest Nature

The amended provisions of Article 6-3 shall not apply to what has been achieved prior to an enforcement of this Act.

Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Acquisition of Stocks by Joint-Stock Company))

The amended provisions of Article 4(1) of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act shall not apply to the largest stockholder who is a foreign government or a foreigner at the time of enforcement of this Act; Provided, That in case where a foreign government or a foreigner at the time of enforcement of this Act falls under the largest stockholder as referred to in Article 4(1) of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act, the said foreign government or foreigner shall not be allowed to additionally acquire any stocks of the joint-stock company.

ADDENDA <Act No. 7445, March 31, 2005>

This Act shall enter into on the date of its promulgation.

70

EX-15.6

Exhibit 15.6

ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LAW
(TRANSLATION)

Wholly amended By	1991·12·31	Presidential Decree No. 13558
Amended By	1993·7·23	Presidential Decree No. 13935
Amended By	1995·4·6	Presidential Decree No. 14572
Amended By	1997·2·22	Presidential Decree No. 15283
Amended By	1997·3·31	Presidential Decree No. 15328
Amended By	1997·12·31	Presidential Decree No. 15579
Amended By	1999·3·17	Presidential Decree No. 16186
Amended By	1999·6·30	Presidential Decree No. 16424
Amended By	2000·3·13	Presidential Decree No. 16751
Amended By	2000·4·1	Presidential Decree No. 16774
Amended By	2001·6·12	Presidential Decree No. 17237
Amended By	2003·6·23	Presidential Decree No. 18006
Amended By	2004·1·13	Presidential Decree No. 18223
Amended By	2004·3·9	Presidential Decree No. 18309
Amended By	2004·5·10	Presidential Decree No. 18388

Article 1 (Purpose)

The purpose of this Decree is to provide for matters delegated under Telecommunications Business Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”) and matters necessary for its enforcement.

Article 2 (Definition)

The terms in this Decree shall be the same as defined in the Act.

Article 2-2 (Contents of Universal Service)

1

(1) The contents of universal services as prescribed in Article 3-2 (4) of the Act shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 17237, Jun. 12, 2001>

1. Wire telephone services;

2. Telephone services for emergency communications; and

3. Telephone services whose fees are reduced or exempted for the handicapped and the low income class.

(2) The detailed contents of universal services under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. [This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 2-3 (Designation of Telecommunications Business Operator who Provides Universal Services)

(1) For the purpose of the efficient and stabilized provision of universal services, the Minister of Information and Communication may designate a telecommunications business operator who provides universal services (hereinafter referred to as a “business operator providing universal services”) in consideration of the scale, quality and level of fees of universal services and the technical capacity of a telecommunications business operator.

(2) If the Minister of Information and Communication intends to designate a business operator providing universal services under paragraph (1), the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council as prescribed in Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications shall deliberate thereon.

(3) A telecommunications business operator who is designated as a business operator providing universal services under paragraph (1) shall submit, to the Minister of Information and Communication every year not later than the end of the year preceding the provision of relevant services, a written plan for provision of universal services which includes the method of, and the expenses for, providing the relevant services.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 2-4 (Replenishment of Losses Incurred by Provision of Universal Services)

2

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may have the telecommunications business operators, who are not business operators providing universal services, bear the fund for replenishing the whole or part of losses incurred by a provision of universal services by business operators providing universal services (hereinafter referred to as the “money to replenish losses from universal services”) in proportion to their turnovers. In this case, the Minister of Information and Communication may have a telecommunications business operator, who provides a key communications service which is subject to an authorization for its standardized use contract under the proviso of Article 29 (1) of the Act, bear an amount weighted within the scope of 10/100 of the bearing rate in proportion to turnover taking into account the size of business, ratio of market share, capability to bear, etc. <Amend by Presidential Decree No. 18223, Jan. 13, 2004>

(2) A business operator providing universal services, who intends to receive the money to replenish losses from universal services, shall submit a report on the actual results of a provision of universal services, including expenses for and incomes and losses from the provision thereof, to the Minister of Information and Communication within three months after the expiration of the relevant fiscal year.

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, if deemed necessary for the verification of the report on actual results of a provision of universal services under paragraph (2), request a specialized institution to examine it.

(4) Matters necessary for computing method and the criteria to bear, weighted bearing and coordination of the money to replenish losses from universal services shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amend by Presidential Decree No. 18223, Jan. 13, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 2-5 (Application for License, etc.)

(1) A person who intends to obtain a license under Article 5 (1) of the Act may make an application in the name of the representative of a juristic person, or of the name of representative of the stockholders, etc. of a juristic person to be established.

(2) If the Minister of Information and Communication intends to give a public notice under Article 5 (4) of the Act, the subject matters shall be deliberated in advance by the Information and

3

Communications Policy Deliberation Council as stipulated in Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications: Provided, That this shall not apply to the license on the minor business as provided for in proviso of Article 5 (2) of the Act. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15283, Feb. 22, 1997>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995]

Article 3 (Examination Criteria etc. for Public Interest Nature)

(1) The term “public interests as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in other portions than each subparagraph of Article 6-3 (1) of the Act means the maintenance of national security and public peace and order.

(2) The term “ important management matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 6-3 (1) 3 of the Act means the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs:

1. Appointment and dismissal of the representative director of a key communications business, or appointment and dismissal of more than one third of the executives;

2. Transfer and takeover of a key communications business; and

3. Entrance by a key communications business operator into a new key communications business.

(3) The term “case prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 6-3 (1) 4 of the Act means the case where a de facto change is made in the management right of a key communications business operator by an agreement of stockholders who are not the biggest stockholder of a key communications business operator to jointly exercise voting rights.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 18388, May 10, 2004]

Article 4 (Composition etc. of Public Interest Nature Examination Committee)

(1) The term “related central administrative agencies prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in other portions than each subparagraph of Article 6-4 (2) of the Act means the agencies falling under each of the following subparagraphs:

1. The Ministry of Finance and Economy;

4

2. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade;

3. The Ministry of Justice;

4. The Ministry of National Defense;

5. The Ministry of Government Administration and Home Affairs; and

6. The Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy.

(2) The term of office of the members shall be two years and the consecutive appointment may be permitted: Provided, That the term of office of the members who are public officials shall be the period of service in their positions.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 18388 May 10, 2004]

Article 4-2 (Operation, etc., of Pulic Interest Nature Examinations Committee)

(1) The chairman of the Public Interest Nature Examination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) shall represent the Committee and exercise the overall control of its affairs.

(2) If the Chairman is unable to perform his duties due to inevitable reasons, a member as previously nominated by the Chairman shall act on his behalf.

(3) The Chairman shall convene and preside over a meeting of the Committee.

(4) The deliberation of a meeting of the Committee shall start by the attendance of a majority of all incumbent members, and its resolution shall require the consent of a majority of those present.

(5) The Committee shall have one secretary general in order to deal with its affairs, but the secretary general shall be nominated by the Chairman from among the public officials belonging to the Ministry of Information and Communications.

(6) Except as provided in this Decree, the matters necessary for an operation of the Committee shall be determined by the Chairman by going through a resolution of the Committee.
[This article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 18388, May 10, 2004]

5

Article 4-3 (Imposition and Payment etc. of Charge for Compelling Execution)

(1) When the Minister of Information and Communications determines the amount of charges for compelling execution as referred to in Article 7-2 of the Act, he shall take account of the reasons for failing to comply with the corrective orders and the scale of benefits etc. to be gained by failing to comply with the corrective orders.

(2) The date of complying with corrective orders as referred to in Article 7-2 (2) of the Act shall be based on the classifications falling under each of the following subparagraphs:

1. Date of delivering stocks in the case of disposal of stocks;

2. Date of concluding a contract in the case of changes in the details of contract; and

3. Date of suspending the relevant acts in the case of suspending the acts impeding public benefits.

(3) Where the Minister of Information and Communications intends to impose the charges for compelling execution as referred to in Article 7-2 of the Act, he shall make a notification in writing that clarifies the amount of charges for compelling execution per day, reasons for imposition, payment term and receiving agency, methods of raising objections, and agencies whereto objections are raised etc.

(4) Any person who has been notified as referred to in paragraph (3) shall pay the charges for compelling execution within 30 days from the date of receiving the notice: Provided, That when he is unable to pay the charges for compelling execution within the said period due to the natural disaster and other inevitable causes, he shall pay it within 30 days from the day on which the said causes have disappeared.

(5) When the Minister of Information and Communications collects the charges for compelling execution, if the execution of corrective orders has not been made even after 90 days elapsed from the date of completing the period as set by the corrective orders, he may collect the charges for compelling execution on the basis of the date on which each 90 days elapse by reckoning from the said completing date.

(6) Provisions of Article 13-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the reminder of charges for compelling execution.

6

[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 18388, May 10, 2004]

Article 5 (Business Excluded from Approval for Concurrent Operation)

The term “business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” referred to in the proviso of Article 11 (1) of the Act means the business except for those falling under any of the following subparagraphs:

1. Business to manufacture the telecommunications equipments;

2. Information and communications work business under subparagraph 3 of Article 2 of the Information and Communications Work Business Act (excluding the business to improve or integrate the telecommunications networks); and

3. Service business under subparagraph 6 of Article 2 of the Information and Communications Work Business Act (excluding the business to improve or integrate the telecommunications networks).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 17237, Jun. 12, 2001]

Article 6

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

Article 7

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

Articles 8 through 8-4

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

Article 9 (Report, etc. of Value-Added Communications Business Operator)

(1) A person who intends to make a report of a value-added communications business under the text of Article 21 of the Act shall submit, to the Minister of Information and Communication, a

7

telecommunications business report as determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication.

(2) The term “minor business” in the proviso of Article 21 of the Act refers to the business providing the service which does not intermediate other’s communication by leasing telecommunications line facilities. [This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995]

Article 10 (Services Subject to Reduction and Exemption of Fees)

Telecommunications services subject to the reduction and exemption of fees under Article 32 of the Act shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

1. Telecommunications services for the communications concerning the rescue of human lives and properties in danger, and the rescue from disasters or for the communications by the victims of disasters;

2. Telecommunications services for the whole or part of exclusive line communications used by such agencies, in case where the exclusive line communications of agencies which are fully responsible for military, public order and national security, and a part of self-communications network of the State, local governments or government-invested institutions are integrated into the telecommunications net-work of a key communications business;

3. Telecommunications services for the communications required for military operations in wartime;

4. Telecommunications services for the newspapers and news agency service under the Registration, etc. of Periodicals Act, and for communication for news reports by the broadcasting stations under the Broadcasting Act;

5. Telecommunications services for a communication which is required for facilitating the use, and for diffusing the distribution, of information communications;

6. Telecommunications services for a communication by those who are in need of the protection for the improvement of social welfare;

8

7. Telecommunications services for a communication which is required for the promotion of interchange and cooperation between North and South Korea; and

8. Telecommunications services for a communication which is specially required for the operation of postal and telegraphic services.

Article 10-2 (Exception to Limitation on Use by Others)

The term “cases as determined by the Presidential Decree” in the proviso of Article 32-2 of the Act means the case of any of the following subparagraphs:

1. Where it is necessary for the prevention of and rescue from disasters, the assurance of traffic, communications and power supply, or the maintenance of order under a national emergency; and

2. Where it is necessary for the public interests or the minor matters not incurring any obstacles to the business operation of the telecommunication business operator, as deemed by the Minister of Information and Communication. [This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15283, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 10-3 (Provision of Transmission or Line Facilities, etc.)

A CATV broadcasting business operator, a signal transmission network business operator, or a relay CATV broadcasting business operator under the Broadcasting Act may, pursuant to Article 32-4 (1) of the Act, provide the transmission or line facilities or the CATV broadcasting facilities (hereinafter referred to as the “transmission or line facilities, etc.”) to the key communications business operator in a manner falling under one of the following subparagraphs:

1. Sale or lease of transmission or line facilities, etc.;

2. Commissioned performance of the communications or exchange operations, etc. by making use of transmission or line facilities, etc.; and

3. Manners corresponding to subparagraphs 1 and 2, which are determined by a consultation between a CATV broadcasting business operator, a signal transmission network business operator, or a relay CATV broadcasting business operator.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 17237, Jun. 12, 2001]

9

Article 10-4 (Aid, etc. to Purchase Cost of Communications Terminal Devices)

(1) The cases where telecommunications business operators may support or aid whole or part of the purchase cost for communications terminal devices under the provisions of the proviso of ARTICLE 36-3 (1) 5 of the Act shall be any of the following subparagraphs:

1. Where it is deemed that there exists no threat of obstructing fair competition or user’s benefit even when a support or an aid is rendered to the purchase cost for the relevant communications terminal devices which are the communications terminal services necessary for providing a key communications serviced which does not reach the standard determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication in the size of communication market and the ration of diffusion; and

2. Where it is deemed necessary to prompt diffusion of communications terminal devices wherein a new technology is introduced for the development or fosterage of a new information and communications technology, or of communications terminal devices necessary for providing a new key communications service.

(2) The minister of Information and Communication shall determine and publicly announce a detailed standard and its limits regarding a support or an aid to the cost under paragraph (1). In this case, he shall consider the development conditions of information and communications terminal devices, the competition conditions of communications market, etc.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 18223, Jan. 13, 2004]

Article 10-5 (Types and Standards of Prohibited Acts)

(1) The types and standards of the prohibited acts under Article 36-3 (3) of the Act shall be the same as the attached Table 1.

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, if he deems it necessary to apply to specific telecommunications fields or specific prohibition acts, determine detailed standards for the types and standards of the prohibited acts under the provisions of paragraph (1) and publicly announce them.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 18309, Mar. 9, 2004]

10

Article 11 (Investigation of Facts)

A public official who intends to enter and investigate an office and business place of a telecommunications business operator or a business place of a person who is entrusted with the affairs of a telecommunications business operator pursuant to Article 36-4 (2) of the Act, shall have any parties concerned of the relevant office or business place be present at the investigation. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997]

Article 12 (Measures, etc. on Prohibited Acts)

The term “other matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 37 (1) 9 of the Act refers to: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15283, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 17237, Jun. 12, 2001>

1. Suspension of an act which unjustly hinders a participation of a new telecommunications business operator; and

2. Suspension of the provision of the services, installation of telecommunications facilities, or other similar acts which are likely to actually restrict the competitions among the telecommunications business operators, or substantially hamper the user’s interests.

Article 13 (Offenses Subject to Imposition of Penalty Surcharge, and Amount of Penalty Surcharge, etc.)

(1) The classifications of offenses subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge under Article 37-2 (2) of the Act and the upper limit of the penalty surcharge on such offences shall be stated in attached Table 1.

(2) In determining the amount of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the Minister of Information and Communication shall take the following reasons into consideration: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000>

1. Contents and levels of the offenses;

2. Period and frequency of the offenses;

11

3. Scale of any profits acquired by the offenses; and

4. Amount of sales of telecommunications services relating to the prohibited act of a business operator who has committed a violation.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 13-2 (Computation Methods of Penalty Surcharge)

(1) The term “turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in the text of Article 37-2 (1) of the Act means the average annual turnover for three preceding business years of the telecommunications services related to the prohibited acts of the relevant telecommunications business operator: Provided, That if three years have not elapsed since the commencement of business as of the first day of the relevant business year, it shall mean the amount of converting the turnover till the end of preceding business year since the commencement of the said business into the average annual turnover, and if the business is commenced in the said business year, it shall mean the amount of converting the turnover from the commencement of business to the date of offense into the average annual turnover.

(2) The term “where there is no turnover or it is difficult to calculate the turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in the proviso of Article 37-2 (1) of the Act means any of the following subparagraphs:

1. Where there is no actual business result due to a non-commencement of business or a suspension thereof, etc.;

2. Where a telecommunications business operator refuses a submission of the data for turnover computation, or submits the false data; and

3. Where it is difficult to make an objective computation of turnovers.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 13-3 (Imposition and Payment of Penalty Surcharge)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to impose a penalty surcharge under Article 37-2 of the Act, notify a person subject to an imposition of penalty

12

surcharge, after investigating and confirming the relevant offense, of the payment thereof, by clarifying in writing the fact of offense, the amount of imposition, the method of objection and its period.

(2) A person in receipt of a notification under paragraph (1) shall pay it to a postal agency within twenty days from the date of receiving such a notification: Provided, That if he is unable to pay a penalty surcharge within the relevant period due to a natural disaster or other inevitable reasons, he shall pay it within seven days from the date when the said reasons have disappeared.

(3) A postal agency in receipt of a payment of penalty surcharge under paragraph (2), shall deliver a receipt to a person who has paid it.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 13-4 (Demand for Penalty Surcharge Payment)

(1) A demand under Article 37-2 (4) of the Act shall be made in writing within 7 days from the date on which the payment deadline elapsed.

(2) Where a demand note is issued under paragraph (1), a deadline for payment of any penalty surcharge in arrear shall be within 10 days from the date on which such demand note is issued.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000]

Article 14

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

Article 15 (Reduction and Exemption of Expenses for Moving)

(1) Expenses necessary for a moving of telecommunications facilities or a removal of other obstacles may be reduced or exempted by the key communications business operator under the proviso of Article 51 (3) of the Act in the cases of the following subparagraphs:

1. Where the plan for a moving of relevant telecommunications facilities or a removal of other obstacles has already been fixed;

13

2. Where a moving of relevant telecommunications facilities or a removal of other obstacles is beneficial to other telecommunications facilities; and

3. Where the telecommunications facilities in the private land inflict a significant impediment to the use of relevant land.

(2) Apart from the cases under paragraph (1), if the State or the local government requests a moving of telecommunications facilities or a removal of other obstacles, the expenses necessary for a moving and other measures for a removal of obstacles may be reduced or exempted in consultation with the relevant requester.

Article 16 (Subversive Communication)

Telecommunications which are deemed to be harmful to the public peace and order or the public morals under Article 53 (2) of the Act shall be as follows:

1. Telecommunications with the contents of aiming at a criminal act or of instigating a criminal act;

2. Telecommunications with the contents of aiming at committing the anti-state activities; and

3. Telecommunications with the contents of impeding the good morals and other social orders.

Article 16-2 (Organization of Information Communication Ethics Committee, etc.)

(1) The Chairman of the Information Communication Ethics Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) under Article 53-2 of the Act shall be elected by mutual vote among the members of the Committee, and shall obtain approval of the Minister of Information and Communication.

(2) The Chairman shall represent the Committee, assume overall control of the business of the Committee, convene the Committee, and preside over the Committee.

(3) The Committee shall deliberate on the matters of each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997>

1. Basic principles concerning the ethics of information and communication;

14

2. Deliberation on the information under Article 16-3, and request for correction thereof;

3. Matters on the settlement of users’ discontents related to the restriction on the use of information under Article 16-3;

4. Plans for ensuring a soundness of information circulated by using telecommunications lines;

5. Formulation and amendment of the Committee’s regulations;

6. Formulation and amendment of the regulations on information and communication ethics;

7. Business plans, budget and settlement of accounts of the Committee; and

8. Other matters referred by the Chairman.

(4) The Committee may establish specialized committees by field in order to efficiently carry out the deliberation on the matters listed in any subparagraphs of paragraph (3). <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995]

Article 16-3 (Scope of Information Subject to Deliberation)

(1) The term “Information as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” under Article 53-2 (4) 2 of the Act means other information transmitted through telecommunications services provided by a telecommunications business operator than any of the followings:

1. Information provided by the State, local governments or public organizations; and

2. Information subject to a deliberation pursuant to other Acts and subordinate statutes.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), the Committee may deliberate on the information as deemed necessary to restrain the subversive communication from among those provided by the public organizations under paragraph (1) 1 and those falling under subparagraph 2 of the same paragraph. <Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995]

15

Article 16-4 (Request, etc. for Corrections)

(1) The Committee may, in case where the information comes to fall under the subversive communication under Article 16 as a result of its deliberation on the information under Article 16-3 pursuant to Article 53-2 (4) 2 of the Act, request any telecommunications business operator to correct the following matters:

1. Warning against the users;

2. Deletion of the relevant information; and

3. Suspension and termination of use by the persons who transmit subversive communication falling under the provisions of Article 16.

(2) A telecommunications business operator in receipt of a request for corrections under paragraph (1) shall notify the results of relevant measures to the Committee.

(3) The Committee may, in case where a telecommunications business operator fails to comply with a request for corrections under paragraph (1), recommend the Minister of Information and Communication to order the refusal, suspension or restriction on handling the subversive communication under Article 53 of the Act.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997]

Article 16-5 (Report on Results of Deliberation, etc.)

If the Committee deliberates on the circulated information or makes a request for corrections under Article 53-2 (4) 2 of the Act, the Chairman shall report the results thereof to the Minister of Information and Communication within 20 days after the date of such deliberation or request for corrections.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995]

Article 16-6 (Secretariat of Information and Communication Ethics Committee)

(1) Under the Committee, a Secretariat shall be established in order to assist the Committee in its affairs.

16

(2) There shall be one Secretary-General and the necessary personnel in the Secretariat, and the Secretary-General shall handle the relevant affairs under orders of the Chairman. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

(3) Organization, regular staff and operation of the Secretariat and other necessary matters shall be determined by rule of the Committee. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997]

Article 16-7 (Report of Current Status of Supplying Communication Data)

A report of the current status of supplying communication data under Article 54 (6) of the Act shall be made within 30 days after the end of every half term.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000]

Article 17 (Restriction on and Suspension of Service)

(1) If the Minister of Information and Communication issues, under Article 55 of the Act, an order to restrict or suspend the whole or part of telecommunications services of the telecommunications business operators, he may allow the communications for performing the business falling under any of the following subparagraphs, in accordance with the scope and level of the relevant restriction or suspension: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

1. First priority:

(a) National security;

(b) Military affairs and public security;

(c) Transmission of the civil defense alarm; and

(d) Electronic wave control.

2. Second priority:

17

(a) Disaster relief;

(b) Telecommunications, navigation safety, weather, fire fighting, electricity, gas, water service, transportation and the press;

(c) Affairs of the State and local government, except for those mentioned in items (a) and (b); and

(d) Affairs of the foreign diplomatic missions and the organizations of the United Nations in Korea;

3. Third priority: and

(a) Affairs of the enterprises subject to resources control and the firms of defense industry; and

(b) Affairs of government-invested institutions, and medical institutions;

4. Forth priority:

(1) Other matters than those in subparagraphs 1 through 3.

(2) The restriction or suspension on the telecommunication services under paragraph (1) shall be the least of those required for securing the important communications.

(3) A telecommunications business operator shall, in case where he restricts or suspends the whole or part of telecommunications services under paragraph (1), report the content thereof without delay to the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

Article 18

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

Article 19 (Approval, etc. for International Telecommunications Services)

(1) The term “international telecommunications business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 59 (2) of the Act means the services falling under any of the following subparagraphs:

18

<Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000>

1. Installation and lease of a satellite for providing international telecommunications services; and

2. Transboundary provision of key communications services under Article 59-2 of the Act.

(2) A person who intends to obtain approval under Article 59 (2) of the Act shall submit the following documents to the Minister of Information and Communication: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999; Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000>

1. Duplicate copy of written agreement or contract;

2. Comparative table between new and old agreements or contracts (limited to the cases where an application for modified approval is filed); and

3. Document certifying the fact that the agreements or contracts have been abrogated (limited to the cases where an application for approval of abrogation is filed).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15283, Feb. 22, 1997]

Article 19-2

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

Article 20

Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15283, Feb. 22, 1997>

Article 21 (Offences Subject to Imposition of Penalty Surcharge, and Amount of Penalty Surcharge, etc.)

(1) Classifications of offenses subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge and the amount of a penalty surcharge under Article 64 (2) of the Act shall be stated in attached Table 2. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

19

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may aggravate or reduce a penalty surcharge within one half of the amount of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) in consideration of the peculiarity of services provided by the telecommunications business and the level and frequency of offenses, etc. In this case, the total sum of penalty surcharge shall, even when aggravated, not exceed one billion won. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

(3) The provisions of Articles 13-3 and 13-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the imposition, payment and demand of a penalty surcharge under Article 64 of the Act. <Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999; Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000>

Article 22 (Extension of Time Limit of Payment of Penalty Surcharge, and Payment in Installments Thereof)

(1) A person who intends to extend the time limit of payment of a penalty surcharge or pay it in installments under Article 64-2 of the Act, shall make an application to the Minister of Information and Communication along with the document certifying grounds of the extension of time limit of payment or the payment in installments not later than ten days prior to the relevant time limit of payment.

(2) The term “amount as prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 64-2 (1) of the Act means the amount arrived at by multiplying a turnover under Article 13-2 by 1/100, or 300 million won.

(3) The extension of time limit of payment of a penalty surcharge under Article 64-2 of the Act shall not exceed one year as from the day following the said time limit.

(4) In a case of making payment in installments under Article 64-2 of the Act, the intervals between a respective time limit of installment payment shall not exceed four months, and the frequency of installments shall not exceed three times.

(5) The Minister of Information and Communication may, if a person liable for a payment of penalty surcharge for whom the time limit of payment has been extended or the payment in installments has been permitted under Article 64-2 of the Act comes to fall under any of the following subparagraphs, revoke such extension of the time limit of payment or a decision of such payment in installments, and collect it in a lump sum:

20

1. Where he fails to pay a penalty surcharge for which the payment in installments has been decided, within the time limit of payment thereof;

2. Where he fails to implement an order necessary for a change of security or other security integrity, which is given by the Minister of Information and Communication; or

3. Where deemed that the whole or remainder of a penalty surcharge is uncollectable, such as the compulsory execution, commencement of auction, adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution of a juristic person or dispositions on national or local taxes in arrears, etc.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 23 (Classification and Appraisal, etc. of Securities)

The provisions of Articles 29 through 34 of the Framework Act on National Taxes, and of Articles 13 through 17 of its Enforcement Decree shall apply mutatis mutandis to the furnishing of security under Article 64-2 of the Act.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999]

Article 23-2 (Important Communications)

(1) The term “important communications” in Article 65 (2) 3 of the Act means:

1. Business telecommunications related to the national security, military affairs, public peace and order, civil defense alarm transmission and radio wave control;

2. Deleted; and <by Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

3. Other communications publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication in order to efficiently perform the State affairs.

(2) The Government may grant a subsidy for the expenses required for the construction and management of the important communications in order to secure the important communications under paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997]

21

Article 24 (Delegation of Authority)

The Minister of Industry and Communication shall delegate the authority falling under any of the following subparagraphs to the Commissioner of the competent Communications Office pursuant to Article 68 (1) of the Act:

1. Registration of specific communications business under Article 19 (1) of the Act;

2. Acceptance of a report on the value-added communications business under the text of Article 21 of the Act;

3. Acceptance of a modified registration for the specific communications business, and of a modified report for value-added communications business, under Article 22 of the Act;

4. Acceptance of a report on the transfer or takeover of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, and on the merger or succession of a juristic person, under Article 25 of the Act;

5. Acceptance of a report on the suspension or discontinuation of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, and on the dissolution of a juristic person under Article 27 of the Act;

6. Cancellation of a registration for a specific communications business, and an order for business suspension under Article 28 (1) of the Act;

7. Orders for a closedown and suspension of a value-added communications business under Article 28 (2) of the Act;

8. Permission for a felling or transplanting of the plants under the former part of Article 42 (3) of the Act;

9. Hearings on a disposition of cancelling a registration of a specific communications business, and on a disposition of closing down a value-added communications business, under subparagraph 2 of Article 63 of the Act;

22

10. Imposition and collection of a penalty surcharge under Article 64 of the Act (excluding the case of a key communications business operator);

11. Correction orders under Article 65 (1) of the Act (excluding the case of a key communications business operator); and

12. Imposition and collection of a fine for negligence under Article 78 of the Act (excluding the case of a key communications business operator). [This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000]

Article 25 (Fine for Negligence)

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he imposes a fine for negligence under Article 78 (2) of the Act, specify in writing the fact of violation, method of objection, objection period, etc., after investigating and confirming the relevant offence, and give notice to pay the said fine to the person subject to a disposition of a fine for negligence. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to impose a fine for negligence under paragraph (1), provide the person subject to a disposition of fine for negligence with an opportunity for stating his opinion orally or in writing with fixing a period of not less than 10 days. In this case, he shall deem it as non-existence of opinion, if no oral or written statement of opinion is presented within the specified period. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

(3) In determining the amount of a fine for negligence, the Minister of Information and Communication shall take into account the motivation of the offence and the consequences thereof. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

(4) Collection procedures for a fine for negligence shall be determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

ADDENDA

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

23

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

Article 2 (Contents of Restructuring)

The number of key communications business operators, their business areas and scopes of business under Article 7 in Addenda of the Act shall be as follows:

1. Operations of local telephone business from among the general telecommunications business may be given to the Korea Telecommunication Corporation (hereinafter refer to as the “Corporation”) under the Telecommunication Corporation Act, and the international telephone business may be operated by the Corporation and a person deemed to have received a designation for a universal telecommunications service provider under Article 2 (2) of Addenda of the Act, and the long distance telephone business may be operated by one designated telecommunications service provider in addition to the Corporation; and

2. The mobile telephone business among the special communications businesses may be operated by one telecommunications business operator with a nation-wide business area who is additionally permitted, and the special telecommunications business other than the mobile telephone business (excluding the minor business under the proviso of Article 16 (2) of the Act) may be operated by less than two telecommunications business operators who are additionally permitted by telecommunications service provided or by service area. Article 3 Omitted.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 13935, Jul. 23, 1993>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

(2) (Transitional Measures on Registration of Value-Added Communications Business) In case where the Information and Communication Promotion Association receives an application for the registration of the value-added communications business under the previous provisions at the time when this Decree enters into force, it shall send a registration application along with accompanying documents to the chief of the competent Communication Office.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 14572, Apr. 6, 1995>

This Decree shall enter into force on April 6, 1995.

24

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 15283. Feb. 22, 1997>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 15328, Mar. 31, 1997>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on April 1, 1997.

Articles 2 through 5

Omitted.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 15579, Dec. 31, 1997>

This Decree shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 16186, Mar. 17, 1999>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 16424, Jun. 30, 1999>

This Decree shall enter into force on July 1, 1999.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 16751, Mar. 13, 2000>

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

This Decree shall enter into force on March 13, 2000. (Proviso Omitted.)

Articles 2 through 10

Omitted.

25

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 16774, Apr. 1, 2000>

This Decree shall enter into force on April 1, 2000.

ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 17237, Jun. 12, 2001>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18309, Jan. 13, 2004>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

(2) (Term of Validity) The amended provisions of the latter part of Article 2-4 (1) shall be effective for three years from the date of the enforcement of this Decree.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18309, Mar. 9, 2004>

(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

(2) (Specific Example regarding Combined Sale) The amended provisions of paragraph (IV) 6 of the attached Table 1 shall apply limited to the telecommunications services of the key communications business operators (including the specific communications business or value-added communications business operated by the key communications business operators) from the date on which three years passes after the enforcement of this Decree.

ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18388, May 10, 2004>

This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation

26